Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2007
Registration No. 333-          
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
 
 
SHORETEL, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware   3661   77-0443568
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary standard industrial
code number)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
 
 
 
 
960 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94085-3913
(408) 331-3300
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
 
 
 
John W. Combs
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
ShoreTel, Inc.
960 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94085
(408) 331-3300
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
 
 
Copies to:
 
     
Dennis DeBroeck, Esq.     Jeffrey D. Saper, Esq.
Jeffrey R. Vetter, Esq.     Steven V. Bernard, Esq.
Fenwick & West LLP   Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Silicon Valley Center   Professional Corporation
801 California Street   650 Page Mill Road
Mountain View, California 94041   Palo Alto, California 94304
(650) 988-8500   (650) 493-9300
 
 
 
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:   As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
                     
      Proposed Maximum
     
Title of Each Class of
    Aggregate
    Amount of Registration
Securities to be Registered     Offering Price(1)     Fee
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share
    $ 85,000,000       $ 9,095  
                     
 
(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee.
 
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED FEBRUARY 12, 2007.
 
Shares
 
(SHORETEL LOGO)
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our shares of common stock. ShoreTel, Inc. is offering           shares of common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $      and $      per share.
 
 
 
 
We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SHOR.”
 
 
 
 
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.
 
 
                 
    Per Share     Total  
 
Initial public offering price
  $           $        
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to ShoreTel
  $       $  
 
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than           shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional          shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
 
 
 
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about          , 2007.
 
 
 
 
Lehman Brothers JPMorgan
 
 
 
 
Piper Jaffray JMP Securities Wedbush Morgan Securities
 
Prospectus dated          , 2007


Table of Contents

(SHORETEL LOGO)


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    Page
 
  1
  7
  23
  24
  24
  25
  27
  29
  31
  49
  60
  65
  79
  81
  84
  88
  90
  95
  95
  95
  F-1
  EXHIBIT 3.1
  EXHIBIT 3.2
  EXHIBIT 3.3
  EXHIBIT 4.2
  EXHIBIT 10.2
  EXHIBIT 10.3
  EXHIBIT 10.4
  EXHIBIT 10.5
  EXHIBIT 10.7
  EXHIBIT 10.8
  EXHIBIT 10.9
  EXHIBIT 10.10
  EXHIBIT 10.11
  EXHIBIT 10.12
  EXHIBIT 10.13
  EXHIBIT 10.14
  EXHIBIT 10.15
  EXHIBIT 10.16
  EXHIBIT 10.17
  EXHIBIT 23.2
 
 
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus.
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
 
Through and including          , 2007 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.


i


Table of Contents

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying shares of our common stock. Before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus. Except where the context requires otherwise, in this prospectus, “Company,” “ShoreTel,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to ShoreTel, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and our predecessor, ShoreTel, Inc., a California corporation, and where appropriate, their respective subsidiaries.
 
ShoreTel, Inc.
 
Overview
 
We are a leading provider of IP telecommunications systems for enterprises. Our systems are based on our distributed software architecture and switch-based hardware platform which enable multi-site enterprises to be served by a single telecommunications system. Our systems enable a single point of management, easy installation and a high degree of scalability and reliability, and provide end users with a consistent, full suite of features across the enterprise, regardless of location. As a result, we believe our systems enable enhanced end user productivity and provide lower total cost of ownership and higher customer satisfaction than alternative systems.
 
Our solution is comprised of ShoreGear switches, ShorePhone IP telephones and ShoreWare software applications. We provide our systems to enterprises across all industries, including to small, medium and large companies and public institutions. Our enterprise customers include multi-site Fortune 500 companies with tens of thousands of employees. To date, we have sold our IP telecommunications systems to over 4,000 enterprise customers, including CNET Networks, Robert Half International and the City of Oakland, California. We sell our systems through our extensive network of approximately 400 channel partners.
 
We have achieved broad industry recognition for our technology and high customer satisfaction. Our enterprise IP telecommunications systems received PC Magazine’s Best of the Year 2005 Editors’ Choice designation. For the last three years, IT executives surveyed by Nemertes Research, an independent research firm, have rated ShoreTel highest in customer satisfaction among leading enterprise telecommunications systems providers.
 
We increased our total revenue over the last two fiscal years from $18.8 million in fiscal 2004 to $61.6 million in fiscal 2006, and we generated net income of $4.0 million in fiscal 2006 and net income of $1.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2006.
 
Industry Background
 
Enterprises have historically operated separate networks for voice and data communications which resulted in significant complexity and high cost. Multi-site enterprises typically operated separate telecommunications systems at each of their sites that often were difficult to install and manage. These systems also required significant additional investments to scale and did not enable delivery of a uniform set of features and functions across all sites. Enterprises are increasingly migrating to a single IP network for both voice and data communications to reduce costs and network complexity and increase end user productivity. This migration is creating a significant opportunity for providers of IP telecommunications systems. Gartner, Inc., an independent research firm, estimates that worldwide enterprise telephony systems equipment end user revenue was $17.2 billion in 2006, including legacy TDM PBX/KTS equipment, IP-enabled PBX equipment and IP-PBX equipment. According to Gartner, the IP-PBX market was estimated to have been $3.9 billion in 2006 and is expected to grow to $7.9 billion by 2010, which represents a 19.1% compound annual growth rate. We refer to the TDM PBX/KTS equipment as “TDM systems,” IP-enabled PBX equipment as “hybrid systems,” and IP-PBX equipment as “IP systems.”
 
TDM systems, hybrid systems and a common form of IP systems, server-centric IP telecommunications systems, each have significant limitations. TDM systems require a dedicated voice network that consists of circuits and phones, as well as a separate PBX switch for each office site, which results in a series of standalone


1


Table of Contents

telecommunications systems within a single enterprise. This also results in high installation, integration, and on-going management and maintenance costs. Hybrid systems are based on a TDM infrastructure and suffer from many of the same shortcomings as TDM systems. Hybrid systems also require enterprises to maintain two telecommunications systems, further increasing management complexity and cost and leading to inconsistent features for end users across the enterprise. Server-centric IP systems typically have a centralized software architecture and require system management to be performed on a site-by-site basis. These systems can be costly to scale because significant additional equipment is often required to accommodate growth while maintaining adequate redundancy. Server-centric IP systems also run on operating systems that were not optimized for real-time voice processing, which we believe results in lower reliability and decreased performance.
 
Our Solution
 
We provide switch-based IP telecommunications systems for enterprises that address the limitations of TDM, hybrid and server-centric IP systems. Our systems are based on our proprietary distributed software architecture and switch-based hardware platform. Our software applications are distributed across each site of an enterprise, providing end users with a consistent, full suite of features across the enterprise, regardless of location. Our switch-based hardware platform uses our proprietary software to allow for a single point of management of an enterprise’s telecommunications system across all sites.
 
As a result of our distributed software architecture and switch-based hardware platform, our systems provide enterprise customers with a number of key benefits, including:
 
  •  Ease of use.   We provide a wide range of innovative, high performance phones that we combine with our feature-rich desktop software application, Personal Call Manager. Personal Call Manager allows end users to control their phones from their PCs, regardless of their location, and integrates with enterprise software applications, such as Microsoft Outlook and salesforce.com.
 
  •  Ease of installation and management.   Our systems are easy to install as a result of our proprietary installation software, which automatically recognizes and configures the elements of our solution as they are added to the systems. Our systems also feature a single point of management with a simple, intuitive interface that allows IT managers to modify their systems from anywhere through a web browser. We believe our systems are also easier to install and manage because they require fewer hardware elements than alternative systems.
 
  •  Scalability.   We believe our distributed software architecture and the modular design of our system hardware allow enterprises to incrementally scale our systems more cost-effectively than alternative systems, which can require replacement of substantial amounts of system equipment to increase capacity. In contrast, all of the investment an enterprise customer makes in our systems will continue to operate as their implementation of our systems expands to support their growth.
 
  •  Reliability.   Our switches are designed to be highly reliable and operate independently. Each switch in our systems is capable of independently establishing and terminating calls without relying on a centralized call control server, as is the case with alternative systems. As a result, enterprise telecommunications can survive a variety of LAN, WAN and hardware failures using our systems.
 
  •  Low total cost of ownership.   Our systems allow enterprise customers to lower the overall capital expenditures and on-going operating expenses typically associated with the deployment and management of enterprise telecommunications systems.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our goal is to become the leading provider of IP telecommunications systems for enterprises. Key elements of our strategy include:
 
  •  Extend our technology advantage.   We intend to continue our research and development activities and expand our relationships with technology partners to enhance our product functionality, feature set and end


2


Table of Contents

  user experience. We also intend to continue to develop additional applications for our systems and expand the interoperability of our systems with additional enterprise applications.
 
  •  Grow our distribution network.   We intend to increase our market penetration and extend our geographic reach by expanding our business with existing channel partners and by adding channel partners that serve specific target markets. We are particularly focused on expanding our relationships with channel partners that are focused on large enterprise accounts and with channel partners that operate in strategic international markets.
 
  •  Maintain focus on customer satisfaction.   We intend to continue to work closely with enterprise customers to gain valuable knowledge about their existing and future product requirements to help us develop new products and product enhancements that address their evolving requirements. We will continue to actively measure, and develop programs to continue to enhance, customer satisfaction.
 
  •  Increase our brand awareness.   We believe that increased visibility and awareness of the ShoreTel brand will enhance our ability to participate in enterprise customer evaluations of telecommunications systems, and will enable us to continue to grow our enterprise customer base. We intend to increase our sales and marketing activities to both channel partners and enterprise customers through targeted marketing programs, such as participation in seminars, trade shows and conferences, and advertising and public relations initiatives.
 
  •  Increase penetration of our installed base.   We plan to leverage our installed enterprise customer base to increase future sales. Since many organizations initially deploy our systems at a single location, we believe we can drive further penetration of our systems at multiple locations within these enterprises.
 
Corporate Information
 
We were originally incorporated in California in September 1996, and we plan to reincorporate into Delaware prior to the completion of this offering. Our principal offices are located at 960 Stewart Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94085, and our telephone number is (408) 331-3300. Our world wide web address is http: //www.shoretel.com. The information found on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus.
 
ShoreTel, our logo, ShorePhone, ShoreGear and ShoreWare are registered trademarks of ShoreTel. All other trademarks, tradenames and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


3


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING
 
Shares of common stock offered by ShoreTel           shares
 
Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering           shares
 
Use of proceeds We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of $           million from our sale of the           shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes. A portion may also be used for acquisitions of or investments in complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol SHOR
 
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 327,344,560 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2006, and excludes:
 
  •  32,346,941 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as of September 30, 2006, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.07 per share;
 
  •  7,844,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted between October 1, 2006 and February 12, 2007, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.32 per share;
 
  •  708,851 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants as of September 30, 2006, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.28 per share; and
 
  •  50,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan and 5,000,000 shares of common stock to be available for issuance under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan effective upon the completion of this offering.
 
Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:
 
  •  reflects our reincorporation into Delaware and the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation prior to the completion of this offering;
 
  •  reflects the conversion of all our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 233,164,369 shares of common stock effective upon the completion of this offering;
 
  •  reflects a          -for-           reverse split of our outstanding capital stock to be effective prior to the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional        shares from us.


4


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2006, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those financial statements. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.
 
                                         
    Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
 
Consolidated statement of operations data:
                                       
Revenue:
                                       
Product
  $ 16,587     $ 31,970     $ 55,300     $ 10,000     $ 18,467  
Support and services
    2,241       3,512       6,308       1,214       1,948  
                                         
Total revenue
    18,828       35,482       61,608       11,214       20,415  
Cost of revenue:
                                       
Product (1)
    7,725       13,961       21,855       4,044       6,507  
Support and services (1)
    1,660       2,907       5,425       1,078       1,445  
                                         
Total cost of revenue
    9,385       16,868       27,280       5,122       7,952  
Gross profit
    9,443       18,614       34,328       6,092       12,463  
                                         
Operating expenses:
                                       
Research and development (1)
    5,517       7,034       9,720       2,051       3,117  
Sales and marketing (1)
    8,004       10,050       15,699       3,067       5,677  
General and administrative (1)
    2,166       3,045       4,936       875       2,573  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    15,687       20,129       30,355       5,993       11,367  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (6,244 )     (1,515 )     3,973       99       1,096  
Other income (expense) — net
    (7 )     124       248       30       157  
                                         
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
    (6,251 )     (1,391 )     4,221       129       1,253  
Provision for income taxes
          (11 )     (219 )     (13 )     (207 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
    (6,251 )     (1,402 )     4,002       116       1,046  
Accretion of preferred stock
    (26 )     (32 )     (51 )     (13 )     (13 )
                                         
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
  $ (6,277 )   $ (1,434 )   $ 3,951     $ 103     $ 1,033  
                                         
Net income (loss) per share available to common shareholders:
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.13 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.06     $ 0.00     $ 0.01  
Diluted
  $ (0.13 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.05     $ 0.00     $ 0.01  
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share available to common shareholders:
                                       
Basic
    49,345,069       53,517,065       66,091,748       60,507,022       79,113,086  
Diluted
    49,345,069       53,517,065       84,867,945       72,912,729       101,904,114  
Unaudited pro forma net income per share available to common shareholders (2):
                                       
Basic
                  $ 0.01             $ 0.00  
Diluted
                  $ 0.01             $ 0.00  
Unaudited shares used in computing pro forma net income per share available to common shareholders (2):
                                       
Basic
                    299,256,117               312,277,455  
Diluted
                    318,032,314               335,068,483  
 


5


Table of Contents

(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
 
                                         
    Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cost of product revenue
  $     $     $     $     $ 1  
Cost of support and services revenue
                16       14       5  
Research and development
                14             17  
Sales and marketing
                7             97  
General and administrative
    45       82       45       9       702  
                                         
Total stock-based compensation
  $ 45     $ 82     $ 82     $ 23     $ 822  
                                         
 
(2) See note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net income (loss) per share available to common shareholders. Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share allocable to common shareholders has been computed to give effect to assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering on an if-converted basis for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 and the three months ended September 30, 2006.
 
The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data set forth below give effect to the conversion of all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of this offering. The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data set forth below give effect to our receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of           shares of common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
                         
    As of September 30, 2006  
                Pro Forma As
 
    Actual     Pro Forma     Adjusted(1)  
    (In thousands)  
 
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 13,290     $ 13,290     $    
Working capital
    18,182       18,182          
Total assets
    34,611       34,611          
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    56,345              
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)
    (39,219 )     17,126          
 
 
(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total shareholders’ equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.


6


Table of Contents

 
RISK FACTORS
 
This offering and an investment in our common stock involve a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
Our recent profitability and growth rates may not be indicative of our future profitability or growth, and we may not be able to continue to maintain or increase our profitability or growth.
 
While we have been profitable in recent periods, we had an accumulated deficit of $89.8 million as of September 30, 2006. This accumulated deficit is attributable to net losses incurred from our inception in September 1996 through the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2005. We may not succeed in maintaining or increasing our profitability and could incur losses in future periods. We expect to incur significant additional operating expenses associated with being a public company. We also expect that our operating expenses, including recognition of stock-based compensation, will continue to increase in all areas as we seek to grow our business. If our gross profit does not increase to offset these expected increases in operating expenses, our operating results will be negatively affected. You should not consider our recent growth rates in terms of revenue and net income as indicative of our future growth. Accordingly we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain or increase our profitability in the future.
 
The market in which we operate is intensely competitive, and many of our competitors are larger, more established and better capitalized than we are.
 
The market for IP telecommunications and other telecommunications systems is extremely competitive. Our competitors include companies that offer IP systems, such as Cisco Systems, Inc. and 3Com Corporation, and that offer hybrid systems, such as Alcatel-Lucent, Avaya, Inc., Inter-Tel Incorporated, Mitel Networks Corporation and Nortel Networks Corporation. Several of the companies that offer hybrid systems are beginning to also offer IP telecommunications systems. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have greater financial, technical, research and development, sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution and other resources. We could also face competition from new market entrants, whether from new ventures or from established companies moving in to the market. These competitors have various other advantages over us, including:
 
  •  greater market presence, name recognition and brand reputation;
 
  •  a larger installed base of telecommunications and networking systems with enterprise customers;
 
  •  larger and more geographically distributed services and support organizations and capabilities;
 
  •  a broader offering of telecommunications and networking products, applications and services;
 
  •  a more established international presence to address the needs of global enterprises;
 
  •  substantially larger patent and intellectual property portfolios;
 
  •  longer operating histories;
 
  •  a longer history of implementing large-scale telecommunications or networking systems;
 
  •  more established relationships with industry participants, customers, suppliers, distributors and other technology companies; and
 
 
  •  the ability to acquire technologies or consolidate with other companies in the industry to compete more effectively.


7


Table of Contents

 
Given their capital resources, many of these competitors are in a better position to withstand any significant reduction in capital spending by enterprise customers on telecommunications equipment and are not as susceptible to downturns in a particular market. This risk is enhanced because we focus our business solely on the enterprise IP telecommunications market and do not have a diversified portfolio of products that are applicable to other market segments.
 
We compete primarily on the basis of price, feature set, reliability, scalability, usability, total cost of ownership and service. Because our competitors have greater financial strength than we do and are able to offer a more diversified bundle of products and services, they have offered and in the future may offer telecommunications products at lower prices than we do. These larger competitors can also bundle products with other services, such as hosted or managed services, effectively reducing the price of their products. In order to remain competitive from a cost perspective, we have in the past reduced the prices of our products, and we may be required to do so in the future, in order to gain enterprise customers. Price reductions could have a negative effect on our gross margins.
 
Our competitors may also be able to devote more resources to developing new or enhanced products, including products that may be based on new technologies or standards. If our competitors’ products become more accepted than our products, our competitive position will be impaired and we may not be able to increase our revenue or may experience decreased gross margins. If any of our competitors’ products or technologies become the industry standard, if they are successful in bringing their products to market earlier, or if their products are more technologically capable than ours, then our sales could be materially adversely affected. We may not be able to maintain or improve our competitive position against our current or future competitors, and our failure to do so could materially and adversely affect our business.
 
As voice and data networks converge, we are likely to face increased competition from companies in the information technology, personal and business applications and software industries.
 
The convergence of voice and data networks and their wider deployment by enterprises has led information technology and communication applications deployed on converged networks to become more integrated. This integration has created an opportunity for the leaders in information technology, personal and business applications and the software that connects the network infrastructure to those applications, to enter the telecommunications market and offer products that compete with our systems. Competition from these potential market entrants may take many forms, and they may offer products and applications similar to those we offer. For example, Microsoft Corporation has recently announced its unified communications product roadmap. This includes its recently introduced “Office Communicator 2007,” which Microsoft stated will allow end users to control communications, including voice over IP, through the Office Communicator application on their PC, which we expect will provide functionality similar to that offered by our Personal Call Manager application. Microsoft has also announced plans to introduce Exchange Server 2007, a product that will offer competing unified messaging capabilities. Microsoft has also developed an IP phone and has licensed the rights to produce such phones to third parties. In addition, Microsoft has also entered into alliances with several of our competitors, and in July 2006 announced an extensive relationship with Nortel for the production of IP-based communications equipment that will be integrated with the Microsoft systems and Office Communicator. Microsoft and other leaders in the information technology, personal and business applications and software industries, have substantial financial and other resources that they could devote to this market.
 
If Microsoft continues to move into the telecommunications market or if other new competitors from the information technology, personal and business applications or software industries enter the telecommunications market, the market for IP telecommunications systems will become increasingly competitive. If the solutions offered by Microsoft or other new competitors achieve substantial market penetration, we may not be able to maintain or improve our market position, and our failure to do so could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.


8


Table of Contents

 
If the emerging market for enterprise IP telecommunications systems does not fully develop, our future business would be harmed.
 
The market for enterprise IP telecommunications systems has begun to develop only recently, is evolving rapidly and is characterized by an increasing number of market entrants. As is typical of a new and rapidly evolving industry, the demand for and market acceptance of, enterprise IP telecommunications systems products and services are uncertain. We cannot assure you that enterprise telecommunications systems that operate on IP networks will become widespread. In particular, enterprises that have already invested substantial resources in other means of communicating information may be reluctant or slow to implement an IP telecommunications system that can require significant initial capital expenditures as compared to a hybrid system that might require a lower initial capital expenditure despite higher potential total expenditures over the long term. If the market for enterprise IP telecommunications systems fails to develop or develops more slowly than we anticipate, our products could fail to achieve market acceptance, which in turn could significantly harm our business. This growth may be inhibited by a number of factors, such as:
 
  •  initial costs of implementation for a new system;
 
  •  quality of infrastructure;
 
  •  security concerns;
 
  •  equipment, software or other technology failures;
 
  •  regulatory encroachments;
 
  •  inconsistent quality of service;
 
  •  perceived unreliability or poor voice quality over IP networks as compared to circuit-switched networks; and
 
  •  lack of availability of cost-effective, high-speed network capacity.
 
Moreover, as IP-based data communications and telecommunications usage grow, the infrastructure used to support these services, whether public or private, may not be able to support the demands placed on them and their performance or reliability may decline. Even if enterprise IP telecommunications systems become more widespread in the future, we cannot assure you that our products will attain broad market acceptance.
 
Our operating results may fluctuate in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline.
 
Our quarterly and annual results of operations may fluctuate in the future as a result of a variety of factors, some of which may be outside of our control. If our results of operations fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Fluctuations in our quarterly or annual results of operations may be due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:
 
  •  the timing and volume of shipments of our products during a particular period;
 
  •  the timing and success of new product introductions by us or our competitors;
 
  •  changes in our or our competitors’ pricing policies or sales terms;
 
  •  changes in the mix of our products and services sold during a particular period;
 
  •  the amount and timing of operating costs related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;
 
  •  our ability to control costs, including third-party manufacturing costs and costs of components;
 
  •  our ability to obtain sufficient supplies of components;
 
  •  our ability to maintain sufficient production volumes for our products;
 
  •  volatility in our stock price, which may lead to higher stock compensation expenses pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payments, or SFAS 123(R);


9


Table of Contents

 
  •  the timing of costs related to the development or acquisition of technologies or businesses;
 
  •  general economic, industry and market conditions;
 
  •  conditions specific to the IP telecommunications market, such as rates of adoption of IP telecommunications systems and introduction of new standards;
 
  •  changes in domestic and international regulatory environments;
 
  •  seasonality;
 
  •  the purchasing and budgeting cycles of enterprise customers; and
 
  •  geopolitical events such as war, threat of war or terrorist actions.
 
Because our operating expenses are largely fixed in the short-term, any shortfalls in revenue in a given period would have a direct and adverse effect on our operating results in that period. We believe that our quarterly and annual revenue and results of operations may vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful. You should not rely on the results of one period as an indication of future performance.
 
We rely on channel partners to sell our products, and disruptions to, or our failure to develop and manage, our distribution channels and the processes and procedures that support them could adversely affect our business.
 
Approximately 92% of our total revenue in fiscal 2006 was generated through indirect channel sales, and we expect indirect channel sales will continue to generate a substantial majority of our total revenue in the future. Our future success is highly dependent upon establishing and maintaining successful relationships with a variety of channel partners. In addition, we rely on these entities to provide many of the installation, implementation and support services for our products. Accordingly, our success depends in large part on the effective performance of these channel partners. By relying on channel partners, we may in some cases have little or no contact with the ultimate users of our products, thereby making it more difficult for us to establish brand awareness, ensure proper delivery and installation of our products, service ongoing enterprise customer requirements and respond to evolving enterprise customer needs. This difficulty could be more pronounced in international markets, where we expect that enterprise customers will purchase our systems from a channel partner that purchased through a distributor. Additionally, some of our channel partners are smaller companies that may not have the same financial resources as other of our larger channel partners, which could in some cases expose us to additional collections risk.
 
Recruiting and retaining qualified channel partners and training them in our technology and products requires significant time and resources. In order to develop and expand our distribution channel, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures that support our channel, including investment in systems and training, and those processes and procedures may become increasingly complex and difficult to manage. We have no long-term contracts or minimum purchase commitments with any of our channel partners, and our contracts with these channel partners do not prohibit them from offering products or services that compete with ours. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to existing and potential channel partners to favor their products or to prevent or reduce sales of our products. Our channel partners may choose not to offer our products exclusively or at all. Our failure to establish and maintain successful relationships with channel partners would likely materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Our sales cycle can be lengthy and unpredictable, which makes it difficult to forecast the amount of our sales and operating expenses in any particular period.
 
The sales cycle for our products typically ranges from six to nine months, and in some cases can be over 12 months. Part of our strategy is to increasingly target our sales efforts on larger enterprises. Because the sales cycle for large enterprises is generally longer than for smaller enterprises, our sales cycle in the future may be even longer than it has been historically. As a result, we may have limited ability to forecast whether or in which period a


10


Table of Contents

sale will occur. The success of our product sales process is subject to many factors, some of which we have little or no control over, including:
 
  •  the timing of enterprise customers’ budget cycles and approval processes;
 
  •  a technical evaluation or trial by potential enterprise customers;
 
  •  our ability to introduce new products, features or functionality in a manner that suits the needs of a particular enterprise customer;
 
  •  the announcement or introduction of competing products; and
 
  •  the strength of existing relationships between our competitors and potential enterprise customers.
 
We may expend substantial time, effort and money educating our current and prospective enterprise customers as to the value of, and benefits delivered by, our products, and ultimately fail to produce a sale. If we are unsuccessful in closing sales after expending significant resources, our operating results will be adversely affected. Furthermore, if sales forecasted for a particular period do not occur in such period, our operating results for that period could be substantially lower than anticipated and the market price of our common stock could decline.
 
Our products incorporate some sole sourced components and the inability of these sole source suppliers to provide adequate supplies of these components may prevent us from selling our products for a significant period of time or limit our ability to deliver sufficient amounts of our products.
 
We rely on sole or limited numbers of suppliers for several key components utilized in the assembly of our products. For example, we source semiconductors that are essential to the operation of our phones from separate single suppliers, and we have not identified or qualified any alternative suppliers for these components. If we lose access to these components we may not be able to sell our products for a significant period of time, and we could incur significant costs to redesign our products or to qualify alternative suppliers. This reliance on a sole source or limited number of suppliers involves several additional risks, including:
 
  •  supplier capacity constraints;
 
  •  price increases;
 
  •  timely delivery; and
 
  •  component quality.
 
This reliance is exacerbated by the fact that we maintain a relatively small amount of inventory and our contract manufacturers typically acquire components only as needed. As a result, our ability to respond to enterprise customer orders efficiently may be constrained by the then-current availability or the terms and pricing of these components. Disruption or termination of the supply of these components could delay shipments of our products and could materially and adversely affect our relationships with current and prospective enterprise customers. In addition, any increase in the price of these components could reduce our gross margin and adversely impact our profitability. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain a sufficient quantity of these components to meet the demands of enterprise customers in a timely manner or that prices of these components will not increase. In addition, problems with respect to yield and quality of these components and timeliness of deliveries could occur. These delays could also materially and adversely affect our operating results.
 
Our business may be harmed if our contract manufacturers are not able to provide us with adequate supplies.
 
We outsource the manufacturing of our products. Currently, we have arrangements for the production of our switches with a contract manufacturer in California and for the production of our phones with a contract manufacturer located in China. Our reliance on contract manufacturers involves a number of potential risks, including the absence of adequate capacity and reduced control over delivery schedules.


11


Table of Contents

 
We depend on our contract manufacturers to finance the production of goods ordered and to maintain adequate manufacturing capacity. We do not exert direct control over our contract manufacturers, so we may be unable to procure timely delivery of acceptable products to our enterprise customers.
 
If sales of our products continue to grow, one or both of our contract manufacturers may not have sufficient capacity to enable it to increase production to meet the demand for our products. Moreover, both of our contract manufacturers could have manufacturing engagements with companies that are much larger than we are and whose production needs are much greater than ours. As a result, one or both of our contract manufacturers may choose to devote additional resources to the production of products other than ours if capacity is limited.
 
In addition, our contract manufacturers do not have any written contractual obligation to accept any purchase order that we submit for the manufacture of any of our products nor do we have any assurance that our contract manufacturers will agree to manufacture and supply any or all of our requirements for our products. Furthermore, either of our contract manufacturers may unilaterally terminate their relationship with us at any time upon 180 days notice with respect to the contract manufacturer of our switches and 120 days notice with respect to the contract manufacturer of our phones or seek to increase the prices they charge us. For example, in January 2005, one of our former contract manufacturers, which at the time was the sole manufacturer of our switches, notified us that it was terminating its relationship with us upon six months of advance notice, which required us to qualify and obtain a new contract manufacturer. As a result, we are not assured that our current manufacturers will continue to provide us with an uninterrupted supply of products of at an acceptable price in the future.
 
Even if our contract manufacturers accept and fulfill our orders, it is possible that the products may not meet our specifications. Because we do not control the final assembly and quality assurance of our products, there is a possibility that these products may contain defects or otherwise not meet our quality standards, which could result in warranty claims against us that could adversely affect our operating results and future sales.
 
If our contract manufacturers are unable or unwilling to continue manufacturing our products in required volumes and to meet our quality specifications, or if they significantly increase their prices, we will have to identify one or more acceptable alternative contract manufacturers. The process of identifying and qualifying a new contract manufacturer can be time consuming, and we may not be able to substitute suitable alternative contract manufacturers in a timely manner or at acceptable prices. Additionally, transitioning to new contract manufacturers may cause delays in supply if the new contract manufacturers have difficulty manufacturing products to our specifications or quality standards. Furthermore, we do not own the electronic design for our phones, hence it may be more difficult for us to arrange for an alternate of or a replacement for these products in a timely manner should a transition be required.
 
Any disruption in the supply of products from our contract manufacturers may harm our business and could result in a loss of sales and an increase in production costs, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
 
The gross margins on our products may decrease due to competitive pressures or otherwise, which could negatively impact our profitability.
 
It is possible that the gross margins on our products will decrease in the future in response to competitive pricing pressures, new product introductions by us or our competitors, changes in the costs of components or other factors. If we experience decreased gross margins and we are unable to respond in a timely manner by introducing and selling new, higher-margin products successfully and continually reducing our product costs, our gross margins may decline, which will harm our business and results of operations.
 
If we fail to develop and introduce new products and features in a timely manner, or if we fail to manage product transitions, we could experience decreased revenue or decreased selling prices in the future.
 
Our future growth depends on our ability to develop and introduce new products successfully. Due to the complexity of the type of products we produce, there are significant technical risks that may affect our ability to introduce new products and features successfully. In addition, we must commit significant resources to developing


12


Table of Contents

new products and features before knowing whether our investments will result in products that are accepted by the market. The success of new products depends on many factors, including:
 
  •  the ability of our products to compete with the products and solutions offered by our competitors;
 
  •  the cost of our products;
 
  •  the reliability of our products;
 
  •  the timeliness of the introduction and delivery of our products; and
 
  •  the market acceptance of our products.
 
If we are unable to develop and introduce new products in a timely manner or in response to changing market conditions or enterprise customer requirements, or if these products do not achieve market acceptance, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
 
Product introductions by us in future periods may also reduce demand for, or cause price declines with respect to, our existing products. As new or enhanced products are introduced, we must successfully manage the transition from older products, avoid excessive levels of older product inventories and ensure that sufficient supplies of new products can be delivered to meet enterprise customer demand. Our failure to do so could adversely affect our revenue, gross margins and other operating results.
 
If we fail to respond to technological changes and evolving industry standards, our products could become obsolete or less competitive in the future.
 
The telecommunications industry is highly competitive and characterized by rapidly changing technologies and standards, frequent product introductions and short product life cycles. Accordingly, our operating results depend upon, among other things, our ability to develop and introduce new products and our ability to reduce production costs of existing products. The process of developing new technologies and products is complex, and if we are unable to develop enhancements to, and new features for, our existing products or acceptable new products that keep pace with technological developments or industry standards, our products may become obsolete, less marketable and less competitive and our business will be harmed.
 
In addition, as industry standards evolve, it is possible that one standard becomes predominant in the market. This could facilitate the entry into the market of competing products, which could result in significant pricing pressure. Additionally, if one standard becomes predominant and we adopt that standard, enterprises may be able to create a unified, integrated system by using phones, switches, servers, applications, or other telecommunications products produced by different companies. Therefore, we may be unable to sell complete systems to enterprise customers because the enterprise customers elect to purchase portions of their telecommunications systems from our competitors. For example, if a single industry standard is adopted, customers may elect to purchase our switches, but could purchase software applications and phones from other vendors. This could reduce our revenue and gross margins if enterprise customers instead purchase primarily lower-margin products from us. Conversely, if one standard becomes predominant, and we do not adopt it, potential enterprise customers may choose to buy a competing system that is based on that standard.
 
Our products are highly complex and may contain undetected software or hardware errors, which could harm our reputation and future product sales.
 
Because our enterprise customers rely on our products for telecommunications, an application that is critical to their business, any failure to provide high quality and reliable products, whether caused by our own failure or failures by our contract manufacturer or suppliers, could damage our reputation and reduce demand for our products. Our products have in the past contained, and may in the future contain, undetected errors or defects. Some errors in our products may only be discovered after a product has been installed and used by enterprise customers. Any errors or defects discovered in our products after commercial release could result in loss of revenue, loss of enterprise customers and increased service and warranty costs, any of which could adversely affect our business. In addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Our purchase orders contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, which may not be upheld. Defending a lawsuit,


13


Table of Contents

regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention and adversely affect the market’s perception of us and our products. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage proves inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
Adverse economic conditions or reduced information technology spending generally and telecommunications spending specifically may adversely impact our business.
 
Our business depends on the overall demand for information technology, and in particular for telecommunications systems. The market we serve is emerging and the purchase of our products involves significant upfront expenditures. In addition, the purchase of our products can be discretionary and may involve a significant commitment of capital and other resources. Weak economic conditions, or a reduction in information technology or telecommunications spending even if economic conditions improve, would likely adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition in a number of ways, including longer sales cycles, lower prices for our products and services and reduced unit sales.
 
Our future success depends on our ability to attract and retain key personnel, and our failure to do so could harm our ability to grow our business.
 
Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on our ability to attract and retain our key personnel, namely our management team and experienced sales and engineering personnel. We must retain and motivate high quality personnel, and we must also attract and assimilate other highly qualified employees. Competition for qualified management, technical and other personnel can be intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel. Competitors have in the past and may in the future attempt to recruit our employees, and our management and key employees are not bound by agreements that could prevent them from terminating their employment at any time. If we fail to attract and retain key employees, our ability to grow our business could be harmed.
 
If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business could be harmed.
 
We have recently experienced a period of rapid growth in our headcount and operations. In the last year and a half, we have more than doubled our workforce and significantly expanded our channel partner network and the number and size of enterprise customers implementing our systems. We anticipate that we will further expand our operations. This growth has placed, and future growth will place, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. Our success will depend in part upon our ability to manage this growth effectively. To manage the expected growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively manage growth could result in difficulty in filling enterprise customer orders, declines in product quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs or other production and distribution difficulties, and any of these difficulties could adversely impact our business performance and results of operations.
 
We intend to expand our international operations, which could expose us to significant risks.
 
To date we have limited international operations and have not had material revenue from international enterprise customers. The future success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our operations and enterprise customer base successfully worldwide. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. Because of our limited experience with international operations, we cannot assure you that our international expansion efforts will be successful. In addition, we will face risks in doing business internationally that could adversely affect our business, including:
 
  •  our ability to comply with differing technical and environmental standards and certification requirements outside the United States;
 
  •  difficulties and costs associated with staffing and managing foreign operations;


14


Table of Contents

 
  •  greater difficulty collecting accounts receivable and longer payment cycles;
 
  •  the need to adapt our products for specific countries;
 
  •  availability of reliable broadband connectivity and wide area networks in targeted areas for expansion;
 
  •  unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
 
  •  difficulties in understanding and complying with local laws, regulations and customs in foreign jurisdictions;
 
  •  tariffs, export controls and other non-tariff barriers such as quotas and local content rules;
 
  •  more limited protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;
 
  •  adverse tax consequences;
 
  •  fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which could increase the price of our products outside of the United States, increase the expenses of our international operations and expose us to foreign currency exchange rate risk;
 
  •  restrictions on the transfer of funds;
 
  •  new and different sources of competition; and
 
  •  political and economic instability and terrorism.
 
Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could harm our future international operations and our overall business.
 
Failure to protect our intellectual property could substantially harm our business.
 
Our success and ability to compete are substantially dependent upon our intellectual property. We rely on patent, trademark and copyright law, trade secret protection and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, enterprise customers, strategic partners and others to protect our intellectual proprietary rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate. We currently have three issued patents and 11 patent applications in the United States. We also have one issued and nine patent applications in foreign countries based on our issued patents and patent applications in the United States. We cannot assure you that any additional patents will be issued. Even if patents are issued, they may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights or our products against competitors, and third-parties may challenge the scope, validity and/or enforceability of our issued patents. In addition, other parties may independently develop similar or competing technologies designed around any patents that may be issued to us.
 
In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect such rights. We may not be able to detect infringement, and may lose our competitive position in the market before we are able to do so. In the event that we detect any infringement of our intellectual property rights, we intend to enforce such rights vigorously, and from time to time we may initiate claims against third parties that we believe are infringing on our intellectual property rights if we are unable to resolve matters satisfactorily through negotiation. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could harm our brand and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.


15


Table of Contents

 
If a third-party asserts that we are infringing on its intellectual property, whether successful or not, it could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or expensive licenses, which could harm our business.
 
There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends, in part, upon our not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well have a number of other entities and individuals, own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry. From time to time, third parties may claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. Third-parties have in the past sent us correspondence regarding their intellectual property and in the future we may receive claims that our products infringe or violate their intellectual property rights. For example, in January 2007, we received a letter from Rates Technology Inc. alleging that one or more of our products or services infringed on two patents owned by it. While we do not believe that our products infringe on any valid patent held by this company, we cannot assure you that it will not initiate a lawsuit against us. Furthermore, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights of others that may cover some or all of our technology or products. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from selling our products, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. In addition, we may decide to pay substantial settlement costs in connection with any claim or litigation, whether or not successfully asserted against us. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.
 
Litigation with respect to intellectual property rights in the telecommunications industries is not uncommon and can often involve patent holding companies who have little or no product revenue and against whom our own patents may provide little or no deterrence. We may also be obligated to indemnify our enterprise customers or business partners in connection with any such litigation, which could further exhaust our resources. Furthermore, as a result of an intellectual property challenge, we may be required to enter into royalty, license or other agreements. We may not be able to obtain these agreements on terms acceptable to us or at all. In addition, disputes regarding our intellectual property rights may deter distributors selling our products and dissuade potential enterprise customers from purchasing such products. As such, third party claims with respect to intellectual property may increase our cost of goods sold or reduce the sales of our products, and may have a material and adverse effect on our business.
 
Our products include third-party technology and intellectual property, which could present additional risks.
 
We incorporate certain third-party technologies, such as our contact center, collaboration bridge and network monitoring software, into our products, and intend to utilize additional third-party technologies in the future. However, licenses to relevant third-party technology or updates to those technologies may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Furthermore, we do not own the electronic design for our phones, hence it may be difficult for us to arrange for an alternate of or a replacement for these products in a timely manner. Therefore, we could face delays in product releases until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed or developed, and integrated into our current products. These delays, if they occur, could materially adversely affect our business.
 
We are subject to environmental and other health and safety regulations that may increase our costs of operations or limit our activities.
 
We are subject to environmental and other health and safety regulations relating to matters such as reductions in the use of harmful substances, the use of lead-free soldering and the recycling of products and packaging materials. For example, the European Parliament and the Counsel of the European Union have published directives on waste electrical and electronic equipment and on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment. These directives generally require electronics producers to bear the cost of collection, treatment, recovery and safe disposal of past and future products from end users and to ensure that new electrical and electronic equipment does not contain specified hazardous substances. While the cost of these directives to us cannot be determined before regulations are adopted in individual member states of the European Union, it may be substantial and may divert resources, which could detract from our ability to develop new products


16


Table of Contents

or operate our business, particularly if we increase international operations. We may not be able to comply in all cases with applicable environmental and other regulations, and if we do not, we may incur remediation costs or we may not be able to offer our products for sale in certain countries, which could adversely affect our results.
 
Some of our competitors could design their products to prevent or impair the interoperability of our products with enterprise customers’ networks, which could cause installations to be delayed or cancelled.
 
Our products must interface with enterprise customer software, equipment and systems in their networks, each of which may have different specifications. To the extent our competitors supply network software, equipment or systems to our enterprise customers, it is possible these competitors could design their technologies to be closed or proprietary systems that are incompatible with our products or to work less effectively with our products than their own. As a result, enterprise customers would be incentivized to purchase products that are compatible with the products and technologies of our competitors over our products. A lack of interoperability may result in significant redesign costs and harm relations with our enterprise customers. If our products do not interoperate with our enterprise customers’ networks, installations could be delayed or orders for our products could be cancelled, which would result in losses of revenue and enterprise customers that could significantly harm our business.
 
Our revenue may decline as a result of changes in public funding of educational institutions
 
In prior periods, public educational institutions have purchased our products. Public schools receive funding from local tax revenue, and from state and federal government through a variety of programs, many of which seek to assist schools located in underprivileged or rural areas. We believe that the funding for a substantial portion of our sales to educational institutions comes from federal funding, in particular the E-rate program. E-rate is a program of the Federal Communications Commission that subsidizes the purchase of approved telecommunications, Internet access, and internal connections costs for eligible public educational institutions. In the event that the federal government reduces the amounts dedicated to the E-rate program in future periods, or eliminates the program completely, our sales to educational institutions may be reduced. Furthermore, if state and local funding of public education is significantly reduced because of legislative changes or by fluctuations in tax revenue due to changing economic conditions, our sales to educational institutions may also be negatively impacted. Any reduction in spending on telecommunications systems by educational institutions would likely adversely affect our business and results of operations.
 
Our principal offices and the facilities of our contract manufacturers are located near known earthquake fault zones, and the occurrence of an earthquake or other catastrophic disaster could damage our facilities or the facilities of our contract manufacturers, which could cause us to curtail our operations.
 
Our principal offices and the facilities of one of our contract manufacturers are located in California near known earthquake fault zones and, therefore, are vulnerable to damage from earthquakes. We and our contract manufacturers are also vulnerable to damage from other types of disasters, such as power loss, fire, floods and similar events. If any disaster were to occur, our ability to operate our business could be seriously impaired. In addition, we may not have adequate insurance to cover our losses resulting from disasters or other similar significant business interruptions. Any significant losses that are not recoverable under our insurance policies could seriously impair our business and financial condition.
 
Our products require reliable broadband connections, and we may be unable to sell our products in markets where broadband connections are not yet widely available.
 
End users of our products must have reliable access to an enterprise customer’s wide area network in order for our products to perform properly. Accordingly, it is not likely that there will be demand for our products in geographic areas that do not have a sufficiently reliable infrastructure of broadband connections. Many geographic locations do not have reliable infrastructure for broadband connections, particularly in some international markets. Our future growth could be limited if broadband connections are not or do not become widely available in markets that we target.


17


Table of Contents

If our enterprise customers experience inadequate performance with their wide area networks, even if unrelated to our systems, our product performance could be adversely affected, which could harm our relationships with current enterprise customers and make it more difficult to attract new enterprise customers.
 
Our products rely on the reliable performance of the wide area networks of enterprise customers. If enterprise customers experience inadequate performance with their wide area networks, whether due to outages, component failures, or otherwise, our product performance would be adversely affected. As a result, when these types of problems occur with these networks, our enterprise customers may not be able to immediately identify the source of the problem, and may conclude that the problem is related to our products. This could harm our relationships with our current enterprise customers and make it more difficult to attract new enterprise customers, which could harm our business.
 
We may expand through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, each of which may be difficult to identify and successfully integrate into our business and could have other adverse consequences.
 
We may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our products, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.
 
In addition, we do not have any experience in acquiring other businesses. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully or effectively manage the combined business following the completion of the acquisition. We may also not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:
 
  •  unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;
 
  •  incurrence of acquisition-related costs;
 
  •  diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;
 
  •  harm to our existing business relationships with contract manufacturers, channel partners and enterprise customers as a result of the acquisition;
 
  •  the potential loss of key employees;
 
  •  use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and
 
  •  use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.
 
In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our earnings based on this impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.
 
Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer.
 
We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to public company compliance initiatives. These added costs and required management focus could adversely affect our operating results.
 
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market, have imposed a variety of new requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these new compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal


18


Table of Contents

and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these new rules and regulations will make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we will be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage.
 
In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls for financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, commencing in fiscal 2008, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the NASDAQ Stock Market, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.
 
The increased costs associated with operating as a public company may decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. Additionally, if these requirements divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
We might require additional capital to support our business in the future, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, or at all.
 
If our cash and cash equivalents balances and any cash generated from operations and from this offering are not sufficient to meet our future cash requirements, we will need to seek additional capital, potentially through debt or equity financings, to fund our operations. We may also need to raise additional capital to take advantage of new business or acquisition opportunities. We may seek to raise capital by, among other things:
 
  •  issuing additional common stock or other equity securities;
 
  •  issuing debt securities; or
 
  •  borrowing funds under a credit facility.
 
We cannot assure you that we will be able to raise needed cash on terms acceptable to us or at all. Financings, if available, may be on terms that are dilutive or potentially dilutive to our stockholders, and the prices at which new investors would be willing to purchase our securities may be lower than the initial public offering price. The holders of new securities may also receive rights, preferences or privileges that are senior to those of existing holders of common stock. In addition, if we were to raise cash through a debt financing, such debt may impose conditions or restrictions on our operations, which could adversely affect our business. If new sources of financing are required but are insufficient or unavailable, we would be required to modify our operating plans to the extent of available funding, which would harm our ability to maintain or grow our business.
 
Risks Related to the Offering
 
We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be.
 
Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that one will develop or be sustained after this offering. If a market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through our negotiations with the underwriters and may not bear any relationship to the market price at which our common stock will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business. It is


19


Table of Contents

possible that, in future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. As a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock may decline, and you could lose some or all of your investment.
 
The price of our common stock may be volatile and the value of your investment could decline.
 
In the past, technology stocks have experienced high levels of volatility. The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially. The price of our common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering may be higher or lower than the price you pay, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:
 
  •  price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
 
  •  significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of technology companies;
 
  •  actual or anticipated changes in our results of operations or fluctuations in our operating results;
 
  •  actual or anticipated changes in the expectations of investors or securities analysts;
 
  •  actual or anticipated developments in our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;
 
  •  litigation involving us, our industry or both;
 
  •  regulatory developments in the United States, foreign countries or both;
 
  •  general economic conditions and trends;
 
  •  major catastrophic events;
 
  •  sales of large blocks of our stock; or
 
  •  departures of key personnel.
 
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. If our stock price is volatile, we may become the target of securities litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our business.
 
Future sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
 
If our existing stockholders sell a large number of shares of our common stock or the public market perceives that these sales may occur, the market price of our common stock could decline. Based on shares outstanding on December 31, 2006, upon the completion of this offering, assuming no outstanding options are exercised prior to the completion of this offering, we will have approximately           shares of common stock outstanding. All of the shares offered under this prospectus will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the federal securities laws, unless purchased by our affiliates. Taking into consideration the effect of lock-up agreements entered into by our stockholders, the remaining 328,685,301 shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering will be available for sale pursuant to Rules 144 and 701, and the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under these rules, as follows:
 
  •  321,910,572 shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, beginning on the 181st day after the date of this prospectus, unless the lock-up period is otherwise extended pursuant to its terms, subject in some cases to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 unless released sooner by the written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.; and
 
  •  the remainder of the shares will be eligible from time to time thereafter upon the lapse of our right to repurchase with respect to any unvested shares.


20


Table of Contents

 
Following this offering, the holders of 287,878,041 shares of our common stock issued upon conversion of our preferred stock and warrants will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” If we register their shares of common stock following the expiration of the lock-up agreements, these stockholders can immediately sell those shares in the public market.
 
Promptly following this offering, we intend to register up to approximately 93,177,695 shares of common stock that are authorized for issuance under our stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan. As of December 31, 2006, 38,177,695 shares were subject to outstanding options, of which 14,331,864 shares were vested. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements referred to above and Rule 144 restrictions on our affiliates.
 
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they downgrade our stock, the price of our stock could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the availability of research and reports that third-party industry or financial analysts publish about us. Further, if one or more of the analysts who do cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price may decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause the liquidity of our stock and our stock price to decline.
 
Concentration of ownership among our existing directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.
 
Upon closing of this offering, assuming the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised, based upon beneficial ownership as of December 31, 2006, our current directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our common stock, including funds affiliated with Crosspoint Venture Partners, Foundation Capital, Lehman Brothers and J.P. Morgan, and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately  % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise a controlling influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and will have significant influence over our management and policies. Some of these persons or entities may have interests that are different from yours. For example, these stockholders may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are not in your interests. The concentration of ownership could delay or prevent a change in control of our company or otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of our company, which in turn could reduce the price of our common stock. In addition, these stockholders, some of whom have representatives sitting on our board of directors, could use their voting influence to maintain our existing management and directors in office, delay or prevent changes of control of our company, or support or reject other management and board proposals that are subject to stockholder approval, such as amendments to our employee stock plans and approvals of significant financing transactions.
 
We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering.
 
We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.” Accordingly, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of the proceeds, with only limited information concerning management’s specific intentions. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways that our stockholders may not desire or that may not yield a favorable return. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.
 
We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain any earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the


21


Table of Contents

future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.
 
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution.
 
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution of $      per share based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock under our equity incentive plans, if we issue restricted stock to our employees under these plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock.
 
Our charter documents and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also limit the market price of our stock.
 
Upon the completion of this offering, provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable provisions of Delaware law may make it more difficult for or prevent a third party from acquiring control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions:
 
  •  prohibit stockholder action by written consent, thereby requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;
 
  •  limit who may call a special meeting of stockholders;
 
  •  establish a classified board of directors, so that not all members of our board of directors may be elected at one time;
 
  •  provide our board of directors with the ability to designate the terms of and issue a new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval;
 
  •  require the approval of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation;
 
  •  allow a majority of the authorized number of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws without stockholder approval;
 
  •  do not permit cumulative voting in the election of our directors, which would otherwise permit less than a majority of stockholders to elect directors; and
 
  •  set limitations on the removal of directors.
 
In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law generally limits our ability to engage in any business combination with certain persons who own 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock or any of our associates or affiliates who at any time in the past three years have owned 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of entrenching our management team and may deprive you of the opportunity to sell your shares to potential acquirers at a premium over prevailing prices. This potential inability to obtain a control premium could reduce the price of our common stock.
 
Please see “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-takeover Provisions” for a more detailed description of these provisions.


22


Table of Contents

 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA
 
This prospectus, particularly in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements that are subject to substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial position, the statements under the caption “Our Strategy” in the “Prospectus Summary” section, the statements under the caption “Our Strategy” in the “Business” section, other statements regarding our strategies for growth and current development initiatives, statement regarding planned expenditures, including capital expenditures, expansion of our research and development, sales and marketing and support organizations, and statements regarding other aspects of our business strategy, and plans and objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “believe,” “may,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “expect,” “predict,” or “potential,” the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
 
Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Before investing in our common stock, investors should be aware that the occurrence of the events described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.
 
This prospectus also contains statistical data and estimates, including those relating to market size and growth rates of the markets in which we participate, that we obtained from industry publications and reports generated by Gartner, Inc. and Nemertes Research Inc. These publications generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources they believe to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. Although we believe the publications are reliable, we have not independently verified their data.
 
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.


23


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of $      million from our sale of the           shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $      million. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
 
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase public awareness of our company and improve our competitive position, obtain additional capital, create a public market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We anticipate that we will use the net proceeds received by us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds of this offering for possible acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets. We have no current agreements or commitments with respect to any acquisitions.
 
We currently have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds to us from this offering. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the amount of cash used in or generated by our operations, sales and marketing activities and competitive pressures. We therefore cannot estimate the amount of the net proceeds to be used for any of the purposes described above. We may find it necessary or advisable to use our net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of our net proceeds.
 
Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock sold by us in this offering in short-term, interest bearing, investment grade securities. We cannot predict whether the net proceeds will yield a favorable return.
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support our operations and finance the growth and development of our business. We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our current line of credit prohibits the payment of cash dividends without the lender’s consent.


24


Table of Contents

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2006:
 
  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of this offering; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of the shares of our common stock offered by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, each included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
                         
    As of
 
    September 30, 2006  
          Pro
    Pro Forma as
 
    Actual     Forma     Adjusted(1)  
    (Unaudited, in thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 13,290     $ 13,290     $        
                         
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 235,862,612 shares authorized, 233,164,369 shares issued or outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
  $ 56,345     $     $  
                         
Shareholders’ (deficit) equity:
                       
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
                   
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 415,000,000 shares authorized, 94,180,191 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 415,000,000 shares authorized, 327,344,560 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 shares authorized,          shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    1,040       3,372          
Additional paid-in capital
    50,105       104,118          
Deferred compensation
    (312 )     (312 )        
Notes receivable from shareholder
    (219 )     (219 )        
Accumulated deficit
    (89,833 )     (89,833 )        
                         
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity
  $ (39,219 )   $ 17,126     $  
                         
Total capitalization
  $ 17,126     $ 17,126     $  
                         
 
 
(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total shareholders’ equity (deficit) by approximately $     , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.


25


Table of Contents

The information in the table above excludes:
 
  •  32,346,941 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as of September 30, 2006, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.07 per share;
 
  •  7,844,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted between October 1, 2006 and February 12, 2007, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.32 per share;
 
  •  708,851 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants as of September 30, 2006, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.28 per share; and
 
  •  50,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan and 5,000,000 shares of common stock to be available for issuance under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan effective upon the completion of this offering.


26


Table of Contents

 
DILUTION
 
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after completion of this offering.
 
As of September 30, 2006, we had a pro forma net tangible book value of $      million, or $      per share of common stock outstanding. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is equal to our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of outstanding shares of our common stock, which gives effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of this offering.
 
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors in this offering and pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving effect to the sale of           shares of common stock offered by us under this prospectus at an assumed public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2006 would have been approximately $      million, or approximately $      per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $      per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $      per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:
 
                 
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $        
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2006, before
giving effect to this offering
  $                
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this
offering
               
                 
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
               
                 
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering
          $    
                 
 
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease, respectively, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $      million, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $      million per share and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $      per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
 
The following table shows, as of September 30, 2006, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
                                         
                            Average
 
    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Price per
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     Share  
 
Existing stockholders
                     %   $                  %   $        
New investors
                                       
                                         
Total
            100.0 %             100.0 %        
                                         
 
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders


27


Table of Contents

by $      million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.
 
If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to           additional shares from us in this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2006 will be $     , representing an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering of $      to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution per share to new investors in this offering of $     . If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
 
The information in the table above excludes:
 
  •  32,346,941 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options as of September 30, 2006, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.07 per share;
 
  •  7,844,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted between October 1, 2006 and February 12, 2007, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.32 per share;
 
  •  708,851 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants as of September 30, 2006, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.28 per share; and
 
  •  50,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grant or issuance under our 2007 equity incentive plan and 5,000,000 shares of common stock to be available for issuance under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan effective upon the completion of this offering.
 
To the extent that any options or warrants are exercised, new options or shares of common stock are issued under our 2007 equity incentive plan or our 2007 employee stock purchase plan or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.


28


Table of Contents

 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following tables summarize our selected consolidated financial data. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2005 and 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2002 and 2003 and the selected consolidated statements of operations as of and for the years ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2006, have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements contained in this prospectus and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those financial statements. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.
 
                                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
    (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
 
Consolidated statement of operations data:
                                                       
Revenue:
                                                       
Product
  $ 5,302     $ 8,537     $ 16,587     $ 31,970     $ 55,300     $ 10,000     $ 18,467  
Support and services
    1,872       1,755       2,241       3,512       6,308       1,214       1,948  
                                                         
Total revenue
    7,174       10,292       18,828       35,482       61,608       11,214       20,415  
Cost of revenue:
                                                       
Product (1)
    3,463       4,634       7,725       13,961       21,855       4,044       6,507  
Support and services (1)
    2,221       2,003       1,660       2,907       5,425       1,078       1,445  
                                                         
Total cost of revenue
    5,684       6,637       9,385       16,868       27,280       5,122       7,952  
Gross profit
    1,490       3,655       9,443       18,614       34,328       6,092       12,463  
                                                         
Operating expenses:
                                                       
Research and development (1)
    7,100       6,118       5,517       7,034       9,720       2,051       3,117  
Sales and marketing (1)
    8,419       6,847       8,004       10,050       15,699       3,067       5,677  
General and administrative (1)
    3,538       2,731       2,166       3,045       4,936       875       2,573  
                                                         
Total operating expenses
    19,057       15,696       15,687       20,129       30,355       5,993       11,367  
                                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (17,567 )     (12,041 )     (6,244 )     (1,515 )     3,973       99       1,096  
Other income (expense) — net
    (31 )     19       (7 )     124       248       30       157  
                                                         
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
    (17,598 )     (12,022 )     (6,251 )     (1,391 )     4,221       129       1,253  
Provision for income taxes
                      (11 )     (219 )     (13 )     (207 )
                                                         
Net income (loss)
    (17,598 )     (12,022 )     (6,251 )     (1,402 )     4,002       116       1,046  
Stock dividends and accretion of preferred stock
          (38 )     (26 )     (32 )     (51 )     (13 )     (13 )
                                                         
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
  $ (17,598 )   $ (12,060 )   $ (6,277 )   $ (1,434 )   $ 3,951     $ 103     $ 1,033  
                                                         
Net income (loss) per share available to common shareholders:
                                                       
Basic
  $ (1.86 )   $ (1.10 )   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.06     $ 0.00     $ 0.01  
Diluted
  $ (1.86 )   $ (1.10 )   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.05     $ 0.00     $ 0.01  
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share available to common shareholders:
                                                       
Basic
    9,473,420       10,998,047       49,345,069       53,517,065       66,091,748       60,507,022       79,113,086  
Diluted
    9,473,420       10,998,047       49,345,069       53,517,065       84,867,945       72,912,729       101,904,114  
Unaudited pro forma net income per share available to common shareholders(2):
                                                       
Basic
                                  $ 0.01             $ 0.00  
Diluted
                                  $ 0.01             $ 0.00  
Unaudited shares used in computing pro forma net income per share available to common shareholders(2):
                                                       
Basic
                                    299,256,117               312,277,455  
Diluted
                                    318,032,314               335,068,483  


29


Table of Contents

 
(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
 
                                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cost of product revenue
  $       —     $       —     $       —     $       —     $       —     $       —     $       1  
Cost of support and services revenue
                            16       14       5  
Research and development
                            14             17  
Sales and marketing
                            7             97  
General and administrative
          446       45       82       45       9       702  
                                                         
Total stock-based compensation
  $     $ 446     $ 45     $ 82     $ 82     $ 23     $ 822  
                                                         
 
 
(2) See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of the method used to compute basic and diluted net income (loss) per share available to common shareholders. Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income per share allocable to common shareholders have been computed to give effect to assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering on an if-converted basis for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 and the three months ended September 30, 2006.
 
 
                                                 
                                  As of
 
    As of June 30,     September 30,
 
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Consolidated balance sheet data:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 6,182     $ 3,451     $ 723     $ 5,373     $ 12,333     $ 13,290  
Working capital
    3,476       3,720       1,320       10,741       16,208       18,182  
Total assets
    13,426       8,231       7,962       20,960       30,885       34,611  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    79,974       42,814       46,300       56,281       56,332       56,345  
Total shareholders’ deficit
    (74,721 )     (38,374 )     (44,596 )     (45,713 )     (41,168 )     (39,219 )


30


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below, and those discussed above in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” We report results on a fiscal year ending June 30. For ease of reference within this section, 2006 refers to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, 2005 refers to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 and 2004 refers to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004. The consolidated financial data as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and September 30, 2005 are derived from financial statements that are unaudited.
 
Overview
 
We are a leading provider of IP telecommunications solutions for enterprises. Our solution is comprised of our ShoreGear switches, ShorePhone IP phones and ShoreWare software applications. We were founded in September 1996 and shipped our first system in 1998. We have continued to develop and enhance our product line since that time. We currently offer five models of our switches and five models of our IP phones.
 
We sell our products primarily through channel partners that market and sell our systems to enterprises across all industries, including to small, medium and large companies and public institutions. We believe our channel strategy allows us to reach a larger number of prospective enterprise customers more effectively than if we were to sell directly. The number of our authorized channel partners has more than doubled since June 30, 2004 to more than 400 as of December 31, 2006, including 30 in Europe. Channel partners typically purchase our products directly from us. Our internal sales and marketing personnel support these channel partners in their selling efforts. In some circumstances, the enterprise customer will purchase products directly from us, but in these situations we typically compensate the channel partner for its sales efforts. At the request of the channel partner, we often ship our products directly to the enterprise customer.
 
Our channel partners generally perform installation and implementation services for the enterprises that use our systems. In most cases, our channel partners provide the post-contractual support to the enterprise customer by providing first-level support services and purchasing additional services from us under a post-contractual support contract. For channel partners without support capabilities or that do not desire to provide support, we offer full support contracts to provide all of the support to enterprise customers.
 
We outsource the manufacturing of our products to contract manufacturers. Our outsourced manufacturing model allows us to scale our business without the significant capital investment and on-going expenses required to establish and maintain a manufacturing operation. Our switch products are manufactured by a contract manufacturer in San Jose, California and our phone products are manufactured by a contract manufacturer in China. Our contract manufacturers provide us with a range of operational and manufacturing services, including component procurement and final testing and assembly of our products. We work closely with our contract manufacturers to manage the cost of components, since our total manufacturing costs are directly tied to component costs. We regularly provide forecasts to our contract manufacturers, and we order products from our contract manufacturers based on our projected sales levels. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of finished goods inventory to meet our forecasted product sales with limited levels of inventory to compensate for unanticipated shifts in sales volume and product mix.
 
Although we have historically sold our systems primarily to small and medium sized enterprises, we have recently begun to expand our sales and marketing activities to increase our focus on larger enterprise customers. Accordingly, we have implemented a major accounts program whereby our sales personnel assist our channel partners to sell to large enterprise accounts, and we coordinate with our channel partners to enable them to better serve large multi-site enterprises. To the extent we are successful in penetrating larger enterprise customers, we expect that the sales cycle for our products will increase, and that the demands on our sales and support infrastructure will also increase.


31


Table of Contents

We are headquartered in Sunnyvale, California and the majority of our personnel work at this location. Sales and support personnel are located throughout the United States and, to a lesser extent, in the United Kingdom, Germany, Spain and Australia. While we expanded our operations to Europe in 2005 and to the Asia Pacific region in 2006, most of our enterprise customers are located in the United States. Revenue from international sales has been 2% or less of our total revenue for 2004, 2005, 2006 and the three months ended September 30, 2006, respectively. Although we intend to focus on increasing international sales, we expect that sales to enterprise customers in the U.S. will continue to comprise the significant majority of our sales.
 
We have experienced significant growth in recent periods, with our total revenue growing from $18.8 million for 2004 to $61.6 million for 2006. This growth in revenue has largely been driven by increased demand for IP telecommunications systems from new enterprise customers, as well as sales of additional products to our installed enterprise customer base. Our operating expenses have also increased significantly from $15.7 million for 2004 to $30.4 million for 2006. This growth in operating expenses has primarily been driven by our growth in headcount, from 76 employees at June 30, 2004 to 174 employees at June 30, 2006, and to 223 employees at December 31, 2006. We expect to continue to add personnel in all functional areas, including additional sales and support personnel. However, we expect our total headcount to grow at a slower rate as compared to recent periods.
 
Key Business Metrics
 
We monitor a number of key metrics to help forecast growth, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts and measure operational effectiveness.
 
Initial and repeat sales orders.   Our goal is to attract a significant number of new enterprise customers and to encourage existing enterprise customers to purchase additional products and support. Many enterprise customers make an initial purchase and deploy additional sites at a later date, and also buy additional products and support as their businesses expand. As our installed enterprise customer base has grown we have experienced an increase in revenue attributable to existing enterprise customers, which currently represents a significant portion of our total revenue.
 
Deferred revenue.   Nearly all system sales include the purchase of post-contractual support contracts with terms of up to five years, and our renewal rates on these contracts have been high historically. We recognize support revenue on a ratable basis over the term of the support contract. Since we receive payment for support in advance of our recognizing the related revenue, we carry a deferred revenue balance on our consolidated balance sheet. This deferred revenue helps provide predictability to our future support and services revenue. Accordingly, the level of purchases of post-contractual support with our product sales is an important metric for us along with the renewal rates for these services. Our deferred revenue balance at September 30, 2006 was $7.8 million, of which $4.8 million is expected to be recognized within one year.
 
Gross margin.   Our gross margin for products is primarily affected by our ability to reduce hardware costs faster than the decline in average overall system prices. We have been able to increase our product gross margin by reducing hardware costs and through product redesign and volume discount pricing from our suppliers. For example, in 2004, we introduced our current family of switches and IP phones, which generally improved our gross margin. We have also introduced new, lower cost hardware following these introductions, which has continued to improve our product gross margin. In general, product gross margin on our switches is greater than product gross margin on our IP phones. As the prices and costs of our hardware components have decreased over time, our software components, which have lower costs than our hardware components, have represented a greater percentage of our overall system sales. We consider our ability to monitor and manage these factors to be a key aspect of maintaining product gross margins and increasing our profitability.
 
Gross margin for support and services is significantly lower than gross margin for products, and is impacted primarily by personnel costs and related expenses. The primary goal of our support and services function is to ensure maximum customer satisfaction and our investments in support personnel and infrastructure are made with this goal in mind. We expect that as our installed enterprise customer base grows, we will be able to improve gross margin for support and services through economies of scale. However, the timing of additional investments in our support and services infrastructure could materially affect our cost of support and services revenue, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of support and services revenue and total revenue, in any particular period.


32


Table of Contents

 
Operating expense management.   To date, we have managed our operating expenses so that they have generally increased at a slower rate than our revenue growth, and we intend to continue to do so in the future. Our operating expenses are comprised primarily of compensation and benefits for our employees and, therefore, the increase in operating expenses has been related to increases in our headcount. We intend to expand our workforce to support our anticipated growth, and therefore our ability to forecast revenue is critical to managing our operating expenses.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
Revenue.   We derive our revenue from sales of our IP telecommunications systems and related support and services. Our typical system includes a combination of IP phones, switches and software applications. Channel partners buy our products directly from us. Prices to a given channel partner depend on that channel partner’s volume and customer satisfaction metrics, as well as our own strategic considerations. In circumstances where we sell directly to the enterprise customer in transactions that have been assisted by channel partners, we report our revenue net of any associated payment to the channel partners that assisted in such sales. This results in recognized revenue from a direct sale approximating the revenue that would have been recognized from a sale of a comparable system through a channel partner. Product revenue has accounted for 88%, 90%, 90% and 90% of our total revenue for 2004, 2005, 2006 and the three months ended September 30, 2006, respectively.
 
Support and services revenue primarily consists of post-contractual support, and to a lesser extent revenue from training services and installations that we perform. Post-contractual support includes software updates which grant rights to unspecified software license upgrades and maintenance releases issued during the support period. Post-contractual support also includes both Internet- and phone-based technical support. Post-contractual support revenue is recognized ratably over the contractual service period.
 
Cost of revenue.   Cost of product revenue consists primarily of hardware costs, royalties and license fees for third-party software included in our systems, salary and related overhead costs of operations personnel, freight, warranty costs and provision for excess inventory. The majority of these costs vary with the unit volumes of product sold. Cost of support and services revenue consists of salary and related overhead costs of personnel engaged in support and services, and hence is substantially fixed in the near term.
 
Research and development expenses.   Research and development expenses primarily include personnel costs, outside engineering costs, professional services, prototype costs, test equipment, software usage fees and allocated facilities expenses. Research and development expenses are recognized when incurred. We are devoting substantial resources to the development of additional functionality for existing products and the development of new products and related software applications. We intend to continue to make significant investments in our research and development efforts because we believe they are essential to maintaining and improving our competitive position. Accordingly, we expect research and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars.
 
Sales and marketing expenses.   Sales and marketing expenses primarily include personnel costs, sales commissions, travel, marketing promotional and lead generation programs, trade shows, professional services fees and allocated facilities expenses. We plan to continue to invest in development of our distribution channel by increasing the size of our field sales force and the number of our channel partners to enable us to expand into new geographies, including Europe and Asia Pacific, and further increase our sales to large enterprises. In conjunction with channel growth, we plan to increase the investment in our training and support of channel partners to enable them to more effectively sell our products. We also plan to continue investing in our domestic and international marketing activities to help build brand awareness and create sales leads for our channel partners. We expect that sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars and remain our largest operating expense category.
 
General and administrative expenses.   General and administrative expenses relate to our executive, finance, human resources and information technology organizations. Expenses primarily include personnel costs, professional fees for legal, accounting, compliance and information systems, travel, bad debt expense and allocated facilities expenses. We expect that in connection with and following this offering, we will incur significant additional accounting, legal and compliance costs as well as additional insurance, investor relations and other costs associated with being a public company. In addition, as we expand our business, we expect to increase our general and administrative expenses.


33


Table of Contents

 
The operating lease for our headquarters office expires on September 30, 2007. We anticipate negotiating a new lease in the upcoming months for a larger headquarters facility at prices reflective of those prevailing in the market at the time of lease execution. Accordingly, we expect our operating lease obligations to increase beginning in September 2007.
 
Other income (expense).   Other income (expense) primarily consists of interest earned on cash balances.
 
Provision for income taxes.   Provision for income taxes includes federal, state and foreign tax on our income. From inception through 2005 we accumulated substantial net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We fully reserved the deferred tax asset from these losses and tax credits on our financial statements. We were profitable in 2006 and had an effective tax rate of approximately 5% in 2006, as a result of utilizing portions of the deferred tax asset and reducing the related valuation allowance.
 
Our effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2006 was 16.5%. Our effective tax rate for the remainder of 2007 is dependent upon a number of factors, including the extent of the impact from stock-based compensation and the extent of possible limitations on our ability to use net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We believe we have had multiple ownership changes, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, due to significant stock transactions in previous years, which may limit the future realization of our net operating losses and we are currently analyzing these ownership changes to determine the limitations on our ability to utilize our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code in future periods. At June 30, 2006, we had $84.4 million and $44.6 million of net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state purposes, respectively. Based on estimates prepared to date, we believe the provisions of Section 382 could result in the forfeiture of approximately $72 million of net operating losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We believe there could also be an impact on our ability to utilize California net operating loss carryforwards and our research and development tax credit carryforwards. As our analysis is incomplete, these estimates are uncertain. After fiscal 2007, we anticipate our effective tax rate will increase due to these limitations on our ability to utilize net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, and the extent of the impact from stock-based compensation.


34


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.
 
                                         
          Three Months
 
          Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Revenue:
                                       
Product
  $ 16,587     $ 31,970     $ 55,300     $ 10,000     $ 18,467  
Support and services
    2,241       3,512       6,308       1,214       1,948  
                                         
Total revenue
    18,828       35,482       61,608       11,214       20,415  
Cost of revenue:
                                       
Cost of product (1)
    7,725       13,961       21,855       4,044       6,507  
Cost of support and services (1)
    1,660       2,907       5,425       1,078       1,445  
                                         
Total cost of revenue
    9,385       16,868       27,280       5,122       7,952  
                                         
Gross profit
    9,443       18,614       34,328       6,092       12,463  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Research and development (1)
    5,517       7,034       9,720       2,051       3,117  
Sales and marketing (1)
    8,004       10,050       15,699       3,067       5,677  
General and administrative (1)
    2,166       3,045       4,936       875       2,573  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    15,687       20,129       30,355       5,993       11,367  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (6,244 )     (1,515 )     3,973       99       1,096  
Other income (expense) — net
    (7 )     124       248       30       157  
                                         
Income (loss) before provision for income tax
    (6,251 )     (1,391 )     4,221       129       1,253  
Provision for income taxes
          (11 )     (219 )     (13 )     (207 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (6,251 )   $ (1,402 )   $ 4,002     $ 116     $ 1,046  
                                         
 
 
(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
 
                                         
Cost of product revenue
  $     $     $     $     $ 1  
Cost of support and services revenue
                16       14       5  
Research and development
                14             17  
Sales and marketing
                7             97  
General and administrative
    45       82       45       9       702  
                                         
Total stock-based compensation
  $ 45     $ 82     $ 82     $ 23     $ 822  
                                         


35


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of total revenue for each of the periods indicated.
 
                                         
          Three Months
 
          Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
 
Revenue:
                                       
Product
    88 %     90 %     90 %     89 %     90 %
Support and services
    12       10       10       11       10  
                                         
Total revenue
    100       100       100       100       100  
Cost of revenue:
                                       
Cost of product
    41       40       35       36       32  
Cost of support and services
    9       8       9       10       7  
                                         
Total cost of revenue
    50       48       44       46       39  
                                         
Gross profit
    50       52       56       54       61  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Research and development
    29       20       16       18       15  
Sales and marketing
    43       28       26       27       28  
General and administrative
    11       8       8       8       13  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    83       56       50       53       56  
                                         
Income (loss) from operations
    (33 )     (4 )     6       1       5  
Other income (expense) — net
                            1  
                                         
Income (loss) before provision for income tax
    (33 )     (4 )     6       1       6  
Provision for income taxes
                            (1 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
    (33 )%     (4 )%     6 %     1 %     5 %
                                         
 
Three months ended September 30, 2006 compared to three months ended September 30, 2005
 
Revenue.   Total revenue increased $9.2 million, or 82%, from $11.2 million in the three months ended September 30, 2005 to $20.4 million in the three months ended September 30, 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to increased sales of our products and services. Product revenue increased by $8.5 million, or 85%, from $10.0 million in the three months ended September 30, 2005 to $18.5 million in the three months ended September 30, 2006. Support and services revenue increased $734,000, or 60%, from $1.2 million in the three months ended September 30, 2005 to $1.9 million in the three months ended September 30, 2006 as a result of increased revenue associated with post-contractual support contracts accompanying new system sales and post-contractual support contract renewals and, to a lesser extent, revenue from training services and installations.
 
Gross margin.   Total gross margin increased from 54% in the three months ended September 30, 2005, to 61% in the three months ended September 30, 2006. Product gross margin increased from 60% in the three months ended September 30, 2005, to 65% in the three months ended September 30, 2006. The increase in product gross margin was due to improved margins on hardware products as a result of sales of new hardware products with higher margins and reduced costs for some existing hardware products. Support and services gross margin increased from 11% in the three months ended September 30, 2005 to 26% in the three months ended September 30, 2006. The increase was due to support and service revenue increasing at a higher rate than service costs over the period. This contributed to an improvement in overall gross margin from the three months ended September 30, 2005 to the same period in 2006.
 
Research and development.   Research and development expenses increased $1.0 million, or 52%, from $2.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2005, to $3.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2006. These expenses represented 18% and 15% of total revenue, respectively, in those periods. Compensation for research and development employees accounted for $811,000 of the increase, as headcount increased from 39


36


Table of Contents

employees at September 30, 2005 to 59 employees at September 30, 2006. Additionally, professional services, test equipment and software usage fees accounted for $150,000, $51,000 and $45,000, respectively, of the increase.
 
Sales and marketing.   Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.6 million, or 85%, from $3.1 million in the three months ended September 30, 2005 to $5.7 million in the three months ended September 30, 2006. These expenses represented 27% and 28% of total revenue, in those periods. Salaries, related benefits and sales commissions represented $1.8 million of this increase, as headcount doubled from 38 employees at September 30, 2005 to 76 employees at September 30, 2006. Additionally, promotional and lead generation programs, travel and stock-based compensation accounted for $574,000, $227,000 and $57,000, respectively, of the increase.
 
General and administrative.   General and administrative expenses increased $1.7 million, or 194%, from $875,000 in the three months ended September 30, 2005 to $2.6 million in the three months ended September 30, 2006. These expenses represented 8% and 13% of total revenue, respectively, in those periods. Salaries and benefits of general and administrative employees accounted for $270,000 of the increase, as headcount increased from 16 employees at September 30, 2005 to 19 employees at September 30, 2006. Additionally, stock-based compensation, professional services and bad debt expenses accounted for $693,000, $368,000 and $107,000, respectively, of the increase. The remainder of the increase was attributable to various expenses including travel expenses and allocated facility expenses. In addition, general and administrative expenses for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 include $699,000 of stock-based compensation associated with an outstanding option granted prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R) that is subject to variable accounting. As a result of the variable accounting related to this option grant, we may have additional non-cash compensation expense in future periods.
 
Other income.   Other income increased $127,000 from $30,000 in the three months ended September 30, 2005 to $157,000 in the three months ended September 30, 2006. The increase was due to an increase in interest income due to higher average cash balances in the three months ended September 30, 2006 over average cash balances in the three months ended September 30, 2005.
 
Provision for income taxes.   The provision for income taxes increased $194,000 from $13,000 in the three months ended September 30, 2005 to $207,000 in the three months ended September 30, 2006, primarily due to an increase in our taxable income.
 
Fiscal 2006 compared to Fiscal 2005
 
Revenue.   Total revenue increased $26.1 million, or 74%, from $35.5 million in 2005 to $61.6 million in 2006. This increase was primarily attributable to increased sales of our products, including hardware and software, and services. Product revenue increased by $23.3 million, or 73%, from $32.0 million in 2005 to $55.3 million in 2006. Support and services revenue increased by $2.8 million, or 80%, from $3.5 million in 2005 to $6.3 million in 2006 as a result of increased revenue associated with post-contractual support contracts accompanying new system sales and post-contractual support contract renewals and, to a lesser extent, revenue from training services and installations. The increase in support and services revenue reflected our increasing strategic focus on large enterprise customers and overall growth in system sales.
 
Gross margin.   Total gross margin increased from 52% in 2005 to 56% in 2006. Product gross margin increased from 56% in 2005 to 60% in 2006. The increase in product gross margin was due to improved margins on hardware products as a result of sales of new hardware products with higher margins and reduced costs for some existing hardware products. Support and services gross margin decreased from 17% in 2005 to 14% in 2006. The decrease was due to hiring new support and services employees to build our infrastructure at a faster rate than the growth in our support and service revenue.
 
Research and development.   Research and development expenses increased $2.7 million, or 38%, from $7.0 million in 2005 to $9.7 million in 2006. These expenses represented 20% and 16% of total revenue in 2005 and 2006, respectively. Of the increase, $2.0 million was for salaries and benefits as headcount increased from 37 employees at June 30, 2005 to 48 employees at June 30, 2006. Engineering costs for new products, prototype expenses, allocated facilities expenses and software usage fees accounted for $288,000, $133,000, $104,000 and $99,000, respectively, of the increase.


37


Table of Contents

 
Sales and marketing.   Sales and marketing expenses increased $5.6 million, or 56%, from $10.1 million in 2005 to $15.7 million in 2006. These expenses represented 28% and 26% of total revenue in 2005 and 2006, respectively. Of the increase, $3.7 million was for salaries, sales commissions and related employee benefits as headcount increased from 34 employees at the end of 2005 to 66 employees at the end of 2006. Promotional and lead generation programs, travel, recruiting, training and professional services accounted for $959,000, $583,000, $140,000, $114,000 and $93,000, respectively, of the increase.
 
General and administrative.   General and administrative expenses increased $1.9 million, or 62%, from $3.0 million in 2005 to $4.9 million in 2006. These expenses represented 8% and 8% of total revenue in 2005 and 2006, respectively. Of the increase, $949,000 was for salaries and benefits as headcount increased from 14 employees at the end of 2005 to 18 employees at the end of 2006. Professional services and facilities maintenance costs accounted for $576,000 and $153,000, respectively, of the increase. The remainder of the increase was attributable to various expenses including allocated facilities expenses, expensed equipment, and an increase in the allowance for bad debts.
 
Other income.   Other income increased $124,000 from $124,000 in 2005 to $248,000 in 2006. The increase was primarily due to an increase in interest income, partially offset by an increase in foreign currency exchange losses and interest expense. Interest income increased $155,000 due to higher average cash balances in 2006.
 
Provision for income taxes.   The provision for income taxes increased $208,000 from $11,000 in 2005 to $219,000 in 2006, primarily due to an increase in our taxable income.
 
Fiscal 2005 compared to Fiscal 2004
 
Revenue.   Total revenue increased $16.7 million, or 88%, from $18.8 million in 2004 to $35.5 million in 2005. This increase was primarily attributable to increased sales of our products and services. Product revenue increased by $15.4 million, or 93%, from $16.6 million in 2004 to $32.0 million in 2005. Support and services revenue increased by $1.3 million, or 57%, from $2.2 million in 2004 to $3.5 million in 2005 as a result of increased revenue associated with post-contractual support contracts accompanying new system sales and post-contractual support contract renewals and, to a lesser extent, revenue from training services and installations performed by us. Revenue from these other services, primarily training, increased to $524,000 in 2005.
 
Gross margin.   Total gross margin increased from 50% 2004 to 52% in 2005. Product gross margin increased from 53% in 2004 to 56% in 2005. The increase in product gross margin was due to sales of our IP phones following their introduction in June 2004, as these phones had higher margins than the third-party phones sold with our systems prior to that time. Support and services gross margin decreased from 26% in 2004 to 17% in 2005. The decrease was due to support and service employee related costs increasing faster than support and service revenue over 2004. Support and services headcount increased from 11 employees at June 30, 2004 to 21 employees at June 30, 2005, due to our ongoing efforts to build our support and services functions. The reduction in support and services gross margin resulted in reduction of total gross margin.
 
Research and development.   Research and development expenses increased $1.5 million, or 27%, from $5.5 million in 2004 to $7.0 million in 2005. These expenses represented 29% and 20% of total revenue in 2004 and 2005, respectively. Of the increase, $689,000 was for salaries and benefits as headcount increased from 24 employees at June 30, 2004 to 37 employees at June 30, 2005. Professional services, recruiting, engineering costs and software usage fees accounted for $417,000, $165,000, $145,000 and $136,000, respectively, of the increase.
 
Sales and marketing.   Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.0 million, or 26%, from $8.0 million in 2004 to $10.0 million in 2005. These expenses represented 43% and 28% of total revenue in 2004 and 2005, respectively. Of the increase, $796,000 was for salaries, sales commissions and benefits as headcount increased from 26 employees at June 30, 2004 to 34 employees at June 30, 2005. Promotional and lead generation programs, professional services and travel accounted for $995,000 and $208,000, respectively, of the increase.
 
General and administrative.   General and administrative expenses increased $879,000, or 41%, from $2.2 million in 2004 to $3.1 million in 2005. These expenses represented 11% and 8% of total revenue in 2004 and 2005, respectively. Of the increase, $362,000 was for salaries and benefits as headcount increased from 10 employees at June 30, 2004 to 14 employees at June 30, 2005. Professional services, travel and bad debt expense


38


Table of Contents

accounted for $316,000, $215,000 and $176,000, respectively, of the increase. This was offset by reductions in various other expenses, including depreciation.
 
Other income (expense).   Other income (expense) increased from $(7,000) in 2004 to $124,000 in 2005. The increase is primarily due to increases in interest income and other income of $128,000 and $2,000, respectively. In 2004, interest expense on borrowings of $22,000 exceeded interest and other income.
 
Provision for income taxes.   The provision for income taxes increased $11,000 from $0 in 2004 to $11,000 in 2005.
 
Quarterly Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly condensed consolidated statement of operations data in dollars and as a percentage of total revenue for each of our last five quarters in the period ended September 30, 2006. The quarterly data presented below have been prepared on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and in the opinion of management reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of this information. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate in the future due to a variety of factors. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. Our results for these quarterly periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.
 


39


Table of Contents

                                         
    Three Months Ended  
    September 30,
    December 31,
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
 
    2005     2005     2006     2006     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Statement of operations data:
                                       
Revenue:
                                       
Product
  $ 10,000     $ 13,498     $ 14,474     $ 17,328     $ 18,467  
Support and services
    1,214       1,219       2,119       1,756       1,948  
                                         
Total revenue
    11,214       14,717       16,593       19,084       20,415  
Cost of revenue:
                                       
Product(1)
    4,044       5,668       6,011       6,132       6,507  
Support and services(1)
    1,078       1,109       1,755       1,483       1,445  
                                         
Total cost of revenue
    5,122       6,777       7,766       7,615       7,952  
                                         
Gross profit
    6,092       7,940       8,827       11,469       12,463  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Research and development(1)
    2,051       2,083       2,386       3,200       3,117  
Sales and marketing(1)
    3,067       3,873       3,916       4,843       5,677  
General and administrative(1)
    875       995       1,238       1,828       2,573  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    5,993       6,951       7,540       9,871       11,367  
                                         
Income from operations
    99       989       1,287       1,598       1,096  
Other income — net
    30       6       61       151       157  
                                         
Income before provision for income tax
    129       995       1,348       1,749       1,253  
Provision for income tax
    (13 )     (51 )     (76 )     (79 )     (207 )
                                         
Net income
  $ 116     $ 944     $ 1,272     $ 1,670     $ 1,046  
                                         
Net income per share available to common shareholders:
                                       
Basic
  $ 0.00     $ 0.01     $ 0.02     $ 0.02     $ 0.01  
                                         
Diluted
  $ 0.00     $ 0.01     $ 0.01     $ 0.02     $ 0.01  
                                         
                                       
(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
                     
Cost of product revenue
  $     $     $     $     $ 1  
Cost of support and services revenue
    14                   2       5  
Research and development
                6       8       17  
Sales and marketing
                2       5       97  
General and administrative
    9       13       2       21       702  
                                         
Total stock-based compensation
  $ 23     $ 13     $ 10     $ 36     $ 822  
                                         
 

40


Table of Contents

                                         
    Three Months Ended  
    September 30,
    December 31,
    March 31,
    June 30,
    September 30,
 
    2005     2005     2006     2006     2006  
 
As a percentage of total revenue:
                                       
Revenue:
                                       
Product
    89 %     92 %     87 %     91 %     90 %
Support and services
    11       8       13       9       10  
                                         
Total revenue
    100       100       100       100       100  
Cost of revenue:
                                       
Product
    36       39       36       32       32  
Support and services
    10       7       11       8       7  
                                         
Total cost of revenue
    46       46       47       40       39  
                                         
Gross profit
    54       54       53       60       61  
Operating expenses
                                       
Research and development
    18       14       14       17       15  
Sales and marketing
    27       26       24       25       28  
General and administrative
    8       7       7       10       13  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    53       47       45       52       56  
                                         
Income from operations
    1       7       8       8       5  
Other income — net
                      1       1  
                                         
Income before provision for income tax
    1       7       8       9       6  
Provision for income tax
                            (1 )
                                         
Net income
    1 %     7 %     8 %     9 %     5 %
                                         
 
Revenue has increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented due to increased sales of our products and an increase in the number of channel partners and company sales staff and additional products sold to new and existing enterprise customers. Because of the rapid growth of our revenue, we have not yet experienced the effects of seasonality on a quarter-to-quarter basis, but we expect that, over the longer term, we will experience seasonally reduced activity in the first and third quarters of each calendar year, as is the case with comparable companies in our industry. Support and services revenue and related cost of support and services revenue in the quarter ended March 31, 2006 increased due to installation revenue associated with one large sale. Product gross margins improved in the quarter ended June 30, 2006 primarily as a result of newly introduced hardware products that have higher margins than products that were replaced. Operating expenses increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented as we continued to add personnel and related costs to accommodate our growth. We have invested substantially in research and development in recent quarters as we believe technology leadership is an important element to our continued growth. Starting largely in the quarter ended June 30, 2006 we also increased general and administrative spending in information technology systems, outside audit and Sarbanes-Oxley-related consulting services. In addition, general and administrative expenses for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 included $699,000 of non-cash stock-based compensation associated with an outstanding option granted prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R) that is subject to variable accounting.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
As of September 30, 2006, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $13.3 million and accounts receivable of $13.9 million. Our primary sources of cash historically have been proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and payments for our products and services. From June 1998 through October 2004, we issued redeemable convertible preferred stock with aggregate net proceeds of $101.3 million. We have a $12.0 million line of credit with Silicon Valley Bank, which has a borrowing base equal to 80% of the amount of eligible accounts receivable plus 25% of the value of eligible inventory. Interest will accrue on any outstanding borrowings under the line of credit at a rate equal to the prime rate in effect plus 0.5% per annum,

41


Table of Contents

except the rate will be equal to the prime rate plus 1.5% per annum if our adjusted quick ratio is less than 1.5 to 1.0. At September 30, 2006, no balance was outstanding under the line of credit. The line of credit is secured by substantially all of our assets, and contains a financial covenant requiring us to maintain a tangible net worth of not less than $5.0 million. As of September 30, 2006, we were in compliance with all related financial covenants and restrictions. The line of credit terminates on June 26, 2007.
 
Our principal uses of cash historically have consisted of the purchase of finished goods inventory from our contract manufacturers, payroll and other operating expenses and purchases of property and equipment to support employee needs and the development of new products.
 
We believe that our $13.3 million of cash and cash equivalents at September 30, 2006, together with cash flows from our operations and the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operating requirements for at least 12 months. However, we may need to raise additional capital or incur indebtedness to continue to fund our operations in the future. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the timing and extent of our expansion into new territories, the timing of introductions of new products and enhancements to existing products, and the continuing market acceptance of our products. We may enter into agreements relating to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses or technologies in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.
 
The following table shows our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the stated periods:
 
                                         
    Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
    (In thousands)  
 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (5,392 )   $ (4,957 )   $ 7,266     $ (1,091 )   $ 1,384  
Cash used in investing activities
    (653 )     (590 )     (1,293 )     (174 )     (508 )
Cash provided by financing activities
    3,317       10,197       987       1,158       81  
 
Cash flows from operating activities
 
Our cash flows from operating activities are significantly influenced by our cash expenditures to support the growth of our business in operating expense areas such as research and development, sales and marketing and administration. Our operating cash flows are also influenced by our working capital needs to support growth and fluctuations in inventory, accounts receivable, vendor accounts payable and other current assets and liabilities. We procure finished goods inventory from our contract manufacturers and typically pay them in 30 days. We extend credit to our channel partners and typically collect in 50 to 60 days. We also prepay for license rights to third-party products in advance of sales.
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was ($1.1) million and $1.4 million in the three months ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2006, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities in the three months ended September 30, 2005 consisted primarily of net income of $116,000, depreciation and amortization expense of $142,000 and a use of $1.4 million related to net changes in operating assets and liabilities. Of this $1.4 million, inventory increased by $1.5 million largely as a result of units shipped in the quarter being below the forecasted quantities. Net cash provided by operating activities in the three months ended September 30, 2006 consisted primarily of net income of $1.0 million, stock compensation expense of $822,000, depreciation and amortization expense of $236,000 and a use of $720,000 related to net changes in operating assets and liabilities. Of this $720,000, accounts receivable increased $2.4 million as a result of increased revenue and increased average days to collect. Accrued liabilities and accrued employee compensation decreased $786,000, largely due to the payment to employees of bonuses earned for the six months ended June 30, 2006. Offsetting these uses of working capital were sources of cash provided by increased accounts payable of $1.3 million and deferred support revenue of $1.2 million.


42


Table of Contents

 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities was ($5.4) million, ($5.0) million and $7.3 million in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities in 2004 primarily consisted of net losses of $6.3 million, reduced by depreciation and amortization expense of $721,000 in 2004, and accounts receivable increase of $2.8 million primarily related to revenue growth. This increase in accounts receivable was largely offset by sources of cash provided by increased accounts payable of $1.2 million and deferred support revenue of $1.2 million. Net cash used in operating activities in 2005 primarily consisted of net losses of $1.4 million, reduced by depreciation and amortization expense of $592,000 and a use of $4.2 million related to net changes in operating assets and liabilities. Of this $4.2 million, the increased accounts receivable and inventory were $4.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively. These increases were partially offset by cash provided due to increased accounts payable of $1.0 million and payments for deferred support contracts of $2.8 million. Net cash provided by operating activities in 2006 primarily consisted of net income of $4.0 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $716,000 and an increase of $2.3 million related to net changes in operating assets and liabilities. Of this $2.3 million, the primary sources of cash were $1.9 million increase to accrued employee compensation, largely employee bonuses relating to company performance achievements in the three months ended March 31 and June 30, 2006, increased deferred revenue relating to support contracts of $1.5 million and increased accounts payable of $809,000.
 
Cash flows from investing activities
 
Cash flows from investing activities primarily relate to capital expenditures to support our growth.
 
Net cash used in investing activities in the three months ended September 30, 2005 was $174,000 for capital expenditures. Net cash used in investing activities in the three months ended September 30, 2006 was $508,000 for capital expenditures, primarily related to manufacturing tooling for the production of our hardware products, and to computer equipment for our research and development lab and to support our growth in company headcount. We expect additional capital expenditures of approximately $1.5 million for the remainder of fiscal year 2007. The operating lease for our headquarters office expires in September 2007. We anticipate negotiating a new lease in the upcoming months for a larger headquarters facility and may incur capital expenditures in conjunction with it. Our requirements for additional capital expenditures are subject to change depending upon industry conditions.
 
Net cash used in investing activities was $653,000, $590,000 and $1.3 million in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities in 2004 was for capital expenditures, primarily related to manufacturing tooling for production of our hardware products. Net cash used in investing activities in 2005 was for capital expenditures, primarily related to computer equipment to support our growth in headcount. Net cash used in investing activities in 2006 was for capital expenditures, primarily related to computer equipment to support our growth in headcount and to manufacturing tooling for production of our hardware products.
 
Cash flows from financing activities
 
Net cash provided by financing activities was $1.2 million and $81,000 in the three months ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2006, respectively. In the three months ended September 30, 2005, we borrowed $1.0 million under our line of credit and generated $159,000 cash from the exercise of stock options. In the three months ended September 30, 2006, we generated $70,000 from the exercise of stock options and $12,000 from the repayment of shareholder notes issued in connection with stock option exercises.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities was $3.3 million, $10.2 million and $1.0 million in 2004, 2005 and 2006 respectively. In 2004, we issued Series G redeemable convertible preferred stock for net proceeds of $3.4 million and made capital lease payments of $142,000. In 2005, we issued Series H redeemable convertible preferred stock for net proceeds of $9.9 million and received $222,000 from the repayment of shareholder notes issued in connection with stock option exercises. In 2006, we generated $1.0 million from the exercise of stock options.


43


Table of Contents

 
Contractual Obligations
 
The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2006:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less Than
                More Than
 
    Total     1 Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating lease obligations
  $ 898     $ 712     $ 186              
Purchase obligations(1)
    7,120       7,120                    
                                         
Total
  $ 8,018     $ 7,832     $ 186              
                                         
 
 
(1) Purchase obligations represent commitments under non-cancelable orders for finished goods inventory with our contract manufacturers. At September 30, 2006, our purchase obligations increased by $942,000 as a result of increased sales.
 
We anticipate entering into a new lease for a larger headquarters facility prior to the expiration of our headquarters lease in September 2007. As a result, we anticipate that we will have increased operating lease obligations over a longer period than currently reflected in the table above.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements nor do we have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which are established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates and judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, the disclosure of contingencies as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are reasonable under the circumstances, actual results may differ from those estimates.
 
We believe the following to be our critical accounting policies because they are important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and they require critical management judgments and estimates about matters that are uncertain:
 
  •  Revenue recognition;
 
  •  Allowance for doubtful accounts;
 
  •  Stock-based compensation;
 
  •  Inventory valuation; and
 
  •  Accounting for income taxes.
 
If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operations for future periods could be materially affected. See “Risk Factors” for certain matters that may affect our future financial condition or results of operations.


44


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition
 
Product Revenue
 
Our software is integrated with our hardware and is essential to the functionality of the integrated system product. Product sales generally include a perpetual license to our software. We recognize revenue for these sales in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , or Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements , as applicable, depending on whether the hardware is sold in a multiple-element arrangement with software and post-contractual support or on a standalone basis if the enterprise customer purchases hardware, software, or maintenance support separately. For the initial sale, we generally bundle together the hardware, software, and post-contractual support contracts with terms of up to five years. Thereafter, if the enterprise customer increases the number of end user deployments and/or functionality, it may add more hardware, software, and related post-contractual support by purchasing them separately. We have established vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of fair value for post-contractual support and other undelivered elements as noted below.
 
We recognize product revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, product has shipped or delivery has occurred (depending on when title passes), the sales price is fixed or determinable and free of contingencies and significant uncertainties, and collection is probable. Our fee is considered fixed or determinable at the execution of an agreement, based on specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified prices. Our agreements generally do not include rights of return or acceptance provisions. To the extent that our agreements contain such terms, we recognize revenue once the acceptance provisions have been met or the right of return lapses. We maintain a reserve for sales returns based on historical experience. Payment terms generally range from net 30 to net 60 days. In the event payment terms are extended materially from our standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized when the payments become due. We assess the ability to collect from channel partners based on a number of factors, including creditworthiness and past transaction history. If the channel partner is not deemed creditworthy, we defer all revenue from the arrangement until payment is received and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Shipping charges are included in product revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of product revenue.
 
We monitor and analyze the accuracy of sales returns estimates by reviewing actual returns and adjust it for future expectations to determine the adequacy of our current and future reserve needs. If actual future returns and allowances differ from past experience and expectation, additional allowances may be required.
 
We have arrangements with channel partners to reimburse them for cooperative marketing costs meeting specified criteria. In accordance with EITF Issue No. 01-9, Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products) , we record advertising costs meeting such specified criteria within sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. For those advertising costs that do not meet the criteria set forth in EITF Issue No. 01-9, the amounts are recorded as a reduction to product revenue.
 
Post-Contractual Support
 
Our support and services revenue is primarily derived from post-contractual support. We account for post-contractual support revenue based on SOP 97-2, which states that if an arrangement includes multiple elements, the fee should be allocated to the various elements based on VSOE of fair value, regardless of any separate prices stated within the contract for each element. VSOE of fair value is limited to the price charged when the same element is sold separately. VSOE is established for support through prior renewals of post-contractual support contracts, which establishes a price which is based on a standalone sale.
 
We use the residual method, as allowed by SOP No. 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition With Respect to Certain Transactions, to determine the amount of product revenue to be recognized. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements, such as post-contractual support, installation services and training, are deferred and the remaining portion of the sales amount is recognized as product revenue. The fair value of the support and services is recognized as support and services revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the related support period, which can be up to five years in length.


45


Table of Contents

 
Installation and training
 
Installation services are sold on an elective basis. Channel partners or enterprise customers generally perform installations without our involvement, so we do not recognize substantial revenue from installation services. As installation is typically performed by the channel partner or enterprise customer, it is not considered essential to the functionality of the delivered elements. Installation is generally priced at established rates based on estimated hours to install our systems. Training services are also sold on an elective basis, both to channel partners and to enterprise customers, and is purchased both with system orders and on a standalone basis. VSOE of fair value is established for training through sales made independent of a bundled order. We recognize revenue related to installation services and training upon delivery of the service.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
We review our allowance for doubtful accounts on a quarterly basis by assessing individual accounts receivable that materially exceed due dates. Risk assessment for these accounts includes historical collections experience with the specific account and with our similarly situated accounts coupled with other related credit factors that may evidence a risk of default and loss to us. Accordingly, the amount of this allowance will fluctuate based upon changes in revenue levels, collection of specific balances in accounts receivable and estimated changes in channel partner credit quality or likelihood of collection. If the financial condition of our channel partners were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances may be required. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents management’s best estimate, but changes in circumstances, including unforeseen declines in market conditions and collection rates, may result in additional allowances in the future or reductions in allowances due to future recoveries.
 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
Prior to July 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , or APB 25, and Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. (FIN) 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation, an Interpretation of APB No. 25 , and had adopted the disclosure only provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , or SFAS 123, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure , or SFAS 148.
 
In accordance with APB 25, stock-based compensation expense, which is a non-cash charge, resulted from stock option grants at exercise prices that, for financial reporting purposes, were deemed to be below the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.
 
Effective July 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(revised 2004), Share-Based Payment , or SFAS 123(R), using the prospective transition method, which requires us to apply the provisions of SFAS 123(R) only to awards newly granted, modified, repurchased or cancelled, after the adoption date. Under this transition method, our stock-based compensation expense recognized beginning July 1, 2006 is based on the grant date fair value of stock option awards we grant or modify after July 1, 2006. We recognize this expense on a straight-line basis over the options’ expected vesting terms. We estimated the grant date fair value of stock option awards under the provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following assumptions:
 
         
    Three Months
 
    Ended
 
    September 30, 2006  
 
Expected life
    6.08 years  
Interest rate range
    4.8 %
Volatility
    68 %
Dividend yield
    0 %
 
During the three months ended September 30, 2006, we recorded non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $100,000 under SFAS 123(R). In future periods, stock-based compensation expense is expected to increase as we issue additional equity-based awards to continue to attract and retain key employees. Additionally, SFAS 123(R) requires that we recognize compensation expense only for the portion of stock options that are expected to vest, assuming an expected forfeiture rate in determining stock-based compensation expense, which could affect the stock-based compensation expense recorded if there is a significant difference between actual and estimated


46


Table of Contents

forfeiture rates. Our estimated forfeiture rate in the three months ended September 30, 2006 was 13%. As of September 30, 2006, total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock-based awards granted to employees and non-employee directors was $995,000, net of estimated forfeitures of $319,000. This cost will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted-average period of approximately four years. As a result of adopting SFAS 123(R) on July 1, 2006, our net income for the three months ended September 30, 2006, was $64,000 lower than if we had continued to account for stock-based compensation under APB 25. Basic and diluted net income per share for the three months ended September 30, 2006 are no different than if we had continued to account for stock-based compensation under APB 25.
 
Inventory Valuation
 
Inventories consist principally of finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or market value, with cost being determined under a standard cost method that approximates first-in, first out. A small portion of our inventory also relates to evaluation units located at enterprise customer locations and service inventory. Inventory valuation reserves are established to reduce the carrying amounts of our inventories to their net estimated realizable values. Inventory valuation reserves are based on historical usage, expected demand and, with respect to evaluation units, conversion rate and age. Inherent in our estimates of market value in determining inventory valuation reserves are estimates related to economic trends, future demand for our products and technological obsolescence of our products. If future demand or market conditions are less favorable than our projections, additional inventory valuation reserves could be required and would be reflected in cost of product revenue in the period in which the reserves are taken. Inventory valuation reserves were $495,000, $598,000 and $685,000 as of June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, respectively. Once a reserve is established, it is maintained until the unit to which it relates is sold or scrapped. The reduced costs associated with the revenue from this unit results in an increase in gross profit and gross margin.
 
Accounting for Income Taxes
 
We account for income taxes using an asset and liability approach, in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements, but have not been reflected in our taxable income. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value. Therefore, we provide a valuation allowance to the extent we do not believe it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient taxable income in future periods to realize the benefit of our deferred tax assets. To date, as a result of our uncertainty regarding the realizability of our deferred tax assets, consisting principally of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, we have recorded a 100% valuation allowance.
 
At June 30, 2006, we had $84.4 million and $44.6 million of net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state purposes, respectively. Net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2017 and 2007 for federal and California purposes, respectively. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, including assessing the risks associated with tax audits, and assessing temporary differences resulting from different treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. The ability to maintain our current effective tax rate is contingent upon existing tax laws in both the U.S. and the respective countries in which our international subsidiaries are located, and the availability of our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.
 
We believe we have had multiple ownership changes as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code and we are currently analyzing these ownership changes to determine the limitations on our ability to utilize our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code in future periods due to significant stock transactions in previous years, which may limit the future realization of our net operating losses and tax credits. Based on estimates prepared to date, we believe the provisions of Section 382 could result in the forfeiture of up to $72 million of net operating losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We believe there could also be an impact on our ability to utilize California net operating loss carryforwards as well. As our analysis is incomplete, these estimates are uncertain.
 
As of June 30, 2006, we had research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $2.5 million and $2.8 million, which can be used to reduce future federal and California income taxes, respectively. Federal


47


Table of Contents

research and development tax credit carryforwards will expire beginning in fiscal 2012 through 2026. California research and development tax credits will carry forward indefinitely. In addition, a portion of the federal research tax credit carryforwards may be subject to forfeiture due to Section 383 limitations. We are in the process of determining the impact of Section 383 on the tax credit carryforwards. As our analysis is incomplete, these estimates are uncertain.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In May 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections (“SFAS 154”) that replaces Accounting Principals Board Opinions No. 20 Accounting Changes and SFAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements — An Amendment of APB Opinion No 28 . SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes retrospective application, or the latest practicable date, as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle and the reporting of a correction of an error. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 applies to all tax positions within the scope of FASB Statement No. 109, applies a “more likely than not” threshold for tax benefit recognition, identifies a defined methodology for measuring benefits and increases the disclosure requirements for companies. FIN 48 is mandatory for years beginning after December 15, 2006. We are currently in the process of evaluating the effects of this new accounting standard.
 
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 108 regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. SAB No. 108 states that registrants should use both a balance sheet approach and an income statement approach when quantifying and evaluating materiality of a misstatement. The interpretations in SAB No. 108 contain guidance on correcting errors under the dual approach as well as provide transition guidance for correcting errors. This interpretation does not change the requirements within SFAS No. 154 for the correction of an error in financial statements. SAB No. 108 is effective for annual financial statements covering the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. We will be required to adopt this interpretation in fiscal year 2007.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”). This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the FASB having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, this Statement does not require any new fair value measurements. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 157 in 2008 to have a material impact on our results of operations or financial position.
 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
As of September 30, 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents of $13.3 million, which consisted of highly liquid money market instruments with original maturities of three months or less. Because of the short-term nature of these instruments, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
As we expand, we expect that many of our international enterprise customers will be invoiced in foreign currencies and our international sales and marketing operations will incur expenses that are denominated in foreign currencies. These revenues and expenses could be materially affected by currency fluctuations. Changes in currency exchange rates could adversely affect our consolidated results of operations or financial position. Additionally, our international sales and marketing operations maintain cash balances denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, we could incur unanticipated translation gains and losses. To date, the foreign currency effect on our cash and cash equivalents has been immaterial and we have not hedged our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.


48


Table of Contents

 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
We are a leading provider of IP telecommunications systems for enterprises. Our systems are based on our distributed software architecture and switch-based hardware platform which enable multi-site enterprises to be served by a single telecommunications system. Our systems enable a single point of management, easy installation and a high degree of scalability and reliability, and provide end users with a consistent, full suite of features across the enterprise, regardless of location. As a result, we believe our systems enable enhanced end user productivity and provide lower total cost of ownership and higher customer satisfaction than alternative systems.
 
Our solution is comprised of ShoreGear switches, ShorePhone IP phones and ShoreWare software applications. We provide our systems to enterprises across all industries, including to small, medium and large companies and public institutions. Our enterprise customers include multi-site Fortune 500 companies with tens of thousands of employees. To date, we have sold our IP telecommunications systems to over 4,000 enterprise customers, including CNET Networks, Robert Half International and the City of Oakland, California. We sell our systems through our extensive network of approximately 400 channel partners.
 
We have achieved broad industry recognition for our technology and high customer satisfaction. Our enterprise IP telecommunications systems received PC Magazine’s Best of the Year 2005 Editors’ Choice designation. For the last three years, IT executives surveyed by Nemertes Research, an independent research firm, have rated ShoreTel highest in customer satisfaction among leading enterprise telecommunications systems providers.
 
Industry Background
 
Enterprises have historically operated separate networks for voice and data communications which resulted in significant complexity and high cost. Multi-site enterprises typically operated separate telecommunications systems at each of their sites that often were difficult to install and manage. These systems also required significant additional investments to scale and did not enable delivery of a uniform set of features and functions across all sites. Enterprises are increasingly migrating to a single IP network for both voice and data communications to reduce costs and network complexity and increase end user productivity. This migration has created a significant market opportunity for enterprise IP telecommunications systems providers. Gartner, Inc., an independent research firm, estimates that worldwide enterprise telephony systems equipment end user revenue was $17.2 billion in 2006, including legacy TDM PBX/KTS equipment, IP-enabled PBX equipment and IP-PBX equipment. According to Gartner, the IP-PBX market was estimated to have been $3.9 billion in 2006 and is expected to grow to $7.9 billion by 2010, which represents a 19.1% compound annual growth rate. We refer to the TDM PBX/KTS equipment as “TDM systems,” IP-enabled PBX equipment as “hybrid systems,” and IP-PBX equipment as “IP systems.”
 
Multi-site enterprises typically have deployed one of three primary types of telecommunications systems: TDM systems, hybrid systems or IP systems, which include server-centric and switch-based systems. These systems are comprised of multiple phones that are independently connected to a switch within the enterprise, called the private branch exchange, or PBX. This switch aggregates the calls from these phones and transports them across the telecommunications network. In evaluating telecommunications systems, enterprises consider several factors, including: cost, scalability, reliability, ease of use, functionality, ease of management and installation and ability to integrate with existing applications.
 
Challenges of TDM-based enterprise telecommunications systems
 
Developed in the 1980’s, TDM systems require a dedicated voice network that consists of circuits and phones, as well as a separate PBX switch for each office site, which results in a series of standalone telecommunications systems within a single enterprise. These multiple independent systems are connected by private, dedicated lines. Although enterprises can scale their TDM systems by adding switches, the associated installation and integration costs and on-going management and maintenance costs are usually significant. Enterprises deploying TDM systems typically also incur other telecommunications services expenses, such as costs associated with dedicated circuits


49


Table of Contents

and service charges. As a result of these characteristics, TDM systems are complicated and costly to install, upgrade, scale, manage and maintain. In addition, because these systems operate on dedicated voice networks, independent of the data network, an enterprise cannot integrate its voice applications, such as voicemail, fax, end user presence and outbound call initiation and handling, with software that operates on its data network, such as customer relationship management applications.
 
Challenges of hybrid enterprise telecommunications systems
 
In an effort to address some of the limitations of TDM systems and to extend the life of their existing telecommunications infrastructure, some enterprises implement hybrid systems. A hybrid system is a modification of a TDM system that supports IP phones and enables voice signals to be sent as IP packets over data networks, such as local area networks, or LANs, and wide area networks, or WANs, instead of dedicated TDM lines. Although hybrid system technology enables enterprises to migrate some of their existing TDM infrastructure to an IP-based system, all switching is still accomplished with the TDM infrastructure. Thus, a hybrid system suffers from some of the same disadvantages of a TDM system. In addition, hybrid systems require enterprises to maintain two telecommunications systems, further increasing management complexity and cost and leading to inconsistent features for end users across the enterprise. Accordingly, we believe increased operating costs associated with maintaining two networks typically outweigh the short-term capital savings realized from implementing a hybrid system. In order to achieve the full benefits of a converged voice and data network, enterprises will ultimately need to implement an all-IP telecommunications system.
 
Challenges of server-centric enterprise IP telecommunications systems
 
Server-centric IP systems seek to address the limitations of TDM and hybrid systems by allowing enterprises to combine their voice and data networks into a single IP network. Some vendors offer server-centric enterprise IP telecommunications systems that rely on servers and routers with IP telecommunications modules for call management and applications. These systems typically have a centralized software architecture and require system management to be performed on a site-by-site basis. Although the management and control of these systems can be carried out from a single computer, management often must be performed on an application-by-application basis. In addition, these systems also run on operating systems that were not optimized for real-time voice processing which can result in lower reliability and decreased performance. Most applications require a dedicated server to run on these systems, increasing the cost and complexity of adding applications to the existing network. In addition, server-centric IP systems can be costly to scale because significant additional equipment is often required to accommodate growth while maintaining adequate redundancy. Server-centric IP systems also tend to be less reliable because they require mechanical disk drives to be available for placing and receiving calls. Further, to achieve higher reliability, server-centric IP systems typically maintain a backup server for each primary server, which increases the cost and complexity of the enterprise’s entire telecommunications system.
 
The Opportunity
 
Because of the limitations of TDM, hybrid and server-centric IP systems, we believe enterprises need an IP-based telecommunications system that provides management of the entire system using a single software application from any computer, is easy to install and use, provides scalability and reliability, provides end users with a consistent, full suite of features across the enterprise, regardless of location, and has a low total cost of ownership.
 
Our Solution
 
We provide switch-based IP telecommunications systems for enterprises that address the limitations of TDM, hybrid and server-centric IP systems. Our systems consist of our ShoreGear switches, ShorePhone IP phones and ShoreWare software applications, all based on our proprietary distributed software architecture and switch-based hardware platform. In contrast to server-centric IP systems, our switch-based hardware platform uses flash memory and an embedded operating system, which minimizes the use of expensive servers. As such, our solution is designed to provide a more reliable, secure and scalable system. Our proprietary software applications are distributed across


50


Table of Contents

each site of an enterprise, providing end users with a consistent, full suite of features across the enterprise, regardless of location. Our Personal Call Manager and other desktop applications are easy to use and enable improved end user productivity. Our browser-based system management provides enterprises with a single point of management, enabling IT administrators to view and manage the entire telecommunications system of the enterprise using a single application at any location. Through our distributed software architecture and innovative switch design, we believe our system provides scalability and reliability, a single point of management, is easy to install and use and provides end users with a consistent, full suite of features across the enterprise, regardless of location, all for a low total cost of ownership.
 
Benefits of our distributed software architecture and switch-based hardware platform
 
As a result of our distributed software architecture and switch-based hardware platform, we provide enterprise customers with a number of key benefits, including:
 
Ease of use.   We provide a wide range of innovative, high performance phones that we combine with our feature-rich desktop software application, Personal Call Manager. Personal Call Manager allows end users to control their phones from their PCs, regardless of their location and integrates with enterprise software applications, such as Microsoft Outlook and salesforce.com. With the click of a mouse, the end user can make phone calls from contact lists, convene and manage participation in conference calls, listen to voicemail and check the availability of others on the network.
 
Ease of installation and management.   Our systems are easy to install as a result of our proprietary installation software, which automatically recognizes and configures the elements of our solution as they are added to the systems. Our systems also feature a single point of management with a simple, intuitive interface that allows IT managers to modify their systems from anywhere through a web browser, which reduces administrative complexity, resulting in reduced IT management costs for enterprises. As a result of our architecture, we believe our systems are also easier to install and manage because they require fewer hardware elements than alternative systems.
 
Scalability.   We believe our distributed software architecture and the modular design of our system hardware allow enterprises to incrementally scale our systems more cost-effectively than alternative systems, which can require replacement of substantial amounts of system equipment to increase capacity. In contrast, all of the investment an enterprise customer makes in our systems will continue to operate as their implementation of our systems expand to support their growth. Our systems are designed to seamlessly support more than 10,000 lines and enterprises may scale beyond that size by adding additional ShoreTel systems. As a result, our systems can cost-effectively scale to support enterprises of all sizes.
 
Reliability.   Our switches are designed to be highly reliable and operate independently. Each switch in the system is capable of independently establishing and terminating calls without relying on a centralized call control server, as is the case with alternative systems. As a result, enterprise telecommunications based on our systems can survive a variety of LAN, WAN and hardware failures using our systems. For increased reliability, a single additional switch can be added cost-effectively to the site to create “n+1” redundancy, rather than requiring dedicated, redundant switches to improve reliability, as needed by alternative systems.
 
Low total cost of ownership.   Our systems allow enterprise customers to lower the overall capital expenditures and on-going operating expenses typically associated with the deployment and management of enterprise telecommunications systems. In particular, the scalable nature and the lack of multiple redundant units required in our systems can significantly reduce investments in equipment. Although the initial capital expenditure associated with the implementation of our systems may be greater than those required to extend a TDM system to a hybrid system, we believe that the total expenditures required to deploy, maintain and upgrade ShoreTel systems result in significantly lower total cost of ownership over time. We also believe enterprises that use our systems incur lower operating, maintenance and upgrade costs than those that use competing systems.


51


Table of Contents

 
We believe that as a result of these key benefits and our superior customer service, we maintain the industry’s highest level of customer satisfaction. According to Nemertes Research, for the last three years, we have delivered the highest level of customer satisfaction of any leading IP-based telecommunications vendor rated in its enterprise benchmarks across all surveyed criteria, including value, technology, value-added reseller expertise, customer service, solution experience, product features, installation/troubleshooting and performance.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our goal is to become the leading provider of IP telecommunications systems for enterprises. Key elements of our strategy include:
 
Extend our technology advantage.   We believe that our distributed software architecture and switch-based hardware platform provide us with a key competitive advantage. To further differentiate our systems, we intend to continue our research and development activities to enhance the functionality of our systems, feature set and end user experience. We also intend to develop new and expand existing relationships with technology partners to provide additional system applications, such as multi-media capabilities. We also intend to continue to develop additional applications for our systems and expand the interoperability of our systems with additional enterprise applications.
 
Grow our distribution network.   We intend to increase our market penetration and extend our geographic reach by expanding our business with existing channel partners and by adding channel partners that serve specific target markets. We are focused on expanding relationships with channel partners that will enable us to increase adoption of our systems by large enterprises. We also intend to further develop our relationships with channel partners that operate in strategic international markets. We believe international markets represent a significant growth opportunity, since those markets are expected to increasingly adopt IP telecommunications systems.
 
Maintain focus on customer satisfaction.   We believe that satisfied enterprise customers are likely to purchase more of our products and to serve as advocates for our systems. We intend to continue to work closely with enterprise customers to gain valuable knowledge about their existing and future product requirements to help us develop new products and product enhancements that address their evolving requirements. We also intend to actively measure, and develop programs to continue to enhance, customer satisfaction.
 
Increase our brand awareness.   We believe that increased visibility and awareness of the ShoreTel brand will enhance our ability to participate in enterprise customer evaluations of telecommunications systems, and will enable us to continue growing our enterprise customer base. We intend to increase our sales and marketing activities with both channel partners and enterprise customers through targeted marketing programs, such as participation in seminars, trade shows and conferences, and advertising and public relations initiatives.
 
Increase penetration of our installed base.   We plan to leverage our installed enterprise customer base to increase future sales. Since many organizations initially deploy our systems at a single location, we believe we can drive further penetration of our systems at multiple locations within these enterprises. By increasing our penetration, we believe we can continue to realize increased operating efficiencies while driving a wider adoption of our systems.
 
Products
 
We provide a switch-based IP telecommunications system for enterprises. Our systems are based on our distributed software architecture and switch-based hardware platform that enable a single telecommunications system to serve multi-site enterprises. This architecture provides high network reliability and allows for a single point of management and administration of a system across all sites of a multi-site enterprise. System administrators can make changes anywhere throughout the system through a web browser interface that presents a user-friendly view of the system’s configuration. Our architecture also provides end users with a consistent and full set of features across an enterprise, regardless of location.


52


Table of Contents

 
We introduced our first suite of products in 1998 and have continued to add features and functionality throughout our history. Our solution is comprised of ShoreGear switches, ShorePhone IP phones and ShoreWare software applications. As new software versions of our solution have been released, existing enterprise customers have been able to upgrade their switches, phones and applications, allowing them to preserve their ShoreTel investment.
 
ShoreGear switches.   Our switches provide call management functionality, and each switch in the system is capable of independently establishing and terminating calls without relying on a centralized call control server. As a result, enterprise telecommunications can survive a variety of LAN, WAN and hardware failures. The high reliability of our switches is enhanced by two key design features: the use of flash memory in lieu of disk drives and running an embedded operating system optimized for real-time processing, such as call management. Unlike disk drives, flash memory does not rely on mechanical movement, and therefore is less likely to break down and cause our systems to fail. Furthermore, our embedded operating system enables a higher performing and more reliable software platform relative to server-centric IP systems because it is optimized for real-time processing. The reliability of each site within the system can be further improved by adding a single additional switch to that site to create “n+1” redundancy, rather than requiring a dedicated back-up switch for each primary switch to improve reliability as needed by alternative systems. In addition, our switches connect to the public telephone network via one of several interfaces, including T1 and E1 interfaces for high-density connectivity to the public telephone network. We offer five switches of varying sizes to meet the needs of enterprises of all sizes. The modular nature of our switches allows our enterprise customers to easily expand their system capacity by deploying additional switches across their network.
 
ShorePhone IP phones.   We offer a range of innovative, high performance phones to meet the needs of the different types of end users across the enterprise. Our phones are designed to provide a superior combination of ergonomics, sound quality and appearance. We offer five phones that vary by size, display features and line capacity. ShorePhone IP phones are designed to function without any configuration, simplifying installation. Our systems also support Wi-Fi phones for mobile workers. Our range of IP phones include the following models, which are offered in silver and black:
 
(PHOTO OF PHONE)
 
ShoreWare software applications.   Our ShoreWare software features a number of applications that facilitate the end user experience and enterprise system management. In addition, we offer additional business applications


53


Table of Contents

that integrate with core business processes to provide improved functionality and enhanced end user productivity. An industry standard server is used to support these applications, as opposed to the call management functions of our systems, which run entirely on ShoreGear switches. Our ShoreWare software consists of our proprietary software as well as third-party applications and includes:
 
  •  ShoreWare desktop applications.   ShoreWare desktop applications for end users include the following primary offerings: Personal Call Manager, Unified Messaging, Office Anywhere, Automated Attendant and a softphone.
 
  •  Personal Call Manager.   Personal Call Manager is an application that allows end users to manage their voice communications from their desktops. With the click of a mouse, end users can initiate, manage, terminate, and receive calls, convene and manage conference calls, and see the availability of others on the network. This functionality is enhanced by the integration of our Personal Call Manager application with Microsoft Outlook, which allows the end user to initiate calls from a contact list.
 
  •  Unified Messaging.   Unified Messaging integrates our voicemail application with Microsoft Outlook. This enables end users to receive, send, be notified of and play voice mail messages through their Microsoft Outlook email.
 
  •  Office Anywhere.   Office Anywhere enables end users outside the office to manage calls with Personal Call Manager and to enjoy the same call handling productivity benefits as their office-based colleagues. Communications directed to the end user’s office phone are forwarded to the end user’s location, and the end user’s outbound calls appear to the called party as if they originated in the end user’s office. Using Office Anywhere, end users have the same call management and unified messaging features and functionality at remote locations as they have in their offices.
 
  •  Softphone.   ShoreTel’s softphone application allows an end user to turn a PC into an IP phone by simply connecting a headset to the PC and activating the application.
 
  •  Automated Attendant.   Automated Attendant provides end users with a 24-hour automated call answering and routing capability that enables the enterprise to direct callers to appropriate individuals, workgroups or messages.
 
  •  Workgroup.   Workgroup is an entry-level contact center application that provides real-time handling of incoming calls to enterprises, with call routing, queuing and reporting tools.
 
  •  ShoreWare system management.   Our browser-based system management applications consist of ShoreWare Director and ShoreWare System Monitor.
 
  •  ShoreWare Director.   ShoreWare Director provides enterprises with a single point of system management, enabling IT administrators to view and manage the entire telecommunications system of the enterprise from any location using a single application. A new end user’s extension, mailbox and automated attendant profile can be added from a single management screen, avoiding the additional work required with most PBXs, voice mail systems and automated attendants.
 
  •  ShoreWare System Monitor.   ShoreWare System Monitor is an IP voice management tool that is designed to continuously measure the performance of every link in the network, enabling an enterprise to identify and address voice quality issues.
 
  •  Additional business applications.   We offer other business applications, such as ShoreTel Contact Center, ShoreTel Converged Conferencing and salesforce.com integration. ShoreTel Contact Center allows enterprises to efficiently manage significant inbound or outbound call activities. ShoreTel Converged Conferencing enables enterprises to conduct large audio conferences and provides collaboration tools for application sharing, desktop sharing, instant messaging and end user availability information. Our salesforce.com integration application is designed to improve the productivity of end users that use salesforce.com by seamlessly integrating voice communications capabilities into their data driven workflow.


54


Table of Contents

 
ShoreTel Global Services
 
We complement our product offerings with a broad range of services that help us maintain and expand our relationships with enterprise customers and channel partners and, in the case of post-contractual support, provide us with recurring revenue. Typically, our channel partners provide many of these services, although we provide back up and escalation support as needed, or if requested by the enterprise customer, we provide these services directly.
 
The ShoreTel Global Services include post-contractual support, training, system design and installation, and professional services.
 
  •  Post-contractual support services include web-based access support services and tools, access to technical support engineers, hardware replacement and software updates. These services are typically offered under support contracts with terms of up to five years.
 
  •  Training services include certification programs for channel partners, training programs at enterprise customer or channel partner locations and self-paced, desktop training programs.
 
  •  System design and installation services include the assessment of the telecommunications requirements of a particular enterprise, the configuration of a system to maximize its efficiency, the management of the installation, and the subsequent testing and implementation of our systems.
 
  •  Professional services include software development to improve system performance, enable integration of our systems with third party applications or legacy systems, streamline business processes and address enterprise customer-specific business opportunities.
 
Technology
 
Our systems are based on a combination of our proprietary software, industry-standard interfaces and protocols, and customized and off-the-shelf hardware components. We have developed proprietary technologies that are critical to the operation of the servers and ShoreGear switches within our systems and provide our systems with the properties that distinguish them from alternative IP systems.
 
The key elements of our distributed software architecture are:
 
  •  software that monitors all call activity on ShoreGear switches, and enables integration of ShoreTel and third-party applications;
 
  •  software that enables calling between switches and allows calls to be distributed among switches instead of using a single centralized switch;
 
  •  software that provides a graphical user interface for our phones;
 
  •  software that coordinates the functions of all servers on the system, allowing them to perform as a single, virtual server;
 
  •  software that enables remote ShoreTel and third-party applications to access and modify our systems;
 
  •  software that enables ShoreGear switches to obtain call routing information;
 
  •  software that enables the switch to communicate with the application server, and receive system configuration information;
 
  •  software that allows each switch to maintain a comprehensive view of the system; and
 
  •  software that monitors the bandwidth consumed on each WAN segment and prevents the system from exceeding bandwidth limitations.
 
Our switch-based software also uses industry-standard Media Gateway Control Protocol, or MGCP, and Session Initiation Protocol, or SIP, for setting up calls.
 
ShoreGear switches are comprised of off-the-shelf, embedded microprocessors and networking components, such as Ethernet controllers, and customized integrated circuits. These switches run on Wind River VxWorks, a


55


Table of Contents

widely-used embedded operating system, and use random access memory and flash memory and our switch call management software for application processing. ShorePhone IP phones are comprised of enterprise IP phone chips manufactured by Broadcom Corporation and customized LCD displays, microphones and speaker circuitry.
 
Enterprise Customers
 
Our enterprise customers include small, medium and large companies and public institutions in a wide range of vertical markets, including the financial services, government, education, health care, manufacturing, non-profit organization, professional services and technology industries. As of September 30, 2006, we had approximately 4,000 enterprise customers, including CNET Networks, Robert Half International and the City of Oakland, California. Our broad enterprise customer base reflects our historical strength in the small and medium-sized business and public institution sectors.
 
We believe that maintaining the highest possible levels of customer satisfaction is critical to our ability to retain existing and gain new enterprise customers. We believe that satisfied enterprise customers will purchase more of our products and serve as advocates for our systems, and we work closely with them as they deploy and use our systems. We follow every implementation with a formal review with the enterprise customer that involves contacts with our internal staff and third-party technical personnel, and take prompt action to resolve any issues that might have been identified. We also have frequent follow-up contacts with our enterprise customers to promptly resolve issues and to ensure that they are fully satisfied with their system. We also survey enterprise customers that use technical support services to ensure that high-quality support services are being provided. Through this process, we gain valuable insights into the existing and future requirements of our enterprise customers’ activities and this helps us develop product enhancements that address the evolving requirements of enterprises.
 
Additionally, to promote high-quality support throughout our services organization, we measure key performance indicators and operational metrics of our services organization, including call answer times, call abandon rates, customer satisfaction with technical support, time to issue resolution, call interaction quality, as well as customer satisfaction with system implementation, training services and technical support, and use the results to direct the management of our services organization.
 
We also monitor our enterprise customers’ satisfaction with our channel partners by surveying our enterprise customers after the system is installed. We actively encourage our channel partners to maintain and improve our enterprise customers’ levels of satisfaction. We also monitor our channel partners’ satisfaction with ShoreTel, as their satisfaction with and advocacy of ShoreTel is also very important to our success.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
We sell our products and services primarily through an extensive network of approximately 400 channel partners. These channel partners range in size from single-site, regional firms with specialized products and services to multi-national firms that provide a full range of IT products and services. Our channel partners market and sell our products into both the large enterprise and small-to-medium enterprise markets. We maintain a sales organization that recruits, qualifies and trains new channel partners, participates in sales presentations to potential enterprise customers and assesses customer feedback to assist in developing product roadmaps. As part of our increased focus on sales to large accounts, we have also implemented a major accounts program whereby senior sales executives assist our channel partners in selling to and providing support for large enterprise customer accounts. No single channel partner accounted for 10% or more of our revenue in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 or the three months ended September 30, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, we had 83 personnel in sales and marketing activities.
 
We believe our channel partner network allows us to effectively sell our systems without the need to build large dedicated in-house sales and service capabilities. We continue to work with existing channel partners to expand their sales of our systems and to recruit new channel partners with a focus on increasing market coverage.
 
Our internal marketing team focuses on increasing brand awareness, communicating product advantages and generating qualified leads for our sales force and channel partners. In addition to providing marketing materials, we


56


Table of Contents

communicate product and service offerings through our installed base and news letters, direct mail campaigns, web postings, press releases and web-based training.
 
Research and Development
 
We believe that our ability to enhance our current products, develop and introduce new products on a timely basis, maintain technological competitiveness and meet enterprise customer requirements is essential to our success. To this end, we have assembled a team of engineers with expertise in various fields, including voice and IP communications, telecommunications network design, data networking and software engineering. Our principal research and development activities are conducted in Sunnyvale, California. We have invested significant time and financial resources into the development of our architecture, including our switches and related software. We intend to continue to expand our product offerings, improve the features available on our products and integrate our systems with third party enterprise applications. As of December 31, 2006, we had a total of 69 personnel in research and development and related technical service and support functions. Research and development expenses were $5.5 million, $7.0 million, $9.7 million and $3.1 million in fiscal 2004, 2005 and 2006, and the three months ended September 30, 2006, respectively.
 
Manufacturing and Suppliers
 
We outsource the manufacturing of our hardware products. This outsourcing allows us to:
 
  •  avoid costly capital expenditures for the establishment of manufacturing operations;
 
  •  focus on the design, development, sales and support of our hardware products; and
 
  •  leverage the scale, expertise and purchasing power of specialized contract manufacturers.
 
Currently, we have arrangements for the production of our switches with Jabil Circuit, Inc., a contract manufacturer in California, and we have arrangements for the production of our phones with Giant Electronics Ltd., a contract manufacturer located in China. Our contract manufacturers provide us with a range of operational and manufacturing services, including component procurement and performing final testing and assembly of our products. We depend on our contract manufacturers to procure components and to maintain adequate manufacturing capacity. We typically fulfill product orders out of our Sunnyvale, California offices.
 
We regularly provide forecasts for orders, and we order products from our contract manufacturers based on our projected sales levels. However, enterprise customers may generally cancel or reschedule orders without penalty, and delivery schedules requested by enterprise customers in these orders frequently vary based upon each enterprise customer’s particular needs.
 
We also rely on sole or limited numbers of suppliers for several key components utilized in the assembly of our products. For example, our contract manufacturers purchase semiconductors that are essential to the production of our phones from a single source supplier, and we have not identified any alternative suppliers for these components. This reliance is amplified by the fact that we and our contract manufacturers maintain relatively low inventories and acquire components only as needed. As a result, our ability to respond to enterprise customer orders efficiently may be constrained by the then-current availability or terms and pricing of these components. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain a sufficient quantity of these components in a timely manner to meet the demands of our enterprise customers or that prices of these components will not increase. These delays or any disruption of the supply of these components could also materially and adversely affect our operating results.
 
Competition
 
The market for enterprise IP telecommunications systems is quickly evolving, highly competitive and subject to rapid technological change. As a result of the convergence of voice and data networking technologies that


57


Table of Contents

characterize IP enterprise telecommunications systems, we compete with providers of enterprise voice communications systems, such as:
 
  •  Providers of IP systems, including 3Com and Cisco Systems; and
 
  •  Providers of hybrid systems, including Alcatel-Lucent, Avaya, Inter-Tel, Mitel Networks and Nortel Networks.
 
In addition, because the market for our products is subject to rapid technological change, as the market evolves we may face competition in the future from companies that do not currently compete in the enterprise communications market, including companies that currently compete in other sectors of the information technology, communications and software industries or communications companies that serve residential rather than enterprise customers. In particular, as more enterprises converge their voice and data networks, the business information technology and communication applications deployed on converged networks become more integrated. We may face increased competition from current leaders in information technology infrastructure, information technology, personal and business applications and the software that connects the network infrastructure to those applications, such as Microsoft. We could also face competition from new market entrants, whether from new ventures or from established companies moving into the market. Competition from these and other potential market entrants may take many forms, including offering products and applications similar to those we offer as part of a larger, bundled offering. In addition, technological developments and consolidation within the communications industry result in frequent changes to our group of competitors. Many of our current and potential competitors are substantially larger than we are and have significantly greater financial, sales, marketing, distribution, technical, manufacturing and other resources.
 
We believe that we compete favorably with regard to the principal competitive factors applicable to our products, which include:
 
  •  price of products and services and total cost of ownership;
 
  •  system reliability;
 
  •  voice quality and product features;
 
  •  ease of administration and installation, including system scalability;
 
  •  customer service and technical support;
 
  •  relationships with buyers and decision makers and brand recognition;
 
  •  an installed base of similar or related products;
 
  •  the ability to integrate various products into an enterprise customer’s existing networks, including the ability of a provider’s products to interoperate with other providers’ communications products; and
 
  •  size and financial stability of our operations compared to those of our competitors.
 
For more information concerning competition, please see “Risks Related To Our Business — The market in which we operate is intensely competitive, and many of our competitors are larger, more established and better capitalized than we are” and “— As voice and data networks converge, we are likely to face increased competition from companies in the information technology, personal and business applications and software industries.”
 
Intellectual Property
 
Our success as a company depends upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as customary contractual protections.
 
We have three patents issued in the United States, which expire in 2019, 2023 and 2023, and have eleven patent applications in the United States. We also have one issued and nine patent applications in foreign countries relating to our U.S. patents. We intend to file other counterparts for these patents and patent applications in foreign jurisdictions around the world.


58


Table of Contents

 
ShoreTel, our logo, ShorePhone, ShoreGear and ShoreWare are registered trademarks of ShoreTel.
 
The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate. Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property rights and may challenge our issued patents. In addition, other parties may independently develop similar or competing technologies designed around any patents that are or may be issued to us. We intend to enforce our intellectual property rights vigorously, and from time to time, we may initiate claims against third parties that we believe are infringing on our intellectual property rights if we are unable to resolve matters satisfactorily through negotiation. If we fail to protect our proprietary rights adequately, our competitors could offer similar products, potentially significantly harming our competitive position and decreasing our revenue.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2006, we had 223 employees in North America, Europe and Australia, of which 83 were in sales and marketing, 69 were in engineering, 36 were in Global Support Services, 22 were in general and administrative functions and 13 were in operations. None of our employees are represented by labor unions, and we consider current employee relations to be good.
 
Facilities
 
Our headquarters is located in a leased facility in Sunnyvale, California and consists of approximately 64,000 square feet. Our headquarters lease expires in September 2007. We also maintain leased sales offices in Europe and Australia. We are evaluating other office space to serve as our headquarters facility.
 
We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs, and we intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees. We believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available on commercially reasonable terms as needed to accommodate our operations.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are not a party to any material legal proceedings. We could become involved in litigation from time to time relating to claims arising out of our ordinary course of business or otherwise.


59


Table of Contents

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors as of February 10, 2007:
 
             
Name
  Age    
Position
 
John W. Combs
    59     Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Edwin J. Basart
    57     Founder, Chief Technology Officer and Director
John Finegan
    57     Chief Financial Officer
Pedro E. Rump
    51     Vice President, Engineering and Operations
Stephen G. Timmerman
    47     Vice President, Marketing
Joseph A. Vitalone
    45     Vice President, Sales
Walter Weisner
    50     Vice President, Global Support Services
Charles D. Kissner(1)(3)
    59     Director
Seth D. Neiman(2)
    52     Director
Thomas van Overbeek(2)
    57     Director
Brian K. Paul(1)(3)
    38     Director
Edward F. Thompson(1)(3)
    68     Director
 
 
(1) Member of our audit committee.
 
(2) Member of our compensation committee.
 
(3) Member of our corporate governance and nominating committee.
 
John W. Combs has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a director since July 2004 and as our Chairman since February 2007. From July 2002 to May 2004, Mr. Combs served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Littlefeet Inc., a wireless infrastructure supplier. From September 1999 to July 2002, Mr. Combs served as Chief Executive Officer of InternetConnect Inc., a broadband networking solutions provider. Mr. Combs has also held senior management positions at Nextel Communications, Inc., a wireless digital communications system provider, L.A. Cellular, a wireless network operator, Mitel Inc., a manufacturer of private branch exchanges and Fujitsu Business Communication Systems, Inc., a provider of telecommincations products. Mr. Combs holds a B.S. in engineering from California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo.
 
Edwin J. Basart co-founded ShoreTel in 1996 and has served as our Chief Technology Officer and as a director since inception. Prior to co-founding ShoreTel, Mr. Basart co-founded Network Computing Devices, Inc., a provider of thin client computing hardware and software, where he served as Vice President of Engineering, and Ridge Computers, Inc. where he served as Vice President of Software. Mr. Basart began his career as a software engineer at Hewlett Packard. Mr. Basart holds a B.S. in English from Iowa State University and an M.S. in electrical engineering from Stanford University.
 
John Finegan has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2003. From July 1989 to March 2003, Mr. Finegan served as Chief Financial Officer of ActionPoint, Inc. (previously named Cornerstone Imaging, Inc.), an enterprise software company that later merged with Captiva Software Corporation. Prior to joining Cornerstone Imaging, Mr. Finegan served as Vice President of Finance and Administration of Faraday Electronics Inc., a fabless semiconductor company, and held senior management positions at ECS Microsystems Inc., a computer terminal company and Beckman Instruments Inc., a scientific instruments company. Mr. Finegan holds a B.S. in engineering from Tufts University and an M.B.A. from the University of Massachusetts.
 
Mr. Finegan has informed us that he intends to retire from ShoreTel after a successor is identified and retained, but that he intends to remain with ShoreTel through this offering and through a reasonable transition period following the retention of his successor.
 
Pedro E. Rump has served as our Vice President of Engineering and Operations since January 2006. From July 2004 to January 2006, Mr. Rump served as Vice President of Engineering and Operations at Dust Networks, Inc., a


60


Table of Contents

developer of embedded wireless sensor networking products. From January 2004 to July 2004, Mr. Rump served as Vice President of Engineering at Sonim Technologies, Inc., a provider of voice over IP applications. From January 2003 to January 2004, Mr. Rump served as Vice President of Engineering at Littlefeet Inc. From January 2002 to October 2002, Mr. Rump served as Vice President of Inviso, a developer of signal transport and display solutions for television and telecommunications. Mr. Rump holds a B.S. and M.S. in electrical engineering from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology.
 
Stephen G. Timmerman has served as our Vice President of Marketing since January 2005. From February 2004 to December 2004, Mr. Timmerman was an independent marketing and business consultant. From February 2003 to January 2004, he served as Vice President for Bermai, Inc., a provider of chipsets for wireless applications. From February 2002 to November 2002, Mr. Timmerman served as Vice President of Marketing for Proxim Wireless Corporation, a developer of broadband wireless networking systems. Prior to joining Proxim, Mr. Timmerman held management positions at Octel Communications Corporation, a supplier of voicemail systems, and at McKinsey & Company, a consulting firm. Mr. Timmerman holds a B.S. in mechanical and aerospace engineering from Princeton University and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.
 
Joseph A. Vitalone has served as our Vice President of Sales since October 2005. From February 2003 to October 2005, Mr. Vitalone served as Vice President of Worldwide Sales for CoVI Technologies, Inc., a provider of digital surveillance solutions. From June 2001 to July 2003, Mr. Vitalone served as Senior Vice President of Sales for Wire One Communications, Inc., a video conferencing solutions provider. Prior to joining Wire One Communications, Mr. Vitalone served as Vice President of Sales for Polycom, Inc., a provider of broadband communications solutions, and held sales positions at ViaVideo Communications, Inc., a developer of group video communications systems, Mitel, PictureTel Corporation, a video conferencing solutions provider, Siemens A.G., and AT&T Wireless Services, Inc. Mr. Vitalone holds a B.A. in business and public relations from Western Kentucky University.
 
Walter Weisner has served as our Vice President of Global Support Services since July 2005. From April 2002 to June 2005, Mr. Weisner served as Vice President, Global Support Services for Webex Communications, Inc., a web communications services provider. From October 1999 to March 2002, Mr. Weisner served as Executive Vice President of Operations and Support for InternetConnect. Prior to joining InternetConnect, Mr. Weisner served as Senior Director of Customer Operations and Support for Nextel Communications, Southwest region, and also held positions in product management and product development with Nextel. Mr. Weisner holds a B.A. in business administration from Cleveland State University.
 
Charles D. Kissner has served as a director of ShoreTel since April 2006. Mr. Kissner is Chairman of Harris Stratex Networks, Inc., formerly Stratex Networks, a provider of wireless transmission systems. He previously served as Chairman of Stratex Networks from July 1995 to January 2007 and as its President and Chief Executive Officer from July 1995 to May 2000 as well as from October 2001 to May 2006. Prior to joining Stratex Networks, Mr. Kissner served as Vice President and General Manager of M/A-Com, Inc., a manufacturer of radio and microwave communications products, as Executive Vice President of Fujitsu Network Switching of America, Inc., a switch manufacturer and as President and Chief Executive Officer of Aristacom International, Inc., a provider of computer/telephony integration solutions. Mr. Kissner also previously held several executive positions at AT&T for over thirteen years. He also serves on the board of directors of SonicWALL, Inc., a provider of Internet security products. Mr. Kissner is a member of the Advisory Board of Santa Clara University’s Leavey School of Business and holds a B.S. in industrial management and engineering from California State Polytechnic University and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara University.
 
Seth D. Neiman has served as a director of ShoreTel since December 1996. Mr. Neiman has served as a General Partner at Crosspoint Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, since 1996 and Associate Partner from 1994 to 1995. Before joining Crosspoint, Mr. Neiman founded and served as Vice President for Coactive Computing, Inc., a peer-to-peer networking company. Mr. Neiman holds a B.A. in philosophy from the Ohio State University.
 
Thomas van Overbeek has served as a director of ShoreTel since February 2002. From February 2002 to July 2004, Mr. van Overbeek served as Chief Executive Officer and President of ShoreTel. He also served as a consultant to ShoreTel from December 2001 to February 2002. Prior to joining ShoreTel, Mr. van Overbeek served as President


61


Table of Contents

and Chief Executive Officer of WavTrace Inc., a developer of broadband wireless technology. Prior to joining WavTrace, Mr. van Overbeek served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Cornerstone Imaging.
 
Brian K. Paul has served as a director of ShoreTel since June 2001. Mr. Paul is a managing director in Private Equity at Lehman Brothers Inc. and a partner in Lehman Brothers Venture Partners. Prior to joining Private Equity in 1999, Mr. Paul worked in Lehman Brothers’ Global Technology and Healthcare Investment Banking Groups, in New York, London and Los Angeles. Mr. Paul holds a B.S. in economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management.
 
Edward F. Thompson has served as a director of ShoreTel since January 2006. Mr. Thompson has served as a senior advisor to Fujitsu Limited and as a director of several Fujitsu subsidiaries or portfolio companies since 1995. From 1976 to 1994, Mr. Thompson held a series of management positions with Amdahl Corporation including Chief Financial Officer and Secretary from August 1983 to June 1994, and Chief Executive Officer of Amdahl Capital Corporation from October 1985 to June 1994. Mr. Thompson is a member of the board of directors of Harris Stratex Networks, Inc. (formerly Stratex Networks) and SonicWALL Inc., and also serves as audit committee chair of those companies. He is also a member of the Advisory Board of Santa Clara University’s Leavey School of Business. Mr. Thompson holds a B.S. in aeronautical engineering from the University of Illinois, and an M.B.A. with an emphasis in operations research from Santa Clara University.
 
There are no family relationships between any of our directors or executive officers.
 
Board Composition
 
Our board currently consists of seven members. Each director is elected at a meeting of stockholders and serves until our next annual meeting or until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. Any vacancy on our board, except for a vacancy created by the removal of a director without cause, shall be filled by a person selected by a majority of the remaining directors then in office, or by a sole remaining director, unless the board of directors determines that the particular vacancy will be filled by the vote of the stockholders. Pursuant to a voting agreement among us and our stockholders, investors affiliated with Lehman Brothers Venture Partners, of which Mr. Paul is a partner, have the right to designate representatives to serve on our board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, this voting agreement will terminate, and no stockholders will have any contractual rights with us regarding the election of our directors.
 
Effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors who will serve in staggered three-year terms. Our directors will be assigned to a class prior to the completion of this offering.
 
Effective upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes with three-year terms so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. The division of our board of directors into these three classes may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See “Description of Capital Stock — Anti-takeover Provisions.”
 
Board Committees
 
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a governance and nominating committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board.


62


Table of Contents

Audit Committee
 
Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee:
 
  •  evaluates the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
  •  determines the engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm and reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee;
 
  •  discusses with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements;
 
  •  approves the retention of our independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services;
 
  •  monitors the rotation of partners of our independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law;
 
  •  reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; and
 
  •  annually reviews the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance.
 
Our audit committee currently consists of Edward F. Thompson, Charles D. Kissner and Brian K. Paul. Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee is expected to consist of three members of our board of directors, each of whom will then meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market and will then meet the criteria for independence under the applicable regulations of the SEC and under the applicable rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. At least one of these individuals will be a financial expert as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and therefore will have the requisite financial sophistication required under the applicable rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The audit committee operates under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market.
 
Compensation Committee
 
Our compensation committee currently consists of Seth D. Neiman and Thomas van Overbeek. Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policy relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and sets the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also administers the issuance of stock options and other awards under our equity award plans. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance of the compensation committee with its charter. Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee is expected to consist of at least two members of our board of directors, each of whom will meet the criteria for independence and be an outside director under the applicable rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the Internal Revenue Service, respectively.
 
Governance and Nominating Committee
 
Our goverance and nominating committee currently consists of Brian K. Paul, Edward F. Thompson and Charles D. Kissner. Our governance and nominating committee makes recommendations to the board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of the board of directors and its committees. In addition, the governance and nominating committee oversees our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and makes recommendations to the board of directors concerning governance matters. Upon the completion of this offering, our governance and nominating committee is expected to consist of at least two members of our board of directors, each of whom will then meet the criteria for independence under the applicable rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market.


63


Table of Contents

 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
During our 2006 fiscal year, our compensation committee consisted of Seth D. Neiman and Thomas van Overbeek. None of the members of the compensation committee has at any time during the last fiscal year ever been an officer or employee of our company or any of its subsidiaries, and none have had any relationships with our company of the type that is required to be disclosed under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our board of directors or compensation committee during our 2006 fiscal year.
 
Director Compensation
 
The following table provides information for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 regarding all plan and non-plan compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each person who served as a non-employee director for some portion or all of fiscal 2006. Other than as set forth in the table and the narrative that follows it, to date we have not paid any fees to or reimbursed any expenses of our directors, made any equity or non-equity awards to directors, or paid any other compensation to directors.
 
                                         
    Fees Earned
          Non-Equity
             
    or Paid
    Option
    Incentive Plan
    All Other
       
Name
  in Cash     Awards(1)     Compensation     Compensation     Total  
 
Edwin J. Basart
                             
John W. Combs
                             
Charles D. Kissner
          (2)                  
Seth D. Neiman
                             
Thomas van Overbeek
                             
Brian K. Paul
                             
Edward J. Thompson
          (3)                  
 
 
(1) Under the SFAS 123(R) modified prospective transition method, we did not record any amounts in our consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2006 with respect to these awards.
 
(2) As of June 30, 2006, Mr. Kissner held an immediately exercisable stock option to purchase 500,000 shares of our common stock that was granted during fiscal 2006, which option vests as to 25% of the shares in April 2007 and as to 1/48 of the shares each month over three years thereafter.
 
(3) As of June 30, 2006, Mr. Thompson held 500,000 shares of our common stock issued upon early exercise of a stock option that was granted during fiscal 2006, which shares vest as to 25% of the shares in January 2007 and as to 1/48 of the shares each month over three years thereafter.
 
Thomas van Overbeek served as our chief executive officer from February 2002 until July 2004. He has continued to serve on our board of directors since that time. Mr. van Overbeek received salary, bonuses and stock options to purchase an aggregate of 13,596,299 shares of our common stock in his capacity as chief executive officer. In July 2004, we entered into a separation agreement with Mr. van Overbeek that provides for the continued vesting of his outstanding stock options and other equity so long as he continues to serve on our board of directors. In addition, the separation agreement provides that we will use commercially reasonable efforts to continue his health coverage as an active employee under the company’s group health plan so long as Mr. van Overbeek continues to serve on the board of directors, and if we are unable to do so, that we will reimburse COBRA premiums for Mr. van Overbeek and his spouse.


64


Table of Contents

 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Compensation discussion and analysis
 
Our executive compensation program is designed to attract, as needed, individuals with the skills necessary for us to achieve our business plan, to reward those individuals fairly over time, to retain those individuals who continue to perform at or above the levels that we expect and to closely align the compensation of those individuals with the performance of our company on both a short-term and long-term basis. To that end, our executive officers’ compensation has three primary components — base compensation or salary, cash performance bonuses and stock option awards. In addition, we provide our executive officers a variety of benefits that in most cases are available generally to all salaried employees.
 
General.   We view the components of compensation as related but distinct. Although our compensation committee reviews total compensation of our executive officers, we do not believe that significant compensation derived from one component of compensation should negate or reduce compensation from other components. We determine the appropriate level for each compensation component based in part, but not exclusively, on competitive benchmarking consistent with our recruiting and retention goals, our view of internal equity and consistency, overall company performance and other considerations we deem relevant. To this end, we review executive compensation surveys of high technology companies located in the Silicon Valley area when making a crucial executive officer hiring decision and annually when we review executive compensation. Except as described below, our compensation committee has not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and currently paid out compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of non-cash compensation. However, our philosophy is to make a greater percentage of an employee’s compensation performance-based and to keep cash compensation to a competitive level while providing the opportunity to be well rewarded through equity if the company performs well over time. We also believe that for technology companies stock-based compensation is the primary motivator in attracting employees, rather than base salary or cash bonuses.
 
Our current intent is to perform at least annually a strategic review of our executive officers’ overall compensation packages to determine whether they provide adequate incentives and motivation and whether they adequately compensate our executive officers relative to comparable officers in other companies with which we compete for executives. The most recent overall compensation review occurred in October 2006. Board meetings typically have included, for all or a portion of each meeting, not only the compensation committee and board members but also our chief executive officer. For compensation decisions, including decisions regarding the grant of equity compensation, relating to executive officers other than to our chief executive officer, the board considers recommendations from the compensation committee and also typically considers recommendations from the chief executive officer.
 
At its October 2006 meeting, our board decided to set executive officers’ total overall cash compensation at a level that was at or near the 50 th  to 60 th  percentile of salaries of executives with similar roles at comparable pre-public companies, with incentive compensation targeted at the 50 th  to 60 th  percentile and base salary targeted at the 40 th  to 50 th  percentile. Equity compensation was also targeted at the 50 th  percentile of comparable companies. These allocations were consistent with our goal of attracting and retaining superior employees, while also aligning their interests with our performance. We realize that using a benchmark may not always be appropriate but believe that it is the best alternative at this point in the life cycle of our company. In instances where an executive officer is uniquely key to our success, our board may provide compensation in excess of these percentiles. Our board’s judgments with regard to market levels of base compensation and aggregate equity holdings were based on reports from an independent consultant specializing in executive compensation, which was engaged by our board to assist in the adjustment of the compensation to our executives. The report compared our executive compensation with the executive compensation at a number of similarly situated private companies. Our choice of the foregoing percentiles to apply to the data in the report reflected consideration of our stockholders’ interests in paying what was necessary, but not significantly more than necessary, to achieve our corporate goals, while conserving cash and equity as much as practicable. At its October 2006 meeting, based on these benchmarks, our compensation committee recommended and our board of directors subsequently approved salary increases and additional option


65


Table of Contents

grants to our executive officers. The numbers of shares subject to the options granted in October 2006 to these officers are reflected in the “2006 Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table below.
 
We account for equity compensation paid to our employees under SFAS 123(R), which requires us to estimate and record an expense over the service period of the award. Our cash compensation is recorded as an expense at the time the obligation is accrued. We receive a tax deduction for the compensation expense. We structure cash bonus compensation so that it is taxable to our executives at the time it becomes available to them. We currently intend that all cash compensation paid will be tax deductible for us. However, with respect to equity compensation awards, while any gain recognized by employees from nonqualified options granted at fair market value should be deductible, to the extent that an option constitutes an incentive stock option gain recognized by the optionee will not be deductible if there is no disqualifying disposition by the optionee. In addition, if we grant restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards that are not subject to performance vesting, they may not be fully deductible by us at the time the award is otherwise taxable to employees.
 
Base compensation.   The salaries of Messrs. Combs, Finegan, Weisner, Basart and Vitalone were set at $275,000, $200,000, $225,000, $200,000 and $200,000 for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006. These were established as part of our normal annual salary review process and reflect our compensation committee’s review of the compensation levels of similar positions at comparable companies. The compensation committee increased the base salary of John Combs effective in April 2006 to $325,000 per year, due to our achieving positive cash flow, as specified under the terms of his offer letter from July 2004.
 
Our board of directors approved, effective February 1, 2007, increases to the annual base salaries of our employees, including our named executive officers, which generally ranged from 3% to 5%.
 
Cash bonuses.   We utilize cash bonuses to reward performance achievements. Bonus targets are established every six months and are paid following each six month period. These bonus targets are determined by our compensation committee as a percentage of each executive officer’s base salary. Our board also determines the performance measures and other terms and conditions of these cash bonuses for executive officers. For fiscal 2006, the bonus target for our chief executive officer was 65% of his base salary, as provided in his employment offer letter. The target bonus is 45% of base salary for other executive officers. The bonus targets for each executive officer is a pre-determined percentage of base salary that is intended to provide a competitive level of compensation if the executive officer achieves his or her performance objectives as approved by our compensation committee. The bonus criteria consist of: (1) company targets, which consist of 50% weighting for revenue, 25% weighting for profitability and 25% weighting for overall customer satisfaction, (2) individual targets established by our chief executive officer for the particular employee, and (3) a multiplier ranging from 0 to 1.5 based on the executive’s overall performance rating. The actual bonus award is determined according to our company’s and each executive officer’s level of achievement against these performance objectives. If the company objectives are within a specified range, from 50% to 150% of the particular target could be payable to the executives. The bonus for fiscal 2006 for our chief executive officer was based on the board’s review of company performance targets, consisting of revenue, profitability, customer satisfaction and its assessment of his performance. For those executives that perform sales functions, the individual targets will typically be based at least in part on an individualized sales commission plan that is directly related to the amount of products sold and that person’s role in the sale. The compensation committee chose revenue and profitability level because it believed that, as a “growth company,” we should reward revenue growth, but only if that revenue growth is achieved cost effectively. Customer satisfaction was also selected as a company target because of our belief that customer satisfaction is critical to the success of our business. The performance level multiplier was added based on our belief that employees that might otherwise reach various targets, may be contributing or not contributing to the overall success of our company in a manner that promotes the long-term growth and success of our company. Thus, we considered the chosen metrics to be the best indicators of financial success and stockholder value creation. We do not have a formal policy regarding adjustment or recovery of awards or payments if the relevant performance measures upon which they are based are restated or otherwise adjusted in a manner that would reduce the size of the award or payment.
 
For fiscal 2006, Messrs. Combs, Finegan, Weisner, Basart, and Vitalone each earned a bonus equal to $188,162, $55,000, $80,000, $65,000, and $60,000. These were paid in August 2006 as a result of having achieved, and in some cases exceeded, the bonus targets specified for the second six months of fiscal 2006. In addition,


66


Table of Contents

Mr. Vitalone earned sales commissions of $74,767 during fiscal year 2006. No bonuses were paid to the named executive officers with respect to the first half of 2006, as the performance targets were not met.
 
In October 2006, our board of directors approved a bonus plan for the first six months of fiscal 2007. These target bonuses were based on the overall metrics and formulas used for fiscal 2006, with adjustments in the target company financial performance goals to reflect our growth. The bonus target for our chief executive officer is 75% of base salary, pursuant to the terms of his employment offer letter, and the target bonuses remain at 45% of base salary for our other executive officers.
 
In addition, our chief financial officer is entitled to a performance bonus that provides for a payout at the 150% level under the bonus plan for the second half of fiscal 2007 so long as he remains employed with our company at June 30, 2007 and has met his performance goals. He will also be entitled to receive a similar bonus if he is employed by us at December 31, 2007.
 
Stock options and equity awards.   We utilize stock options to ensure that our executive officers have a continuing stake in our long-term success. Because our executive officers are awarded stock options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, the determination of which is discussed below, these options will have value to our executive officers only if the market price of our common stock increases after the date of grant. Typically, our stock options vest at a rate of 25% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the grant date, and with respect to approximately 2.1% of the shares each month thereafter. The stock options that we have granted under our 1997 stock option plan to executive officers may be exercised by the recipient at any time, however, any shares purchased are subject to a lapsing right of repurchase in our favor. This repurchase right lapses on the same schedule as the vesting of the option.
 
Authority to make stock option grants to executive officers has historically rested with our board of directors, and we expect our board of directors will delegate that authority to our compensation committee in the future. In determining the size of stock option grants to executive officers, our board of directors considers our performance against the strategic plan, individual performance against the individual’s objectives, comparative share ownership data from compensation surveys of high technology companies in our area, the extent to which shares subject to previously granted options are vested and the recommendations of our chief executive officer and other members of management.
 
In fiscal 2006, we hired an independent valuation firm to assist in the determination of the fair market value of our common stock in January, July, September and December 2006. Prior to the engagement of an outside valuation firm, our board of directors determined the value of our common stock based on internal reports and other relevant factors.
 
We do not have any program, plan or obligation that requires us to grant equity compensation on specified dates and, because we have not been a public company, we have not made equity grants in connection with the release or withholding of material non-public information. However, we intend to implement policies to ensure that equity awards are granted at fair market value on the date that the grant action occurs.
 
During fiscal 2006, we granted to Mr. Weisner a stock option to purchase 1,800,000 shares of common stock in connection with his joining our company in April 2005. We believed that this grant was consistent with our overall approach of remaining competitive in the marketplace, and was also necessary in order to retain the services of Mr. Weisner. We also made an additional grant of 200,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Weisner in January 2006, in order to reward him commensurate with his contribution to the company. We also granted an option to purchase 2,655,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Vitalone. The size of the grant to Mr. Vitalone was determined pursuant to the offer letter we negotiated with him in October 2005 when he joined our company. We believed that this grant was consistent with our overall approach of remaining competitive in the marketplace, and was also necessary in order to retain the services of Mr. Vitalone.
 
In October 2006, we granted Mr. Weisner an option to purchase 400,000 shares of common stock, Mr. Basart an option to purchase 450,000 shares of common stock, and Mr. Vitalone an option to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock, each at an exercise price of $0.32 per share. Each stock option vests as to 50% of the shares in October 2008, and as to 1/24 of the shares each month over the following two years. Each stock option is immediately exercisable in full; however, any unvested shares issued upon exercise will be a subject to a right to repurchase by us upon termination of employment, which right lapses in accordance with the vesting schedule


67


Table of Contents

described above. These grants were made by our board of directors as part of our process of reviewing the equity positions of our employees, and the board determined that, in light of the individuals’ performances, equity ownership and level of vesting, it was appropriate to provide additional incentive for each of these personnel, particularly in order to retain these individuals through and following the initial public offering process, and to incentivize them to help our company achieve the growth targets it has set.
 
In general, our stock option grants through January 2007 were made under our 1997 stock option plan. In February 2007, we adopted a new equity incentive plan and a new employee stock purchase plan. The 2007 equity incentive plan replaces our 1997 stock option plan and affords greater flexibility in making a wide variety of equity awards, including stock options, shares of restricted stock and stock appreciation rights, to executive officers and our other employees. The 2007 employee stock purchase plan will enable eligible employees to periodically purchase shares of our common stock at a discount during periods following this offering. Participation in the 2007 employee stock purchase plan will be available to all executive officers following this offering on the same basis as our other employees. See “Management — Equity Incentive Plans” for further descriptions of our 1997 stock option plan, 2007 equity incentive plan and 2007 employee stock purchase plan.
 
Other than the equity plans described above, we do not have any equity security ownership guidelines or requirements for our executive officers.
 
Severance and change of control payments.   Each of our named executive officers (as defined in the Summary Compensation Table below) is entitled to receive acceleration of vesting of stock options in amounts ranging from 12 months’ vesting to 100% of the then-unvested shares in the event such officer is terminated following a change of control of ShoreTel. Mr. Combs earns his vesting acceleration so long as he does not voluntarily terminate his employment with an acquiring company for six months following a change of control, and Mr. Finegan receives his vesting acceleration automatically upon a change of control. We believe these change of control arrangements, the value of which are contingent on the value obtained in a change of control transaction, effectively create incentives for our executive team to build shareholder value and to obtain the highest value possible should the company be acquired in the future, despite the risk of losing employment and potentially not having the opportunity to otherwise vest in equity awards which comprise a significant component of each executive’s compensation. These arrangements are intended to attract and retain qualified executives that could have other job alternatives that may appear to them to be less risky absent these arrangements, particularly given the significant level of acquisition activity in the technology sector. All of our change of control arrangements are “double trigger,” meaning that acceleration of stock option vesting is not awarded upon a change of control unless the executive option holder’s employment is terminated within a specified period of time following the transaction. We believe this structure strikes a balance between the incentives and the executive hiring and retention effects described above, without providing these benefits to executives who continue to enjoy employment with an acquiring company in the event of a change of control transaction. We also believe this structure is more attractive to potential acquiring companies, who may place significant value on retaining members of our executive team and who may perceive this goal to be undermined if executives receive significant acceleration payments in connection with such a transaction and are no longer required to continue employment to earn the remainder of their equity awards.
 
In addition, our chief executive officer is entitled to receive a severance payment equal to one year’s base salary (payable over 12 months) and acceleration of stock option vesting by one year in the event his employment is terminated involuntarily or he is constructively terminated. We agreed to this provision as part of the negotiation of our chief executive officer’s compensation package when he joined us, and we believed it was necessary to agree to such a provision in order to retain his services.
 
For a description and quantification of these severance and change of control benefits, please see the section entitled “Management — Executive Compensation — Employment, severance and change of control arrangements.”
 
Other benefits.   Executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, such as medical, dental, vision, group life, disability, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance and our 401(k) plan, in each case on the same basis as other employees, subject to applicable law. We also provide vacation and other paid holidays to all employees, including our executive officers, which are comparable to those provided at peer companies. In fiscal 2006, Messrs. Combs and Weisner received reimbursement for commuting expenses from their permanent homes to the San Francisco Bay Area. Messrs. Combs and Weisner also received a housing allowance.


68


Table of Contents

We agreed to pay these amounts to these executives as the Compensation Committee believed that it was necessary to attract and retain these executives who would not relocate to the San Francisco Bay Area on a full time basis.
 
Executive compensation tables
 
The following table presents compensation information for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 paid to or accrued for our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and each of our three other most highly compensated executive officers whose aggregate salary and bonus was more than $100,000. We refer to these executive officers as our “named executive officers” elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
                                                 
                Non-Equity
       
            Option
  Incentive Plan
  All Other
   
Name and Principal Position
  Salary(1)   Bonus   Awards(2)   Compensation(3)   Compensation   Total
 
John W. Combs
  $ 287,500                   $ 188,162     $ 21,110 (4)   $ 496,772  
President and
                                               
Chief Executive Officer
                                               
John Finegan
    200,000                     55,000             255,000  
Chief Financial Officer
                                               
Walter Weisner
    214,038                     80,000       23,483 (4)     317,521  
Vice President,
Global Support Services
                                               
Joseph A. Vitalone
    155,000                     134,767 (5)           289,767  
Vice President, Sales
                                               
Edwin J. Basart
    200,000                     65,000             265,000  
Chief Technology Officer
                                               
 
 
(1) The amounts in this column include payments by us in respect of accrued vacation, holidays, and sick days, as well as any salary contributed by the named executive officer to our 401(k) plan.
 
(2) Under the SFAS 123(R) modified prospective transition method, we did not record any amounts in our consolidated financial statements for fiscal year 2006 with respect to option awards.
 
(3) Except as otherwise noted below, all non-equity incentive plan compensation were paid pursuant to the ShoreTel Executive Bonus Incentive Plan for the second half of fiscal 2006. For a description of this plan, see “Executive Compensation — Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Cash bonuses.”
 
(4) Represents travel expenses and rent.
 
(5) Also includes $74,767 in sales commissions.
 
For a description of the material terms of offer letters for the named executive officers in the above table, please see the section entitled “Employment agreements, severance and change of control agreements.”
 
Our board of directors approved 3% to 5% increases to the annual base salaries of our employees, including our named executive officers, effective February 1, 2007.


69


Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards During the 2006 Fiscal Year
 
The following table provides information with regard to each stock option granted to each named executive officer during our fiscal year ended June 30, 2006:
 
                                         
          Estimated Future Payouts
    Number of
    Exercise
 
          Under Non-Equity
    Securities
    Price of
 
    Grant
    Incentive Plan Awards(1)     Underlying
    Option
 
Name
  Date     Target     Maximum     Options(2)     Awards(3)  
 
John W. Combs
        $ 105,625     $ 237,656           $  
John Finegan
          45,000       101,250              
Walter Weisner
    9/8/2005                       1,800,000 (4)     0.04  
      1/12/2006                       200,000 (5)     0.08  
              50,625       113,906                  
Joseph A. Vitalone
    10/3/2005                       2,655,000 (6)     0.04  
              45,000       101,250                  
Edwin J. Basart
          45,000       101,250              
 
 
(1) Represents bonuses payable pursuant to the ShoreTel Executive Bonus Incentive Plan for the second half of fiscal 2006. For a description of this plan, see “Executive Compensation — Additional Employee Benefit Plans — Executive Bonus Plans.”
 
(2) Each stock option was granted pursuant to our 1997 Stock Option Plan.
 
(3) Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date of the option, as determined by our board of directors.
 
(4) Vested as to 25% of the shares in July 2006, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over the next three years thereafter.
 
(5) Vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over four years.
 
(6) Vested as to 25% of the shares in October 2006, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over the next three years thereafter.
 
Each of the stock options in the above table is immediately exercisable in full; however, unvested shares issued upon exercise are subject to a right to repurchase by us upon termination of employment, which right lapses in accordance with the vesting schedule described above. Each of these stock options expires 10 years from the date of grant. These stock options are also subject to accelerated vesting upon involuntary termination or constructive termination following a change of control of ShoreTel, as discussed below in “Management — Executive compensation — Employment, severance and change of control arrangements.”


70


Table of Contents

Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006
 
The following table presents the outstanding option awards held as of June 30, 2006 by each named executive officer:
 
                                 
                Option
    Option
 
    Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options(1)     Exercise
    Expiration
 
Name
  Exercisable     Unexercisable     Price(2)     Date  
 
John W. Combs(3)
                       
John Finegan
    598,125 (4)         $ 0.01       5/7/2013  
      47,917 (5)           0.03       3/2/2014  
      60,000 (6)           0.04       3/14/2015  
Walter Weisner
    1,600,000 (7)           0.04       9/8/2015  
Joseph A. Vitalone
    1,327,500 (8)           0.04       10/3/2015  
Edwin J. Basart
    825,000 (9)           0.10       8/1/2011  
      23,100 (9)           0.01       1/7/2013  
      1,235,000 (10)           0.01       1/7/2013  
      1,430,000 (11)           0.03       3/2/2014  
      200,000 (12)           0.04       3/14/2015  
 
 
(1) Each stock option was granted pursuant to our 1997 Stock Option Plan. The vesting and exercisability of each stock option is described in the footnotes below for each option. Each of these stock options expires 10 years from the date of grant. These stock options are also subject to accelerated vesting upon involuntary termination or constructive termination following a change of control of ShoreTel, as discussed below in “Management — Executive compensation — Employment, severance and change of control arrangements.”
 
(2) Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the option’s grant date, as determined by our board of directors.
 
(3) Mr. Combs early-exercised in full a stock option to purchase 20,817,795 shares during fiscal 2005 and 2006, as indicated in the table below. This option/shares vested as to 12.5% of the shares in January 2005, and vests as to 1/42 of the shares each month thereafter.
 
(4) Represents shares remaining subject to an immediately exercisable stock option. Mr. Finegan has early-exercised the remaining 2,011,875 shares subject to this option, as indicated in the table below. The option/shares vested as to 25% of the shares in March 2004, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month thereafter.
 
(5) Represents shares remaining subject to an outstanding stock option. Mr. Finegan has exercised 52,083 shares subject to this option, as indicated in the table below. The option vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over four years from the date of grant.
 
(6) Represents shares remaining subject to an outstanding stock option. Mr. Finegan has exercised 20,000 shares subject to this option, as indicated in the table below. The option vested as to 25% of the shares in March 2006, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over three years thereafter.
 
(7) Represents shares remaining subject to an immediately exercisable stock option. Mr. Weisner has early-exercised the remaining 200,000 shares subject to this option, as indicated in the table below. The option/shares vested as to 25% of the shares in July 2006, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over three years thereafter.
 
Mr. Weisner early-exercised in full another immediately-exercisable stock option to purchase 200,000 shares during fiscal 2006, as indicated in the table below. This option/shares vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over four years from the date of grant.
 
(8) Represents shares remaining subject to an immediately exercisable stock option. Mr. Vitalone has early-exercised the remaining 1,327,500 shares subject to this option, as indicated in the table below. The option/shares vested as to 25% of the shares in October 2006, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over three years thereafter.


71


Table of Contents

(9) This stock option is fully vested.
 
(10) Represents shares remaining subject to an immediately exercisable stock option. Mr. Basart has early-exercised the remaining 2,000,000 shares subject to this option as indicated in the table below. These shares are fully vested.
 
(11) Represents shares subject to an outstanding exercisable stock option. This option vested as to 25% of the shares in October 2003, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over the next three years thereafter.
 
(12) Represents shares subject to an outstanding exercisable stock option. This option vested as to 25% of the shares in March 2006, and vests as to 1/48 of the shares each month over three years thereafter.
 
In October 2006, we granted Mr. Weisner a stock option to purchase 400,000 shares, Mr. Basart a stock option to purchase 450,000 shares, and Mr. Vitalone a stock option to purchase 500,000 shares, each at an exercise price of $0.32 per share. Each stock option vests as to 50% of the shares in October 2008, and as to 1/24 of the shares each month over the following two years. Each stock option is immediately exercisable in full; however, any unvested shares issued upon exercise will be a subject to a right to repurchase by us upon termination of employment, which right lapses in accordance with the vesting schedule described above.
 
Option Exercises During the 2006 Fiscal Year
 
The following table shows the number of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of options by each named executive officer during our fiscal year ended June 30, 2006 and the aggregate dollar amount realized by the named executive officer upon exercise of the option:
 
                 
    Number of Shares
    Value Realized
 
Name
  Acquired on Exercise     on Exercise(1)  
 
John W. Combs
    20,817,795 (2)   $        
John Finegan
    2,083,958 (3)        
Walter Weisner
    400,000 (4)        
Joseph A. Vitalone
    1,327,500 (5)        
Edwin J. Basart
    2,000,000 (6)        
 
 
(1) The aggregate dollar amount realized upon the exercise of an option represents the difference between the aggregate market price of the shares of our common stock underlying that option on the date of exercise (assumed to be the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and the aggregate exercise price of the option.
 
(2) Represents the exercise of an immediately exercisable stock option that continued to be subject to vesting, as described in footnote 3 to the “Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006” table above. Of these shares, 5,204,448 became vested during fiscal year 2006.
 
(3) Represents the exercise of immediately exercisable stock options that continued to be subject to vesting, as described in footnotes 4-6 to the “Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006” table above. Of these shares, 702,500 became vested during fiscal year 2006.
 
(4) Represents the exercise of immediately exercisable stock options that continued to be subject to vesting, as described in footnote 7 to the “Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006” table above. Of these shares, 20,833 became vested during fiscal year 2006.
 
(5) Represents the exercise of an immediately exercisable stock option that continued to be subject to vesting, as described in footnote 8 to the “Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006” table above. None of these shares vested during fiscal year 2006.
 
(6) Represents the exercise of an immediately exercisable stock option that continued to be subject to vesting, as described in footnote 10 to the “Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006” table above. Of these shares, 808,750 became vested during fiscal year 2006.


72


Table of Contents

Employment, Severance and Change of Control Arrangements
 
John W. Combs, our president and chief executive officer, executed an offer letter in July 2004. The offer letter provides for at-will employment without any specific term. The offer letter established his starting annual base salary at $275,000, subject to annual review by the compensation committee of the Board and further subject to an increase to $325,000 following two consecutive quarters of cash flow positive operations. His annual base salary was increased to $325,000 in April 2006 as a result of this milestone having been satisfied. In addition, the offer letter entitles Mr. Combs to an incentive bonus, as determined by the board, of up to 85% of his then-current base salary. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Combs received a stock option grant of 20,817,795 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In the event his employment is terminated by us without cause, or Mr. Combs resigns for good reason, as such terms are defined in the offer letter, Mr. Combs will be entitled to receive monthly continuation of his then-current base salary for a period of 12 months and acceleration of his unvested stock options in an amount equal to the number of shares that would have vested had his employment continued for an additional 12 months. If his employment is terminated without cause within six months of a change of control, as such terms are defined in the offer letter, Mr. Combs will receive accelerated vesting of 100% of any then unvested shares, options and other equity he holds at the time.
 
In addition, we entered into a change of control agreement with Mr. Combs effective as of August 5, 2004. This agreement augments the terms provided for by his offer letter. The agreement provides that, in the event of a change of control of ShoreTel, so long as Mr. Combs either remains employed with the company or its successor for six months following the change of control, or if Mr. Combs is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason during the six months following such change of control, then Mr. Combs will receive accelerated vesting of 100% of his initial stock option grant.
 
John Finegan, our chief financial officer, executed an offer letter in March 2003. The offer letter provides for at-will employment without any specific term. The offer letter established Mr. Finegan’s starting annual base salary at $200,000. In addition, Mr. Finegan is eligible for an annual incentive bonus. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Finegan received a stock option grant of 2,610,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In the event Mr. Finegan’s employment is involuntarily terminated without cause or constructively terminated, in either case within 12 months following a change of control, as such terms are defined in the offer letter, Mr. Finegan will receive accelerated vesting of 100% of any then unvested shares, options, and other equity he holds at the time.
 
In addition, we entered into a change of control agreement with Mr. Finegan effective as of May 7, 2003. This agreement augments the terms provided for by Mr. Finegan’s offer letter. The agreement provides that, in the event of a change of control of ShoreTel, Mr. Finegan’s stock option to purchase 2,610,000 shares will immediately become exercisable as to that number of shares that would have vested if Mr. Finegan had remained continuously employed by ShoreTel for a period of 12 months following the change of control. In addition, if this benefit would result in excise tax as a “parachute payment,” Mr. Finegan would be entitled to receive either his vesting acceleration benefit, or such portion of his vesting acceleration benefit as would result in no excise tax, depending on which would result in a greater net benefit.
 
In February 2007, we entered into a retention arrangement with Mr. Finegan that provides for a bonus payout at the 150% level under the bonus plan for the second half of fiscal 2007 so long as he either remains employed with the company during that period or if his employment is terminated prior to the end of that period. This retention arrangement will remain in place for the first half of fiscal 2008 if Mr. Finegan is requested to remain with the company during that period.
 
Walter Weisner, our vice president of global support services, executed an offer letter in April 2005 with a start date in July 2005. The offer letter provides for at-will employment without any specific term. The offer letter established Mr. Weisner’s starting annual base salary at $225,000. In addition, Mr. Weisner is eligible for an annual incentive bonus. In connection with his joining our company in April 2005, Mr. Weisner received a stock option grant of 1,800,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of such grant. In the event Mr. Weisner’s employment is involuntarily terminated without cause or constructively terminated, in either case within 12 months following a change of control, as such terms are defined


73


Table of Contents

in the offer letter, Mr. Weisner will receive accelerated vesting of 50% of any then unvested shares, options and other equity he holds at the time.
 
We entered into a change of control agreement with Edwin J. Basart, our founder and Chief Technology Officer, effective August 1, 2001. The agreement provides that, in the event of a change of control of ShoreTel, Mr. Basart’s stock option to purchase 825,000 shares will immediately become exercisable as to that number of shares that would have vested if Mr. Basart had remained continuously employed by ShoreTel for a period of 12 months following the change of control. In addition, if this benefit would result in excise tax as a “parachute payment,” Mr. Basart would be entitled to receive either his vesting acceleration benefit, or such portion of his vesting acceleration benefit as would result in no excise tax, depending on which would result in a greater net benefit.
 
Joseph A. Vitalone, our vice president of sales, executed an offer letter in September 2005 with a start date in October 2005. The offer letter provides for at-will employment without any specific term. The offer letter established Mr. Vitalone’s starting annual base salary at $200,000. In addition, Mr. Vitalone is eligible for an annual incentive bonus and participates in the executive management bonus program. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Vitalone received a stock option grant of 2,655,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of such grant. In the event Mr. Vitalone’s employment is involuntarily terminated without cause or constructively terminated, in either case within 12 months following a change of control, as such terms are defined in the offer letter, Mr. Vitalone will receive accelerated vesting of 50% of any then unvested shares, options and other equity he holds at the time.
 
The following table summarizes the benefits payable to each named executive officer pursuant to the arrangements described above:
 
                                 
    Termination     Change of Control  
          Acceleration of
          Acceleration of
 
Name
  Salary     Equity Vesting(1)     Salary     Equity Vesting(1)  
 
John W. Combs
  $ 325,000 (2)     (3)                (4 )
John Finegan
                      (3 )
Walter Weisner
                      (5 )
Joseph A. Vitalone
                      (5 )
Edwin J. Basart
                      (4 )
 
 
(1) Calculated based on the termination or change of control taking place as of June 30, 2006, the last day of our most recent fiscal year, and based on assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
(2) Reflects continued base salary for 12 months following termination.
 
(3) Reflects accelerated vesting as if the officer had continued to be employed for an additional 12 months.
 
(4) Reflects acceleration of vesting as to 100% of the shares.
 
(5) Reflects acceleration of vesting as to 50% of the shares.
 
Equity Incentive Plans
 
This section contains a summary of our equity incentive plans. To date, substantially all options to purchase shares of our common stock have been granted under our 1997 stock option plan. Our 1997 stock option plan has terminated, and we now grant options to purchase shares of our common stock only from our 2007 equity incentive plan. The following descriptions are qualified by the terms of the actual plans filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.
 
2007 Equity Incentive Plan
 
Background.   The 2007 equity incentive plan serves as the successor equity compensation plan to our 1997 stock option plan. Our board of directors adopted our 2007 equity incentive plan in February 2007. This plan became effective upon adoption and will terminate in February 2017. The 2007 equity incentive plan provides for


74


Table of Contents

the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units and stock bonuses.
 
Administration.   The 2007 equity incentive plan is administered by our compensation committee. This committee acts as the plan administrator and determines which individuals are eligible to receive awards under the plan, the time or times when such awards are to be made, the number of shares subject to each such award, the status of any granted option as either an incentive stock option or a nonqualified stock option under United States federal tax laws, the vesting schedule applicable to an award and the maximum term for which any award is to remain outstanding (subject to the limits set forth in the 2007 equity incentive plan). The committee also determines the exercise price of options granted, the purchase price for rights to purchase restricted stock and, if applicable, restricted units and the strike price for stock appreciation rights. Unless the committee provides otherwise, the plan does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.
 
Share Reserve.   We have reserved 50,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2007 equity incentive plan. Additionally, our 2007 equity incentive plan provides for automatic increases in the number of shares available for issuance under it as follows:
 
  •  on the first day of each January from 2008 through 2017, the number of shares of our common stock will be increased by 5% of the number of shares of our common stock issued and outstanding on the preceding December 31 st ; or
 
  •  a lesser number of shares of our common stock as determined by our board of directors.
 
Equity Awards.   Our 2007 equity incentive plan permits us to grant the following types of awards:
 
Stock Options.   The 2007 equity incentive plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options (commonly referred to as ISOs), and nonqualified stock options (commonly referred to as NSOs), to employees, directors and consultants. ISOs may only be granted to employees. Options may be granted with terms determined by the committee, provided that ISOs are subject to statutory limitations. The committee determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the plan and applicable law, provided that the exercise price of an ISO may not be less than 100% (or higher in the case of ISOs granted to certain types of recipients) of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. No more than 450,000,000 shares may be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs granted under the plan.
 
Options granted under the 2007 equity incentive plan will vest at the rate specified by the committee and such vesting schedule will be set forth in the stock option agreement pursuant to which such stock option grant relates. Generally, the committee determines the term of stock options granted under the plan, up to a term of ten years, except in the case of certain incentive stock options for which the term can be no more than five years.
 
After termination of an optionee, he or she may exercise his or her vested option for the period of time stated in the stock option agreement to which such option relates. Generally, if termination is due to death or disability, the vested option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, the vested option will generally remain exercisable for three months. However, an option may not be exercised later than its expiration date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an optionee is terminated for cause (as defined in our 2007 equity incentive plan), then the optionee’s options shall expire on the optionee’s termination date or at such later time and on such conditions as determined by our compensation committee.
 
Restricted Stock.   A restricted stock award is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions that the committee may impose. These restrictions may be based on completion of a specified period of service with us or upon the completion of performance goals during a performance period (or a combination of the foregoing). The price of a restricted stock award will be determined by the committee. Unless otherwise determined by the committee at the time of award, vesting ceases on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares are forfeited to us or subject to repurchase by us.
 
Stock Appreciation Rights.   Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common


75


Table of Contents

stock on the date of exercise over the stated exercise price. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions (or a combination of the foregoing).
 
Restricted Stock Units.   Restricted stock units represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of such right due to termination of employment and/or failure to achieve specified performance conditions. If the restricted stock unit has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the restricted stock unit agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the restricted stock unit whole shares of our common stock, cash or a combination of our common stock and cash.
 
Stock Bonuses.   Stock bonuses are granted as additional compensation for performance, and therefore, are not issued in exchange for cash.
 
Change of Control.   In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or change in control transaction, outstanding awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor company (if any). Outstanding awards that are not assumed or replaced by the successor company (if any) will expire on the consummation of the liquidation, dissolution or change in control transaction at such time and on such conditions as our board of directors determines (including, without limitation, full or partial vesting and exercisability of any or all outstanding awards issued under our 2007 equity incentive plan).
 
Transferability of Awards.   Generally, a participant may not transfer an award other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution unless, in the case of awards other than ISOs, the committee permits the transfer of an award to certain authorized transferees (as set forth in our 2007 equity incentive plan).
 
Eligibility.   The individuals eligible to participate in our 2007 equity incentive plan include our officers and other employees, our non-employee board of directors members and any consultants.
 
Payment for Purchase of Shares of our Common Stock.   Payment for shares of our common stock purchased pursuant to the 2007 equity incentive plan may be made by any of the following methods (provided such method is permitted in the applicable award agreement to which such shares relate): (i) cash (including by check), (ii) cancellation of indebtedness, (iii) surrender of shares, (iv) waiver of compensation due or accrued for services rendered; (v) through a “same day sale” program or through a “margin” commitment or (vi) by another other method approved by our board of directors.
 
Limit on Awards.   Under our 2007 equity incentive plan, during any calendar year, no participant will be eligible to receive more than 25,000,000 shares of our common stock.
 
Amendment and Termination.   Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2007 equity incentive plan at any time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the board of directors nor the committee shall, without stockholder approval, amend the plan in any manner that requires stockholder approval. In addition, no amendment that is detrimental to a plan participant may be made to an outstanding option without the consent of the affected participant.
 
1997 Stock Option Plan
 
Our board of directors of directors adopted and our shareholders approved our 1997 stock option plan in January 1997. As of December 31, 2006, options to purchase 36,927,695 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 1997 stock option plan. This plan terminated in January 2007, and no additional options may be granted under this plan. However, all stock options outstanding on the termination of the 1997 stock option plan will continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the 1997 stock option plan. Options granted under the 1997 stock option plan are subject to terms substantially similar to those described above with respect to options granted under the 2007 equity incentive plan.
 
2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
Background.   Our 2007 employee stock purchase plan is designed to enable eligible employees to periodically purchase shares of our common stock at a discount. Purchases are accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. Our 2007 employee stock purchase plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Our board of directors adopted our 2007 employee


76


Table of Contents

stock purchase plan in February 2007 and our stockholders are expected to approve the plan before the completion of this offering.
 
Share Reserve.   We have initially reserved 5,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan will increase automatically on the first day of each January, starting with January 1, 2008, by the number of shares equal to 1% of our total outstanding shares as of the immediately preceding December 31 st (rounded to the nearest whole share). Our board of directors or compensation committee may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. No more than 50,000,000 shares of our common stock may be issued under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan and no other shares may be added to this plan without the approval of our stockholders.
 
Administration.   Our compensation committee will administer our 2007 employee stock purchase plan. Participation is limited to our employees. Our employees generally are eligible to participate in our 2007 employee stock purchase plan if they are employed by us, or a subsidiary of ours that we designate, for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months in a calendar year. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in our 2007 employee stock purchase plan, are ineligible to participate in our 2007 employee stock purchase plan. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility as well. Under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan, eligible employees may acquire shares of our common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible employees may select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their cash compensation. We also have the right to amend or terminate our 2007 employee stock purchase plan and offering periods thereunder. Our 2007 employee stock purchase plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the first offering date, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors.
 
Purchase Rights.   When an offering period commences, our employees who meet the eligibility requirements for participation in that offering period are automatically granted a non-transferable option to purchase shares in that offering period. Each offering period may run for no more than 24 months. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.
 
Except for the first offering period, each offering period will be for six months (commencing with the first February 15 or August 15 to occur on or after the date that is six months following the date of this prospectus) and will run February 15 to August 14 or August 15 to February 14, as the case may be. The first offering period will begin upon the date of this prospectus and will end on the first February 14 or August 14 to occur on or after the date that is six months following the date of this prospectus.
 
No participant will have the right to purchase our shares at a rate which, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also outstanding in the same calendar year(s), have a fair market value of more than $25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable offering period, for each calendar year in which such right is outstanding. The purchase price for shares of our common stock purchased under our 2007 employee stock purchase plan will be 90% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on (i) the first trading day of the applicable offering period and (ii) the last trading day of the applicable offering period.
 
Change in Control.   In the event of a change in control transaction, our 2007 employee stock purchase plan and any offering periods that commenced prior to the completion of the proposed transaction may terminate on the completion of the proposed transaction and the final purchase of shares will occur on that date, but our compensation committee may instead terminate any such offering period at a different date.
 
Additional Employee Benefit Plans
 
Executive Bonus Plans
 
In January 2006, our board of directors approved a bonus plan for the second six months of fiscal 2006. The plan specified a bonus target for our chief executive officer equal to 65% of his base salary, and 45% of base salary for other executive officers. The bonus criteria consist of: (1) company targets, which consist of 50% weighting for revenue, 25% weighting for profitability and 25% weighting for overall customer satisfaction, (2) individual targets established by our chief executive officer for the particular employee, and (3) a multiplier ranging from 0 to 1.5


77


Table of Contents

based on the executive’s overall performance rating. The actual bonus award is determined according to our company’s and each executive officer’s level of achievement against these performance objectives. If the company objectives are within a specified range, from 50% to 150% of the particular target could be payable. The bonus for fiscal 2006 for our chief executive officer was based entirely on company performance targets, consisting of revenue, profitability and customer satisfaction. For those executives that perform sales functions, the individual targets will typically be based at least in part on an individualized sales commission plan that is directly related to the amount of products sold and that person’s role in the sale.
 
In October, 2006, our board of directors approved a bonus plan for the first six months of fiscal 2007. These target bonuses were based on the overall metrics and formulas used for fiscal 2006, with adjustments in the target company financial performance goals to reflect our growth. The bonus target for our chief executive officer increased to 75% of base salary and the target bonuses remain at 45% of base salary for our other executive officers.
 
401(k) Plan
 
We offer a 401(k) plan to all employees who meet specified eligibility requirements. The plan provides for voluntary tax deferred contributions of 1 to 20% of gross compensation subject to certain IRS limitations. Based on approval by our board of directors, we may make matching contributions to the plan. No matching contributions had been made as of December 31, 2006.
 
Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability
 
Our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with their service for or on our behalf. Our bylaws provide that we will advance the expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, regardless of whether Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification. In addition, the restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violate their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, act in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violate the law, authorize illegal dividends or redemptions or derive an improper personal benefit from their action as directors.
 
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding, and obligate us to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. At present, we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers, employees or agents in which indemnification would be required or permitted. We believe provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. In addition, we maintain liability insurance which insures our directors and officers against certain losses under certain circumstances.
 
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.


78


Table of Contents

 
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
In addition to the executive and director compensation arrangements discussed above under “Management,” the following is a description of transactions since July 1, 2003 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds or will exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
 
Sales of our Series G preferred stock
 
In March 2004, we sold an aggregate of 20,114,943 shares of our Series G preferred stock at $0.174 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.5 million. Each share of Series G preferred will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. The following table identifies the number of shares of Series G preferred stock purchased by current holders of more than 5% of our outstanding stock. None of our executive officers or directors purchased Series G preferred stock, although certain of our executive officers or directors may currently be considered to beneficially own shares held by entities with which they are affiliated. Please see “Principal Stockholders.” The terms of these purchases were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.
 
                         
    Shares of Series G
    Aggregate
    Percentage of
 
Investor
  Preferred Stock     Purchase Price     Total Issued  
 
Entities affiliated with Crosspoint Venture Partners(1)
    7,063,793     $ 1,229,099.98       35.1 %
Entities affiliated with Lehman Brothers Venture Partners(2)
    6,074,258       1,056,920.89       30.2  
Entities affiliated with Foundation Capital(3)
    5,042,233       877,348.54       25.1  
Entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital(4)
    1,329,301       231,298.37       6.6  
 
 
(1) Represents 6,338,547 shares held by Crosspoint Venture Partners 2000 Q L.P. and 725,246 shares held by Crosspoint Venture Partners 2000 L.P. Seth D. Neiman, one of our directors, is a General Partner of Crosspoint Venture Partners.
 
(2) Represents 3,515,706 shares held by LB I Group, Inc.; 1,162,613 shares held by Lehman Brothers P.A LLC; 736,274 shares held by Lehman Brothers Venture Capital Partners II, L.P.; 523,814 shares held by Lehman Brothers Partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P.; and 135,851 shares held by Lehman Brothers Offshore Partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P. Brian K. Paul, one of our directors, is a managing director in Private Equity at Lehman Brothers and a partner of Lehman Brothers Venture Partners.
 
(3) Represents 4,911,135 shares held by Foundation Capital Leadership Fund, L.P. and 131,098 shares held by Foundation Capital Leadership Principals Fund, LLC.
 
(4) Represents 1,167,115 shares held by JP Morgan Direct Venture Capital Institutional Investors LLC; 155,540 shares held by J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Private Investors LLC and 6,646 shares held by 522 Fifth Avenue Fund, L.P.
 
Sales of our Series H Preferred Stock
 
In October 2004, we sold an aggregate of 47,169,812 shares of our Series H preferred stock at $0.212 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.0 million. Each share of preferred will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. The following table identifies the number of shares of Series H preferred stock purchased by current holders of more than 5% of our outstanding stock. None of our executive officers or directors purchased Series H preferred stock, although certain of our executive officers or directors may currently be considered to beneficially own shares held by entities with which they are affiliated.


79


Table of Contents

Please see “Principal Stockholders.” The terms of these purchases were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.
 
                         
    Shares of Series H
    Aggregate
    Percentage of
 
Investor
  Preferred Stock     Purchase Price     Total Issued  
 
Entities affiliated with Crosspoint Venture Partners(1)
    17,295,753     $ 3,666,699.64       36.7 %
Entities affiliated with Lehman Brothers Venture Partners(2)
    14,244,101       3,019,749.41       30.2  
Entities affiliated with Foundation Capital(3)
    12,345,945       2,617,340.34       26.2  
Entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital(4)
    3,254,805       690,018.66       6.9  
 
 
(1) Represents 15,519,982 shares held by Crosspoint Venture Partners 2000 Q L.P. and 1,755,771 shares held by Crosspoint Venture Partners 2000 L.P. Seth D. Neiman, one of our directors, is a General Partner of Crosspoint Venture Partners.
 
(2) Represents 8,244,311 shares held by LB I Group, Inc.; 2,726,321 shares held by Lehman Brothers P.A LLC; 1,726,558 shares held by Lehman Brothers venture capital Partners II, L.P.; 1,228,341 shares held by Lehman Brothers partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P.; and 318,570 shares held by Lehman Brothers Offshore Partnership Account 2000.2001, L.P. Brian K. Paul, one of our directors, is a managing director in Private Equity at Lehman Brothers and a partner of Lehman Brothers Venture Partners.
 
(3) Represents 12,025,272 shares held by Foundation Capital Leadership Fund, L.P. and 320,673 shares held by Foundation Capital Leadership Principals Fund, LLC.
 
(4) Represents 2,857,691 shares held by JP Morgan Direct Venture Capital Institutional Investors LLC; 380,841 shares held by J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Private Investors LLC and 16,273 shares held by 522 Fifth Avenue Fund, L.P.
 
Stockholder and other agreements
 
In connection with the sale of our Series G and Series H Preferred Stock, we entered into agreements that grant customary preferred stock rights to all of our major preferred stock investors, including holders of more than 5% of our outstanding stock. These rights include registration rights, rights of first refusal, information rights, co-sale rights with respect to stock transfers, a voting agreement providing for the election of investor designees to the board of directors, information rights and other similar rights. The Seventh Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, which contains the registration rights and many of the other rights described above, is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. All of these rights, other than the registration rights, will terminate upon the completion of this offering. For a description of the registration rights, please see the section entitled “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”
 
Underwriters
 
Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are acting as underwriters of this offering, and we will enter into an underwriting agreement with them. For a description of the terms of the underwriting agreement, see the section entitled “Underwriting.” Entities affiliated with Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. beneficially own approximately 23.0% and 5.4%, respectively, of our outstanding capital stock as of December 31, 2006.


80


Table of Contents

 
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following table presents information as to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2006, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, by:
 
  •  each of the executive officers listed in the summary compensation table;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and
 
  •  each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock.
 
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws. Shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2006 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.
 
The number of shares beneficially owned and percentage of our common stock outstanding before the offering is based on 328,685,301 shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31, 2006, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 233,164,369 shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering includes the shares of common stock offered under this prospectus. Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o ShoreTel, Inc., 960 Stewart Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94085.
 
                         
    Number of
    Percentage of Shares
 
    Shares
    Beneficially Owned  
    Beneficially
    Before
    After
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Owned     Offering     Offering  
 
Directors and Named Executive Officers
                       
John W. Combs(1)
    20,817,795       6.3 %        
John Finegan(2)
    2,721,249       *          
Walter Weisner(3)
    2,400,000       *          
Joseph A. Vitalone(4)
    3,155,000       1.0          
Edwin J. Basart(5)
    7,753,933       2.3          
Charles D. Kissner(6)
    500,000       *          
Seth D Neiman(7)
    93,215,530       28.4          
Thomas van Overbeek(8)
    13,460,882       4.1          
Brian K. Paul(9)
    75,688,402       23.0          
Edward F. Thompson(10)
    500,000       *          
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)(11)
    225,567,791       65.7          
5% Stockholders
                       
Entities affiliated with Crosspoint Venture Partners(12)
    93,215,530       28.4          
Entities affiliated with Foundation Capital(13)
    68,156,860       20.7          
Entities affiliated with J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital(14)
    17,605,608       5.4          
Entities affiliated with Lehman Brothers Venture Partners(15)
    75,688,402       23.0          
 
 
Less than 1%
 
(1) Consists of shares issued upon early exercise of a stock option, a portion of which shares remain subject to vesting. The vesting schedule for these shares is described in footnote 3 to the “Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006” table under “Management — Executive Compensation.”


81


Table of Contents

 
(2) Consists of 2,083,958 shares issued upon early exercise of stock options, a portion of which shares remain subject to vesting, and 637,291 shares subject to outstanding stock options, which options are immediately exercisable subject to our lapsing right of repurchase. The vesting schedules for these shares and stock options are described in footnotes 4-6 to the “Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006” table under “Management — Executive Compensation.”
 
(3) Consists of 400,000 shares issued upon early exercise of a stock option, a portion of which shares remain subject to vesting, and 2,000,000 shares subject to immediately exercisable stock options subject to our lapsing right of repurchase. The vesting schedules for these shares and stock option are described in footnote 7 to the “Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006” table under “Management — Executive Compensation.”
 
(4) Consists of 1,327,500 shares issued upon early exercise of a stock option, a portion of which shares remain subject to vesting, and 1,827,500 shares subject to outstanding stock options, which options are immediately exercisable subject to our lapsing right of repurchase. The vesting schedules for these shares and stock option are described in footnote 8 to the “Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006” table under “Management — Executive Compensation.”
 
(5) Consists of 3,695,000 shares held by Mr. Basart, and 4,058,933 shares subject to outstanding stock options, which options are immediately exercisable subject to our lapsing right of repurchase. The vesting schedules for these stock options are described in footnotes 9-12 to the “Outstanding Option Awards at June 30, 2006” table under “Management — Executive Compensation.”
 
(6) Consists of shares issued upon early exercise of a stock option, all of which shares remain subject to vesting in accordance with the vesting schedule described in footnote 2 to the Director Compensation table.
 
(7) Consists of shares held by entities affiliated with Crosspoint Venture Partners (see note 12). Mr. Neiman, a Crosspoint representative on our board of directors, is also a managing partner of Crosspoint Venture Partners. As a result, Mr. Neiman may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares held by the entities affiliated with Crosspoint Venture Partners. Mr. Neiman disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Mr. Neiman is 2925 Woodside Road, Woodside, CA 94062.
 
(8) Consists of 10,840,900 shares held and 2,619,982 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, all except 135,417 of which shares will be fully vested within 60 days of December 31, 2006.
 
(9) Consists of shares held by entities affiliated with Lehman Brothers Venture Partners (see note 15). Mr. Paul, a Lehman Brothers representative on our board of directors, is also a partner of Lehman Brothers Venture Partners. As a result, Mr. Paul may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares held by the entities affiliated with Lehman Brothers Venture Partners. Mr. Paul disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Mr. Paul is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 3, Suite 190, Menlo Park, CA 94025. Mr. Paul is a partner of Lehman Brothers Ventures Partners, an entity affiliated with Lehman Brothers Inc., which is acting as an underwriter of this offering.
 
(10) Consists of shares issued upon early exercise of a stock option, of which 500,000 shares remain subject to vesting in accordance with the vesting schedule described in footnote 3 to the Director Compensation table.
 
(11) Includes shares held by entities affiliated with directors described in notes 12 and 14. Also includes 1,929,582 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable, and remain subject to vesting, and 11,394,124 shares which were issued pursuant to immediately exercisable stock options, a portion of which remain subject to our right of repurchase upon termination of employment, which rights lapse according to the vesting schedule of the original options.
 
(12) Consists of 71,323,739 shares held by Crosspoint Venture Partners 2000 Q L.P., 8,160,746 shares held by Crosspoint Venture Partners 2000 L.P., 8,123,146 shares held by Crosspoint Venture Partners 1996, and 5,607,902 shares held by Crosspoint Venture Partners LS2000 L.P., each of which is affiliated with Crosspoint Venture Partners. The address of Crosspoint Venture Partners is 2925 Woodside Road, Woodside, CA 94062.
 
(13) Consists of 40,983,958 shares held by Foundation Capital, L.P., 22,031,492 shares held by Foundation Capital Leadership Fund, L.P., 4,553,770 shares held by Foundation Capital Entrepreneurs Fund, LLC and 587,640 shares held by Foundation Capital Leadership Principals Fund, LLC, each of which is affiliated with Foundation Capital. The address of Foundation Capital is 70 Willow Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.


82


Table of Contents

(14) Consists of 15,318,977 shares held by J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Institutional Investors LLC, 1,929,900 shares held by J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Private Investors LLC and 356,731 shares held by 522 Fifth Avenue Fund, L.P., each of which is affiliated with J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital. The address of J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital is 522 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY 10036. These entities are affiliated with Lehman Brothers Inc., which is acting as an underwriter of this offering.
 
(15) Consists of 32,035,934 shares held by Lehman Brothers VC Partners 2002 L.P., 14,482,932 shares held by Lehman Brothers P.A. LLC, 11,760,017 shares held by LB I Group Inc., 9,171,928 shares held by Lehman Brothers Venture Capital Partners II, L.P., 6,525,266 shares held by Lehman Brothers Partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P. and 1,692,325 shares held by Lehman Brothers Offshore Partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P., each of which is affiliated with Lehman Brothers Venture Partners. The address of Lehman Brothers Venture Partners is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 3, Suite 190, Menlo Park, CA 94025. These entities are affiliated with J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., which is acting as an underwriter of this offering.


83


Table of Contents

 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
Upon consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. A description of the material terms and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws affecting the rights of holders of our capital stock is set forth below. The description is intended as a summary, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the form of our restated certificate of incorporation and the form of our bylaws to be adopted prior to the completion of this offering that will be filed with the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
As of December 31, 2006, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock upon completion of this offering, there were outstanding:
 
  •  328,685,301 shares of our common stock held by approximately 208 stockholders;
 
  •  38,177,695 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options; and
 
  •  708,851 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants.
 
Common Stock
 
Dividend Rights.   Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and only then at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.
 
Voting Rights.   Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to cumulate votes for the election of directors. Our certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.
 
No Preemptive or Similar Rights.   Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.
 
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions.   Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our shareholders are distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights and payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Upon the completion of this offering, each outstanding share of preferred stock will be converted into common stock.
 
Following this offering, we will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.


84


Table of Contents

Options
 
As of December 31, 2006, we had outstanding options to purchase 38,177,695 shares of our common stock under our 1997 stock option plan and a non-plan stock option.
 
Warrants
 
As of December 31, 2006, we had outstanding four warrants to purchase an aggregate of 708,851 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.28. The exercise price of each warrant may be paid either in cash or by surrendering the right to receive shares of common stock having a value equal to the exercise price. The largest of the four warrants is a warrant to purchase 623,675 shares that expires in 2013.
 
Registration Rights
 
Following this offering, the holders of 287,878,041 shares of our common stock issued upon conversion of our preferred stock and warrants will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act, as described below.
 
Demand registration rights.   At any time beginning six months after the completion of this offering, upon the request of holders of at least a majority of the shares having registration rights, or of holders requesting registration of shares having an aggregate value of at least $20 million, we will be obligated to use our best efforts to register such shares. We are required to file no more than two registration statements upon exercise of these demand registration rights. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days once in a 12-month period if we determine that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders.
 
Piggyback registration rights.   If we register any of our securities for public sale, the stockholders with registration rights will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to any of our employee benefit plans or a corporate reorganization. The managing underwriter of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, due to marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders to 25% of the total shares covered by the registration statement.
 
Form S-3 registration rights.   If we register any securities for public sale, the holders of at least 20% of the shares having registration rights can request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $1.0 million. We are required to file no more than two registration statements on Form S-3 upon exercise of these rights 3 per 12-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 for up to 90 days once in a 12-month period if we determine that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders.
 
Registration expenses.   We will pay all expenses incurred in connection with each of the registrations described above, except for underwriters’ and brokers’ discounts and commissions. However, we will not pay for any expenses of any demand registration if the request is subsequently withdrawn by a majority of the holders requesting that we file such a registration statement, subject to limited exceptions.
 
Expiration of registration rights.   The registration rights described above will expire five years after this offering is completed. The registration rights will terminate earlier with respect to a particular stockholder to the extent the shares held by and issuable to such holder may be sold under Rule 144 of the Securities Act in any 90 day period.
 
Holders of substantially all of our shares with these registration rights have signed agreements with the underwriters prohibiting the exercise of their registration rights for 180 days, subject to a possible extension of up to 34 additional days beyond the end of such 180-day period, following the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under the section entitled “Underwriting.”
 
Anti-takeover Provisions
 
Some of the provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company.


85


Table of Contents

 
Delaware Law
 
After we reincorporate in Delaware, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. This section prevents some Delaware corporations from engaging, under some circumstances, in a business combination, which includes a merger or sale of at least 10% of the corporation’s assets with any interested stockholder, meaning a stockholder who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock, unless:
 
  •  the transaction is approved by the board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder;
 
  •  upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or
 
  •  at or subsequent to such time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
 
A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate or incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We do not plan to “opt out” of these provisions. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.
 
Charter and Bylaw Provisions
 
After we reincorporate in Delaware, we expect that our restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws will provide that:
 
  •  following the completion of this offering, no action shall be taken by our stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws and that our stockholders may not act by written consent;
 
  •  our stockholders may not call special meetings of our stockholders or fill vacancies on our board of directors;
 
  •  our board of directors is divided into three classes and the directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, with our stockholders electing one class each year;
 
  •  our board of directors may designate the terms of and issue a new series of preferred stock with voting or other rights without stockholder approval;
 
  •  the approval of holders of two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors will be required to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or amend or repeal the provisions of our bylaws or repeal the provisions of our certificate of incorporation regarding the fixing of the authorized number of directors, the election and removal of directors the classification of our board of directors into three classes, indemnification of directors and the ability of stockholders to take action or call special meetings of stockholders;
 
  •  a majority of the authorized number of directors will have the power to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws without stockholder approval
 
  •  our stockholders may not cumulate votes in the election of directors;
 
  •  directors can only be removed for cause by the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors;
 
  •  we will indemnify directors and officers against losses that they may incur in investigations and legal proceedings resulting from their services to us, which may include services in connection with takeover defense measures.


86


Table of Contents

 
These provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person or entity from acquiring control of us.
 
NASDAQ Global Market Listing
 
We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “SHOR.”
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is          .


87


Table of Contents

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.
 
Upon the completion of this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2006, and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to completion of this offering, we will have          shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options and warrants. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates (as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.
 
Sales of Restricted Securities
 
The remaining 328,685,301 shares of common stock will be deemed restricted securities as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, as a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 (subject in some cases to a right of repurchase by us), these shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) will be available for sale in the public market as follows (subject in some cases to volume limitations under Rule 144):
 
  •  no shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus;
 
  •  321,221,572 shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of lock-up agreements, as described below under “Underwriters,” beginning on the 181st day (subject to a possible extension of up to 34 additional days), after the date of this prospectus, subject to early release by Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., in their sole discretion and subject in some cases to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933; and
 
  •  the remainder of the shares will be eligible for sale from time to time thereafter upon the lapse of our right of repurchase with respect to any unvested shares.
 
Lock-up Agreements
 
We will enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters, and all of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding shares, stock options and warrants have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under the agreement, we may not issue any new shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, and the holders of common stock, options and warrants may not sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. for a period of 180 days, subject to specified exceptions and a possible extension of up to 34 additional days beyond the end of such 180 day period, after the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under the section entitled “Underwriting.”
 
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act as currently in effect, a person, or group of persons whose shares are required to be aggregated, who has beneficially owned shares that are restricted securities


88


Table of Contents

as defined in Rule 144 for at least one year is entitled to sell, within any three-month period commencing 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •  1% of the then outstanding shares of our common stock, which will be approximately           shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
 
In addition, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years would be entitled to sell these shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the requirements described above. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate.
 
Rule 701
 
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell those shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with specified restrictions, including the holding period contained in Rule 144. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to 180 day lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale at the expiration of such agreements.
 
Registration Rights
 
Following this offering, the holders of 287,878,041 shares of our common stock issued upon conversion of our preferred stock and warrants, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act, as described above. For a description of these registration rights, please see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” After these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.
 
Stock Options
 
As of December 31, 2006, options to purchase a total of 38,177,695 shares of our common stock were outstanding. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of our common stock subject to outstanding options, all shares of our common stock issued upon exercise of stock options and all shares of our common stock issuable under our equity incentive and employee stock purchase plans. Accordingly, shares of our common stock issued under these plans will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions and the lock-up agreements described above.


89


Table of Contents

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are acting as the representatives of the underwriters and the joint book-running managers of this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the respective number of common stock shown opposite its name below:
 
         
Underwriters
  Number of Shares  
 
Lehman Brothers Inc. 
                   
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
       
Piper Jaffray & Co. 
       
JMP Securities LLC
       
Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. 
       
         
Total
       
         
 
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase shares of common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:
 
  •  the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true;
 
  •  there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and
 
  •  we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.
 
Commissions and Expenses
 
The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the shares.
 
                 
    No Exercise     Full Exercise  
 
Per share
  $           $        
Total
  $       $  
 
The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $      per share. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms.
 
The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be $      (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions).
 
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
 
We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of           shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than           shares in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional shares based on the underwriter’s underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting Section.


90


Table of Contents

 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
We, our executive officers and directors, and substantially all of our securityholders have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of each of Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., we and they will not directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, pledge, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of common stock (including, without limitation, shares of common stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into common stock or any of our other securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
 
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:
 
  •  during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or
 
  •  prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period,
 
in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on and including the date of the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or occurrence of a material event, unless such extension is waived in writing by Lehman Brothers Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
 
Offering Price Determination
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives will consider:
 
  •  the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
 
  •  our financial information;
 
  •  the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;
 
  •  the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and
 
  •  the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies.
 
We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “SHOR.”
 
Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
 
Indemnification
 
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.


91


Table of Contents

 
Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
 
The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:
 
  •  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
  •  A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  •  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.
 
  •  Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.
 
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
Electronic Distribution
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.
 
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.


92


Table of Contents

 
Discretionary Sales
 
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them or without the prior specific written approval of the customer.
 
Stamp Taxes
 
If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
Relationships/NASD Conduct Rules
 
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans.
 
Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, affiliates of Lehman Brothers Inc. beneficially owned approximately 23% of our outstanding voting securities, and affiliates J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. beneficially owned approximately 5% of our outstanding voting securities. In addition, Brian K. Paul, a partner at Lehman Brothers Venture Partners, which is an affiliate of Lehman Brothers Inc., is a member of our board of directors. Because of these relationships, this offering is being conducted in accordance with Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or NASD. This rule requires that the initial public offering price for our shares cannot be higher than the price recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined by the NASD. Piper Jaffray & Co. is serving as a qualified independent underwriter and will assume the customary responsibilities of acting as a qualified independent underwriter in pricing the offering and conducting due diligence. We have agreed to indemnify Piper Jaffray & Co. against any liabilities arising in connection with its role as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
Selling Restrictions
 
European Economic Area
 
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of shares described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that relevant member state or, where appropriate, approved in another relevant member state and notified to the competent authority in that relevant member state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the relevant implementation date, an offer of securities may be offered to the public in that relevant member state at any time:
 
  •  to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; or
 
  •  to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
 
  •  in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.


93


Table of Contents

 
Each purchaser of shares described in this prospectus located within a relevant member state will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.
 
For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.
 
The sellers of the shares have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.
 
United Kingdom
 
This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive (“Qualified Investors”) that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant persons should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
 
France
 
Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or by the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:
 
  •  released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or
 
  •  used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.
 
Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:
 
  •  to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with, Article L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier; or
 
  •  to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or
 
  •  in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1º-or-2º-or 3ºof the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).
 
The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.


94


Table of Contents

 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich Rosati, Professional Corporation, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements of ShoreTel, Inc. and subsidiaries at June 30, 2005 and 2006, and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.


95


 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
    Page
 
  F-2
  F-3
  F-4
  F-5
  F-6
  F-7


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
ShoreTel, Inc.
Sunnyvale, CA
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ShoreTel, Inc. and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ShoreTel, Inc. and subsidiaries as of June 30, 2005 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 
San Jose, California
October 14, 2006


F-2


Table of Contents

SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                 
                      Pro Forma
 
    June 30,     September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2005     2006     2006     2006  
                (Unaudited)  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
                                 
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 5,373     $ 12,333     $ 13,290          
Restricted cash
    15                      
Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $200, $378 and $422 as of June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, respectively
    9,334       11,479       13,855          
Inventories
    4,663       4,656       4,855          
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    517       852       743          
                                 
Total current assets
    19,902       29,320       32,743          
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT — Net
    1,045       1,556       1,859          
OTHER ASSETS
    13       9       9          
                                 
TOTAL
  $ 20,960     $ 30,885     $ 34,611          
                                 
 
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
                               
Accounts payable
  $ 3,070     $ 3,958     $ 5,321          
Accrued liabilities and other
    1,185       2,272       2,075          
Accrued employee compensation
    1,062       2,918       2,317          
Deferred revenue
    3,837       3,963       4,848          
Current portion of capital lease obligations
    7       1                
                                 
Total current liabilities
    9,161       13,112       14,561          
                                 
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
                               
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations
    1                      
Long-term deferred revenue
    1,230       2,609       2,924          
                                 
Total long-term liabilities
    1,231       2,609       2,924          
                                 
Total liabilities
    10,392       15,721       17,485          
                                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 10)
                               
REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, $0.01 par value; authorized, 235,862,612 shares; issued and outstanding 233,164,369 shares as of June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006 (aggregate liquidation preference of $44,250)
    56,281       56,332       56,345        
                                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT):
                               
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized, 415,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 59,927,915, 92,883,927 and 94,180,191 shares as of June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, respectively, and 327,344,560 shares outstanding pro forma
    587       958       1,040       3,372  
Additional paid-in capital
    48,989       49,319       50,105       104,118  
Deferred compensation
    (36 )     (335 )     (312 )     (312 )
Notes receivable from shareholders
    (372 )     (231 )     (219 )     (219 )
Accumulated deficit
    (94,881 )     (90,879 )     (89,833 )     (89,833 )
                                 
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit)
    (45,713 )     (41,168 )     (39,219 )   $ 17,126  
                                 
TOTAL
  $ 20,960     $ 30,885     $ 34,611          
                                 
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements


F-3


Table of Contents

SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                                         
                      Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
                      (Unaudited)  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
REVENUE:
                                       
Product
  $ 16,587     $ 31,970     $ 55,300     $ 10,000     $ 18,467  
Support and services
    2,241       3,512       6,308       1,214       1,948  
                                         
Total revenue
    18,828       35,482       61,608       11,214       20,415  
COST OF REVENUE:
                                       
Product
    7,725       13,961       21,855       4,044       6,507  
Support and services
    1,660       2,907       5,425       1,078       1,445  
                                         
Total cost of revenue
    9,385       16,868       27,280       5,122       7,952  
GROSS PROFIT
    9,443       18,614       34,328       6,092       12,463  
                                         
OPERATING EXPENSES:
                                       
Research and development
    5,517       7,034       9,720       2,051       3,117  
Sales and marketing
    8,004       10,050       15,699       3,067       5,677  
General and administrative
    2,166       3,045       4,936       875       2,573  
                                         
Total operating expenses
    15,687       20,129       30,355       5,993       11,367  
                                         
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS
    (6,244 )     (1,515 )     3,973       99       1,096  
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
                                       
Interest income
    9       137       292       34       161  
Interest expense
    (22 )     (21 )     (31 )     (1 )      
Other
    6       8       (13 )     (3 )     (4 )
                                         
Total other income (expense)
    (7 )     124       248       30       157  
                                         
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
    (6,251 )     (1,391 )     4,221       129       1,253  
INCOME TAX PROVISION
          (11 )     (219 )     (13 )     (207 )
                                         
NET INCOME (LOSS)
    (6,251 )     (1,402 )     4,002       116       1,046  
ACCRETION OF PREFERRED STOCK
    (26 )     (32 )     (51 )     (13 )     (13 )
                                         
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
  $ (6,277 )   $ (1,434 )   $ 3,951     $ 103     $ 1,033  
                                         
Net income (loss) per common share available to common shareholders:
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.13 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.06     $ 0.00     $ 0.01  
                                         
Diluted
  $ (0.13 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.05     $ 0.00     $ 0.01  
                                         
Shares used in computing net income (loss) per share available to common shareholders:
                                       
Basic
    49,345,069       53,517,065       66,091,748       60,507,022       79,113,086  
Diluted
    49,345,069       53,517,065       84,867,945       72,912,729       101,904,114  
Unaudited pro forma net income per common share available to common shareholders:
                                       
Basic
                  $ 0.01             $ 0.00  
                                         
Diluted
                  $ 0.01             $ 0.00  
                                         
Unaudited shares used in computing pro forma net income per share available to common shareholders:
                                       
Basic
                    299,256,117               312,277,455  
Diluted
                    318,032,314               335,068,483  
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements


F-4


Table of Contents

SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(Dollars in thousands)
 
                                                                           
    Redeemable
                              Notes
             
    Convertible Preferred
                  Additional
    Deferred
    Receivable
          Total
 
    Stock       Common Stock     Paid-In
    Stock
    from
    Accumulated
    Shareholders’
 
    Shares     Amount       Shares     Amount     Capital     Compensation     Shareholders     Deficit     Deficit  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
BALANCES, July 1, 2003
    165,879,614     $ 42,814         56,416,382     $ 564     $ 49,047     $ (163 )   $ (594 )   $ (87,228 )   $ (38,374 )
Issuance of Series G preferred stock net of issuance costs of $51
    20,114,943       3,449                                                            
Accretion of issuance costs
            26                         (26 )                             (26 )
Exercise of common stock options
                      991,400       10                                       10  
Warrants on Series F preferred stock
            11                                                            
Stock-based compensation expense
                                              45                       45  
Net loss and comprehensive net loss
                                                              (6,251 )     (6,251 )
                                                                           
BALANCE — June 30, 2004
    185,994,557       46,300         57,407,782       574       49,021       (118 )     (594 )     (93,479 )     (44,596 )
Issuance of Series H preferred stock net of issuance costs of $51
    47,169,812       9,949                                                            
Accretion of preferred stock
            32                         (32 )                             (32 )
Exercise of common stock options
                      2,520,133       13                                       13  
Stock-based compensation expense
                                              82                       82  
Repayment of shareholder note receivable
                                                      222               222  
Net loss and comprehensive net loss
                                                              (1,402 )     (1,402 )
                                                                           
BALANCE — June 30, 2005
    233,164,369       56,281         59,927,915       587       48,989       (36 )     (372 )     (94,881 )     (45,713 )
Accretion of preferred stock
            51                         (51 )                             (51 )
Exercise of common stock options
                      34,286,679       521                                       521  
Stock-based compensation expense
                                      381       (299 )                     82  
Repurchase of shares exercised under note receivable
                      (460,000 )     (141 )                     141                  
Repurchase of shares early exercised
                      (870,667 )     (9 )                                     (9 )
Net income and comprehensive net income
                                                              4,002       4,002  
                                                                           
BALANCE — June 30, 2006
    233,164,369       56,332         92,883,927       958       49,319       (335 )     (231 )     (90,879 )     (41,168 )
Accretion of preferred stock*
            13                         (13 )                             (13 )
Exercise of common stock options*
                      1,296,264       70                                       70  
Stock-based compensation expense*
                                      799       23                       822  
Repayment of note receivable from shareholder*
                                                      12               12  
Vesting of accrued early exercised stock options*
                              12                                       12  
Net income and comprehensive net income*
                                                              1,046       1,046  
                                                                           
BALANCE — September 30, 2006*
    233,164,369     $ 56,345         94,180,191     $ 1,040     $ 50,105     $ (312 )   $ (219 )   $ (89,833 )   $ (39,219 )
                                                                           
 
                                                                         
 
 
* unaudited
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements


F-5


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
 
                                         
    Year Ended June 30,     Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
                      (Unaudited)  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (6,251 )   $ (1,402 )   $ 4,002     $ 116     $ 1,046  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    721       592       716       142       236  
Stock-based compensation expense
    45       82       82       23       822  
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
                160              
Interest expense on warrants
    11                          
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                                       
Accounts receivable
    (2,788 )     (4,486 )     (2,145 )     (317 )     (2,376 )
Inventories
    (80 )     (3,537 )     7       (1,526 )     (199 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    352       (338 )     (335 )     58       109  
Other assets
    11       39       4       (1 )      
Accounts payable
    1,199       1,020       809       244       1,332  
Accrued liabilities and other
    (103 )     198       605       37       (185 )
Accrued employee compensation
    324       34       1,856       (112 )     (601 )
Deferred revenue
    1,167       2,841       1,505       245       1,200  
                                         
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (5,392 )     (4,957 )     7,266       (1,091 )     1,384  
                                         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
Purchases of property and equipment
    (653 )     (590 )     (1,308 )     (174 )     (508 )
Decrease in restricted cash
                15              
                                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (653 )     (590 )     (1,293 )     (174 )     (508 )
                                         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
Borrowings under line of credit agreement
          6,000       1,000       1,000        
Repayments under line of credit agreement
          (6,000 )     (1,000 )            
Repayment of capital leases
    (142 )     (26 )     (7 )     (1 )     (1 )
Net proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock
    3,449       9,949                    
Exercise of common stock options (including proceeds from unvested shares)
    10       52       1,003       159       70  
Repurchase of early exercised shares
                (9 )            
Repayment of shareholder notes issued in connection with stock option exercises
          222                   12  
                                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    3,317       10,197       987       1,158       81  
                                         
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (2,728 )     4,650       6,960       (107 )     957  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period
    3,451       723       5,373       5,373       12,333  
                                         
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period
  $ 723     $ 5,373     $ 12,333     $ 5,266     $ 13,290  
                                         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                                       
Cash paid during the period for interest
  $ 9     $ 21     $ 31     $ 12     $  
Cash paid during the period for income taxes
    11       11       82       5       61  
NONCASH FINANCING AND INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
Accretion of issuance costs
  $ 26     $ 32     $ 51     $ 13     $ 13  
Assets acquired under capital leases
    19                          
Repurchase of shares issued under notes receivable
                141       141        
Purchase of property and equipment included in period-end accounts payable
    3       28       79       22       31  
Warrants on Series F preferred stock
    11                          
Transfer of loaned inventory from property and equipment to inventory
    387                          
 
See notes to consolidated financial statements


F-6


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.   THE COMPANY AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The Company  — ShoreTel, Inc. was incorporated in California on September 17, 1996. In April 2004, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the change in the Company’s name from Shoreline Communications, Inc to ShoreTel, Inc. ShoreTel, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) provide enterprise internet protocol (“IP”) telecommunications systems. The Company sells systems that generally include hardware, software licenses, post-contractual customer support and, in some cases, additional elements.
 
Fiscal Year End  — The Company operates on a fiscal year ending June 30.
 
Consolidation  — The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries located in Germany and the United Kingdom. All transactions and balances between the parent and the subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation. The functional currency of the subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Functional currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date, and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the period.
 
Use of Estimates  — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties  — The Company participates in a dynamic high-technology industry. Changes in any of the following areas could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s future financial position, results of operations, or cash flows: reliance on sole-source suppliers; advances and trends in new technologies; competitive pressures; changes in the overall demand for its future products; acceptance of the Company’s products; litigation or claims against the Company based on intellectual property, patent, regulatory, or other factors; and the Company’s ability to attract and retain employees necessary to support its growth.
 
Unaudited Financial Information  — The accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2006, consolidated statements of operations and of cash flows for the three months ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2006, consolidated statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and shareholders’ deficit for the three months ended September 30, 2006 and related interim information contained in the notes to the consolidated financial statements are unaudited. In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2006 and its results of operations and its cash flows for the three months ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2006. The results for the three months ended September 30, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007.
 
Unaudited Pro Forma Shareholders’ Equity  — In February 2007, the Company’s board of directors authorized the Company to file a Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to permit the Company to proceed with an initial public offering of its common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, all of the Company’s outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert to an equivalent number of shares of the Company’s common stock. Unaudited pro forma shareholders’ equity as of September 30, 2006 as adjusted for the impact of these conversions, assuming the offering was consummated on September 30, 2006, is disclosed on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.


F-7


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

 
Concentration of Credit Risk  — Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents in money market accounts with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations and collateral is generally not required for trade receivables. At June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, no enterprise customer or channel partner comprised more than 10% of total accounts receivable.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments  — The estimated fair value of all financial instruments, including accounts receivable and the line of credit, was not materially different from the carrying values presented in the balance sheet as they have short maturities and/or interest rates that have not fluctuated significantly.
 
Dependence on Suppliers  — The Company depends in part upon contractors to manufacture, assemble, and deliver items in a timely and satisfactory manner. The Company obtains certain components and subsystems from a single or a limited number of sources. A significant interruption in the delivery of such items could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash  — For the purposes of the consolidated financial statements, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when acquired to be cash equivalents. Restricted cash as of June 30, 2005, was required to secure the Company’s account with its merchant bank card processor.
 
Accounts Receivable  — Accounts receivable is stated net of allowance for doubtful accounts.
 
The change in allowance for doubtful accounts is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
    June 30,     September 30,
 
    2004     2005     2006     2006  
                      (unaudited)  
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts — beginning
  $ 135     $ 119     $ 200     $ 378  
Current period accrual
          202       250       160  
Write-offs charged to accrual
    (16 )     (121 )     (72 )     (116 )
                                 
Allowance for doubtful accounts — ending
  $ 119     $ 200     $ 378     $ 422  
                                 
 
Inventories  — Inventories, which consist principally of finished goods and inventory in process/transit, are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined under a standard cost method that approximates first-in, first-out.
 
Property and Equipment  — Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from two to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the asset or the lease term.
 
Long-Lived Assets  — The Company periodically evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used including intangible assets, when events or circumstances warrant such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset to be held and used is considered impaired when the anticipated separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from such an asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved.
 
Revenue Recognition  — The Company’s revenue is related to the sale of enterprise IP telecommunications systems, which include hardware, primarily phones and voice switches, and software components and may also include training, installation and post-contractual support for the products. The Company’s business strategy is centered on selling to enterprise customers through channel partners, rather than directly. Hence, sales transactions


F-8


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

are generally made to a channel partner. Certain larger enterprise customers prefer to purchase directly from the Company. Many of these large account sales are channel partner-assisted and the Company compensates the channel partner in much the same way as if the channel partner had made the sale directly. The compensation to the channel partner is recorded as an offset to the revenues associated with the direct sale to the enterprise customer.
 
Product Revenue.   The Company’s software is integrated with hardware and is essential to the functionality of the integrated system product. Revenue is recognized for these sales in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , as amended, and Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue Recognition , as applicable, depending on whether the hardware is sold in a multiple-element arrangement with software and post-contractual support or on a stand alone basis if the customer purchases hardware, software, or post-contractual support separately. At the initial purchase, the customer generally bundles together the hardware, software components and up to five years of post-contractual support. Thereafter, if the enterprise customer increases end users and functionality, it may add more hardware, software, and related post-contractual support by purchasing them separately. The Company has established vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value for post-contractual support and other undelivered elements as noted below.
 
Product revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, product has shipped or delivery has occurred (depending on when title passes), the sales price is fixed or determinable and free of contingencies and significant uncertainties, and collection is probable. The fee is considered fixed or determinable at the execution of an agreement, based on specific products and quantities to be delivered at specified prices. The agreements with customers generally do not include rights of return or acceptance provisions. To the extent that the Company’s agreements contain acceptance terms, the Company recognizes revenue upon product acceptance. Even though contractual agreements do not provide return privileges, there are circumstances for which the Company will accept a return. The Company maintains a reserve for such returns based on historical experience. Payment terms to customers generally range from net 30 to net 60 days. In the event payment terms are extended materially from the Company’s standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized when the payment becomes due. The Company assesses the ability to collect from its customers based on a number of factors, including credit worthiness and past transaction history of the customer. If the customer is not deemed credit worthy, the Company defers all revenue from the arrangement until payment is received and all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of product revenue.
 
The Company has arrangements with channel partners of their products to reimburse the channel partners for cooperative marketing costs meeting specified criteria. In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 01-9 (EITF 01-9), Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer (including a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products) , the Company records advertising costs meeting such specified criteria within sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. For those advertising costs that do not meet the criteria set forth in EITF 01-9, the amounts are recorded as a reduction to product revenue.
 
Post-Contractual Support.   The Company’s support and service revenues are primarily derived from post-contractual support. The Company accounts for post-contractual support revenues based on SOP 97-2, which states that “If an arrangement includes multiple elements, the fee should be allocated to the various elements based on vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, regardless of any separate prices stated within the contract for each element”. VSOE of fair value is limited to the price charged when the same element is sold separately. VSOE of fair value is established for support through prior renewals of support from existing customers, which establishes a price based on a stand alone sale.
 
The Company offers one, three and five year support contracts. The decision to procure support is elected by the enterprise customer, but most channel partners and their enterprise customers desire post-contractual support so an initial system sale usually includes post-contractual support. The majority of support contracts are sold to


F-9


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

channel partners, under which the channel partner provides first level support to the enterprise customer and the Company provides support, as needed, to the channel partner. In a lesser number of cases, the Company provides support directly to the enterprise customer.
 
The Company uses the residual method, as allowed by SOP 98-9, modification of SOP 97-2 with respect of certain transactions, to determine the amount of product revenue to be recognized. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered element, support and services, is deferred and the remaining portion of the sales amount is recognized as product revenue. The fair value of the support and services is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related support period, which is typically one to five years.
 
Installation and Training.   Installation is sold on an elective basis. As installation is typically performed by the channel partner or enterprise customer, and it is not considered essential to the functionality of the delivered elements. Installation, when performed by the Company, is by its nature sold only with an accompanying system order. Installation is generally priced at established rates based on estimated hours required to install the accompanying system.
 
Training is also sold on an elective basis both to channel partners and to their enterprise customers and is purchased both with system orders and on a standalone basis. VSOE of fair value is established for training through sales made independent of a bundled order.
 
The Company recognizes revenue related to installation services and training upon delivery of the service.
 
Provisions for returns allowances and product warranties are recorded at the time revenue is recognized based on the Company’s historical experience.
 
Warranties  — In November 2002, the Financial Accounting Standard Board (FASB) issued Financial Interpretation (FIN) No. 45 (FIN 45), Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantee, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others. FIN 45 requires a guarantor to include disclosures of certain obligations, and if applicable, at the inception of the guarantee, recognize a liability for the fair value of other obligations undertaken in issuing a guarantee.
 
The majority of the Company’s products are covered by a one-year limited manufacturer’s warranty. Estimated contractual warranty obligations are recorded when related sales are recognized based on historical experience. The determination of such provision requires the Company to make estimates of product return rates and expected costs to repair or replace the product under warranty. If actual costs differ significantly from these estimates, additional amounts are recorded when such costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated.
 
The change in accrued warranty expense is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
    June 30,     September 30,
 
    2004     2005     2006     2006  
                      (Unaudited)  
 
Accrued warranty balance — beginning
  $ 70     $ 112     $ 100     $ 206  
Current period accrual
    124       190       646       106  
Warranty expenditures charged to accrual
    (82 )     (202 )     (540 )     (93 )
                                 
Accrued warranty balance — end
  $ 112     $ 100     $ 206     $ 219  
                                 
 
Research and Development Costs  — Research and development expenditures, which include software development costs, are expensed as incurred. Software development costs incurred subsequent to the time a product’s technological feasibility has been established through the time the product is available for general release to customers are subject to capitalization. To date, all software development costs incurred subsequent to the


F-10


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

establishment of technological feasibility have been immaterial. Accordingly, the Company has not capitalized any software development costs.
 
Income Taxes  — The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method as prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. Deferred income taxes are recognized by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance for any tax benefit of which future realization is uncertain.
 
Stock-Based Compensation  — On July 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004) (SFAS 123R),  Share-Based Payment , which requires companies to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the award. The Company has elected to use the Prospective Transition method such that SFAS 123R applies to new awards and to awards modified, repurchased or canceled after the effective date. The Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan (Option Plan). Generally, stock options granted to employees vest 25% one year from the grant date and 1/48 each month thereafter, and have a term of ten years. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period of the individual grants, generally, equal to the vesting period.
 
Prior to July 1, 2006, the Company accounted for these plans using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and FIN No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation — an interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25. Accordingly, no compensation expense is recognized for employee stock options granted with exercise prices greater than or equal to the fair value of the underlying common stock at date of grant. If the exercise price is less than the market value at the date of grant, the difference is recognized as deferred compensation expense, which is amortized over the vesting period. Compensation costs for the portion of awards for which the required service period has not been rendered (such as unvested options) that were outstanding as of July 1, 2006 shall be recognized as the remaining required services are rendered.
 
The following table shows total stock-based compensation expense included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the three months ended September 30, 2005 and September 30, 2006 (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
                      (Unaudited)  
 
Cost of product revenue
  $     $     $     $     $ 1  
Cost of support and services revenue
                16       14       5  
Research and development
                14             17  
Sales and marketing
                7             97  
General and administrative
    45       82       45       9       702  
                                         
Total stock-based compensation expense
  $ 45     $ 82     $ 82     $ 23     $ 822  
                                         
 
There was no tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation expense for the years ended June 30, 2004 and 2005, and the three months ended September 30, 2005. The income tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation expense for the year ended June 30, 2006 and the three months ended September 30, 2006 was not significant.


F-11


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

Had compensation expense under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans been recorded under APB Opinion No. 25, the effect on income from continuing operations, net income and basic and diluted earnings per share for the three months ended September 30, 2006, would have been as follows:
 
  a)  Income from continuing operations would have been $71,000 higher for the three months ended September 30, 2006.
 
  b)  Net income would have been $64,000 higher for the three months ended September 30, 2006.
 
  c)  Basic and diluted earnings per share would have no difference for the three months ended September 30, 2006.
 
The Company accounts for stock issued to nonemployees in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123 and EITF Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with Selling Goods or Services. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value options granted to nonemployees. The related expense is recorded over the period in which the related services are received.
 
Determining Fair Value of Stock Compensation
 
Valuation and amortization method  — The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing formula and a single option award approach. This fair value is then amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally the vesting period.
 
Expected Term  — The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company has elected to use the safe harbor method described in SAB 107 to compute expected term. The Company’s stock plan provides for a 10 year term to expiration. The options granted during the three months ended September 30, 2006 vest over four years with a one year cliff. Based on the above, the Company computed an expected term of 6.08 years under the safe harbor method. The Company will review the expected term annually to ensure that assumptions remain appropriate.
 
Expected Volatility  — Management estimates volatility for option grants by evaluating the average historical volatility of its peer group for the period immediately preceding the option grant for a term that is approximately equal to the option’s expected term. For the three months ended September 30, 2006, the Company has estimated future volatility (based on its peer group) to be approximately 68%. Management believes historical volatility to be the best estimate of future volatility. Volatility will be analyzed on an annual basis unless management becomes aware of events that would indicate more frequent analysis is necessary.
 
Risk-Free Interest Rate  — The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation method is based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term. For the three months ended September 30, 2006 the rate used was 4.8%
 
Expected Dividend  — The Company has not issued dividends to date and does not anticipate issuing dividends.
 
Foreign currency translation  — The Company’s foreign operations are subject to exchange rate fluctuations and foreign currency transaction costs, however, the majority of sales transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars. Foreign currency denominated sales, costs and expenses are recorded at the average exchange rates during the year. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of operations.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

 
Other income (expense)  — Other income (expense) includes net foreign currency transaction (gains) losses of $0, $2,000 and $19,000 in the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $3,000 and $(1,000) in the three months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
Comprehensive Income/Loss  — The Company has no components of other comprehensive income (loss), therefore net income (loss) equals comprehensive income (loss) for all periods presented.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154 (SFAS 154), Accounting Changes and Error Corrections that replaces APB No. 20 Accounting Changes and SFAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements — An Amendment of APB Opinion No 28. SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes retrospective application, or the latest practicable date, as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle and the reporting of a correction of an error. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005.
 
In June 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48 (FIN 48), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes . FIN 48 applies to all tax positions within the scope of FASB Statement No. 109, applies a “more likely than not” threshold for tax benefit recognition, identifies a defined methodology for measuring benefits and increases the disclosure requirements for companies. FIN 48 is mandatory for years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the effects of this new accounting standard.
 
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued SAB 108 regarding the process of quantifying financial statement misstatements. SAB 108 states that registrants should use both a balance sheet approach and an income statement approach when quantifying and evaluating materiality of a misstatement. The interpretations in SAB 108 contain guidance on correcting errors under the dual approach as well as provide transition guidance for correcting errors. This interpretation does not change the requirements within SFAS 154 for the correction of an error in financial statements. SAB 108 is effective for annual financial statements covering the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. The Company will be required to adopt this interpretation in fiscal year 2007.
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157 (SFAS 157), Fair Value Measurements . This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the Board having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, this Statement does not require any new fair value measurements. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 157 in 2008 to have a material impact on its results of operations or financial position.
 
2.   NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
 
Basic net income (loss) per share is determined by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income per share is determined by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares used in the basic net income (loss) per share calculation, plus the number of common shares that would be issued assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive securities outstanding under the treasury stock method. Unaudited pro forma basic net income per share allocable to common shareholders has been computed to give effect to the assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock at September 30, 2006 into common stock upon the closing of the Company’s initial public offering on an if-converted basis for the year ended June 30, 2006 and the three months ended September 30, 2006.


F-13


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

 
The following table is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used in computing basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (dollars in thousands, except per share data):
 
                                         
          Three Months
 
          Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
                      (Unaudited)  
 
Numerator:
                                       
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
  $ (6,277 )   $ (1,434 )   $ 3,951     $ 103     $ 1,033  
                                         
Denominator:
                                       
Weighted average common shares outstanding net of common shares subject to repurchase (basic)
    49,345,069       53,517,065       66,091,748       60,507,022       79,113,086  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                                       
Common equivalent shares from options to purchase common stock
                18,152,522       12,405,707       22,167,353  
Common equivalent shares from common stock warrants
                623,675             623,675  
                                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding (diluted)
    49,345,069       53,517,065       84,867,945       72,912,729       101,904,114  
                                         
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders:
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.13 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.06     $ 0.00     $ 0.01  
                                         
Diluted
  $ (0.13 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.05     $ 0.00     $ 0.01  
                                         
Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock*
                    233,164,369               233,164,369  
Shares used in computing pro forma net income per common share available to common shareholders:
                                       
Basic*
                    299,256,117               312,277,455  
Diluted*
                    318,032,314               335,068,483  
Pro forma net income per common share available to common shareholders:
                                       
Basic*
                  $ 0.01             $ 0.00  
                                         
Diluted*
                  $ 0.01             $ 0.00  
                                         
 
 
* Unaudited
 
Anti-dilutive common equivalent shares related to stock options excluded from the calculation of diluted shares were approximately 5,591,467, 8,765,140 and 8,018,124 for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and 5,898,233 and 1,155,120 for the three months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively.


F-14


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

Anti-dilutive common equivalent shares from common stock warrants were approximately 78,318 for the year ended June 30, 2006 and the three months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006.
 
3.   BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS
 
Balance sheet components consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                         
                As of
 
    As of June 30,     September 30,
 
    2005     2006     2006  
                (Unaudited)  
 
Inventories:
                       
Raw materials
  $ 256     $     $  
Inventory in process/transit
    2,058       100       981  
Finished goods
    2,349       4,556       3,874  
                         
Total inventories
  $ 4,663     $ 4,656     $ 4,855  
                         
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
                       
Prepaid expenses
  $ 517     $ 786     $ 738  
Contract manufacturing receivables
          66       5  
                         
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets
  $ 517     $ 852     $ 743  
                         
Property and equipment:
                       
Computer equipment and tooling
  $ 3,057     $ 4,143     $ 4,649  
Software
    946       1,034       1,071  
Furniture and fixtures
    283       350       350  
Construction in progress
    220              
Leasehold improvements
    202       311       311  
                         
Total property and equipment
    4,708       5,838       6,381  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    3,663       4,282       4,522  
                         
Property and equipment — net
  $ 1,045     $ 1,556     $ 1,859  
                         
 
As of June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, computer equipment and tooling included $112,000, $0, and $92,000, respectively, of inventory items held within various departments of the Company for testing and development purposes, net of accumulated depreciation.
 
As of June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, computer equipment and tooling also included amounts for equipment acquired under capital leases of $890,000 with related accumulated amortization of $879,000, $890,000 and $890,000, respectively.
 
4.   RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Unsecured Promissory Note  — In October 1997, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of $350,000 to an officer and shareholder. The note bears interest at 6.34% per annum. The principal and any accrued but unpaid interest were due on the earlier of (a) October 27, 2004 or (b) two years after the termination of the officer’s employment, the Company’s initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of the Company. In 2002, the Company forgave $230,000 and the remaining balance in default was fully reserved.


F-15


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

 
5.   DEBT
 
Capital Leases  — In August 2003, the Company entered into a capital equipment lease for $19,000 with payments due monthly over a 36-month term. As of June 30, 2005, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, the Company had a balance of $8,000, $1,000 and $0, respectively, due under the lease.
 
Bank Agreement  — In connection with a previous loan agreement, in 2004 the Company issued to the bank a vested warrant to purchase 623,675 shares of common stock at $0.08 per share. The value attributable to the warrants was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: contractual life equal to 1 year; risk free interest rate of 4.09%; volatility of 60%; and no dividends during the expected term. The estimated fair value of the warrants of $11,000 was recorded as interest expense over the life of the loan. As of September 30, 2006, all such warrants remained outstanding.
 
On June 27, 2005, the Company modified its Loan and Security agreement dated September 29, 2003, and amended July 30, 2004, with the bank. For the period commencing June 27, 2005 through and including June 26, 2006, the debt is not to exceed the lesser of $8 million or the Company’s “Borrowing Base.” For the period commencing June 27, 2006 through and including June 26, 2007, the debt is not to exceed the lesser of $12 million or the Borrowing Base. The Borrowing Base equals the sum of (i) 80% of the amount of eligible accounts plus (ii) 25% of the value of eligible inventory. Interest will accrue on outstanding borrowings at a rate equal to the sum of (i) the prime rate in effect plus (ii) 0.50% per annum, provided, however, that if the Company’s adjusted quick ratio is less than 1.50:1.00, the foregoing margin over the prime rate shall be increased to 1.50% per annum. The loan matures June 26, 2007. The line of credit includes two financial covenants. The Company must (i) maintain a tangible net worth of not less than $5 million and (ii) shall maintain an adjusted quick ratio of not less than 1.50:1.00, provided, however, that the Company’s failure to maintain the stated adjusted quick ratio shall not be considered an event of default under the Loan Agreement and shall instead be a condition precedent upon which the satisfaction of certain additional obligations of the Company shall be effective.
 
The loan agreement is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets. At September 30, 2006, no balance was outstanding on the line of credit.
 
6.   INCOME TAXES
 
The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Three Months Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
                      (Unaudited)  
 
Current:
                                       
Federal
  $     $ 4     $ 114     $ 3     $ 151  
State
                99       8       51  
Foreign
          7       6       2       5  
                                         
    $     $ 11     $ 219     $ 13     $ 207  
                                         


F-16


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

The difference between the income tax provision and the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate to income (loss) before income taxes is as follows (in thousands):
 
                         
    2004     2005     2006  
 
Income tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory rate
  $     $ (478 )   $ 1,450  
Federal effect of state deferred taxes
          (214 )     (242 )
Credits
          (284 )     (284 )
State taxes
                99  
Other
          129       327  
Change in valuation allowance
          858       (1,131 )
                         
Total
  $     $ 11     $ 219  
                         
 
Significant components of deferred tax assets at June 30 consist of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    2005     2006  
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 32,848     $ 31,246  
Tax credit carryforwards
    3,915       4,514  
Other
    2,038       1,908  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    38,801       37,668  
Less valuation allowance
    (38,801 )     (37,668 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $     $  
                 
 
At June 30, 2006, the Company had approximately $84.4 million and $44.6 million of federal and California net operating loss carryforwards, respectively. The Company believes it has had multiple ownership changes as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC), due to significant stock transactions in previous years, that may limit the future realization of its net operating loss carryforwards. Based on estimates prepared to date, the Company believes Section 382 could result in the forfeiture of approximately $72 million of net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes. Management believes there could also be an impact on the Company’s ability to utilize California net operating loss carryforwards as a result of Section 382. As the Company’s analysis is incomplete, these estimates are uncertain. The net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2017 and 2007 for federal and California purposes, respectively.
 
As of June 30, 2006, the Company had research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $2.5 million and $2.8 million, which can be used to reduce future federal and California income taxes, respectively. Federal research and development tax credit carryforwards will expire beginning in fiscal 2012 through 2026. California research and development tax credits will carry forward indefinitely. In addition, a portion of the federal research tax credit carryforwards may be subject to forfeiture due to Section 382 ownership changes under IRC Section 383. Management is in the process of determining the impact of Section 383 on the tax credit carryforwards.
 
As of June 30, 2006, the Company had unused California manufacturers’ investment credits of approximately $85,000, which will expire beginning in fiscal 2007 through 2010. As of June 30, 2006, the Company also has Alternative Minimum Tax credits of approximately $107,000 and $19,000 for federal and for California respectively, which may be carried forward indefinitely.
 
The Company had recorded a 100% valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets, due to the uncertainty regarding the magnitude of the Section 382 and 383 limitations as well as uncertainty concerning future taxable income.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

7.   REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND PREFERRED STOCK WARRANTS

 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock and preferred stock warrants consisted of the following:
 
                                 
    September 30, 2006  
    Shares
    Shares
    Carrying
    Redemption and
 
Series
  Authorized     Outstanding     Value     Liquidation Value  
    (Unaudited)  
 
E
    33,864,118       31,789,550     $ 29,749,000     $ 20,000,000  
F
    134,713,739       134,090,064       10,716,000       10,750,000  
G
    20,114,943       20,114,943       3,478,000       3,500,000  
H
    47,169,812       47,169,812       9,972,000       10,000,000  
Warrants
                    2,430,000          
                                 
      235,862,612       233,164,369     $ 56,345,000     $ 44,250,000  
                                 
 
                                 
    June 30, 2006  
    Shares
    Shares
    Carrying
    Redemption and
 
Series
  Authorized     Outstanding     Value     Liquidation Value  
 
E
    33,864,118       31,789,550     $ 29,746,000     $ 20,000,000  
F
    134,713,739       134,090,064       10,712,000       10,750,000  
G
    20,114,943       20,114,943       3,475,000       3,500,000  
H
    47,169,812       47,169,812       9,969,000       10,000,000  
Warrants
                    2,430,000          
                                 
      235,862,612       233,164,369     $ 56,332,000     $ 44,250,000  
                                 
 
                                 
    June 30, 2005  
    Shares
    Shares
    Carrying
    Redemption and
 
Series
  Authorized     Outstanding     Value     Liquidation Value  
 
E
    33,864,118       31,789,550     $ 29,732,000     $ 20,000,000  
F
    134,713,739       134,090,064       10,698,000       10,750,000  
G
    20,114,943       20,114,943       3,464,000       3,500,000  
H
    47,169,812       47,169,812       9,957,000       10,000,000  
Warrants
                    2,430,000          
                                 
      235,862,612       233,164,369     $ 56,281,000     $ 44,250,000  
                                 
 
The holders of preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:
 
Redemption  — At any time beginning on October 14, 2007, each series of preferred stock may make a written request for redemption of the preferred stock, and upon consent of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of such series of preferred stock, with each such series of preferred stock voting as a single class, the Company must redeem the specified percentage of Series E, F, G, and H preferred stock at a price equal to $0.629, $0.080, $0.174, and $0.212 per share, respectively, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. The Company shall effect such redemption, from any source of funds legally available therefore, in four equal installments with the first installment being made 45 days after receiving the redemption request, and thereafter in three equal installments on each of the following three anniversaries of the initial redemption date.


F-18


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

 
Voting  — Each share of preferred stock has voting rights equal to the equivalent number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible and generally votes together as one class with the common stock.
 
As long as at least 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock are outstanding, the holders of the preferred stock, voting together as a single class shall be entitled to elect three directors to the Board of Directors. If less than 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock is outstanding, holders of preferred stock and common stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, will be entitled to elect such directors to the Board.
 
In addition, so long as at least 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock remain outstanding, the Company shall not without first obtaining the approval of the holders of a majority of the preferred shares then outstanding, voting together as a single class: (i) repurchase or redeem any shares of preferred shares; (ii) repurchase any shares of common stock (other than common stock that are subject to restricted stock purchase/stock option exercise agreements where the Company has the option to repurchase the shares); (iii) authorize, create, or issue any other equity security having rights or preferences senior to or on par with the holders of preferred stock; (iv) declare or pay any dividend with respect to common stock; (v) consummate an acquisition; (vi) permit a subsidiary to sell shares; (vii) increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of preferred stock; (viii) materially and adversely alter or change any of the rights, preferences, privileges, or restrictions of any series of preferred stock; (ix) increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the board; and (x) liquidate or dissolve the Company or voluntarily file for bankruptcy.
 
Dividends  — Holders of the preferred stock shall be entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum rate of 8% of the original issue price, when and if declared by the Board. No dividends were declared by the board of directors during the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 or the three months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006.
 
Liquidation  — In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of each share of preferred stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, out of the available funds and assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution on any shares of common stock, an amount per share equal to the original issue price for the applicable series of preferred stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends. If, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the available funds and assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of the preferred stock of their full preferential amounts, then all of the available funds and assets shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding preferred stock pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis, according to the respective liquidation preference for each series as set forth above. The remaining assets, if any, shall be distributed ratably among the holders of common stock and the holders of preferred stock on an as-if-converted basis.
 
Conversion  — Each share of preferred stock is convertible into one share of common stock at the option of the holder. The conversion ratio into common stock is subject to certain adjustments to prevent dilution. Each share of preferred stock automatically converts into the number of shares of common stock at the then effective conversion ratio upon: (i) the closing of a public offering of common stock at a price per share of at least $0.645 and an aggregate gross offering price to the public of at least $20,000,000; or (ii) the consent of the majority of holders of preferred stock, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis.
 
Each share of preferred stock is convertible into the number of shares of common stock which results from dividing the original issue price for such series of preferred stock by the conversion price for such series of preferred stock that is in effect that the time of conversion. The initial conversion price for each series of preferred stock was the original issue price for such series of preferred stock. The conversion price for each series of preferred stock is subject to adjustment from time to time.


F-19


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

 
Preferred Stock Warrants  — In prior years, the Company issued warrants to purchase preferred stock. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants at the time of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. As a result of the Series F preferred stock financing, outstanding warrants for Series C and Series D preferred stock became exercisable for common stock as follows:
 
  •  Warrants to purchase 6,858 shares of common stock issued with respect to the equipment lease line signed in June 1998, exercisable at $2.12 per share.
 
  •  Warrants to purchase 12,713 shares of common stock issued with respect to the equipment lease line signed in March 2000, exercisable at $3.93 per share.
 
  •  Warrants to purchase 12,243 shares of common stock issued in February 2001 for consulting services, exercisable at $2.62 per share.
 
The Company also has the following Series E and Series F preferred stock warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2006.
 
  •  Warrants to purchase 53,362 shares of Series E preferred stock issued with respect to the line of credit in March 2001, exercisable at $0.94 per share which shares are convertible to 53,362 shares of common stock.
 
  •  Warrants to purchase 623,675 shares of Series F preferred stock issued with respect to the line of credit in September 2003, exercisable at $0.08 per share which shares are convertible to 623,675 shares of common stock.
 
While the value of these warrants is fixed, the quantity of shares and the price per share may vary for certain of the warrants upon the subsequent offering of preferred stock at a lower price per share.
 
8.   COMMON STOCK
 
At September 30, 2006, 13,798,641 shares of common stock were subject to repurchase in connection with the early exercise of incentive stock options under the Company’s stock option plan.
 
Common Shares Reserved for Issuance
 
At September 30, 2006, the Company has reserved shares of common stock for issuance as follows:
 
         
Reserved under stock option plan
    38,716,582  
Conversion of Series E preferred stock
    31,789,550  
Conversion of Series F preferred stock
    134,090,064  
Conversion of Series G preferred stock
    20,114,943  
Conversion of Series H preferred stock
    47,169,812  
Reserved for warrants
    708,851  
         
Total
    272,589,802  
         
 
9.   STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
In January 1997, the Board of Directors and shareholders adopted the 1997 stock option plan (the “Plan”) which, as amended, provides for granting incentive stock options (“ISOs”) and nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”) for shares of common stock to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. In September 2006, the Company’s board of directors increased the number of shares authorized and reserved for issuance under


F-20


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

the Plan to 94,833,247 shares of common stock. In accordance with the Plan, the stated exercise price shall not be less than 100% and 85% of the estimated fair market value of common stock on the date of grant for ISOs and NSOs, respectively, as determined by the Board of Directors. The Plan provides that the options shall be exercisable over a period not to exceed ten years. Options generally vest ratably over four years from the date of grant. Options granted to certain executive officers are exercisable immediately and unvested shares issued upon exercise are subject to repurchase by the Company at the exercise price. During fiscal year 2006, 870,667 unvested shares issued upon exercise of options were repurchased under this provision. There were no repurchases in fiscal years 2004 or 2005 or in the three months ended September 30, 2006. The Company’s repurchase right for such options lapses as the options vest, generally over a four-year period.
 
During fiscal years 2006 and 2005, the Company had outstanding loans to certain executives and employees pursuant to the Plan for the purchase of stock upon the exercise of incentive stock options in the aggregate amounts of $231,000 and $372,000, respectively. The loan agreements allow the Company to repurchase the unvested shares within 60 days of termination at a price equal to the original exercise price. The loans bear interest at rates ranging from 6.4% — 8.0% per annum and are due upon the earlier of termination of employment or four years from the option exercise date. All loans are due by June 30, 2006. In fiscal 2002, as part of his termination settlement, the Company repurchased unvested shares and amended the terms of the remaining notes issued to the former CEO, such that they are nonrecourse. In March 2003, the Company amended the terms of the remaining loans, such that they are nonrecourse. Of the 2,717,900 shares purchased, 1,274,176 were unvested at the time of the note amendments. Due to the conversion of these full recourse notes to non-recourse, the deemed new awards will be subject to variable accounting. As such, additional stock-based compensation expense will be recorded to the extent the Company’s share price appreciates above the value for which the Company has already recorded compensation charges. Stock-based compensation expense recorded for these awards in fiscal 2004, 2005, 2006 and the three month periods ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, was $45,000, $82,000, $54,000, $23,000 and $699,000 respectively.
 
During fiscal 2006, one employee was terminated and the Company repurchased 460,000 unvested shares issued upon exercise of options and wrote off the balance of his loan of $141,000 plus accrued interest of $40,000. During fiscal 2005, one employee repaid his loan in the amount of $222,000 plus accrued interest of $40,000. During the three months ended September 30, 2006, one employee repaid his loan in the amount of $12,000 plus accrued interest of $7,000.


F-21


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

 
Transactions under the Plan are summarized as follows:
 
                         
          Shares
    Weighted-
 
    Shares
    Subject to
    Average
 
    Available
    Options
    Exercise
 
    for Grant     Outstanding     Price  
 
Outstanding — July 1, 2003
    15,058,689       21,309,657     $ 0.07  
Adjustment to shares authorized on issuance of Series F preferred stock
    (205,750 )                
Options granted (weighted average fair value of $0.01 per share)
    (9,046,000 )     9,046,000       0.03  
Options exercised
            (991,400 )     0.01  
Options canceled
    2,628,808       (2,628,808 )     0.04  
                         
Outstanding — June 30, 2004
    8,435,747       26,735,449     $ 0.07  
Shares authorized on issuance of Series H preferred stock
    25,317,795                  
Options granted (weighed-average fair value of $0.01 per share)
    (29,806,295 )     29,806,295       0.03  
Options exercised
            (2,520,133 )     0.09  
Options canceled
    662,577       (662,577 )     0.16  
                         
Outstanding — June 30, 2005
    4,609,824       53,359,034     $ 0.04  
Shares authorized
    15,000,000                  
Options granted (weighed-average fair value of $0.04 per share)
    (13,000,500 )     13,000,500       0.07  
Options exercised
            (34,286,679 )     0.03  
Options repurchased
    1,330,667               0.11  
Options canceled
    1,294,233       (1,294,233 )     0.05  
                         
Outstanding — June 30, 2006
    9,234,224       30,778,622     $ 0.06  
Options granted (weighed-average fair value of $0.44 per share) (unaudited)
    (3,261,500 )     3,261,500       0.17  
Options exercised (unaudited)
            (1,296,264 )     0.05  
Options canceled (unaudited)
    396,917       (396,917 )     0.04  
                         
Outstanding — September 30, 2006 (unaudited)
    6,369,641       32,346,941     $ 0.07  
                         
Options exercisable at September 30, 2006 (unaudited)
            14,339,313     $ 0.06  
                         


F-22


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

The following table summarizes information about outstanding and exercisable options at the period end shown:
 
                                                         
    As of June 30, 2006     As of September 30, 2006  
    Shares
    Weighted
          Shares
    Weighted
             
    Subject
    Average
    Weighted
    Subject
    Average
    Weighted
       
    to
    Remaining
    Average
    to
    Remaining
    Average
    Aggregate
 
    Options
    Contractual
    Exercise
    Options
    Contractual
    Exercise
    Intrinsic
 
Exercise Prices
  Outstanding     Life (Years)     Price     Outstanding     Life (Years)     Price     Value  
                      (Unaudited)  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  
 
$0.01
    5,138,657       6.62     $ 0.01       4,674,391       6.38     $ 0.01          
$0.03
    5,385,880       7.58     $ 0.03       5,170,360       7.33     $ 0.03          
$0.04
    9,037,122       8.92     $ 0.04       8,598,685       8.67     $ 0.04          
$0.08
    3,691,667       9.54     $ 0.08       3,628,334       9.28     $ 0.08          
$0.10
    6,959,701       7.11     $ 0.10       8,273,076       7.39     $ 0.10          
$0.20
    132,345       3.40     $ 0.20       132,345       2.85     $ 0.20          
$0.25
          .00     $       1,436,500       9.92     $ 0.25          
$0.30
    129,000       3.69     $ 0.30       129,000       3.44     $ 0.30          
$0.60
    304,250       4.22     $ 0.60       304,250       3.96     $ 0.60          
                                                         
Total Outstanding
    30,778,622       7.87     $ 0.06       32,346,941       7.83     $ 0.07     $ 18,749  
                                                         
Exercisable
    13,100,934       6.52     $ 0.07       14,339,313       6.44     $ 0.06     $ 8,417  
Vested and expected to vest
    30,778,622       0.70     $ 0.06       29,136,093       0.68     $ 0.07     $ 16,939  
 
10.   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Leases  — The Company leases its facilities under noncancelable operating leases which expire by September 2007. The leases provide for the lessee to pay all cost of utilities, insurance, and taxes. On October 1, 2005, the Company renegotiated its lease with its landlord. The square footage was increased on its primary facility under lease.
 
Future minimum lease payments under the noncancelable leases as of June 30, 2006, were as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Years Ending June 30
     
 
2007
  $ 712  
2008
    186  
         
    $ 898  
         
 
Lease obligations for the Company’s foreign offices are cited in foreign currencies, which were converted herein to U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate on June 30, 2006.
 
Rent expense for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, was $453,000, $475,000 and $594,000, respectively, and $111,000 and $183,000 during the three months ended September 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
Purchase commitments  — As of June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, the Company had non-cancelable purchase commitments with contract manufacturers totaling approximately $7,120,000 and $8,062,000, respectively, for finished goods.


F-23


Table of Contents

 
SHORETEL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2006 AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
SEPTEMBER 30, 2005 AND 2006 IS UNAUDITED)

 
Litigation  — The Company is from time to time subject to various lawsuits. The Company does not believe that the outcome of any pending litigation is likely to be material, but due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, there is a risk that the outcome of pending or any future litigation could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, cash flows, or results of operations.
 
Indemnification —  Under the indemnification provisions of the Company’s customer agreements, the Company agrees to indemnify and defend its customers against infringement of any patent, trademark, or copyright of any country or the misappropriation of any trade secret, arising from the customers’ legal use of the Company’s services. The exposure to the Company under these indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total amount paid by the customers under pertinent agreements. However, certain indemnification provisions potentially expose the company to losses in excess of the aggregate amount received from the customer. To date, there have been no claims against the Company or its customers pertaining to such indemnification provisions and no amounts have been recorded.
 
11.   EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
 
The Company adopted a defined contribution retirement plan which has been determined by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) to be qualified as a 401(k) plan (“the Plan”). The Plan covers substantially all employees. The Plan provides for voluntary tax deferred contributions of 1 — 20% of gross compensation, subject to certain IRS limitations. Based on approval by the Board of Directors, the Company may make matching contributions to the Plan. No matching contributions have been made as of September 30, 2006.
 
12.   SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
SFAS No. 131 (SFAS 131), Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , established standards for reporting information about operating segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company is organized as, and operates in, one reportable segment: the development and sale of IP voice communication systems. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by geographic region, for purposes of evaluating financial performance and allocating resources. The Company has operations in North America and Europe; however, the portion of revenues that Europe contributes is less than 10% of consolidated revenues. As such, it does not meet the requirement under SFAS 131 to be reported as a separate segment. Revenue is attributed by geographic location based on the location of the billing address of the channel partner or enterprise customer if sold directly to the enterprise customer. The Company’s assets are primarily located in the United States of America and not allocated to any specific region.
 
The following presents total revenue by geographic region (in thousands):
 
                                         
          Three Months
 
          Ended
 
    Year Ended June 30,     September 30,  
    2004     2005     2006     2005     2006  
                      (Unaudited)  
 
North America
  $ 18,633     $ 34,863     $ 60,954     $ 11,021     $ 20,210  
Europe
    195       619       654       193       205  
                                         
Total
  $ 18,828     $ 35,482     $ 61,608     $ 11,214     $ 20,415  
                                         
 
* * * * * *


F-24


Table of Contents

(SHORETEL LOGO)


Table of Contents

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
The following table sets forth the fees and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the registration of common stock hereunder. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.
 
         
    Amount to be Paid  
 
SEC Registration Fee
  $ 9,095  
NASD Filing Fee
    9,125  
NASDAQ Global Market Initial Listing Fee
    5,000  
Legal Fees and Expenses
    *  
Accounting Fees and Expenses
    *  
Printing and Engraving Expenses
    *  
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses
    *  
Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees
    *  
Miscellaneous Expenses
    *  
         
Total
  $ *  
         
 
 
* To be completed by amendment.
 
ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the personal liability of a director for monetary damages resulting from breach of his fiduciary duty as a director.
 
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s bylaws provide that:
 
  •  the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to certain limited exceptions;
 
  •  the Registrant may also indemnify its other employees and agents in its discretion;
 
  •  the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding subject to certain limited exceptions, and to the extent the Delaware General Corporation Law so requires, such advances may be conditioned on the director or officer’s agreement to repay any such advanced expenses if it is determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under the Registrant’s bylaws; and
 
  •  the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.
 
In addition, the Registrant has entered into indemnity agreements with each of its current directors and officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of directors and officers for all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were agents of the Registrant, subject to limited exceptions. Some of the directors of the Registrant have entered into


II-1


Table of Contents

agreements with investment entities with which they are affiliated that provide for the indemnification of such directors (entered into in connection with such entities’ investments in the Registrant).
 
The Registrant currently carries liability insurance for its directors and officers.
 
The Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its directors and officers for certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or otherwise.
 
Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:
 
         
Exhibit Document
  Number  
 
Form of Underwriting Agreement
    1.1  
Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
    3.1  
Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon the completion of this offering
    3.2  
Registrant’s Bylaws
    3.3  
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective following the completion of this offering
    3.4  
Form of Indemnity Agreement
    10.1  
 
ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
Since January 1, 2004, the Registrant has issued and sold the following securities:
 
1. From January 1, 2004 to February 12, 2007, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 62,605,295 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.10 per share, respectively, to our employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under our 1997 Stock Option Plan and a non-plan stock option.
 
2. From January 1, 2004 to February 12, 2007, we issued and sold an aggregate of 43,113,263 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants, directors and other service providers at prices ranging from $0.01 to $0.60 per share under direct issuances or exercises of options granted under our 1997 Stock Option Plan.
 
3. On March 1, 2004, we issued 20,114,943 shares of our Series G Preferred Stock to private investors at a price of $0.174 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.5 million in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Each share of Series G Preferred Stock will convert automatically into common stock upon the completion of this offering.
 
4. On October 20, 2004, we issued 47,169,812 shares of Series H Preferred Stock to private investors at a price of $0.212 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10 million in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Each share of Series H Preferred Stock will convert automatically into common stock upon the completion of this offering.
 
All sales of common stock made pursuant to our 1997 Stock Option Plan or any non-plan stock option, including pursuant to exercise of stock options, were made in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
 
All sales indicated as having been made in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act were made without general solicitation or advertising. Each purchaser was a sophisticated investor with access to all relevant information necessary to evaluate the investment and represented to the Registrant that the shares were being acquired for investment.


II-2


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
(a)  The following exhibits are filed herewith:
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Title
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3 .2   Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon completion of this offering with the Delaware Secretary of State.
  3 .3   Bylaws of the Registrant.
  3 .4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of this offering.
  4 .1*   Form of Registrant’s Common Stock certificate.
  4 .2   Seventh Amended and Restated Rights Agreement dated October 20, 2004 by and among the Registrant and certain of its equityholders.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP.
  10 .1*   Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
  10 .2   1997 Stock Option Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement.
  10 .3   2007 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement.
  10 .4   2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10 .5†   Shoretel Executive Bonus Incentive Plan for the second half of fiscal 2006.
  10 .6*   Shoretel Executive Bonus Incentive Plan for the first half of fiscal 2007.
  10 .7   Offer Letter, dated as of July 14, 2004, by the Registrant and John W. Combs.
  10 .8   Offer Letter, dated as of March 10, 2003, by the Registrant and John Finegan.
  10 .9   Offer Letter, dated as of September 8, 2005, by the Registrant and Joseph A. Vitalone.
  10 .10   Offer Letter, dated as of April 13, 2005, by the Registrant and Walter Weisner.
  10 .11   Change of Control Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2004, between the Registrant and John W. Combs.
  10 .12   Change of Control Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2003, between the Registrant and John Finegan.
  10 .13   Change of Control Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2001, between the Registrant and Edwin J. Basart.
  10 .14   Separation Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2004, between the Registrant and Thomas van Overbeek.
  10 .15   Sublease, dated as of October 1998, between Registrant and Applied Materials, Inc., as amended.
  10 .16†   ODM Product Development and Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2004, between Registrant and Giant Electronics Ltd., as amended.
  10 .17   Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated October 28, 2005, between Registrant and Jabil Circuit, Inc.
  23 .1*   Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  23 .2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (see signature page hereto).
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
An application for confidential treatment of selected portions of this agreement has been filed with the Commission.
 
(b)  Financial Statement Schedules.


II-3


Table of Contents

 
All schedules have been omitted because they are either inapplicable or the required information has been given in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the completion specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on February 11, 2007.
 
SHORETEL, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/   John W. Combs
John W. Combs
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John W. Combs and John Finegan, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
             
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/   John W. Combs

John W. Combs
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   February 11, 2007
         
/s/   John Finegan

John Finegan
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
  February 11, 2007
         
/s/   Edwin J. Basart

Edwin J. Basart
  Director   February 11, 2007
         
/s/   Charles D. Kissner

Charles D. Kissner
  Director   February 11, 2007
         
/s/   Seth Neiman

Seth Neiman
  Director   February 11, 2007


II-5


Table of Contents

             
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
/s/   Thomas van Overbeek

Thomas van Overbeek
  Director   February 11, 2007
         
/s/   Brian K. Paul

Brian K. Paul
  Director   February 11, 2007
         
/s/   Edward F. Thompson

Edward F. Thompson
  Director   February 11, 2007


II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Title
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3 .2   Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be filed upon completion of this offering with the Delaware Secretary of State.
  3 .3   Bylaws of the Registrant.
  3 .4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon completion of this offering.
  4 .1*   Form of Registrant’s Common Stock certificate.
  4 .2   Seventh Amended and Restated Rights Agreement dated October 20, 2004 by and among the Registrant and certain of its equityholders.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP.
  10 .1*   Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
  10 .2   1997 Stock Option Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement.
  10 .3   2007 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement.
  10 .4   2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10 .5†   Shoretel Executive Bonus Incentive Plan for the second half of fiscal 2006.
  10 .6*   Shoretel Executive Bonus Incentive Plan for the first half of fiscal 2007.
  10 .7   Offer Letter, dated as of July 14, 2004, by the Registrant and John W. Combs.
  10 .8   Offer Letter, dated as of March 10, 2003, by the Registrant and John Finegan.
  10 .9   Offer Letter, dated as of September 8, 2005, by the Registrant and Joseph A. Vitalone.
  10 .10   Offer Letter, dated as of April 13, 2005, by the Registrant and Walter Weisner.
  10 .11   Change of Control Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2004, between the Registrant and John W. Combs.
  10 .12   Change of Control Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2003, between the Registrant and John Finegan.
  10 .13   Change of Control Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2001, between the Registrant and Edwin J. Basart.
  10 .14   Separation Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2004, between the Registrant and Thomas van Overbeek.
  10 .15   Sublease, dated as of October 1998, between Registrant and Applied Materials, Inc., as amended.
  10 .16†   ODM Product Development and Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2004, between Registrant and Giant Electronics Ltd., as amended.
  10 .17   Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated October 28, 2005, between Registrant and Jabil Circuit, Inc.
  23 .1*   Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  23 .2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (see signature page hereto).
 
 
* To be filed by amendment.
 
An application for confidential treatment of selected portions of this agreement has been filed with the Commission.

 

Exhibit 3.1
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
SHORETEL, INC.
ARTICLE I
     The name of the corporation is ShoreTel, Inc.
ARTICLE II
     The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway, Dover, DE 19901. The name of its registered agent at that address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.
ARTICLE III
     The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE IV
     The total number of shares of stock which the corporation has authority to issue is One Thousand (1,000) shares, all of which shall be Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share.
ARTICLE V
     The Board of Directors of the corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation.
ARTICLE VI
     Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.
ARTICLE VII
     To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director of the corporation shall be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, if the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
     Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of such an inconsistent provision.

1


 

ARTICLE VIII
     The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Patrick Kelly, c/o Fenwick & West LLP, 801 California Street, Mountain View, California 94041.
     The undersigned incorporator hereby acknowledges that the foregoing certificate is his act and deed and that the facts stated herein are true.
Dated: January 18, 2007
         
     
  /s/ Patrick Kelly    
  Patrick Kelly, Incorporator   
     
 

2

 

Exhibit 3.2
THIRD RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
SHORETEL, INC.
     ShoreTel, Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies as follows.
     1. The name of the corporation is ShoreTel, Inc. The date of filing its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was January 18, 2007.
     2. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation attached hereto as Exhibit “A” , which is incorporated herein by this reference, and which restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation as previously amended or supplemented, has been duly adopted by the corporation’s Board of Directors and by the stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, with the approval of the corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this corporation has caused this Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.
Dated:                      , 2007
             
    SHORETEL, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
      John W. Combs, President    

 


 

Exhibit “A”
THIRD RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
SHORETEL, INC.
ARTICLE I: NAME
     The name of the corporation is ShoreTel, Inc (hereinafter, the “ Company ”).
ARTICLE II: AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS
     The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at that address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.
ARTICLE III: PURPOSE
     The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
ARTICLE IV: AUTHORIZED STOCK
      1.  Authorized Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Company has authority to issue is Five Hundred and Five Million (505,000,000) shares consisting of two classes: (i) Five Hundred Million (500,000,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and (ii) Five Million (5,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).
      2.  Designation of Series of Preferred Stock . The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by the law of the State of Delaware, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and, by filing a Certificate of Designation pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease the number of shares of any such series (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding). The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may also be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate or certificates establishing a series of Preferred Stock.

-1-


 

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in any Certificate of Designation designating any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Article IV, any new series of Preferred Stock may be designated, fixed and determined as provided herein by the Board of Directors without approval of the holders of Common Stock or the holders of Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, and any such new series may have powers, preferences and rights, including, without limitation, voting rights, dividend rights, liquidation rights, redemption rights and conversion rights, senior to, junior to or pari passu with the rights of the Common Stock, the Preferred Stock, or any future class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock.
      3.  Voting Power of Common Stock . Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall, except as otherwise required by law, entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their vote; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).
ARTICLE V: AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
     The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, the term “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company as prescribed by law; provided , however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock issued pursuant to a Certificate of Designation), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Company.
ARTICLE VI: MATTERS RELATING TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
      1.  Director Powers . The conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Company.
      2.  Number of Directors . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of

-2-


 

directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board.
      3.  Classified Board . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively (the “ Classified Board ”). The Board of Directors may assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to the Classified Board, which assignments shall become effective at the same time the Classified Board becomes effective. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors, with the number of directors in each class to be divided as nearly equal as reasonably possible. The initial term of office of the Class I directors shall expire at the Company’s first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Company’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the initial term of office of the Class II directors shall expire at the Company’s second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, and the initial term of office of the Class III directors shall expire at the Company’s third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering. At each annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, directors elected to succeed those directors of the class whose terms then expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
      4.  Term and Removal . Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Company given in writing or by any electronic transmission permitted by the Company’s Bylaws. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to remove directors elected by such holders, no director may be removed from the Board of Directors except for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company then entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
      5.  Board Vacancies . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, shall, unless (i) the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders or (ii) as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class of directors to which the director

-3-


 

has been assigned expires or until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s successor’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
      6.  Written Ballot Not Required . Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Company shall so provide.
      7.  No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock, no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent
      8.  Special Meeting of Stockholders . Special meetings of the stockholders of the Company may be called only by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board.
      9.  Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Business Transacted at Special Meetings . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors of the Company and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company. Business transacted at special meetings of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.
ARTICLE VII: DIRECTOR LIABILITY
     To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director of the Company shall be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, if the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
     The Company is authorized to provide indemnification to its directors and officers, and other persons, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.
     Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Company existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of such an inconsistent provision.
ARTICLE VIII: AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
     The Company reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Company required by

-4-


 

law or by this Third Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock issued pursuant to a Certificate of Designation), the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal the provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided , however , that any amendment or repeal of Article V, Article VI, Article VII, or this Article VIII shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; provided , further , that if at least two-thirds of the Whole Board recommends that stockholders approve such amendment or repeal at a meeting of stockholders, such amendment or repeal shall only require the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.

-5-

 

Exhibit 3.3
BYLAWS
OF
SHORETEL, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
As Adopted January 19, 2007
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
      Section 1.1 : Annual Meetings . Unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as permitted by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix. The meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may determine. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.
      Section 1.2 : Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the holders of shares of the Corporation that are entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders at such meeting, or by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors. Special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.
      Section 1.3 : Notice of Meetings . Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall be given in writing or by electronic transmission in the manner provided by law (including, without limitation, as set forth in Section 7.1(b) of these Bylaws) stating the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, such notice shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.
      Section 1.4 : Adjournments . The chair of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her to be in order. The chair shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another time, date and place (if any). Any meeting of stockholders may adjourn from time to time, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, date and place (if any) thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided , however , that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, then a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 


 

      Section 1.5 : Quorum . At each meeting of stockholders the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except if otherwise required by applicable law. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting may adjourn the meeting. Shares of the Corporation’s stock belonging to the Corporation (or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation are held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation), shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any other corporation to vote any shares of the Corporation’s stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity and to count such shares for purposes of determining a quorum.
      Section 1.6 : Organization . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by such person as the Board of Directors may designate, or, in the absence of such a person, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such person, the President of the Corporation, or, in the absence of such person, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting. Such person shall be chairperson of the meeting and, subject to Section 1.11 hereof, shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her to be in order. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
      Section 1.7 : Voting; Proxies . Unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the provisions of Section 1.8 of these Bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or to take corporate action by written consent without a meeting, may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such a proxy may be prepared, transmitted and delivered in any manner permitted by applicable law. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot unless such is demanded at the meeting before voting begins by a stockholder or stockholders holding shares representing at least one percent (1%) of the votes entitled to vote at such meeting, or by such stockholder’s or stockholders’ proxy; provided , however , that an election of directors shall be by written ballot if demand is so made by any stockholder at the meeting before voting begins. If a vote is to be taken by written ballot, then each such ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as the chairperson of the meeting deems appropriate and, if authorized by the Board of Directors, the ballot may be submitted by electronic transmission in the manner provided by law. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, every matter other than the election of directors shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote thereon that are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and are voted for or against the matter.
      Section 1.8 : Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record .
     Generally. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to take

2


 

corporate action by written consent without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, then the record date shall be as provided by applicable law. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
      Section 1.9 : List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either on a reasonably accessible electronic network as permitted by law (provided that the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting) or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present at the meeting. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access the list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
      Section 1.10 : Action by Written Consent of Stockholders .
     (a)  Procedure . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed in the manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the Corporation as provided in subsection (b) below. No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided above, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided above.
     (b) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or

3


 

proxyholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the Corporation or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
     (c)  Notice of Consent . Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action by stockholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent of the stockholders shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented thereto in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as required by law. In the case of a Certificate Action (as defined below), if the Delaware General Corporation Law so requires, such notice shall be given prior to filing of the certificate in question. If the action which is consented to requires the filing of a certificate under the Delaware General Corporation Law (a “ Certificate Action ”), then if the Delaware General Corporation Law so requires, the certificate so filed shall state that written stockholder consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and that written notice of the taking of corporate action by stockholders without a meeting as described herein has been given as provided in such section.
      Section 1.11 : Inspectors of Elections .
     (a)  Applicability . Unless otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the following provisions of this Section 1.11 shall apply only if and when the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is: (i) listed on a national securities exchange; (ii) authorized for quotation on an automated interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association; or (iii) held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders; in all other cases, observance of the provisions of this Section 1.11 shall be optional, and at the discretion of the Corporation.
     (b)  Appointment . The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.

4


 

     (c)  Inspector’s Oath . Each inspector of election, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.
     (d)  Duties of Inspectors . At a meeting of stockholders, the inspectors of election shall (i) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period of time a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.
     (e)  Opening and Closing of Polls . The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced by the inspectors at the meeting. No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.
     (f)  Determinations . In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in connection with proxies in accordance with Section 212(c)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record. If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification of their determinations pursuant to this Section 1.11 shall specify the precise information considered by them, including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors’ belief that such information is accurate and reliable.
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
      Section 2.1 : Number; Qualifications . The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members. The initial number of directors shall be one (1), and thereafter shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.
      Section 2.2 : Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . The Board of Directors shall initially consist of the person or persons elected by the incorporator or named in the Corporation’s initial Certificate of Incorporation. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation given in writing or by electronic transmission. Subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock then

5


 

outstanding: (i) any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors and (ii) any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors to be elected by all stockholders having the right to vote as a single class, may be filled by the stockholders, by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.
      Section 2.3 : Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Notice of regular meetings need not be given if the date, times and places thereof are fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
      Section 2.4 : Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the President or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office and may be held at any time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the person or persons calling the meeting shall fix. Notice of the time, date and place of such meeting shall be given, orally, in writing or by electronic transmission (including electronic mail), by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least four (4) days before the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such notice is given by telephone, hand delivery, telegram, telex, mailgram, facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.
      Section 2.5 : Remote Meetings Permitted . Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee of the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
      Section 2.6 : Quorum; Vote Required for Action . At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, or required by law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
      Section 2.7 : Organization . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or in such person’s absence by the President, or in such person’s absence by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
      Section 2.8 : Written Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee, respectively. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

6


 

      Section 2.9: Powers . The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.
      Section 2.10 : Compensation of Directors . Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including without limitation their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES
      Section 3.1 : Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee who are not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.
      Section 3.2 : Committee Rules . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
      Section 4.1 : Generally . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer and/or a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers, including a Chairperson of the Board of Directors and/or Chief Financial Officer, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors. All officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may empower the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint officers other than the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer. Each officer shall hold office until such person’s successor is elected and qualified or until such person’s earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any

7


 

vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors.
      Section 4.2 : Chief Executive Officer . Subject to the control of the Board of Directors and such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors, the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation are:
     (a) To act as the general manager and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, to have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation;
     (b) To preside at all meetings of the stockholders;
     (c) To call meetings of the stockholders to be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws, at such places as he or she shall deem proper; and
     (d) To affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, guarantees, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in writing which have been authorized by the Board of Directors or which, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation; to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation; and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, to have general charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.
The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors shall designate another officer to be the Chief Executive Officer. If there is no President, and the Board of Directors has not designated any other officer to be the Chief Executive Officer, then the Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer.
      Section 4.3 : Chairperson of the Board . The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall have the power to preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
      Section 4.4 : President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors shall have designated another officer as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, and subject to the supervisory powers of the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President), and subject to such supervisory powers and authority as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, and/or to any other officer, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management the control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President) and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of President or that are delegated to the President by the Board of Directors.
      Section 4.5 : Vice President . Each Vice President shall have all such powers and duties as are commonly incident to the office of Vice President, or that are delegated to him or her by

8


 

the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. A Vice President may be designated by the Board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability.
      Section 4.6 : Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors shall have designated another officer as the Treasurer of the Corporation. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer.
      Section 4.7 : Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of all monies and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Treasurer, or as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.
      Section 4.8 : Secretary . The Secretary shall issue or cause to be issued all authorized notices for, and shall keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall have charge of the corporate minute books and similar records and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Secretary, or as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.
      Section 4.9 : Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.
      Section 4.10 : Removal . Any officer of the Corporation shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation.
ARTICLE V
STOCK
      Section 5.1 : Certificates . Every holder of stock shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.
      Section 5.2 : Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation and/or to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to

9


 

indemnify it, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.
      Section 5.3 : Other Regulations . The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of stock certificates shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION
      Section 6.1 Indemnification of Officers and Directors . Each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person (or a person of whom such person is the legal representative), is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or a Reincorporated Predecessor (as defined below) or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or a Reincorporated Predecessor (as defined below) as a director or officer of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. As used herein, the term “ Reincorporated Predecessor ” means a corporation that is merged with and into the Corporation in a statutory merger where (a) the Corporation is the surviving corporation of such merger; (b) the primary purpose of such merger is to change the corporate domicile of the Reincorporated Predecessor to Delaware.
      Section 6.2 : Advance of Expenses . The Corporation shall pay all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such a director or officer in defending any such Proceeding as they are incurred in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that if the Delaware General Corporation Law then so requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by such a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise; and provided , further , that the Corporation shall not be required to advance any expenses to a person against whom the Corporation directly brings a claim, in a Proceeding, alleging that such person has breached such person’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation, committed an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or derived an improper personal benefit from a transaction.

10


 

      Section 6.3: Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote or consent of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Additionally, nothing in this Article VI shall limit the ability of the Corporation, in its discretion, to indemnify or advance expenses to persons whom the Corporation is not obligated to indemnify or advance expenses pursuant to this Article VI.
      Section 6.4 : Indemnification Contracts . The Board of Directors is authorized to cause the Corporation to enter into indemnification contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing indemnification rights to such person. Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Article VI.
      Section 6.5 : Effect of Amendment . Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection conferred on a person pursuant to this Article VI and existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.
ARTICLE VII
NOTICES
      Section 7.1 : Notice . (a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in these Bylaws (including, without limitation, Section 7.1(b) below) or required by law, all notices required to be given pursuant to these Bylaws shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery (including use of a delivery service), by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram, telex, overnight express courier, mailgram or facsimile. Any such notice shall be addressed to the person to whom notice is to be given at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall be deemed given (i) in the case of hand delivery, when received by the person to whom notice is to be given or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, (ii) in the case of delivery by mail, upon deposit in the mail, (iii) in the case of delivery by overnight express courier, when dispatched, and (iv) in the case of delivery via telegram, telex, mailgram or facsimile, when dispatched.
     (b) Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given pursuant to this Section 7.1(b) shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to

11


 

an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.
     (c) An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given in writing or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
      Section 7.2 : Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of these Bylaws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any waiver of notice.
ARTICLE VIII
INTERESTED DIRECTORS
      Section 8.1 : Interested Directors; Quorum . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (ii) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
      Section 9.1 : Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

12


 

      Section 9.2 : Seal . The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.
      Section 9.3 : Form of Records . Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on or by means of, or be in the form of, diskettes or any other information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
      Section 9.4 : Reliance Upon Books and Records . A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
      Section 9.5 : Certificate of Incorporation Governs . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.
      Section 9.6 : Severability . If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of these Bylaws (including without limitation, all portions of any section of these Bylaws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation) shall remain in full force and effect.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT
      Section 10.1 : Amendments . Stockholders of the Corporation holding a majority of the Corporation’s outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws. To the extent provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.

13


 

BYLAWS
OF
SHORETEL, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    PAGE  
Article I — STOCKHOLDERS
       
 
       
Section 1.1: Annual Meetings
    1  
 
       
Section 1.2: Special Meetings
    1  
 
       
Section 1.3: Notice of Meetings
    1  
 
       
Section 1.4: Adjournments
    1  
 
       
Section 1.5: Quorum
    2  
 
       
Section 1.6: Organization
    2  
 
       
Section 1.7: Voting; Proxies
    2  
 
       
Section 1.8: Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record
    2  
 
       
Section 1.9: List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote
    3  
 
       
Section 1.10: Action by Written Consent of Stockholders
    3  
 
       
Section 1.11: Inspectors of Elections
    4  
 
       
Article II — BOARD OF DIRECTORS
       
 
       
Section 2.1: Number; Qualifications
    5  
 
       
Section 2.2: Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies
    5  
 
       
Section 2.3: Regular Meetings
    6  
 
       
Section 2.4: Special Meetings
    6  
 
       
Section 2.5: Remote Meetings Permitted
    6  
 
       
Section 2.6: Quorum; Vote Required for Action
    6  

ii


 

BYLAWS
OF
SHORETEL, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont’d)
         
    PAGE  
Section 2.7: Organization
    6  
 
       
Section 2.8: Written Action by Directors
    6  
 
       
Section 2.9: Powers
    7  
 
       
Section 2.10: Compensation of Directors
    7  
 
       
Article III — COMMITTEES
       
 
       
Section 3.1: Committees
    7  
 
       
Section 3.2: Committee Rules
    7  
 
       
Article IV — OFFICERS
       
 
       
Section 4.1: Generally
    7  
 
       
Section 4.2: Chief Executive Officer
    8  
 
       
Section 4.3: Chairperson of the Board
    8  
 
       
Section 4.4: President
    8  
 
       
Section 4.5: Vice President
    9  
 
       
Section 4.6: Chief Financial Officer
    9  
 
       
Section 4.7: Treasurer
    9  
 
       
Section 4.8: Secretary
    9  
 
       
Section 4.9: Delegation of Authority
    9  
 
       
Section 4.10: Removal
    9  

iii


 

BYLAWS
OF
SHORETEL, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont’d)
         
    PAGE  
Article V — STOCK
       
 
       
Section 5.l: Certificates
    9  
 
       
Section 5.2: Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificate
    9  
 
       
Section 5.3: Other Regulations
    10  
 
       
Article VI — INDEMNIFICATION
       
 
       
Section 6.1: Indemnification of Officers and Directors
    10  
 
       
Section 6.2: Advance of Expenses
    10  
 
       
Section 6.3: Non-Exclusivity of Rights
    11  
 
       
Section 6.4: Indemnification Contracts
    11  
 
       
Section 6.5: Effect of Amendment
    11  
 
       
Article VII — NOTICES
       
 
       
Section 7.l: Notice
    11  
 
       
Section 7.2: Waiver of Notice
    12  
 
       
Article VIII — INTERESTED DIRECTORS
       
 
       
Section 8.1: Interested Directors; Quorum
    12  
 
       
Article IX — MISCELLANEOUS
       
 
       
Section 9.1: Fiscal Year
    13  
 
       
Section 9.2: Seal
    13  

iv


 

BYLAWS
OF
SHORETEL, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
TABLE OF CONTENTS (cont’d)
         
    PAGE  
Section 9.3: Form of Records
    13  
 
       
Section 9.4: Reliance Upon Books and Records
    13  
 
       
Section 9.5: Certificate of Incorporation Governs
    13  
 
       
Section 9.6: Severability
    13  
 
       
Article X — AMENDMENT
       
 
       
Section 10.1: Amendments
    13  

v


 

BYLAWS
OF
SHORETEL, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
As Adopted January 19, 2007

 

 

Exhibit 4.2
SHORETEL, INC.
SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHTS AGREEMENT
     This SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Rights Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 20, 2004, by and among ShoreTel, Inc., a California corporation (the “ Company ”), the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Investors ”), Edwin J. Basart, Michael Harrigan, Ray C. Combs, David P. Dix and David S. Korn (each a “ Common Holder ” and collectively, the “ Common Holders ”) and with respect to Section 1 only, Silicon Valley Bank (“ SVB ”).
RECITALS
     A. Certain of the Investors have agreed to purchase shares of the Company’s Series H Preferred Stock (the “Series H Preferred Shares” ) pursuant to a Series H Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated of even date herewith (such agreement, as it may be amended from time to time is referred to herein as the “Series H Agreement” ).
     B. The holders of the Company’s currently outstanding shares of Preferred Stock have certain information and registration rights and rights of first refusal under a Sixth Amended and Restated Rights Agreement dated March 1, 2004 by and among the Company and such persons and entities (the “Prior Rights Agreement” ).
     C. The Series H Agreement provides that, as a condition to the purchase by certain of the Investors of Series H Preferred Shares thereunder, the Company will enter into this Agreement and the Investors will be granted the rights set forth herein. Accordingly, the Company and the Investors desire to enter into this Agreement in order to amend, restate and replace the rights and obligations of the parties under the Prior Rights Agreement with the rights and obligations set forth in this Agreement. Section 4.1 of the Prior Rights Agreement provides that the Prior Rights Agreement may be amended by the written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the “Registrable Securities” (as defined in the Prior Rights Agreement), and the undersigned parties to this Agreement hold in excess of a majority of such “Registrable Securities”.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration for and of the foregoing and of the mutual promises, covenants and conditions set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

 


 

      1.  Registration Rights .
          1.1 Definitions . As used in this Rights Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
          (a) The term “ Affiliate ” shall mean a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified and includes without limitation any person meeting the definition of “affiliate” set forth in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
          (b) The term “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean the preferred stock of the Company.
          (c) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.
          (d) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) any and all shares of common stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) issued or issuable upon conversion of the Company’s Preferred Stock (the “ Conversion Shares ”), (ii) any and all shares of Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable in respect of the current or previously authorized and outstanding Preferred Stock, including without limitation a total of 3,814,741 shares of Common Stock issued to holders of Series E Preferred Stock on October 11, 2002, (iii) the shares of Common Stock (the “ SVB Shares ”) issuable upon conversion of the shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by the Company to SVB in September 2003, and (iv) any and all shares of Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable upon any conversion of the Preferred Stock upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event, excluding in all cases, however, Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his rights under this Section 1 are not assigned; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the SVB Shares and any shares of Common Stock described in clause (iv) of this Section 1.1(d) that are issued in respect of any SVB Shares shall not be Registrable Securities for purposes of Section 1.2 of this Agreement; provided , further , that any and all shares described in clauses (i)-(iv) above which have been resold to the public shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon such resale and any shares as to which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.14 below shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon such termination. Registrable Securities shall also include, but solely for purposes of Sections 1.3, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.12 and 1.14 of this Rights Agreement, any and all shares of Common Stock held, now or hereafter, by the Common Holders.
          (e) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities ” outstanding shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding that are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities that are, Registrable Securities.
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-2-


 

          (f) The terms “ Holder ” or “ Holders ” means the Investors and any person or persons to whom Registrable Securities were transferred under Section 1.10 hereof who hold Registrable Securities. The terms Holder and Holders shall also include, but solely for purposes of Sections 1.3, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.12 and 1.14 of this Rights Agreement, the Common Holders.
          (g) The term “ Initiating Holders ” means any Holder or Holders holding 50% or greater of the aggregate of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided, however, the term “Initiating Holders” shall mean any Holder or Holders holding any percentage of the aggregate of Registrable Securities outstanding if the anticipated aggregate offering price of the securities to be registered in the proposed registration exceeds $20,000,000.
          (h) The term “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
          (i) The term “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for all Holders which are selling Registrable Securities under such registration statement, blue sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).
          1.2 Demand Registration .
     (a)  Request for Registration . In case the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written request that the Company effect a registration with respect to Registrable Securities, the Company will:
          (i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and
          (ii) as soon as practicable, use its best efforts to effect all such registrations (including, without limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under the applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with exemptive regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other governmental requirements or regulations) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Initiating Holder’s or Initiating Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect such registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:
          (A) at any time prior to the earlier to occur of (1) March 1, 2007 or (2) 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-3-


 

under the Securities Act for the Company’s initial registered underwritten public offering of its securities to the general public (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or a SEC Rule 145 transaction) with a per share price of at least $0.645 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, and the like) and aggregate proceeds in excess of $20,000,000 (the “ Qualified IPO ”);
          (B) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as required by the Securities Act; or
          (C) after the Company has effected two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2(a) and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective.
Subject to the foregoing clauses (A) through (C), the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days, after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that if the Company shall furnish to such Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”), it would be detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed on or before the date filing would be required and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after the receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; and, provided further, however, that the Board of Directors shall not exercise such right to defer a filing more than once in any consecutive twelve (12) month period.
          (b) Underwriting . If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as part of their request made pursuant to Section 1.2(a) and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.2(a)(i). In such event, the underwriter shall be selected by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. The right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 1.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Holders; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-4-


 

be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holders. Any Registrable Securities which are excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.
               (c) Company Shares . If the managing underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account or for the account of others in such registration if the managing underwriter so agrees and if the number of Registrable Securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.
          1.3 Company Registration .
          (a) Registration . If at any time or from time to time, the Company shall determine to register any of its securities, for its own account or the account of any of its shareholders, other than a registration relating solely to employee stock option or purchase plans, or a registration relating solely to an SEC Rule 145 transaction, or a registration on any other form (other than Form S-1, S-2, S-3 or S-18, or their successor forms) or any successor to such forms, which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities, the Company will:
          (i) promptly give to each Holder written notice thereof and
          (ii) include in such registration (and compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within twenty (20) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, by any Holder or Holders, except as set forth in Section 1.3(b) below.
          (b) Underwriting . If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 1.3(a)(i). In such event the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 1.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other shareholders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.3, if the underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, and (i) if such registration is in connection with the Qualified IPO, the underwriter may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting, or may exclude Registrable Securities entirely from such registration and underwriting, or (ii) if such registration is other than the first registered offering of the sale of the Company’s securities to the general public, the underwriter may
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-5-


 

limit the amount of securities to be included in the registration and underwriting by the Company’s shareholders; provided , however , the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and underwriting under this Section 1.3(b)(ii) shall not be reduced to less than 25% of the aggregate securities included in such registration without the prior consent of the Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such registration and underwriting. The Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among Holders requesting registration in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by each of such Holders as of the date of the notice pursuant to Section 1.3(a)(i) above; provided , however , that in no instance shall shares of any other selling shareholder or Registrable Securities held by the Common Holders be included in such registration and underwriting if such inclusion would reduce the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by other Holders able to be included in such registration and underwriting. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.
          1.4 Form S-3 . In addition to the rights and obligations set forth in Section 1.2 above, if Holders holding 20% or more of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (“ S-3 Holders ”) request that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) for a public offering of shares of Registrable Securities, the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of which (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) would exceed $1,000,000 and the Company is then a registrant entitled to use Form S-3 (or any successor form to Form S-3) to register the shares for such an offering, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause such shares to be registered for the offering as soon as practicable on Form S-3 (or any successor form to Form S-3); provided , however , the Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 1.4:
          (a) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
          (b) if the Company, within ten (10) days of the receipt of the request of the S-3 Holders, gives notice of its bona fide intention to effect the filing of a registration statement with the SEC within forty-five (45) days of receipt of such request (other than with respect to a registration statement relating to a Rule 145 transaction, an offering solely to employees or any other registration which is not appropriate for the registration of Registrable Securities), and does so file within said forty-five (45) day period and makes reasonable efforts to cause such registration to become effective;
          (c) during a period of ninety (90) days following the effective date of a registration statement;
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-6-


 

          (d) if the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.4 within a twelve (12) month period from the date of such request; or
          (e) if the Company shall furnish to such S-3 Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, it would be detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed on or before the date filing would be required and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, in which case the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after the furnishing of such a certificate of deferral; provided , however , that the Board of Directors shall not exercise such right to defer a filing more than once in any consecutive twelve (12) month period.
In the event such S-3 Holders propose to offer the shares of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1.4 by means of an underwriting, the proposed underwriter(s) shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company, provided , however , that in the event such underwriter(s) is (are) not reasonably acceptable to the Company, the Company shall be required to furnish to the Holders, within twenty (20) days of the receipt of the request for registration from S-3 Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4, the names of at least two (2) underwriters acceptable to the Company, who agree to act as underwriter for the proposed offering on terms no less favorable to the Holders than those terms proposed in writing by the underwriter(s) selected by the S-3 Holders. The Company shall give written notice to all Holders of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this Section 1.4 and shall provide a reasonable opportunity for other Holders to participate in the registration, provided that if the registration is for an underwritten offering, the terms of Section 1.2(b) shall apply to all participants in such offering.
          1.5 Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration pursuant to this Section 1 shall be borne by the Company except as follows:
          (a) The Company shall not be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 the request for which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders (in which case, such expenses shall be borne by the Holders requesting such withdrawal), unless the Initiating Holders agree to forfeit their right to one (1) registration pursuant to Section 1.2; provided , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.2 or 1.4.
          (b) The Company shall not be required to pay fees or disbursements of legal counsel of a Holder unless the Holders holding a majority of the shares included in the registration specify one special counsel.
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-7-


 

          (c) The Company shall not be required to pay underwriters’ fees, discounts or commissions relating to Registrable Securities.
          1.6 Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration effected by the Company pursuant to this Rights Agreement, the Company will keep each Holder participating therein advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration, qualification and compliance and as to the completion thereof. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.5, at its expense the Company will:
          (a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if a shorter period, until securities included in the registration statement are sold.
          (b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.
          (c) Furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.
          (d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.
          (e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.
          (f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act or the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.
          (g) Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-8-


 

Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.
               (h) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.
               (i) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.
          1.7 Indemnification .
               (a) The Company will indemnify and defend each Holder and each of its officers, directors, members, managers, partners (including J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. or JPMorgan Chase Bank solely in their role as advisors to J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Institutional Investors LLC, J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Private Investors LLC, or 522 Fifth Avenue Fund, L.P. referred to hereinafter as the “ J.P. Morgan Partners ”), and each person controlling such Holder, with respect to which a registration has been effected pursuant to this Rights Agreement, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter of the Registrable Securities held by or issuable to such Holder, against all claims, losses, expenses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement or prospectus incident to such registration, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or any state securities law applicable to the Company or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any such state law and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, and will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, members, managers, partners (including the J.P. Morgan Partners), and each person controlling such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such underwriter, as incurred for any reasonable legal and any other expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.7(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); and, provided further , however , that the
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-9-


 

Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage or liability arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder or underwriter specifically for use therein.
          (b) Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by or issuable to such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration is being effected, indemnify and defend the Company, each of its directors and officers, each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and each other such Holder, each of its officers, directors, members, managers, partners (including the J.P. Morgan Partners), and each person controlling such other Holder, against all claims, losses, expenses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement or prospectus incident to such registration, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, such other Holders, such directors, officers, members, managers, partners (including the J.P. Morgan Partners), persons or underwriters for any reasonable legal or any other expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement or prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder in an instrument duly executed by such Holder specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.7(b) and Section 1.7(d) below shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); and, provided further, that the total amount for which any Holder shall be liable under this Section 1.7(b) shall not in any event exceed the aggregate proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities held by such Holder in such registration.
          (c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 1.7 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided , however , that counsel for the Indemnifying Party who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at its own expense; and, provided further , that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder, unless such failure resulted in prejudice to the Indemnifying Party; and, provided further , however , that an Indemnified Party (together with all other Indemnified Parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the Indemnifying Party, if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-10-


 

reasonably inappropriate due to a conflict of interests between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.
          (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder and any indemnification by a holder pursuant to Section 1.7(b) in the aggregate exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.
          (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution combined in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.
          (f) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.7 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and the termination of this agreement.
          1.8 Information by Holder . Any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall promptly furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or Holders and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to herein.
          1.9 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available to Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees at all times to:
          (a) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-11-


 

          (b) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and
          (c) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company as the Holder may reasonably request in complying with any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing the Holder to sell any such securities without registration.
          1.10 Transfer of Registration Rights . The Holders’ rights to cause the Company to register their securities and ancillary rights and keep information available, granted to them by the Company under the preceding Sections of this Section 1, may be assigned to a transferee or assignee of at least 100,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization and like events) of a Holder’s Registrable Securities not sold to the public, provided in each case that (a) the Company is given written notice by such Holder at the time of or within a reasonable time after said transfer, stating the name and address of said transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, and (b) such transferee agrees to abide by and be bound by the terms of this Agreement. The Company may prohibit the transfer of any Holders’ rights under this Section 1.10 to any proposed transferee or assignee who the Company reasonably believes is a competitor of the Company. Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 1.10, any Holder may transfer rights to a transferee of fewer than 100,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and like events) of a Holder’s Registrable Securities if such transferee is an Affiliate of such Holder.
          1.11 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date hereof, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld) of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding enter into any agreement, with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder to demand any registration or include such securities in any registration filed under Sections 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 hereof if such inclusion would adversely affect the rights of any Holder (or any qualifying transferee under Section 1.10) under such Sections, including reducing the number of shares of Registrable Securities of a Holder able to be included in any registration.
          1.12 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that, during the period of duration (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) specified by the Company and an underwriter of common stock or other securities convertible into common stock of the Company following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and such underwriter, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-12-


 

agree to be similarly bound) any securities of the Company held by it at any time during such period except common stock included in such registration; provided, however, that:
               (a) such agreement shall be applicable only to the registration statement of the Company filed in connection with the Qualified IPO; and
               (b) such agreement shall not be required unless all officers and directors of the Company and all holders of two percent or more of the Company’s outstanding capital stock (on a common-equivalent basis) enter into similar agreements.
     In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares of securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Company or the underwriters shall release from the terms of the foregoing lockup provisions or such agreements more than (i) 25,000 shares of Registrable Securities held by any person or entity, or (ii) 250,000 shares of Registrable Securities in the aggregate (any such amount released, the “ Excess Release Amount ”), the Company shall immediately so notify all other holders of Registrable Securities and each holder of Registrable Securities shall automatically be released from its lockup provided for in this Section 1.12 that amount of such holder’s Registrable Securities subject thereto equal to such holder’s pro-rata share of the Excess Release Amount, determined in according to the amount of Registrable Securities held by such holder.
     Each Holder agrees that a legend reading substantially as follows shall be placed on all certificates representing all Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the restriction contained in this Section 1.12):
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE ISSUER’S REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED UNDER THE ACT, AS AMENDED, AS SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE ISSUER’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. SUCH LOCK-UP PERIOD IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.
          1.13 Obligations of the Company — Cooperation . In the event of any underwritten public offering undertaken pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.4, the Company shall cooperate with the Holders requesting registration pursuant to this Section, the underwriters participating in the offering and their counsel in any due diligence investigation reasonably requested by the Holders or the underwriters in connection therewith, and participate, to the extent reasonably requested by the managing underwriter for the offering or the Holders, in efforts to sell the Registrable Securities under the offering (including without limitation, participating in “roadshow” meetings with prospective investors) that would be customary for underwritten primary offerings of a comparable amount of equity securities by the Company.
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-13-


 

          1.14 Termination of Registration Rights . The obligations of the Company pursuant to this Section 1 shall terminate with respect to any Holder on the earlier of (i) the date five (5) years after the closing of the Qualified IPO, or (ii) with respect to a Holder that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than 1% of the outstanding common stock, the date on which such Holder can sell all of his/her remaining Registrable Securities under Rule 144 during any three (3) month period.
     2.  Investors’ Right of First Offer .
          2.1 If, at any time prior to the termination of this right of first offer pursuant to Section 2.6, the Company should desire to issue in a transaction not registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a claimed exemption thereunder, any Equity Securities (as hereinafter defined), it shall give each Investor the right to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share (or any part thereof) of all of such privately offered Equity Securities on the same terms as the Company is willing to sell such Equity Securities to any other person. Each Investor’s pro rata share of the Equity Securities shall be equal to that percentage of the outstanding Common Stock then held by such Investor. For purposes of this Section 2.1, the outstanding Common Stock shall include (a) outstanding shares of Common Stock, and (b) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise and/or conversion of any then outstanding options (which are fully vested), warrants or shares of the Preferred Stock.
          2.2 Prior to any sale or issuance by the Company of any Equity Securities, the Company shall notify each Investor in writing of its intention to sell and issue such securities, setting forth the terms under which it proposes to make such sale. Within twenty (20) days after receipt of such notice, each Investor shall notify the Company in writing whether such Investor desires to exercise the option to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share (or any part thereof) of
          the Equity Securities so offered. If an Investor elects to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share, then such Investor shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any other Investor fails to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share of the Equity Securities, such Investor(s) who have elected to purchase their pro rata shares may purchase, on a pro rata basis, that portion of the Equity Securities which such other Investors elected not to purchase.
          2.3 After termination of the twenty (20) day period specified in Section 2.2 above, the Company may, during a period of ninety (90) days following the end of such twenty (20) day period, sell and issue such Equity Securities as to which (a) the Investors have no right under this Section 2 to purchase, and (b) the Investors do not indicate a desire to purchase, to another person upon the same terms and conditions as those set forth in the notice to the Investors. In the event the Company has not sold the Equity Securities, or has not entered into an agreement to sell the Equity Securities, within said ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities without first offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided above.
          2.4 If an Investor gives the Company written notice that such Investor desires to purchase any of the Equity Securities offered by the Company, payment for the Equity Securities shall be by check, or wire transfer, against delivery of the Equity Securities at the executive offices of the Company within ten (10) days after giving the Company such notice, or, if later, the closing date for the sale of such Equity Securities. The Company shall take all such
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-14-


 

actions as may be required by any regulatory authority in connection with the exercise by an Investor of the right to purchase Equity Securities as set forth in this Section 2.
          2.5 The following shall not be deemed “Equity Securities”, and the right of first offer contained in this Section 2 shall not apply to the issuance by the Company of the following: (a) shares of Common Stock (and/or options, warrants and/or rights therefor) granted, issued or sold to employees, consultants, advisors, directors or officers of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company pursuant to stock grant, stock purchase and/or stock option plans, warrants, stock bonuses or awards, or any other stock incentive program, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors, (b) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of any options, warrants or rights to purchase any securities of the Company outstanding as of the date hereof, and any securities issuable upon the conversion thereof, (c) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (and/or options, warrants and/or rights therefor) issued by the Company as part of bona fide acquisitions by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets or shares of other companies or entities whether through a merger, exchange, reorganization or the like, in each case which transaction is approved by the Board of Directors, (d) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (and/or options, warrants and/or rights therefor) issued by the Company pursuant to financial institutions or lessors in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financing or leasing arrangements, leases of real or personal property, or in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company (including without limitation joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing and distribution arrangements, and technology transfer and development arrangements), in each case which transaction or arrangement is approved by the Board of Directors and the principal purpose thereof is not to raise additional equity capital for the Company, (e) shares of Series H Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series H Agreement, (f) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of shares of the Preferred Stock outstanding as of the date hereof, or upon conversion of shares of Series H Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Series H Agreement, (g) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (and/or options, warrants and/or rights therefor) issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or similar event, or (h) shares of Common Stock (and/or options, warrants and/or rights therefor) issued in connection with an underwritten public offering of shares of the Company’s capital stock.
          2.6 The right of first offer contained in this Section 2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (a) the consummation of the Qualified IPO or (b) the closing of (i) a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation in which the Company’s shareholders shall own less than 50% of the voting securities of the surviving corporation, (ii) a sale, transfer, or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (iii) the grant by the Company of an exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Company’s material intellectual property assets.
          2.7 The term “ Equity Securities ” shall mean (a) Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or equity security and rights, options or warrants to purchase Common Stock or Preferred Stock or equity security, (b) any security other than Common Stock or Preferred Stock having voting rights in the election of the Board of Directors, not contingent upon a failure to pay dividends, (c) any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing, and (d) any agreement or commitment to issue any of the foregoing.
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-15-


 

          2.8 An Investor’s right to purchase any Equity Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by an Investor to an Affiliate of an Investor.
     3.  Information Rights .
          3.1 Annual Financial Information; Business Plan; Budget . As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, and in any event within ninety (90) days thereafter, the Company will furnish to each Investor, audited financial statements, including consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as at the end of such fiscal year and consolidated statements of income and surplus and consolidated statements of changes in financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Not later than thirty (30) days prior to
          the beginning of each fiscal year of the Company, the Company will deliver to each Investor the Company’s business plan and projected operating budget for the next fiscal year.
          3.2 Quarterly Financial Information . As soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after each quarterly accounting period, the Company will furnish to each Investor quarterly financial statements of the Company, including a balance sheet, profit and loss statement, cash flow analysis and a comparison to budget.
          3.3 Inspection . The Company shall permit each Investor, at such Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Investor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 3.3 to provide access to any information that it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or similar confidential information.
          3.4 Other Information . For so long as any Investor holds at least 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (or an equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, and the like), the Company shall make available to such Investor such other information relating to the Company’s financial condition, business prospects, or corporate affairs as such Investor may from time to time reasonably request.
          3.5 Confidentiality of Information . Each Investor agrees that any information obtained by it pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 will not be disclosed to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the Company; provided , however , that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and that notwithstanding the foregoing, each Investor may disclose such information without the prior written consent of the Company to its members, partners, shareholders, legal counsel, professional accountants, investment advisor, associates or employees in order to evaluate this investment and as may be necessary to continue to evaluate the Company and provided further, that any Investor may provide financial information to its partners or members as required by any partnership agreement or limited liability operating agreement. Each Investor agrees that any recipient of information obtained by the Investor pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 shall agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.5 respect to such information. Each Investor’s obligations under this Section 3.5 shall not apply to any information which:
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-16-


 

          (a) was in the public domain at the time it was communicated to the Investor by the Company;
          (b) entered the public domain subsequent to the time it was communicated to the Investor through no fault of the Investor;
          (c) was in the Investor’s possession free of any obligation of confidence at the time it was communicated to the Investor by the Company;
          (d) was rightfully communicated to the Investor by a third party free of any obligation of confidence subsequent to the time it was communicated to the Investor by the Company;
          (e) was disclosed by the Investor in response to a valid order by a court or other governmental body, was otherwise required to be disclosed by law, or was necessary to establish the rights of either party under this Rights Agreement; or
          (f) was independently developed by the Investor without using the confidential information of the Company.
          3.6 Termination of Covenants . The covenants set forth in Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the earlier to occur of (a) the Qualified IPO or (b) upon any merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation in which the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction shall own less than 50% of the voting securities of the surviving corporation.
     4.  General .
          4.1 Waivers and Amendments . With the written consent of the record or beneficial holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (other than Registrable Securities consisting of Common Stock held by the Common Holders), the obligations of the Company and the rights of the parties under this agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively, and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely), and with the same consent the Company, when authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors, may enter into a supplementary agreement for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Rights Agreement; provided , however , that no such modification, amendment or waiver shall adversely affect the rights of the Common Holders under this Rights Agreement with respect to shares of Common Stock held by such Common Holders without the prior written consent of the record or beneficial holders of at least a majority of the shares of outstanding Common Stock then held by the Common Holders. Upon the effectuation of each such waiver, consent, agreement of amendment or modification, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the record holders of the Registrable Securities who have not previously consented thereto in writing. This Rights Agreement or any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by a statement in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought, except to the extent provided in this Section 4.1.
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-17-


 

          4.2 Employee Agreements . Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, all current and future officers and employees of (except for the Common Holders) and consultants to the Company who shall purchase (other than by exercise of stock options meeting the requirements of this Section 4.2), or receive options to purchase, shares of Common Stock following the date hereof shall be required to (i) execute stock purchase or option agreements providing for (x) in the case of initial grants to individuals, vesting of shares over a four-year period with the first 25% of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or services, and the remaining shares vesting thereafter at the rate of 1/48 at the end of each month until all of the shares are vested; or (y) in the case of merit grants vesting at the rate of 1/48 at the end of each month; or (z) as otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, and (ii) enter into a “market stand-off” agreement as provided in Section 1.12 hereof.
          4.3 Aggregation of Stock . All Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.
          4.4 Governing Law . This Rights Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.
          4.5 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.
          4.6 Entire Rights Agreement . Except as set forth below, this Rights Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and this Rights Agreement shall supersede and cancel all prior agreements between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof, including but not limited to the Prior Rights Agreement.
          4.7 Notices . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by overnight courier service or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed (a) if to any Investor, at such party’s address as set forth in the Company’s records, or at such other address as such party shall have furnished to the Company in writing, or (b) if to the Company, attention Chief Financial Officer, ShoreTel, Inc., 960 Stewart Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94085, Facsimile: (408) 331-3333, or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investor in writing.
          4.8 Severability . In case any provision of this Rights Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Rights Agreement or any provision of the other agreements among the Investors and the Company shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-18-


 

          4.9 Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and Sections of this Rights Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Rights Agreement.
          4.10 Counterparts and Facsimile Signature . This Rights Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile or electronic mail and upon such delivery the facsimile or electronic signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.
[Signature Page Follows]
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

-19-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereby have executed this Rights Agreement on the date first above written.
THE COMPANY :
SHORETEL, INC.
         
By:
  /s/ John W. Combs    
 
       
 
  John W. Combs,
   
 
  Chief Executive Officer    
[Signature page to Seventh Amended and Restated Rights Agreement]
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

 


 

INVESTORS :
         
    CROSSPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS 2000 Q, L.P.
 
       
 
  Signature:   /s/ Seth D. Neiman
 
       
 
       
 
  Print Name:   Seth Neiman
 
       
 
       
 
  Print Title:   Managing Partner
 
       
 
       
    CROSSPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS 2000, L.P.
 
       
 
  Signature:   /s/ Seth D. Neiman
 
       
 
       
 
  Print Name:   Seth Neiman
 
       
 
       
 
  Print Title:   Managing Partner
 
       
         
    CROSSPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS 1996
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Seth D. Neiman
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:   Seth Neiman
 
       
 
       
 
  Title:   Managing Partner
 
       
 
       
    CROSSPOINT VENTURE PARTNERS LS2000 LP
 
       
 
  By: :   /s/ Seth D. Neiman
 
       
 
       
 
  Name :   Seth Neiman
 
       
 
       
 
  Title:   Managing Partner
 
       
[Signature page to Seventh Amended and Restated Rights Agreement]
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

 


 

         
    LBI GROUP INC.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Brian Paul
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:   Brian Paul
 
       
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       
 
       
 
       
    LEHMAN BROTHERS P.A. LLC
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Brian Paul
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:   Brian Paul
 
       
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       
[Signature page to Seventh Amended and Restated Rights Agreement]
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

 


 

         
    LEHMAN BROTHERS VENTURE CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.
 
       
 
  By:   Lehman Brothers Venture Associates II LLC, its General Partner
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Brian Paul
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:   Brian Paul
 
       
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       
 
       
    LEHMAN BROTHERS PARTNERSHIP
    ACCOUNT 2000/2001, L.P.
 
       
 
  By:   Lehman Brothers Partnership GP 2000/2001, L.P.,
its General Partner
 
  By:   LB I Group Inc., its General Partner
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Brian Paul
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:   Brian Paul
 
       
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       
 
       
    LEHMAN BROTHERS OFFSHORE
PARTNERSHIP ACCOUNT 2000/2001, L.P.
 
  By:   Lehman Brothers Offshore Partnership GP
2000/2001, L.P., its General Partner
 
  By:   Lehman Brothers Offshore Partners Ltd., its General Partner
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Brian Paul
 
       
 
       
 
  Name:   Brian Paul
 
       
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       
[Signature page to Seventh Amended and Restated Rights Agreement]
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

 


 

         
    FOUNDATION CAPITAL, L.P.
 
  By: Foundation Capital Management, LLC
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Kathryn Gould
 
       
 
      Manager
 
       
 
      FOUNDATION CAPITAL
 
      ENTREPRENEURS FUND, LLC
 
      By: Foundation Capital Management, LLC
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Kathryn Gould
 
       
 
      Manager
 
       
 
      FOUNDATION CAPITAL LEADERSHIP FUND, L.P.
 
       
 
  By:   FC Leadership Management Co., LLC
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Kathryn Gould
 
       
 
      Manager
 
       
 
      FOUNDATION CAPITAL LEADERSHIP
PRINCIPALS FUND, LLC
 
  By:   FC Leadership Management Co., LLC
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Kathryn Gould
 
       
 
      Manager
[Signature page to Seventh Amended and Restated Rights Agreement]
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

 


 

         
    J.P. MORGAN DIRECT VENTURE CAPITAL
    INSTITUTIONAL INVESTORS LLC
 
  By:   JPMorgan Chase Bank (as investment advisor)
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Julian Shles
 
       
 
      Julian Shles, Managing Director
 
       
    J.P. MORGAN DIRECT VENTURE CAPITAL
    PRIVATE INVESTORS LLC
 
  By:   J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.
 
      (as investment advisor)
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Julian Shles
 
       
 
      Julian Shles, Managing Director
 
       
    522 FIFTH AVENUE FUND, L.P.
    (2004 PROGRAM)
 
  By:   J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc.
 
      (as investment advisor)
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ Julian Shles
 
       
 
      Julian Shles, Managing Director
[Signature page to Seventh Amended and Restated Rights Agreement]
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

 


 

         
     
  /s/ Rusty Thomas    
  Rusty Thomas   
     
 
[Signature page to Seventh Amended and Restated Rights Agreement]
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

 


 

EXHIBIT A
INVESTORS
Crosspoint Venture Partners 1996
Crosspoint Venture Partners LS2000 L.P.
Crosspoint Venture Partners 2000 Q L.P.
Crosspoint Venture Partners 2000 L.P.

2925 Woodside Road
Woodside, CA 94062
Attn: Mr. Seth Neiman
LB I Group Inc.
Lehman Brothers P.A. LLC
Lehman Brothers Venture Capital Partners II, L.P.
Lehman Brothers Partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P.
Lehman Brothers Offshore Partnership Account 2000/2001, L.P.

c/o Lehman Brothers
155 Linfield Drive
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attn: Mr. Brian Paul
Foundation Capital, L.P.
Foundation Capital Entrepreneurs Fund, LLC
Foundation Capital Leadership Fund, L.P.
Foundation Capital Leadership Principals Fund, LLC

70 Willow Road, Suite 200
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attn: Mr. Bill Elmore
J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Institutional Investors LLC
J.P. Morgan Direct Venture Capital Private Investors LLC
522 Fifth Avenue Fund, L.P.

522 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10036
Attn: Mr. Jarrod Fong
Focus Ventures, L.P.
Focus Ventures Co-Investment Fund, L.P.
FV Investors, L.P.

525 University Avenue, Suite 1400
Palo Alto, CA 94301
Attn: Mr. Steven Bird
Matrix Partners IV, L.P.
Matrix IV Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

2500 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200
Menlo Park, CA 94025
Attn: Mr. Shirish Sathaye
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

 


 

Norwest Venture Partners VI, L.P.
525 University Avenue, Suite 800
Palo Alto, CA 94301
Attn: Mr. Matt Howard
JAFCO Co., LTD.
JAFCO R-3 Investment Enterprise Partnership
JAFCO JS-3 Investment Enterprise Partnership
JAFCO G-6(A) Investment Enterprise Partnership
JAFCO G-6(B) Investment Enterprise Partnership
JAFCO G-7(A) Investment Enterprise Partnership
JAFCO G-7(B) Investment Enterprise Partnership
JAFCO America Ventures Inc.
U.S. Information Technology No. 2 Investment Enterprise Partnership

505 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 310
Palo Alto, CA 94301
Attn: Mr. David Polifko
Silicon Valley Bank
2400 Geng Road, Suite 200
Palo Alto, CA 94303
Attn: Raelene Enos
WS Investment 97A
WS Investment 99B

650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Attn: Mr. Jim Terranova
Thomas van Overbeek
c/o ShoreTel, Inc.
960 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94086
Edwin Basart
c/o ShoreTel, Inc.
960 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94086
Rusty Thomas
c/o ShoreTel, Inc.
960 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94086
John Fazio
20884 Sarahills Drive
Saratoga, CA 95070
Michael Harrigan
c/o ShoreTel, Inc.
960 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94086
ShoreTel (Series H) – Rights Agmt

 

 

Exhibit 10.2
SHORELINE COMMUNICATIONS, INC
1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN
(Amended on October 2, 2002)
     1.  Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan
          1.1 Establishment. The Shoreline Communications, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) was established and became effective on January 28, 1997 (the “ Effective Date ”).
          1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its shareholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.
          1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the shareholders of the Company.
     2.  Definitions and Construction .
          2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:
               (a) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, “Board” also means such Committee(s).
               (b) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.
               (c) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.
               (d) “ Company ” means Shoreline Communications, Inc., a California corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.
Exhibit 10.2 — 1997 Stock Plan

 


 

               (e) “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by a Participating Company to render services other than as an Employee or a Director.
               (f) “ Director ” means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.
               (g) “ Employee ” means any person treated as an employee (including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan.
               (h) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
               (i) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, or by the Company, in its sole discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:
                    (i) If, on such date, there is a public market for the Stock, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing sale price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, the Nasdaq Small-Cap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion.
                    (ii) If, on such date, there is no public market for the Stock, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.
               (j) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.
               (k) “ Insider ” means an officer or a Director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
               (l) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
               (m) “ Option ” means a right to purchase Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
Exhibit 10.2 — 1997 Stock Plan

-2-


 

               (n) “ Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof.
               (o) “ Optionee ” means a person who has been granted one or more Options.
               (p) “ Parent Corporation ” means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
               (q) “ Participating Company ” means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.
               (r) “ Participating Company Group ” means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.
               (s) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.
               (t) “ Stock ” means the common stock, without par value, of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.
               (u) “ Subsidiary Corporation ” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
               (v) “ Ten Percent Owner Optionee ” means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.
          2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
     3.  Administration .
          3.1 Administration by the Board . The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option. Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.
Exhibit 10.2 — 1997 Stock Plan

-3-


 

          3.2 Administration with Respect to Insiders . With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.
          3.3 Powers of the Board . In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its sole discretion:
               (a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;
               (b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;
               (c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;
               (d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee’s termination of employment or service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;
               (e) to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement;
               (f) to amend, modify, extend, or renew, or grant a new Option in substitution for, any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;
               (g) to amend the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee’s termination of employment or service with the Participating Company Group;
               (h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and
               (i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take
Exhibit 10.2 — 1997 Stock Plan

-4-


 

such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent consistent with the Plan and applicable law.
     4.  Shares Subject to Plan .
          4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be Fifty-Four Million Seven Hundred Twenty-One Thousand, Two Hundred and Two (54,721,202) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled, or if shares of Stock acquired, subject to repurchase, upon the exercise of an Option are repurchased by the Company, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.
          4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the “ New Shares ”), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded up or down to the nearest whole number, as determined by the Board, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.
     5.  Eligibility and Option Limitations .
          5.1 Persons Eligible for Options . Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, “Employees,” “Consultants” and “Directors” shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of employment or other service relationship with the Participating Company Group. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option.
          5.2 Option Grant Restrictions . Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section 6.1.
Exhibit 10.2 — 1997 Stock Plan

-5-


 

          5.3 Fair Market Value Limitation . To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.
     6.  Terms and Conditions of Options . Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:
          6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the sole discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, (b) the exercise price per share for a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, and (c) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.
          6.2 Exercise Period . Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria, and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, and (c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences service with a Participating Company.
Exhibit 10.2 — 1997 Stock Plan

-6-


 

          6.3 Payment of Exercise Price .
               (a)  Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the exercise price, (iii) by the assignment of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a “ Cashless Exercise ”), (iv) by the Optionee’s promissory note in a form approved by the Company, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.
               (b)  Tender of Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of Stock to the extent such tender of Stock would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.
               (c)  Cashless Exercise . The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.
               (d)  Payment by Promissory Note . No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law. Any permitted promissory note shall be on such terms as the Board shall determine at the time the Option is granted. The Board shall have the authority to permit or require the Optionee to secure any promissory note used to exercise an Option with the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option or with other collateral acceptable to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if the Company at any time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.
          6.4 Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as
Exhibit 10.2 — 1997 Stock Plan

-7-


 

determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. Alternatively or in addition, in its sole discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.
          6.5 Repurchase Rights . Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, at the time the Option is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.
     7.  Standard Forms of Option Agreement .
          7.1 Incentive Stock Options . Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option designated as an “Incentive Stock Option” shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Immediately Exercisable Incentive Stock Option Agreement adopted by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.
          7.2 Nonstatutory Stock Options . Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option designated as a “Nonstatutory Stock Option” shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Immediately Exercisable Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement adopted by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.
          7.3 Standard Term of Options . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.2 or by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall have a term of ten (10) years from the effective date of grant of the Option.
          7.4 Authority to Vary Terms . The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any of the standard forms of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided , however , that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan. Such authority shall include, but not by way of limitation, the authority to grant Options which are not immediately exercisable.
Exhibit 10.2 — 1997 Stock Plan

-8-


 

     8.  Transfer of Control .
          8.1 Definitions .
               (a) An “ Ownership Change Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company:
                    (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company;
                    (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party;
                    (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or
                    (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
               (b) A “ Transfer of Control ” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, the “ Transaction ”) wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the " Transferee Corporation(s) ”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
          8.2 Effect of Transfer of Control on Options . In the event of a Transfer of Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the “ Acquiring Corporation ”), may either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. For purposes of this Section 8.2, an Option shall be deemed assumed if, following the Transfer of Control, the Option confers the right to purchase in accordance with its terms and conditions, for each share of Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the Transfer of Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Transfer of Control was entitled. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Transfer of Control nor exercised as of the date of the Transfer of Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Transfer of Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the
Exhibit 10.2 — 1997 Stock Plan

-9-


 

Transfer of Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Transfer of Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the outstanding Options immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Transfer of Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the outstanding Options shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its sole discretion.
     9.  Provision of Information . At least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to persons whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.
     10.  Nontransferability of Options . During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
     11.  Transfer of Company’s Rights . In the event any Participating Company assigns, other than by operation of law, to a third person, other than another Participating Company, any of the Participating Company’s rights to repurchase any shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of an Option, the assignee shall pay to the assigning Participating Company the value of such right as determined by the Company in the Company’s sole discretion. Such consideration shall be paid in cash. In the event such repurchase right is exercisable at the time of such assignment, the value of such right shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock which may be repurchased under such right (as determined by the Company) minus the repurchase price of such shares. The requirements of this Section 11 regarding the minimum consideration to be received by the assigning Participating Company shall not inure to the benefit of the Optionee whose shares of Stock are being repurchased. Failure of a Participating Company to comply with the provisions of this Section 11 shall not constitute a defense or otherwise prevent the exercise of the repurchase right by the assignee of such right.
     12.  Indemnification . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel
Exhibit 10.2 — 1997 Stock Plan

-10-


 

selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.
     13.  Termination or Amendment of Plan . The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company’s shareholders there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s shareholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. In any event, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option or any unexercised portion thereof, without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.
     14.  Shareholder Approval . The Plan or any increase in the maximum number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the “ Maximum Shares ”) shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Options granted prior to shareholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Maximum Shares previously approved by the shareholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of shareholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Maximum Shares, as the case may be.
**********
Exhibit 10.2 — 1997 Stock Plan

-11-


 

SHORETEL, INC.
1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN
IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Form B — Executives Only, Exercisable Subject to $100,000 Annual Limit)

 


 

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.
THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.
SHORETEL, INC.
IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(including Notice of Stock Option Grant)
     THIS IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Option Agreement”) is made and entered into as of «Date_of_Grant», by and between ShoreTel, Inc., a California corporation, and «Name» (the “Optionee”).
     The Company has granted to the Optionee pursuant to the ShoreTel, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) an option to purchase certain shares of the common stock of the Company (the “Stock”), upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Option Agreement (the “Option”). The Option shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.
      1.  Definitions and Construction .
          1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Plan. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:
          (a) “Date of Option Grant” means «Date_of_Grant».
          (b) “Number of Option Shares” means «Number_of_Shares» shares of Stock, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 9.

-2-


 

          (c) “Exercise Price” means $«price_per_share» per share of Stock, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 9.
          (d) “Initial Exercise Date” means the Date of Option Grant.
          (e) “Initial Vesting Date” means the date occurring Twelve (12) months after (check one):
          ___the Date of Option Grant.
          ___«Commencement_Date»
          (f) “Vested Ratio” means, on any relevant date, the ratio determined as follows:
         
    Vested Ratio
Prior to Initial Vesting Date
    0  
 
       
On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Optionee’s Service has not terminated prior to such date
    1/4  
 
       
Plus
       
 
       
For each full month of the Optionee’s continuous Service from the Initial Vesting Date until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional
    1/48  
          (g) “Option Expiration Date” means the date ten (10) years after the Date of Option Grant.
          (h) “Company” means ShoreTel, Inc., a California corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.
          (i) “Disability” means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.
          (j) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
          (k) “Service” means the Optionee’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. The Optionee’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of the change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee’s Service. Furthermore, the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any

-3-


 

military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee’s right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining Optionee’s Vested Ratio. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee’s Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.
          1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
     2.   Tax Consequences .
          2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code and is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, nor does the Company represent or warrant that this Option is not subject to Section 409A of the Code. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Sections 409A and 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, the Exercise Price and holding period requirements. (NOTE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of other Incentive Stock Options held by the Optionee (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the Optionee should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option).
          2.2 Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . If the Optionee exercises this Option to purchase shares of Stock that are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Optionee understands that the Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Optionee exercises the Option. Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if, for example, (a) they are unvested and are subject to a right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the Optionee’s original purchase price if the Optionee’s Service terminates, (b) the Optionee is an Insider and exercises the Option within six (6) months of the Date of Option Grant (if a class of equity security of the Company is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act), or (c) the Optionee is subject to a restriction on transfer to comply with “Pooling-of-Interests Accounting” rules. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. The Optionee acknowledges

-4-


 

that the Optionee has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to the Optionee of the exercise of the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTIONEE PURCHASES SHARES THAT ARE SUBJECT TO A SUBSTANTIAL RISK OF FORFEITURE OR NONTRANSFERABLE. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE OPTIONEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.
     3.   Administration . All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.
     4.   Exercise of the Option .
          4.1 Right to Exercise .
          (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the Number of Option Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Optionee’s agreement that any shares purchased upon exercise are subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as set forth in Section 4.1(b), the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock with respect to which the Optionee may exercise the Option for the first time during any calendar year, when added to the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares subject to any other options designated as Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group prior to the Date of Option Grant with respect to which such options are exercisable for the first time during the same calendar year, shall not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). For purposes of the preceding sentence, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of shares of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such shares is granted. Such limitation on exercise shall be referred to in this Option Agreement as the “ISO Exercise Limitation.” If Section 422 of the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 4.1(a), the ISO Exercise Limitation shall be deemed amended effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. The ISO Exercise Limitation shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Optionee’s termination of Service, (ii) the day immediately prior to the effective date of a Transfer of Control in which the Option is not assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation as provided in Section 8, or (iii) the day ten (10) days prior to the Option Expiration Date. Upon such termination of the ISO Exercise Limitation, the Option shall be deemed a Nonstatutory Stock Option to the extent of the number of shares subject to the Option which would otherwise exceed the ISO Exercise Limitation.

-5-


 

          (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if compliance with the ISO Exercise Limitation as set forth in Section 4.1(a) will result in the exercisability of any Vested Shares (as defined in Section 11.2) being delayed more than thirty (30) days beyond the date such shares become Vested Shares (the “Vesting Date”), the Option shall be deemed to be two (2) options. The first option shall be for the maximum portion of the Number of Option Shares that can comply with the ISO Exercise Limitation without causing the Option to be unexercisable in the aggregate as to Vested Shares on the Vesting Date for such shares. The second option, which shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option as described in Section 422(b) of the Code, shall be for the balance of the Number of Option Shares; that is, those such shares which, on the respective Vesting Date for such shares, would be unexercisable if included in the first option and thereby made subject to the ISO Exercise Limitation. Shares treated as subject to the second option shall be exercisable on the same terms and at the same time as set forth in this Option Agreement; provided, however, that (i) the second sentence of Section 4.1(a) shall not apply to the second option and (ii) each such share shall become a Vested Share on the Vesting Date on which such share must first be allocated to the second option pursuant to the preceding sentence. Unless the Optionee specifically elects to the contrary in the Optionee’s written notice of exercise, the first option shall be deemed to be exercised first to the maximum possible extent and then the second option shall be deemed to be exercised.
          4.2 Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required, herein, of the then current forms of escrow and security agreement referenced below. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreements.
          4.3 Payment of Exercise Price .
          (a)  Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price of the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(c), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.
          (b)  Tender of Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of Stock to the extent such tender of Stock would

-6-


 

constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.
          (c)  Cashless Exercise. A “Cashless Exercise” means the assignment in a form acceptable to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.
          4.4 Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Optionee is cautioned that the Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Optionee may not be able to exercise the Option when desired even though the Option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares or release such shares from any escrow provided for herein.
          4.5 Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.
          4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED.

-7-


 

Questions concerning this restriction should be directed to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.
          4.7 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.
     5.   Nontransferability of the Option . The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.
     6.   Termination of the Option . The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised on the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Transfer of Control to the extent provided in Section 8.
     7.   Effect of Termination of Service .
          7.1 Option Exercisability .
          (a)  Disability. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. (NOTE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service as an Employee terminated as a result of a Disability other than a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)
          (b)  Death . If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

-8-


 

The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of the death if the Optionee dies within thirty (30) days after the Optionee’s termination of Service.
              (c)  Other Termination of Service . If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee within thirty (30) days (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
          7.2 Additional Limitations on Option Exercise . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, the Option may not be exercised after the Optionee’s termination of Service to the extent that the shares to be acquired upon exercise of the Option would be subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option as provided in Section 11.
          7.3 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Company makes no representation as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor as to the tax consequences to the Optionee of any such delayed exercise.
          7.4 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date. The Company makes no representation as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor as to the tax consequences to the Optionee of any such delayed exercise.
     8.   Transfer of Control .
          8.1 Definitions .
          (a) An “Ownership Change Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company:
                    (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company;
                    (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party;

-9-


 

               (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or
               (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
                (b) A “Transfer of Control” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, the “Transaction”) wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee Corporation(s)”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
          8.2 Effect of Transfer of Control on Option . In the event of a Transfer of Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiring Corporation”), may either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. For purposes of this Section 8.2, the Option shall be deemed assumed if, following the Transfer of Control, the Option confers the right to purchase in accordance with its terms and conditions, for each share of Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the Transfer of Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Transfer of Control was entitled. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Transfer of Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Transfer of Control nor exercised as of the date of the Transfer of Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Transfer of Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Transfer of Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the Option immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Transfer of Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the Option shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its sole discretion.
     9. Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the

-10-


 

capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the “New Shares”), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded up or down to the nearest whole number, as determined by the Board, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.
     10.   Rights as a Shareholder, Employee or Consultant . The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee, whether an Employee or Consultant, any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.
     11.   Unvested Share Repurchase Option .
          11.1 Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . In the event the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or if the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Vested Shares as defined in Section 11.2 below (the “Unvested Shares”), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “Unvested Share Repurchase Option”).
          11.2 Vested Shares and Unvested Shares Defined . The “Vested Shares” shall mean, on any given date, a number of shares of Stock equal to the Number of Option Shares multiplied by the Vested Ratio determined as of such date and rounded down to the nearest whole share. On such given date, the “Unvested Shares” shall mean the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.
          11.3 Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60)

-11-


 

days after (a) termination of the Optionee’s Service (or exercise of the Option, if later) or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.
          11.4 Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company. The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Optionee’s original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9 (the “Repurchase Price”). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Optionee in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Optionee of the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Optionee at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Optionee.
          11.5 Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.
          11.6 Ownership Change Event . Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted as appropriate. For purposes of determining the Vested Ratio following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.
     12.   Escrow .
          12.1 Establishment of Escrow . To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares which the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an escrow agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of escrow and security agreements approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by

-12-


 

reason of the Optionee’s ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 9, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or any security interest held by the Company shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of Stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.
          12.2 Delivery of Shares to Optionee . As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, but not more frequently than twice each calendar year, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restrictions.
          12.3 Notices and Payments . In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.
     13.   Stock Distributions Subject to Option Agreement . If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and any security interest held by the Company with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and such security interest immediately before such event.
     14.   Notice of Sales Upon Disqualifying Disposition . The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, the Optionee shall promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and shall provide the Company with a description of the terms and circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

-13-


 

     15.   Legends . The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
          15.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”
          15.2 Any legend required to be placed thereon by the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California.
          15.3 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”
          15.4 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE TERMINATION OF THE REPURCHASE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”
     16. Public Offering . The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or

-14-


 

otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Optionee shall be subject to this Section provided and only if the officers and directors of the Company are also subject to similar arrangements.
     17.   Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.
     18.   Binding Effect . Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     19.   Termination or Amendment . The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 in connection with a Transfer of Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.
     20.   Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.
     21.   Integrated Agreement . This Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein, and there are no agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of this Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

-15-


 

     22.   Sections 409A and 422 Release and Reimbursement Agreement . Unless expressly determined otherwise by the Committee or Board, this Option is intended to be compliant with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code, including, without limitation, the Exercise Price underlying this Option being set at not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value at the Date of Grant of this Option. Optionee acknowledges that, if the Exercise Price is less than the Fair Market Value as of the Date of Grant of this Option, then Optionee may have significant tax liabilities with respect to this Option. Optionee further acknowledges that, at any time hereafter, it may be determined by the Committee, a court of law, the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental entity that this Option is subject to Section 409A of the Code and not subject to Section 422 of the Code,, including without limitation because the Exercise Price underlying this Option is less than the Fair Market Value as of the Date of Grant of this Option (a “Determination” ). Optionee expressly agrees, by accepting this Option and in partial consideration for the grant of this Option to Optionee, as follows:
          22.1 Optionee hereby irrevocably waives and releases any and all claims or causes of action that Optionee may have against the Participating Company Group, its agents, officers, stockholders, employees, directors, attorneys, subscribers, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns, for any damages, injury or loss arising out of, related to or connected with such a Determination or otherwise under Sections 409A and 422 of the Code, including without limitation with respect to taxes, interest and penalties that may be due from Optionee with respect to this Option under Section 409A of the Code; and
          22.2 Optionee agrees to promptly reimburse the Participating Company Group upon its request, whether by way of a deduction from wages due (if and to the extent permitted by law) or otherwise, as determined by the Participating Company Group in its sole discretion, and regardless of whether or not Optionee is then an employee, for any taxes (together with interest due thereon) paid by the Participating Company Group on Optionee’s behalf in connection with such a Determination.
     23.   Applicable Law . This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.
             
    SHORETEL, INC.,    
    a California corporation    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
                           , President and
Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    Address:    
 
           
    960 Stewart Drive    
    Sunnyvale, California 94085    

-16-


 

     The Optionee represents that the Optionee is familiar with the terms and provisions of this Option Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option set forth in Section 11 and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Option Agreement. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.
         
 
  OPTIONEE    
 
       
Date: «Date_of_Grant»
       
 
       
 
  «Name»    
 
       
 
  Optionee Address:    
 
       
 
  «Address»    

-17-


 

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
ShoreTel, Inc.
Attention: Stock Option Administration
     1.  Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, «Exercise_date», the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase «Number_of_Shares» shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of ShoreTel, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) and the Immediately Exercisable Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated «Date_of_Grant» (the “Option Agreement”).
     2.  Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
     3.  Rights as Shareholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan.
          Optionee shall enjoy rights as a shareholder until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercises the Unvested Share Repurchase Option pursuant to the Option Agreement. Upon such exercise, Optionee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Optionee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.
     4.  Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.
     5.  Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
          a. Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any

-1-


 

certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws or as the Company may otherwise determine:
                    (i) “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”
                    (ii) Any legend required to be placed thereon by the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California.
                    (iii) If applicable: “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”
                    (iv) If applicable: “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE TERMINATION OF THE REPURCHASE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”
          b. Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
          c. Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of

-2-


 

this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
     6.  Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     7.  Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Company’s Board of Directors or the committee thereof that administers the Plan, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Board or committee shall be final and binding on the Company and on Optionee.
     8.  Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.
     9.  Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.
     10.  Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.
     11.  Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares.
     12.  Entire Agreement . The Plan and Notice of Grant/Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement (including without limitation the Unvested Share Repurchase Option of Sec. 11 thereof), and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof.
                 
Submitted by:       Accepted by:    
 
               
OPTIONEE:       SHORETEL, INC.    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
               
«Name»
                               , President and    
Address: «Address»
          Chief Executive Officer    

-3-


 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
             
OPTIONEE
  :   «Name»    
 
           
COMPANY
  :   SHORETEL, INC.    
 
           
SECURITY
  :   COMMON STOCK    
 
           
AMOUNT
  :   $«Total_price»
«number_of_shares» Shares
   
 
           
DATE
  :   «Exercise_date»    
In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:
          (a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
          (b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, a legend prohibiting their transfer without the consent of the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.
          (c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to

-1-


 

the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
          (d) In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than two years after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than three years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
          (e) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.
          (f) Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities without the consent of the Commissioner of Corporations of California. Optionee has read the applicable Commissioner’s Rules with respect to such restriction, a copy of which is attached.
     
 
  Signature of Optionee:
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  «Name»
Date: «Exercise_date»
   

-2-


 

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                      , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                      (                      ) shares of the Common Stock of ShoreTel, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.                      herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
     This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Joint Escrow Instructions between                      and the undersigned dated                      ,                      .
Dated:                      ,                     
Signature:                                          
INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.

-3-


 

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
«Exercise_date»
ShoreTel, Inc.
Corporate Secretary
960 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, California 94085
Dear Corporate Secretary:
     As Escrow Agent for both ShoreTel, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Immediately Exercisable Incentive Stock Option Agreement (“Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:
     1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in Section 11 of the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.
     2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.
     3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.
     4. If the Company has not otherwise directed you to hold all certificates, then: (A) upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates

-1-


 

representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option; and (B) within 120 days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.
     5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.
     6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.
     7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.
     8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.
     9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.
     10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.
     11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.
     12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

-2-


 

     13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.
     14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.
     15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.
     
COMPANY:
  ShoreTel, Inc.
 
  960 Stewart Drive
 
  Sunnyvale, CA 94085
 
   
PURCHASER:
  «Name»
 
  «Address»
 
   
ESCROW AGENT:
  ShoreTel, Inc.
 
  Corporate Secretary
 
  960 Stewart Drive
 
  Sunnyvale, California 94085
     16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.
     17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

-3-


 

     18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California.
             
    ShoreTel, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
                     , President and
Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    Purchaser:    
 
           
         
 
      «Name»    
 
           
    Escrow Agent:    
 
           
         
 
      (Signature)    

-4-


 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986
The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:
1.   The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
         
    TAXPAYER:   SPOUSE:
NAME:
  «Name»    
ADDRESS:
  «Address»    
IDENTIFICATION NO.:
       
TAXABLE YEAR:
       
2.   The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows: «number_of_shares» shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of ShoreTel, Inc. (the “Company”).
 
3.   The date on which the property was transferred is: «Exercise_date»
 
4.   The property is subject to the following restrictions:
 
    The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.
 
5.   The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is:            $«Total_price»
 
6.   The amount (if any) paid for such property is:                 $«Total_price»
The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.
The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .
         
Dated:                      ,                     
 
 
«Name»
   
The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.
         
Dated:                      ,                     
 
 
Spouse of Taxpayer Signature
   

-5-


 

SHORETEL, INC.
1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Option Agreement.
I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
     «Name»
     «Address»
     The undersigned Optionee has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:
         
Date of Grant :
      «Date_of_Grant»
 
       
Vesting Commencement Date:
      «Commencement_Date»
 
       
Exercise Price per Share :
      $«price_per_share»
 
       
Total Number of Shares Granted:
      «number_of_shares»
 
       
Total Exercise Price :
      $«total_price»
 
       
Type of Option:
  þ   Incentive Stock Option
 
       
 
       
 
  o   Nonstatutory Stock Option
 
       
 
       
Term/Expiration Date:
      «Expiration_Date»
Vesting Schedule :
     This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:
     25% of the Stock subject to the Option shall vest twelve months after the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/48 of the Stock subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter, subject to Optionee’s continuing to be an Employee, Director or Consultant (a “Service Provider”) on such dates.

 


 

      Termination Period :
     This Option shall be exercisable for three months after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon Optionee’s death or Disability (defined in Paragraph 2(d) below), this Option may be exercised for one year after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. In no event may Optionee exercise this Option after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.
II. AGREEMENT
     1.  Grant of Option . The Board hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Optionee”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of shares of Stock set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per share of Stock set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 13 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
     If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).
     2.  Exercise of Option .
          (a) Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. Except in the case of Options granted to (i) a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and requirements promulgated thereunder (an “Officer”), (ii) Directors and (iii) Consultants, Options shall become exercisable at a rate of no less than 20% per year over five (5) years from the date the Options are granted. Unless the Board provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share of Stock.
          (b) Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Stock. An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is exercised. Stock issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Stock is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a dully authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a

-2-


 

shareholder shall exist with respect to the Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Stock promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock is issued, except as provided in the Plan.
     No Stock shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise complies with U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan (“Applicable Law”). Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Stock shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Stock.
          (c) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in Section I of this Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Stock covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Board, the Option shall terminate, and the Stock covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.
          (d) Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code (“Disability”), the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in Section I of the Option Agreement (of at least six (6) months) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Stock covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Stock Option shall terminate, and the Stock covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.
          (e) Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in Section I of this Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) by the Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to the entire Option, the Stock covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Stock covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

-3-


 

          (f) Buy out Provisions . The Board may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Stock, an Option previously granted, based on such terms and conditions as the Board shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.
     3.  Optionee’s Representations . In the event the Stock has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, the Optionee shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and shall read the applicable rules of the Commissioner of Corporations attached to such Investment Representation Statement.
     4.  Lock-Up Period . Optionee hereby agrees that, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters (the “Managing Underwriter”) in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Stock or other securities of the Company during the 180-day period (or such other period as may be requested in writing by the Managing Underwriter and agreed to in writing by the Company) (the “Market Standoff Period”) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act. Such restriction shall apply only to the first registration statement of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act that includes securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such Market Standoff Period.
     5.  Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:
          (a) cash or check;
          (b) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or
          (c) surrender of other Stock which, (i) in the case of Stock acquired upon exercise of an option, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the exercised Stock.
     6.  Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Stock upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under Applicable Law.
     7.  Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

-4-


 

     8.  Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.
     9.  Tax Consequences . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Stock. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE STOCK.
          (a) Exercise of ISO . If this Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to the alternative minimum tax for federal tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.
          (b) Exercise of NSO . There may be a regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of an NSO. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Stock if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
          (c) Disposition of Stock . In the case of an NSO, if Stock is held for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Stock will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. In the case of an ISO, if Stock transferred pursuant to the Option is held for at least one year after exercise and of at least two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Stock will also be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Stock purchased under an ISO is disposed of within one year after exercise or two years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (1) the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise, or (2) the sale price of the Stock. Any additional gain will be taxed as capital gain, short-term or long-term depending on the period that the ISO Stock was held.
          (d) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Stock . If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Stock acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.
     10.  Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as used in the Plan. The

-5-


 

Plan and this Option Agreement (including all exhibits attached hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.
     11.  No Guarantee of Continued Service . OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF STOCK PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING STOCK HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH OPTIONEE’S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.
     12.  Sections 409A and 422 Release and Reimbursement Agreement . Unless expressly determined otherwise by the Committee or Board, this Option is intended to be compliant with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code, including, without limitation, the Exercise Price per Share underlying this Option being set at not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Share at the Date of Grant of this Option. Optionee acknowledges that, if the Exercise Price per Share is less than the Fair Market Value of such Share as of the Date of Grant of this Option, then Optionee may have significant tax liabilities with respect to this Option. Optionee further acknowledges that, at any time hereafter, it may be determined by the Committee, a court of law, the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental entity that this Option is subject to Section 409A of the Code, and not subject to Section 422 of the Code, including without limitation because the Exercise Price per Share underlying this Option is less than the Fair Market Value of such Share as of the Date of Grant of this Option (a “Determination”). Optionee expressly agrees, by accepting this Option and in partial consideration for the grant of this Option to Optionee, as follows:
          (a) Optionee hereby irrevocably waives and releases any and all claims or causes of action that Optionee may have against the Participating Company Group, its agents, officers, stockholders, employees, directors, attorneys, subscribers, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns, for any damages, injury or loss arising out of, related to or connected with such a Determination or otherwise under Sections 409A and 422 of the Code, including without limitation with respect to taxes, interest and penalties that may be due from Optionee with respect to this Option under Section 409A of the Code; and
          (b) Optionee agrees to promptly reimburse the Participating Company Group upon its request, whether by way of a deduction from wages due (if and to the extent permitted by law) or otherwise, as determined by the Participating Company Group in its sole discretion, and regardless of whether or not Optionee is then an employee, for any taxes (together with interest due

-6-


 

thereon) paid by the Participating Company Group on Optionee’s behalf in connection with such a Determination.
     Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.
                     
OPTIONEE:       SHORETEL, INC.        
 
 
      By:            
                 
«Name»
                   
 
                   
            President and Chief Executive Officer    
«Address»
                   

-7-


 

SHORETEL, INC.
1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN
IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Form A — Executives Only, Fully Exercisable)

 


 

THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN
QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF
CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR
RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH
QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM
QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA
CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE
EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS
THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.
THE SECURITY REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.
SHORETEL, INC.
IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(including Notice of Stock Option Grant)
     THIS IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Option Agreement”) is made and entered into as of «Date_of_Grant», by and between ShoreTel, Inc., a California corporation, and «Name» (the “Optionee”).
     The Company has granted to the Optionee pursuant to the ShoreTel, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) an option to purchase certain shares of the common stock of the Company (the “Stock”), upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Option Agreement (the “Option”). The Option shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference.
      1.  Definitions and Construction .
          1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Plan. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:
               (a) “Date of Option Grant” means «Date_of_Grant».
               (b) “Number of Option Shares” means «Number_of_Shares» shares of Stock, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 9.

-2-


 

               (c) “Exercise Price” means $«price_per_share» per share of Stock, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 9.
               (d) “Initial Exercise Date” means the Date of Option Grant.
               (e) “Initial Vesting Date” means the date occurring Twelve (12) months after (check one):
                         ___      the Date of Option Grant.
                         ___     «Commencement_Date»
               (f) “Vested Ratio” means, on any relevant date, the ratio determined as follows:
         
    Vested Ratio
 
       
Prior to Initial Vesting Date
    0  
 
       
On Initial Vesting Date, provided the Optionee’s Service has not terminated prior to such date
    1/4  
     
Plus    
 
   
For each full month of the Optionee’s continuous Service from the Initial Vesting Date until the Vested Ratio equals 1/1, an additional
  1/48
               (g) “Option Expiration Date” means the date ten (10) years after the Date of Option Grant.
               (h) “Company” means ShoreTel, Inc., a California corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.
               (i) “Disability” means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.
               (j) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
               (k) “Service” means the Optionee’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. The Optionee’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of the change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee’s Service. Furthermore, the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any

-3-


 

military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee’s right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining Optionee’s Vested Ratio. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee’s Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.
          1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
     2.   Tax Consequences .
          2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code and is not intended to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, nor does the Company represent or warrant that this Option is not subject to Section 409A of the Code. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Sections 409A and 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, the Exercise Price and holding period requirements. (NOTE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of other Incentive Stock Options held by the Optionee (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the Optionee should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option).
          2.2 Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . If the Optionee exercises this Option to purchase shares of Stock that are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Optionee understands that the Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Optionee exercises the Option. Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if, for example, (a) they are unvested and are subject to a right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the Optionee’s original purchase price if the Optionee’s Service terminates, (b) the Optionee is an Insider and exercises the Option within six (6) months of the Date of Option Grant (if a class of equity security of the Company is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act), or (c) the Optionee is subject to a restriction on transfer to comply with “Pooling-of-Interests Accounting” rules. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. The Optionee acknowledges

-4-


 

that the Optionee has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to the Optionee of the exercise of the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTIONEE PURCHASES SHARES THAT ARE SUBJECT TO A SUBSTANTIAL RISK OF FORFEITURE OR NONTRANSFERABLE. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE OPTIONEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.
     3.   Administration . All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.
     4.   Exercise of the Option .
          4.1 Right to Exercise . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the Number of Option Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Optionee’s agreement that any shares purchased upon exercise are subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11.
          4.2 Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required, herein, of the then current forms of escrow and security agreement referenced below. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreements.
          4.3 Payment of Exercise Price .
               (a)  Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price of the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as

-5-


 

determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(c), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.
               (b)  Tender of Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of Stock to the extent such tender of Stock would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.
               (c)  Cashless Exercise. A “Cashless Exercise” means the assignment in a form acceptable to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.
          4.4 Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Optionee is cautioned that the Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Optionee may not be able to exercise the Option when desired even though the Option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares or release such shares from any escrow provided for herein.
          4.5 Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.
          4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under

-6-


 

the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. Questions concerning this restriction should be directed to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.
          4.7 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.
     5.   Nontransferability of the Option . The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.
     6.   Termination of the Option . The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised on the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Transfer of Control to the extent provided in Section 8.
     7.   Effect of Termination of Service .
          7.1 Option Exercisability .
               (a)  Disability. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. (NOTE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service as an Employee terminated as a result of a Disability other than a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

-7-


 

               (b)  Death . If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of the death if the Optionee dies within thirty (30) days after the Optionee’s termination of Service.
               (c)  Other Termination of Service . If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee within thirty (30) days (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
               7.2 Additional Limitations on Option Exercise . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, the Option may not be exercised after the Optionee’s termination of Service to the extent that the shares to be acquired upon exercise of the Option would be subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option as provided in Section 11.
               7.3 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Company makes no representation as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor as to the tax consequences to the Optionee of any such delayed exercise.
               7.4 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date. The Company makes no representation as to the tax consequences of any such delayed exercise. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor as to the tax consequences to the Optionee of any such delayed exercise.
     8.   Transfer of Control .
          8.1 Definitions .
               (a) An “Ownership Change Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company:

-8-


 

               (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company;
               (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party;
               (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or
               (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
          (b) A “Transfer of Control” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, the “Transaction”) wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “Transferee Corporation(s)”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
     8.2 Effect of Transfer of Control on Option . In the event of a Transfer of Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the “Acquiring Corporation”), may either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. For purposes of this Section 8.2, the Option shall be deemed assumed if, following the Transfer of Control, the Option confers the right to purchase in accordance with its terms and conditions, for each share of Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the Transfer of Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Transfer of Control was entitled. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Transfer of Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Transfer of Control nor exercised as of the date of the Transfer of Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Transfer of Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Transfer of Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the Option immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Transfer of Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are

-9-


 

members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the Option shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its sole discretion.
     9.   Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the “New Shares”), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded up or down to the nearest whole number, as determined by the Board, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.
     10.   Rights as a Shareholder, Employee or Consultant . The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee, whether an Employee or Consultant, any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.
     11.   Unvested Share Repurchase Option .
          11.1 Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . In the event the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or if the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Vested Shares as defined in Section 11.2 below (the “Unvested Shares”), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “Unvested Share Repurchase Option”).
          11.2 Vested Shares and Unvested Shares Defined . The “Vested Shares” shall mean, on any given date, a number of shares of Stock equal to the Number of Option Shares

-10-


 

multiplied by the Vested Ratio determined as of such date and rounded down to the nearest whole share. On such given date, the “Unvested Shares” shall mean the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option which exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.
          11.3 Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60) days after (a) termination of the Optionee’s Service (or exercise of the Option, if later) or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.
          11.4 Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company. The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Optionee’s original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9 (the “Repurchase Price”). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Optionee in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Optionee of the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Optionee at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Optionee.
          11.5 Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.
          11.6 Ownership Change Event . Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted as appropriate. For purposes of determining the Vested Ratio following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation which is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.
     12.   Escrow .
          12.1 Establishment of Escrow . To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares which the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an escrow agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of escrow

-11-


 

and security agreements approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 9, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or any security interest held by the Company shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of Stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.
          12.2 Delivery of Shares to Optionee . As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, but not more frequently than twice each calendar year, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restrictions.
          12.3 Notices and Payments . In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property which the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.
     13.   Stock Distributions Subject to Option Agreement . If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and any security interest held by the Company with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and such security interest immediately before such event.
     14.   Notice of Sales Upon Disqualifying Disposition . The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, the Optionee shall promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and shall provide the Company with a description of the terms and circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any

-12-


 

certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.
     15.   Legends . The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
          15.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”
          15.2 Any legend required to be placed thereon by the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California.
          15.3 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”
          15.4 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE TERMINATION OF THE REPURCHASE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

-13-


 

     16.  Public Offering . The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Optionee shall be subject to this Section provided and only if the officers and directors of the Company are also subject to similar arrangements.
     17. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares . No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.
     18. Binding Effect . Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     19. Termination or Amendment . The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 in connection with a Transfer of Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.
     20. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.
     21. Integrated Agreement . This Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein, and there are no agreements, understandings,

-14-


 

restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of this Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.
     22.  Sections 409A and 422 Release and Reimbursement Agreement . Unless expressly determined otherwise by the Committee or Board, this Option is intended to be compliant with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code, including, without limitation, the Exercise Price underlying this Option being set at not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value at the Date of Grant of this Option. Optionee acknowledges that, if the Exercise Price is less than the Fair Market Value as of the Date of Grant of this Option, then Optionee may have significant tax liabilities with respect to this Option. Optionee further acknowledges that, at any time hereafter, it may be determined by the Committee, a court of law, the Internal Revenue Service or other governmental entity that this Option is subject to Section 409A of the Code and not subject to Section 422 of the Code,, including without limitation because the Exercise Price underlying this Option is less than the Fair Market Value as of the Date of Grant of this Option (a “Determination" ). Optionee expressly agrees, by accepting this Option and in partial consideration for the grant of this Option to Optionee, as follows:
          22.1 Optionee hereby irrevocably waives and releases any and all claims or causes of action that Optionee may have against the Participating Company Group, its agents, officers, stockholders, employees, directors, attorneys, subscribers, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns, for any damages, injury or loss arising out of, related to or connected with such a Determination or otherwise under Sections 409A and 422 of the Code, including without limitation with respect to taxes, interest and penalties that may be due from Optionee with respect to this Option under Section 409A of the Code; and
          22.2 Optionee agrees to promptly reimburse the Participating Company Group upon its request, whether by way of a deduction from wages due (if and to the extent permitted by law) or otherwise, as determined by the Participating Company Group in its sole discretion, and regardless of whether or not Optionee is then an employee, for any taxes (together with interest due thereon) paid by the Participating Company Group on Optionee’s behalf in connection with such a Determination.

-15-


 

     23.  Applicable Law . This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.
             
    SHORETEL, INC.,
    a California corporation
 
           
 
  By:        
 
           
 
                           , President and    
 
      Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    Address:
 
           
    960 Stewart Drive
    Sunnyvale, California 94085

-16-


 

     The Optionee represents that the Optionee is familiar with the terms and provisions of this Option Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option set forth in Section 11 and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. The Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under this Option Agreement. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan.
             
 
      OPTIONEE    
Date: «Date_of_Grant»
     
 
«Name»
   
 
           
 
      Optionee Address:    
 
           
 
      «Address»    

-17-


 

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE
ShoreTel, Inc.
Attention: Stock Option Administration
     1.  Exercise of Option . Effective as of today, «Exercise_date», the undersigned (“Optionee”) hereby elects to exercise Optionee’s option to purchase «Number_of_Shares» shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of ShoreTel, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 1997 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) and the Immediately Exercisable Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated «Date_of_Grant» (the “Option Agreement”).
     2.  Representations of Optionee . Optionee acknowledges that Optionee has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.
     3.  Rights as Shareholder . Until the stock certificate evidencing such Shares is issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such stock certificate promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan.
          Optionee shall enjoy rights as a shareholder until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercises the Unvested Share Repurchase Option pursuant to the Option Agreement. Upon such exercise, Optionee shall have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Optionee shall forthwith cause the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to be surrendered to the Company for transfer or cancellation.
     4.  Tax Consultation . Optionee understands that Optionee may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Optionee’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Optionee represents that Optionee has consulted with any tax consultants Optionee deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.
     5.  Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .
          a. Legends . Optionee understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any

-1-


 

certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws or as the Company may otherwise determine:
               (i) “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”
               (ii) Any legend required to be placed thereon by the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California.
               (iii) If applicable: “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”
               (iv) If applicable: “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE TERMINATION OF THE REPURCHASE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”
          b. Stop-Transfer Notices . Optionee agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
          c. Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of

-2-


 

this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
     6.  Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
     7.  Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or by the Company forthwith to the Company’s Board of Directors or the committee thereof that administers the Plan, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Board or committee shall be final and binding on the Company and on Optionee.
     8.  Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California excluding that body of law pertaining to conflicts of law. Should any provision of this Agreement be determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, the other provisions shall nevertheless remain effective and shall remain enforceable.
     9.  Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail by certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at its address as shown below beneath its signature, or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.
     10.  Further Instruments . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.
     11.  Delivery of Payment . Optionee herewith delivers to the Company the full Exercise Price for the Shares.
     12.  Entire Agreement . The Plan and Notice of Grant/Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan, the Option Agreement (including without limitation the Unvested Share Repurchase Option of Sec. 11 thereof), and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof.
                 
Submitted by:       Accepted by:    
 
               
OPTIONEE:       SHORETEL, INC.    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
«Name»
         
 
                     , President and
   
Address : «Address»
          Chief Executive Officer    

-3-


 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT
         
OPTIONEE
  :   «Name»
 
       
COMPANY
  :   SHORETEL, INC.
 
       
SECURITY
  :   COMMON STOCK
 
       
AMOUNT
  :   $«Total_price»
 
       
 
      «number_of_shares» Shares
 
       
DATE
  :   «Exercise_date»
In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Optionee represents to the Company the following:
     (a) Optionee is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Optionee is acquiring these Securities for investment for Optionee’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
     (b) Optionee acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Optionee’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Optionee understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Optionee’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the future. Optionee further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Optionee further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, a legend prohibiting their transfer without the consent of the Commissioner of Corporations of the State of California and any other legend required under applicable state securities laws.
     (c) Optionee is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to

- 1 -


 

the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to the Optionee, the exercise will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144, including: (1) the resale being made through a broker in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (3) the amount of Securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.
     (d) In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires the resale to occur not less than two years after the later of the date the Securities were sold by the Company or the date the Securities were sold by an affiliate of the Company, within the meaning of Rule 144; and, in the case of acquisition of the Securities by an affiliate, or by a non-affiliate who subsequently holds the Securities less than three years, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.
     (e) Optionee further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Optionee understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption will be available in such event.
     (f) Optionee understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities without the consent of the Commissioner of Corporations of California. Optionee has read the applicable Commissioner’s Rules with respect to such restriction, a copy of which is attached.
Signature of Optionee:
                                                              
«Name»
Date: «Exercise_date»

- 2 -


 

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED I,                                , hereby sell, assign and transfer unto                                           (                      )shares of the Common Stock of ShoreTel, Inc. standing in my name of the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.       herewith and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                      to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
     This Stock Assignment may be used only in accordance with the Joint Escrow Instructions between                                           and the undersigned dated                      ,            .
Dated: _______________, ___
Signature:______________________________
INSTRUCTIONS: Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its “repurchase option,” as set forth in the Agreement, without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser.

- 3 -


 

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
«Exercise_date»
ShoreTel, Inc.
Corporate Secretary
960 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, California 94085
Dear Corporate Secretary:
     As Escrow Agent for both ShoreTel, Inc. (the “Company”), and the undersigned purchaser of stock of the Company (the “Purchaser”), you are hereby authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Immediately Exercisable Incentive Stock Option Agreement (“Agreement”) between the Company and the undersigned, in accordance with the following instructions:
     1. In the event the Company and/or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively for convenience herein as the “Company”) exercises the Company’s repurchase option set forth in Section 11 of the Agreement, the Company shall give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing hereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.
     2. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred, and (c) to deliver same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company or its assignee, against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (by cash, a check, or some combination thereof) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.
     3. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as defined in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to the filing with any applicable state blue sky authority of any required applications for consent to, or notice of transfer of, the securities. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.
     4. If the Company has not otherwise directed you to hold all certificates, then: (A) upon written request of the Purchaser, but no more than once per calendar year, unless the Company’s repurchase option has been exercised, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates

-1-


 

representing so many shares of stock as are not then subject to the Company’s repurchase option; and (B) within 120 days after cessation of Purchaser’s continuous employment by or services to the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, you will deliver to Purchaser a certificate or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares held or issued pursuant to the Agreement and not purchased by the Company or its assignees pursuant to exercise of the Company’s repurchase option.
     5. If at the time of termination of this escrow you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder.
     6. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties hereto.
     7. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.
     8. You are hereby expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties hereto or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties hereto or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.
     9. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.
     10. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the Statute of Limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.
     11. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor.
     12. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to be an officer or agent of the Company or if you shall resign by written notice to each party. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor Escrow Agent.

-2-


 

     13. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect hereto, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.
     14. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.
     15. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto.
     
COMPANY:
  ShoreTel, Inc.
 
  960 Stewart Drive
 
  Sunnyvale, CA 94085
 
   
PURCHASER:
  «Name»
 
  «Address»
 
   
ESCROW AGENT:
  ShoreTel, Inc.
 
  Corporate Secretary
 
  960 Stewart Drive
 
  Sunnyvale, California 94085
     16. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party hereto only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.
     17. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

-3-


 

     18. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of California.
             
    ShoreTel, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:          
 
         
 
                         ,President and    
 
    Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    Purchaser:    
 
           
         
 
      «Name»    
 
           
    Escrow Agent:    
 
           
         
 
      (Signature)    

-4-


 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986
     The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:
1.   The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:
         
    TAXPAYER:   SPOUSE:
NAME:
  «Name»    
ADDRESS:
  «Address»    
IDENTIFICATION NO.:
       
TAXABLE YEAR:
       
2.   The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows: «number_of_shares» shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of ShoreTel, Inc. (the “Company”).
3.   The date on which the property was transferred is: «Exercise_date»
 
4.   The property is subject to the following restrictions:
The Shares may not be transferred and are subject to forfeiture under the terms of an agreement between the taxpayer and the Company. These restrictions lapse upon the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in such agreement.
5.   The fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without $«Total_price» regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is:
 
6.   The amount (if any) paid for such property is: $«Total_price»
The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property. The transferee of such property is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.
The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .
                             
Dated:
                         
 
 
 
,  
 
     
 
   
 
                      «Name»    
 
                           
The undersigned spouse of taxpayer joins in this election.    
 
                           
Dated:
                         
 
 
 
,  
 
     
 
   
 
                      Spouse of Taxpayer Signature    

-5-

 

Exhibit 10.3
(SHORETEL LOGO)
2007 Equity Incentive Plan

 


 

SHORETEL, INC.
2007 Equity Incentive Plan
(adopted by the Board on February 2, 2007)
      1.  PURPOSE . The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, and any Parents and Subsidiaries that exist now or in the future, by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through the grant of Awards. Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in the text are defined in Section 27. Prior to the date that the Company’s Shares are first listed on a national securities exchange, this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, grants may be made pursuant to this plan which do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and any requirement of this Plan which is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply if the Committee so provides.
      2.  SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .
          2.1 Number of Shares Available . Subject to Sections 2.6 and 22 and any other applicable provisions hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan as of the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board is Fifty Million (50,000,000) Shares.
          2.2 Lapsed, Returned Awards . Shares subject to Awards, and Shares issued upon exercise of Awards, will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with subsequent Awards under this Plan to the extent such Shares: (i) are subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option or SAR granted under this Plan but which cease to be subject to the Option or SAR for any reason other than exercise of the Option or SAR; (ii) are subject to Awards granted under this Plan that are forfeited or are repurchased by the Company at the original issue price; (iii) are surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program; or (iv) are subject to Awards granted under this Plan that otherwise terminate without such Shares being issued. With respect to SARs, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a SAR will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under SARs will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.
          2.3 Minimum Share Reserve . At all times the Company shall reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding Awards granted under this Plan and all other outstanding but unvested Awards granted under this Plan.
          2.4 Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for grant and issuance under the Plan shall be increased on January 1, of each of 2008 through 2017, by the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of the number of Shares issued and outstanding on each December 31 immediately prior to the date of increase or (ii) such number of Shares determined by the Board.
          2.5 Limitations . No more than Four Hundred Fifty Million (450,000,000) Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs.
          2.6 Adjustment of Shares . If the number of outstanding Shares is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination,

 


 

reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, without consideration, then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance and future grant under the Plan set forth in Section 2.1, (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and SARs, (c) the number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards, (d) the maximum number of shares that may be issued as ISOs set forth in Section 2.5, and (e) the maximum number of Shares that may be issued to an individual or to a new Employee in any one calendar year set forth in Section 3, shall be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and in compliance with applicable securities laws; provided that fractions of a Share will not be issued.
      3.  ELIGIBILITY . ISOs may be granted only to Employees. All other Awards may be granted to Employees, Consultants, and Directors of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; provided such Consultants, and Directors render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. No Participant will be eligible to receive more than twenty-five million (25,000,000) Shares in any calendar year under this Plan pursuant to the grant of Awards.
      4.  ADMINISTRATION .
          4.1 Committee Composition; Authority . This Plan will be administered by the Committee or by the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan except however, the Board shall establish the terms for the grant of Awards to Outside Directors. The Committee will have the authority to:
               (a) construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;
               (b) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan or any Award;
               (c) select persons to receive Awards;
               (d) determine the form and terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Committee will determine;
               (e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards;
               (f) determine Fair Market Value, if necessary;
               (g) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;
               (h) grant waivers of Plan or Award conditions;
               (i) determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards;

2


 

               (j) correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement;
               (k) determine whether an Award has been earned;
               (l) determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program;
               (m) reduce or waive any criteria with respect to Performance Factors;
               (n) adjust Performance Factors to take into account changes in law and accounting or tax rules as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships provided that such adjustments are consistent with the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to persons whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code; and
               (o) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.
          4.2 Committee Interpretation and Discretion . Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award shall be made in its sole discretion at the time of grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan or Award, at any later time, and such determination shall be final and binding on the Company and all persons having an interest in any Award under the Plan. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be submitted by the Participant or Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participant. The Committee may delegate to one or more executive officers the authority to review and resolve disputes with respect to Awards held by Participants who are not Insiders, and such resolution shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participant.
          4.3 Section 162(m) of the Code and Section 16 of the Exchange Act . When necessary or desirable for an Award to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code the Committee shall include at least two persons who are “outside directors” (as defined under Section 162(m) of the Code) and at least two (or a majority if more than two then serve on the Committee) such “outside directors” shall approve the grant of such Award and timely determine (as applicable) the Performance Period and any Performance Factors upon which vesting or settlement of any portion of such Award is to be subject. When required by Section 162(m) of the Code, prior to settlement of any such Award at least two (or a majority if more than two then serve on the Committee) such “outside directors” then serving on the Committee shall determine and certify in writing the extent to which such Performance Factors have been timely achieved and the extent to which the Shares subject to such Award have thereby been earned. Awards granted to Insiders must be approved by two or more “non-employee directors” (as defined in the regulations promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act).
      5. OPTIONS . The Committee may grant Options to Participants and will determine whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (“ ISOs ”) or Nonqualified Stock Options (“ NQSOs ”), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

3


 

          5.1 Option Grant . Each Option granted under this Plan will identify the Option as an ISO or an NQSO. An Option may be, but need not be, awarded upon satisfaction of such Performance Factors during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participant’s individual Award Agreement. If the Option is being earned upon the satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for each Option; and (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance, if any. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Options that are subject to different performance goals and other criteria.
          5.2 Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, or a specified future date. The Award Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.
          5.3 Exercise Period . Options may be exercisable within the times or upon the conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement governing such Option; provided , however , that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and provided further that no ISO granted to a person who, at the time the ISO is granted, directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (“ Ten Percent Shareholder ”) will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines. To the extent then required by applicable law, no Option granted to a non-officer employee shall become exercisable at an annual rate of less than twenty percent (20%) of the Shares subject to such Option.
          5.4 Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted; provided that: (i) the Exercise Price of an ISO will be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant and (ii) the Exercise Price of any ISO granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder will not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment for the Shares purchased may be made in accordance with Section 11. The Exercise Price of a NQSO may be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant in the Committee’s discretion.
          5.5 Method of Exercise . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Committee may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Committee and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 2.6 of the Plan. Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of

4


 

Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
          5.6 Termination . The exercise of an Option will be subject to the following (except as may be otherwise provided in an Award Agreement):
               (a) If the Participant is Terminated for any reason except for Cause or the Participant’s death or Disability, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the Termination Date no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter time period not less than thirty (30) days or longer time period not exceeding five (5) years as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3) months after the Termination Date deemed to be an NQSO), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.
               (b) If the Participant is Terminated because of the Participant’s death (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause or because of the Participant’s Disability), then the Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the Termination Date and must be exercised by the Participant’s legal representative, or authorized assignee, no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or such shorter time period not less than six (6) months or longer time period not exceeding five (5) years as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond (a) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participant’s death, or (b) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for the Participant’s death, deemed to be an NQSO), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.
               (c) If the Participant is Terminated because of the Participant’s Disability, then the Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the Termination Date and must be exercised by the Participant (or the Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (with any exercise beyond (a) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for a Disability that is not a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or (b) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for a Disability that is a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, deemed to be exercise of an NQSO), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.
               (d) If the Participant is terminated for Cause, then Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee, but in any no event later than the expiration date of the Options.
          5.7 Limitations on Exercise . The Committee may specify a minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent any Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.
          5.8 Limitations on ISOs . With respect to Awards granted as ISOs, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which such ISOs are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as NQSOs. For purposes of this Section 5.8, ISOs will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder

5


 

are amended after the Effective Date to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.
          5.9 Modification, Extension or Renewal . The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code. Subject to Section 18 of this Plan, by written notice to affected Participants, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of such Participants; provided , however , that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the Fair Market Value on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price.
          5.10 No Disqualification . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant affected, to disqualify any ISO under Section 422 of the Code.
      6.  RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS .
          6.1 Awards of Restricted Stock . A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to a Participant Shares that are subject to restrictions (“ Restricted Stock ”). The Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the Participant may purchase, the Purchase Price, the restrictions under which the Shares will be subject and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the Plan.
          6.2 Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement . All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award will be evidenced by an Award Agreement. A Participant accepts a Restricted Stock Award by signing and delivering to the Company an Award Agreement with full payment of the Purchase Price, within thirty (30) days from the date the Award Agreement was delivered to the Participant. If the Participant does not accept such Award within thirty (30) days, then the offer of such Restricted Stock Award will terminate, unless the Committee determines otherwise.
          6.3 Purchase Price . The Purchase Price for a Restricted Stock Award will be determined by the Committee and may be less than Fair Market Value on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted. Payment of the Purchase Price must be made in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan, and the Award Agreement.
          6.4 Terms of Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted Stock Awards will be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose or are required by law. These restrictions may be based on completion of a specified number of years of service with the Company or upon completion of Performance Factors, if any, during any Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participant’s Award Agreement. Prior to the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Committee shall: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the Restricted Stock Award; (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure performance goals, if any; and (c) determine the number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant. Performance Periods may overlap and a Participant may participate simultaneously with respect to Restricted Stock Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and having different performance goals and other criteria.

6


 

          6.5 Termination of Participant . Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such Participant’s Termination Date (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).
      7.  STOCK BONUS AWARDS .
          7.1 Awards of Stock Bonuses . A Stock Bonus Award is an award to an eligible person of Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units) for services to be rendered or for past services already rendered to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary. All Stock Bonus Awards shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement. No payment from Participant will be required for Shares awarded pursuant to a Stock Bonus Award.
          7.2 Terms of Stock Bonus Awards . The Committee will determine the number of Shares to be awarded to the Participant under a Stock Bonus Award and any restrictions thereon. These restrictions may be based upon completion of a specified number of years of service with the Company or upon satisfaction of performance goals based on Performance Factors during any Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participant’s Stock Bonus Agreement. Prior to the grant of any Stock Bonus Award the Committee shall: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the Stock Bonus Award; (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure performance goals; and (c) determine the number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant. Performance Periods may overlap and a Participant may participate simultaneously with respect to Stock Bonus Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria.
          7.3 Form of Payment to Participant . Payment may be made in the form of cash, whole Shares, or a combination thereof, based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares earned under a Stock Bonus Award on the date of payment.
          7.4 Termination of Participation . Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such Participant’s Termination Date (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).
      8.  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS .
          8.1 Awards of SARs . A Stock Appreciation Right (“ SAR ”) is an award to a Participant that may be settled in cash, or Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock), having a value equal to (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price multiplied by (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is being settled (subject to any maximum number of Shares that may be issuable as specified in an Award Agreement). All SARs shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.
          8.2 Terms of SARs . The Committee will determine the terms of each SAR including, without limitation: (a) the number of Shares subject to the SAR; (b) the Exercise Price and the time or times during which the SAR may be settled; (c) the consideration to be distributed on settlement of the SAR; and (d) the effect of the Participant’s Termination on each SAR. The Exercise Price of the SAR will be determined by the Committee when the SAR is granted, and may be less than Fair Market Value. A SAR may be awarded upon satisfaction of Performance Factors, if any, during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participant’s individual Award Agreement. If the SAR is being earned upon the satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for each SAR; and (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance, if any. Performance

7


 

Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to SARs that are subject to different Performance Factors and other criteria.
          8.3 Exercise Period and Expiration Date . A SAR will be exercisable within the times or upon the occurrence of events determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement governing such SAR. The SAR Agreement shall set forth the expiration date; provided that no SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the SAR is granted. The Committee may also provide for SARs to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise (including, without limitation, upon the attainment during a Performance Period of performance goals based on Performance Factors), in such number of Shares or percentage of the Shares subject to the SAR as the Committee determines. Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such Participant’s Termination Date (unless determined otherwise by the Committee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 5.6 also will apply to SARs.
          8.4 Form of Settlement . Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying (i) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price; times (ii) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. At the discretion of the Committee, the payment from the Company for the SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.
      9.  RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS .
          9.1 Awards of Restricted Stock Units . A Restricted Stock Unit (“ RSU ”) is an award to a Participant covering a number of Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock). All RSUs shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.
          9.2 Terms of RSUs . The Committee will determine the terms of an RSU including, without limitation: (a) the number of Shares subject to the RSU; (b) the time or times during which the RSU may be settled; and (c) the consideration to be distributed on settlement, and the effect of the Participant’s Termination on each RSU. An RSU may be awarded upon satisfaction of such Performance Factors (if any) during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participant’s Award Agreement. If the RSU is being earned upon satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the RSU; (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance, if any; and (z) determine the number of Shares deemed subject to the RSU. Performance Periods may overlap and participants may participate simultaneously with respect to RSUs that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria.
          9.3 Form and Timing of Settlement . Payment of earned RSUs shall be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may settle earned RSUs in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.
          9.4 Termination of Participant . Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such Participant’s Termination Date (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).

8


 

      10.  PERFORMANCE SHARES .
          10.1 Awards of Performance Shares . A Performance Share Award is an award to a Participant denominated in Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock). Grants of Performance Shares shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.
          10.2 Terms of Performance Shares . The Committee will determine, and each Award Agreement shall set forth, the terms of each award of Performance Shares including, without limitation: (a) the number of Shares deemed subject to such Award; (b) the Performance Factors and Performance Period that shall determine the time and extent to which each award of Performance Shares shall be settled; (c) the consideration to be distributed on settlement, and the effect of the Participant’s Termination on each award of Performance Shares. In establishing Performance Factors and the Performance Period the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period; (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used; and (z) determine the number of Shares deemed subject to the award of Performance Shares. Prior to settlement the Committee shall determine the extent to which Performance Shares have been earned. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Performance Shares that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria.
          10.3 Value, Earning and Timing of Performance Shares . Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding Performance Factors or other vesting provisions have been achieved. Payment of earned Performance Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.
          10.4 Termination of Participant . Except as may be set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such Participant’s Termination Date (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).
      11.  PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES .
          Payment from Participant for Shares purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash or by check or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law (and to the extent not otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement):
               (a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;
               (b) by surrender of shares of the Company held by the Participant that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Award will be exercised or settled;
               (c) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant for services rendered or to be rendered to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

9


 

               (d) by consideration received by the Company pursuant to a broker-assisted and/or same day sale (or other) cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan;
               (e) by any combination of the foregoing; or
               (f) by any other method of payment as is permitted by applicable law.
      12.  GRANTS TO OUTSIDE DIRECTORS .
          12.1 Types of Awards . Outside Directors are eligible to receive any type of Award offered under this Plan except ISOs. Awards pursuant to this Section 12 may be automatically made pursuant to policy adopted by the Board, or made from time to time as determined in the discretion of the Board.
          12.2 Eligibility . Awards pursuant to this Section 12 shall be granted only to Outside Directors. An Outside Director who is elected or re-elected as a member of the Board will be eligible to receive an Award under this Section 12.
          12.3 Vesting, Exercisability and Settlement . Except as set forth in Section 21, Awards shall vest, become exercisable and be settled as determined by the Board. With respect to Options and SARs, the exercise price granted to Outside Directors shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time that such Option or SAR is granted.
      13.  WITHHOLDING TAXES .
          13.1 Withholding Generally . Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable federal, state, local and international withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of Shares pursuant to exercise or settlement of any Award. Whenever payments in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan are to be made in cash, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable federal, state, local and international withholding tax requirements.
          13.2 Stock Withholding . The Committee, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may require or permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, or (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.
      14.  TRANSFERABILITY . Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. If the Committee makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. All Awards shall be exercisable: (i) during the Participant’s lifetime only by (A) the Participant, or (B) the Participant’s guardian or legal representative; and (ii) after the Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s heirs or legatees

10


 

      15.  PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP; RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES .
          15.1 Voting and Dividends . No Participant will have any of the rights of a shareholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a shareholder and have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided , that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock; provided , further , that the Participant will have no right to retain such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to Shares that are repurchased at the Participant’s Purchase Price or Exercise Price, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 15.2.
          15.2 Restrictions on Shares . At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) a right to repurchase (a “ Right of Repurchase ”) a portion of any or all Unvested Shares held by a Participant following such Participant’s Termination at any time within ninety (90) days after the later of the Participant’s Termination Date and the date the Participant purchases Shares under this Plan, for cash and/or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, at the Participant’s Purchase Price or Exercise Price, as the case may be.
      16.  CERTIFICATES . All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.
      17.  ESCROW; PLEDGE OF SHARES . To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of the Participant’s obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided , however , that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participant’s Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, the Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.
      18.  REPRICING; EXCHANGE AND BUYOUT OF AWARDS . The Committee may reprice Options or SARS without prior stockholder approval. The Committee may, at any time or from time to time authorize the Company, in the case of an Option or SAR exchange, and with the consent of the respective Participants (unless not required pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Plan), to pay cash or issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any, or all, outstanding Awards. The Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options or SARs without the consent of affected Participants by a written notice to them; provided, however, that the Exercise Price may not be reduced

11


 

below the minimum Exercise Price necessary to avoid treatment as a “deferral of compensation” under Section 409A of the Code.
      19.  SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE . An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.
      20.  NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY . Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time.
      21.  CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS .
          21.1 Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor . In the event of a Corporate Transaction any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption or replacement shall be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to stockholders (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards). The successor corporation may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the Participant. In the event such successor or acquiring corporation (if any) refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a Corporate Transaction, then notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, such Awards will expire on such transaction at such time and on such conditions as the Board will determine; the Board (or, the Committee, if so designated by the Board) may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting of such Awards in connection with a Corporate Transaction. In addition, in the event such successor or acquiring corporation (if any) refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a Corporate Transaction, the Committee will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that such Award will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and such Award will terminate upon the expiration of such period. Awards need not be treated similarly in a Corporate Transaction.
     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 21.1, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant Awards that provide for acceleration upon a Corporate Transaction or in other events in the specific Award Agreements.
          21.2 Assumption of Awards by the Company . The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either; (a) granting an Award under this

12


 

Plan in substitution of such other company’s award; or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged ( except that the Purchase Price or the Exercise Price, as the case may be, and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise or settlement of any such Award will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code).
          21.3 Outside Directors’ Awards . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the vesting of all Awards granted to Outside Directors shall accelerate and such Awards shall become exercisable (as applicable) in full prior to the consummation of such event at such times and on such conditions as the Committee determines.
      22.  ADOPTION AND SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL . This Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Company’s shareholders, consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.
      23.  TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW . Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will become effective on the Effective Date and will terminate ten (10) years from the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. This Plan and all Awards granted hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.
      24.  AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN . The Board may at any time terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including, without limitation, amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan; provided , however , that the Board will not, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires such shareholder approval; provided further , that a Participant’s Award shall be governed by the version of this Plan then in effect at the time such Award was granted.
      25.  NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the shareholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock awards and bonuses otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.
      26.  INSIDER TRADING POLICY . Each Participant who receives an Award shall comply with any policy adopted by the Company from time to time covering transactions in the Company’s securities by Employees, officers and/or directors of the Company.
      27.  DEFINITIONS . As used in this Plan, and except as elsewhere defined herein, the following terms will have the following meanings:
     “ Award ” means any award under the Plan, including any Option, Restricted Stock, Stock Bonus, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Unit or award of Performance Shares.
     “ Award Agreement ” means, with respect to each Award, the written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award, which shall

13


 

be in substantially a form (which need not be the same for each Participant) that the Committee has from time to time approved, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.
     “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     “ Cause ” means (a) the commission of an act of theft, embezzlement, fraud, dishonesty, (b) a breach of fiduciary duty to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary, or (c) a failure to materially perform the customary duties of Employee’s employment.
     “ Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
     “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee of the Board or those persons to whom administration of the Plan, or part of the Plan, has been delegated as permitted by law.
     “ Company ” means ShoreTel, Inc., or any successor corporation.
     “ Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor or independent contractor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.
     “ Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then-outstanding voting securities; (ii) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or (iv) any other transaction which qualifies as a “corporate transaction” under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the stockholders of the Company give up all of their equity interest in the Company (except for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Company).
     “ Director ” means a member of the Board.
     “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided, however, that except with respect to Awards granted as ISOs, the Committee in its discretion may determine whether a total and permanent disability exists in accordance with non-discriminatory and uniform standards adopted by the Committee from time to time, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, as determined by the Committee.
     “ Effective Date ” means the date of the Plan’s adoption by the Board.
     “ Employee ” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

14


 

     “ Exercise Price ” means the price at which a holder of an Option or SAR may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of an Option or SAR.
     “ Exchange Program ” means a program pursuant to which outstanding Awards are surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash, the same type of Award or a different Award (or combination thereof).
     “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock determined as follows:
               (a) if such Common Stock is then quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market (collectively, the “ Nasdaq Market ”), its closing price on the Nasdaq Market on the date of determination, or if there are no sales for such date, then the last preceding business day on which there were sales, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board or the Committee deems reliable;
               (b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board or the Committee deems reliable;
               (c) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is neither quoted on the Nasdaq Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board or the Committee deems reliable; or
               (d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board or the Committee in good faith and by taking into account such factors as may be required by applicable law.
     “ Insider ” means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in the Company’s Common Stock are (or would be if the Company’s Shares are not then publicly traded) subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
     “ Option ” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5.
     “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.
     “ Parent ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
     “ Participant ” means an Employee, Consultant or Director (including Outside Directors) who receives an Award under this Plan.
     “ Performance Factors ” means the factors selected by the Committee, which may include, but are not limited to the, the following measures (whether or not in comparison to other peer companies) to determine whether the performance goals established by the Committee and applicable to Awards have been satisfied:
    Net revenue and/or net revenue growth;

15


 

    Earnings per share and/or earnings per share growth;
 
    Earnings before income taxes and amortization and/or earnings before income taxes and amortization growth;
 
    Operating income and/or operating income growth;
 
    Net income and/or net income growth;
 
    Total stockholder return and/or total stockholder return growth;
 
    Return on equity;
 
    Operating cash flow return on income;
 
    Adjusted operating cash flow return on income;
 
    Economic value added;
 
    Individual business objectives; and
 
    Company specific operational metrics.
     “ Performance Period ” means the period of service determined by the Committee, not to exceed five (5) years, during which years of service or performance is to be measured for the Award.
     “ Performance Share ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10 of the Plan.
     “ Plan ” means this ShoreTel, Inc. 2007 Equity Incentive Plan.
     “ Purchase Price ” means the price to be paid for Shares acquired under the Plan, other than Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option or SAR.
     “ Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.
     “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan.
     “ SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “ Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “ Shares ” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 21, and any successor security.
     “ Stock Appreciation Right ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.
     “ Stock Bonus ” means an Award granted pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.
     “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the

16


 

unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
     “ Termination ” or “ Terminated ” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer, director, consultant, independent contractor or advisor to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. An employee will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services in the case of (i) sick leave, (ii) military leave, or (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Committee; provided , that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute or unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company and issued and promulgated to employees in writing. In the case of any employee on an approved leave of absence, the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of vesting of the Award while on leave from the employ of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Award be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “ Termination Date ”).
     “ Unvested Shares ” means Shares that have not yet vested or are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company (or any successor thereto).

17


 

 
SHORETEL, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
             
 
  Name:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Address:        
 
     
 
   
 
 
     
 
   
     You (the “ Participant ”) have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of this Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”) and the Stock Option Award Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) attached hereto, as follows. The terms defined in the Plan shall have the same meanings in this Notice.
             
 
  Grant Number                           
 
           
 
  Date of Grant                           
 
           
 
  Vesting Commencement Date                           
 
           
 
  Exercise Price per Share                           
 
           
 
  Total Number of Shares                           
 
           
 
  Total Exercise Price                           
 
           
    Type of Option              Non-Qualified Stock Option  
 
           
                   Incentive Stock Option
 
           
 
  Expiration Date                           
 
           
    Post-Termination Exercise Period:   Termination for Cause = None
Voluntary Termination = 3 Months
Termination without Cause = 3 Months
Disability = 12 Months
Death = 12 Months
Vesting Schedule:
     Subject to the limitations set forth in this Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement, the Option will vest and may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:
      [INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]
     You acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Option Agreement, and represent that you are familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accept the Option subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof. You understand that your employment or consulting relationship, or service with the Company is for an unspecified duration and can be terminated at any time (i.e., is “at-will”), and that

 


 

nothing in this Notice, the Stock Option Award Agreement or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that relationship. You acknowledge that the vesting of shares pursuant to this Notice is earned only by your continuing service as an Employee or Consultant of the Company.
                 
PARTICIPANT:       SHORETEL, INC.
 
               
Signature:  
          By:    
 
 
       
 
 
Print Name: 
          Its:    
 
 
       
 
 
Date:
          Date:     
 
 
       
 
 

2


 

SHORETEL, INC.
STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
     Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Award Agreement (the “Agreement”).
     Participant has been granted an option to purchase Shares (the “Option”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Option Grant (“Notice of Grant”) and this Agreement.
     1.  Vesting Rights . Subject to the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Agreement, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.
     2.  Termination Period .
          (a) General Rule . Except as provided below, and subject to the Plan, this Option may be exercised for 3 months after termination of Participant’s employment with the Company. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant.
          (b) Death; Disability . Upon the termination of Participant’s employment with the Company by reason of his or her Disability or death, or if a Participant dies within three months of the Termination Date, this Option may be exercised for twelve months in the case of death, and six months in the case of Disability, after the Termination Date, provided that in no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date set forth in the Notice of Grant.
          (c) Cause . Upon the termination of Participant’s employment by the Company for Cause, the Option shall expire on such date of Participant’s Termination Date.
     3.  Grant of Option . The Participant named in the Notice of Grant has been granted an Option for the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”). In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.
               If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”).
     4.  Exercise of Option .
          (a) Right to Exercise . This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. In the event of Participant’s death, Disability, Termination for Cause or other Termination, the exercisability of the Option is governed by the applicable provisions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Option Grant and this Agreement.
          (b) Method of Exercise . This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice (the “Exercise Notice”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be delivered in person, by mail, via electronic mail or facsimile or by other authorized method to the Secretary of the Company or other person designated by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This

 


 

Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price.
          (c) No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with all relevant provisions of law and the requirements of any stock exchange or quotation service upon which the Shares are then listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to the Participant on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.
     5.  Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:
          (a) cash; or
          (b) check; or
          (c) a “broker-assisted” or “same day sale” (as described in Section 11(d) of the Plan); or
          (d) other method authorized by the Company.
     6.  Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or court order and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by the Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Participant.
     7.  Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Notice of Grant, the Plan and the terms of this Agreement.
     8.  U.S. Tax Consequences . For Participants subject to U.S. income tax, some of the federal tax consequences relating to this Option, as of the date of this Option, are set forth below. All other Participants should consult a tax advisor for tax consequences relating to this Option in their respective jurisdiction. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.
          (a) Exercising the Option .
               (i)  Nonstatutory Stock Option . The Participant may incur regular federal income tax liability upon exercise of a NSO. The Participant will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price. If the Participant is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from his or her compensation or collect from Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.
               (ii)  Incentive Stock Option . If this Option qualifies as an ISO, the Participant will have no regular federal income tax liability upon its exercise, although the excess, if any, of the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Exercised Shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment to alternative minimum taxable income for federal tax purposes and may subject the Participant to alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

2


 

          (b) Disposition of Shares .
               (i)  NSO . If the Participant holds NSO Shares for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.
               (ii)  ISO . If the Participant holds ISO Shares for at least one year after exercise and two years after the grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If the Participant disposes of ISO Shares within one year after exercise or two years after the grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the lesser of (A) the difference between the Fair Market Value of the Shares acquired on the date of exercise and the aggregate Exercise Price, or (B) the difference between the sale price of such Shares and the aggregate Exercise Price.
          (c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If the Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to an ISO on or before the later of (i) two years after the grant date, or (ii) one year after the exercise date, the Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. The Participant agrees that he or she may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized from such early disposition of ISO Shares by payment in cash or out of the current earnings paid to the Participant.
          (d) Possible Effect of Section 409A of the Code . Section 409A of the Code applies to arrangements that provide for the deferral of compensation. Generally, a stock option granted with an exercise price per share of not less than the “fair market value” (determined in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder) per share on the date of grant of the stock option and with no other feature providing for the deferral of compensation will not be subject to Section 409A of the Code. However, if the exercise price of the stock option is less than such “fair market value” or the stock option has another feature for the deferral of compensation, then if the stock option is not administered within the parameters established under Section 409A the optionholder will be subject to additional taxes. Also, the amount deemed to be deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code will be subject to ordinary income and employment taxes (in this respect the IRS has not yet indicated how it will calculate the amount of deferred compensation subject to tax and the timing and frequency of taxation, but it seems likely that the income will be measured and taxes imposed at least on the vesting dates of the stock option). If Section 409A of the Code does apply to this Option, then special rules apply to the timing of making and effecting certain amendments of this Option with respect to distribution of any deferred compensation.
     9.  Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Notice of Grant, and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This agreement is governed by Delaware law except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws.
     10.  No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Participant s employment, for any reason, with or without cause.
     By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative on the Notice of Grant, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant, and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, the Notice of Grant, and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing the Notice of Grant, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant, and this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or

3


 

interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice of Grant, and the Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated on the Notice of Grant.

4


 

No.                     
SHORETEL, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT
     This Stock Option Exercise Agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                      , ___(the “ Effective Date ”) by and between ShoreTel, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the purchaser named below (the “ Purchaser ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).
     
Purchaser:
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Social Security Number:
   
 
   
 
   
Address:
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Total Number of Shares:
   
 
   
 
   
Exercise Price Per Share:
   
 
   
 
   
Type of Stock Option
   
 
   
(Check one):
  o Incentive Stock Option
 
  o Nonqualified Stock Option
1. EXERCISE OF OPTION .
           1.1 Exercise . Pursuant to exercise of that certain option (the “ Option ”) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company, and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, the Total Number of Shares set forth above (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock, at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the “ Exercise Price ”). As used in this Exercise Agreement, the term “ Shares ” refers to the Shares purchased under this Exercise Agreement and includes all securities received (i) in replacement of the Shares, (ii) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (iii) all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.
           1.2 Title to Shares . The exact spelling of the name(s) under which Purchaser will take title to the Shares is:
     
 
   
 
   
 
   
          Purchaser desires to take title to the Shares as follows:
                o  Individual, as separate property

 


 

                o Husband and wife, as community property
                o Joint Tenants
                o Other; please specify:                                                                                     
           1.3 Payment . Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Exercise Price in the manner permitted in the Stock Option Agreement as follows (check and complete as appropriate):
     
o
  in cash (by check) in the amount of $                      , receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company;
 
   
o
  by delivery of                      fully-paid, nonassessable and vested shares of the Common Stock of the Company owned by Purchaser which have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144, (if purchased by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such vested shares), or obtained by Purchaser in the open public market, and owned free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, valued at the current fair market value of $                      per share;
 
   
o
  through a “broker-assisted” or “same day sale” program, commitment from the Purchaser or Authorized Transferee and an NASD Dealer meeting the requirements set forth by the Company; or
 
   
o
  through a “margin” commitment from Purchaser or Authorized Transferee and an NASD Dealer meeting the requirements of the Company’s “margin” procedures and in accordance with law.
      2.  DELIVERY .
           2.1 Deliveries by Purchaser . Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company (i) this Exercise Agreement and (ii) the Exercise Price and payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations.
           2.2 Deliveries by the Company . Upon its receipt of the Exercise Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company under Section 2.1, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser.
      3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER . Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that:
           3.1 Agrees to Terms of the Plan . Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, has read and understands the terms of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions. Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.
           3.2 Access to Information . Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

 


 

           3.3 Understanding of Risks . Purchaser has received and reviewed the Form S-8 prospectus for the Plan and Shares and is fully aware of: (i) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (ii) the financial hazards involved; (iii) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and (iv) the tax consequences of investment in the Shares. Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment, has the ability to protect Purchaser’s own interests in this transaction and is financially capable of bearing a total loss of this investment.
      4.  COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS . Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.
      5.  RESTRICTED SECURITIES .
           5.1 No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares except when such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares, and may withdraw any such registration statement at any time after filing. Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser.
           5.2 SEC Rule 144 . If Purchaser is an “affiliate” for purposes of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, then in addition, Purchaser has been advised that Rule 144 requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of one (1) year, and in certain cases two (2) years, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company or if “current public information” about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available.
      6.  RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as Purchaser disposes of the Shares.
      7.  RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS .
           7.1 Legends . Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place any legends that may be required by state or U.S. Federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or, subject to the assent of the Company, any agreement between Purchaser and any third party.
           7.2 Stop-Transfer Instructions . Purchaser agrees that, to ensure compliance with any restrictions imposed by this Exercise Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
           7.3 Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.
      8.  TAX CONSEQUENCES . PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS AND REPRESENTS: (i) THAT PURCHASER HAS REVIEWED THE PROSPECTUS PREPARED FOR THE PLAN AND

 


 

CONSULTED PURCHASER’S PERSONAL TAX ADVISER IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (ii) THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE. SET FORTH BELOW IS A BRIEF SUMMARY AS OF THE DATE THE PLAN WAS ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF SOME OF THE U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF EXERCISE OF THE OPTION AND DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT THE PROSPECTUS AND PURCHASER’S PERSONAL TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.
           8.1 Exercise of Incentive Stock Option . If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular U.S. Federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for U.S. Federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject Purchaser to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.
           8.2 Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option . If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular U.S. Federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Purchaser will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Purchaser is or was an employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Purchaser’s compensation or collect from Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.
           8.3 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.
               (a)  Incentive Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of the transfer of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for federal income tax purposes. If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.
               (b)  Nonqualified Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of the transfer of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain.
               (c)  Withholding . The Company may be required to withhold from the Purchaser’s compensation or collect from the Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.
      9.  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS . The issuance and transfer of the Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Purchaser with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.
      10.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Agreement. No other party to this Exercise Agreement may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Exercise Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company. This Exercise Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this

 


 

Exercise Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchaser’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.
      11.  GOVERNING LAW . This Exercise Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.
      12.  NOTICES . Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Exercise Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Exercise Agreement on the earliest of the following: (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (iii) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries. All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by express courier. All notices not delivered personally will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address set forth below the signature lines of this Exercise Agreement, or at such other address as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto. Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: Stock Plan Administration”.
      13.  FURTHER ASSURANCES . The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Exercise Agreement.
      14.  TITLES AND HEADINGS . The titles, captions and headings of this Exercise Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Exercise Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” will mean “sections” to this Exercise Agreement.
      15.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT . The Plan, the Notice, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Exercise Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.
      16.  COUNTERPARTS . This Exercise Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
      17.  SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Exercise Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Exercise Agreement and the remainder of this Exercise Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Exercise Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Exercise Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Exercise Agreement to be executed in triplicate by its duly authorized representative and Purchaser has executed this Exercise Agreement as of the Effective Date, indicated above.
             
SHORETEL, INC.   PURCHASER
 
           
By:
           
         
        (Signature)
 
           
     
(Please print name)   (Please print name)
 
           
         
(Please print title)        
 
           
Address:   Address:
 
           
     
 
           
     
 
           
     
 
           
Fax No.:
      Fax No.    
 
 
 
 
           
Phone No.:
      Phone No.:    
 
 
 
[Signature page to ShoreTel, Inc. Stock Option Exercise Agreement]

 


 

SHORETEL, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD
GRANT NUMBER:
                    
     You have been granted an award of Restricted Shares of Common Stock of ShoreTel, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) on the following terms:
                 
  1.    
Name of Grantee:
       
       
 
     
 
  2.    
Total Number of Restricted Shares Awarded:
       
       
 
     
 
  3.    
Fair Market Value per Restricted Share:
  $    
       
 
     
 
  4.    
Total Fair Market Value of Award:
  $    
       
 
     
 
  5.    
Purchase Price per Restricted Share:
  $    
       
 
     
 
  6.    
Total Purchase Price for all Restricted Shares:
  $    
       
 
     
 
  7.    
Date of Grant:
       
       
 
     
 
  8.    
Vesting Commencement Date.
       
       
 
     
   9.      Vesting Schedule: [ Subject to your continued service as an employee, director or consultant of the Company,                                   .]
     By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that the Award of Restricted Shares is governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Restricted Share Agreement (together with this notice the “ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ”), which is attached hereto. If the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is not executed by you within thirty (30) days of the Date of Grant above, then this grant shall be void.
                     
SHORETEL, INC.       RECIPIENT:    
 
                   
By:
          Signature        
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
Its:
          Please Print Name        
 
 
 
         
 
   

 


 

SHORETEL, INC.
2007 Equity Incentive Plan
RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT
     THIS RESTRICTED SHARE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                      , 20___by and between ShoreTel, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and                                           (“Participant”) pursuant to the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.
      1.  Sale of Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Purchase Date (as defined below) the Company will issue and sell to Participant, and Participant agrees to purchase from the Company the number of Shares shown on the Notice of Restricted Stock Award at a purchase price of $                      per Share. The per Share purchase price of the Shares shall be not less than the par value of the Shares as of the date of the offer of such Shares to the Participant. The term “Shares” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of or in connection with the Shares pursuant to stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Participant is entitled by reason of Participant’s ownership of the Shares.
      2.  Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement by the parties, or on such other date as the Company and Participant shall agree (the “Purchase Date”). On the Purchase Date, the Company will issue in Participant’s name a stock certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Participant against payment of the purchase price therefor by Participant by (a) check made payable to the Company, (b) cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to Participant, (c) Participant’s personal services that the Committee has determined have already been rendered to the Company and have a value not less than aggregate par value of the Shares to be issued Participant, or (d) a combination of the foregoing.
      3.  Restrictions on Resale . By signing this Agreement, Participant agrees not to sell any Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan and this Agreement at a time when applicable laws, regulations or Company or underwriter trading policies prohibit exercise or sale. This restriction will apply as long as Participant is providing Service to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company.
           3.1 Repurchase Right on Termination Other Than for Cause . For the purposes of this Agreement, a “ Repurchase Event ” shall mean an occurrence of one of:
                (i)  termination of Participant’s service, whether voluntary or involuntary and with or without cause;
                (ii)  resignation, retirement or death of Participant; or
                (iii)  any attempted transfer by Participant of the Shares, or any interest therein, in violation of this Agreement.

1


 

Upon the occurrence of a Repurchase Event, the Company shall have the right (but not an obligation) to purchase the Shares of Participant at a price equal to the Price (the “ Repurchase Right ”). The Repurchase Right shall lapse in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Restricted Stock Award. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Unvested Shares ” means Stock pursuant to which the Company’s Repurchase Right has not lapsed.
      3.2 Exercise of Repurchase Right . Unless the Company provides written notice to Participant within 90 days from the date of termination of Participant’s employment or consulting relationship that the Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Right with respect to some or all of the Unvested Shares, the Repurchase Right shall be deemed automatically exercised by the Company as of the 90th day following such termination, provided that the Company may notify Participant that it is exercising its Repurchase Right as of a date prior to such 90th day. Unless Participant is otherwise notified by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence that the Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Right as to some or all of the Unvested Shares, execution of this Agreement by Participant constitutes written notice to Participant of the Company’s intention to exercise its Repurchase Right with respect to all Unvested Shares to which such Repurchase Right applies at the time of Termination of Participant. The Company, at its choice, may satisfy its payment obligation to Participant with respect to exercise of the Repurchase Right by either (A) delivering a check to Participant in the amount of the purchase price for the Unvested Shares being repurchased, or (B) in the event Participant is indebted to the Company, canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Unvested Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price. In the event of any deemed automatic exercise of the Repurchase Right by canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Unvested Shares being repurchased, such cancellation of indebtedness shall be deemed automatically to occur as of the 90th day following termination of Participant’s employment or consulting relationship unless the Company otherwise satisfies its payment obligations. As a result of any repurchase of Unvested Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Right, the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Unvested Shares being repurchased and shall have all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Unvested Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Participant.
      3.3 Acceptance of Restrictions . Acceptance of the Shares shall constitute Participant’s agreement to such restrictions and the legending of his or her certificates with respect thereto. Notwithstanding such restrictions, however, so long as Participant is the holder of the Shares, or any portion thereof, he or she shall be entitled to receive all dividends declared on and to vote the Shares and to all other rights of a stockholder with respect thereto.
      3.4 Non-Transferability of Unvested Shares . In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws or any other agreement between the Company and Participant, Participant may not transfer any Unvested Shares, or any interest therein, unless consented to in writing by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Any purported transfer is void and of no effect, and no purported transferee thereof will be recognized as a holder of the Unvested Shares for any purpose whatsoever. Should such a transfer purport to occur, the Company may refuse to carry out the transfer on its books, set aside the transfer, or exercise any other legal or equitable remedy. In the event the Company consents to a transfer of Unvested Shares, all transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Repurchase Right. In the event of any purchase by the Company hereunder where the Shares or interest are held by a transferee, the transferee shall be obligated, if requested by the Company, to transfer the Shares or interest to the Participant for consideration equal to the amount to be paid by the Company hereunder. In the event the Repurchase Right is deemed exercised by the Company, the Company may deem any transferee to have transferred the Shares or interest to Participant

2


 

prior to their purchase by the Company, and payment of the purchase price by the Company to such transferee shall be deemed to satisfy Participant’s obligation to pay such transferee for such Shares or interest, and also to satisfy the Company’s obligation to pay Participant for such Shares or interest.
           3.5 Assignment . The Repurchase Right may be assigned by the Company in whole or in part to any persons or organization.
      4.  Restrictive Legends and Stop Transfer Orders .
           4.1 Legends . The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legend (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):
THE SHARE REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
           4.2 Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.
           4.3 Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as the owner or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.
      5.  No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Participant s employment, for any reason, with or without cause.
      6.  Miscellaneous .
           6.1 Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.
           6.2 The Plan and Other Agreements; Enforcement of Rights . The text of the Plan and the Notice of Restricted Stock Award to which this Agreement is attached are incorporated into this Agreement by reference. This Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Restricted Stock Award to which this Agreement is attached constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior discussions between them. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning the purchase of the Restricted Shares hereunder are superseded. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.
           6.3 Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the

3


 

event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i)such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
           6.4 Construction . This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.
           6.5 Notices . Any notice to be given under the terms of the Plan shall be addressed to the Company in care or its principal office, and any notice to be given to the Participant shall be addressed to such Participant at the address maintained by the Company for such person or at such other address as the Participant may specify in writing to the Company.
           6.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall he deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
           6.7 Successors and Assigns . The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of . , and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.
           6.8 U.S. Tax Consequences . Upon vesting of Shares, Participant will include in taxable income the difference between the fair market value of the vesting Shares, as determined on the date of their vesting, and the price paid for the Shares. This will be treated as ordinary income by Participant and will be subject to withholding by the Company when required by applicable law. In the absence of an Election (defined below) the Company shall withhold a number of vesting Shares with a fair market value (determined on the date of their vesting) equal to the amount the Company is required to withhold for income and employment taxes. If Participant makes an Election, then Participant must, prior to making the Election, pay in cash (or check) to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company is required to withhold for income and employment taxes.
      7.  Section 83(b) Election . Participant hereby acknowledges that he or she has been informed that, with respect to the purchase of the Shares, an election may be filed by the Participant with the Internal Revenue Service, within 30 days of the purchase of the Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase (the “ Election ”). Making the Election will result in recognition of taxable income to the Participant on the date of purchase, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares over the purchase price for the Shares. Absent such an Election, taxable income will be measured and recognized by Participant at the time or times on which the Company’s Repurchase Right lapses. Participant is strongly encouraged to seek the advice of his or her own tax consultants in connection with the purchase of the Shares and the advisability of filing of the Election. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS SOLELY PARTICIPANT’S RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE COMPANY’S RESPONSIBILITY, TO TIMELY FILE THE

4


 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE CODE, EVEN IF PARTICIPANT REQUESTS THE COMPANY, OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE, TO MAKE THIS FILING ON PARTICIPANT’S BEHALF.
     The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
             
    SHORETEL, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:
 
   
 
 
  Its:
 
   
 
     
 
   
 
    RECIPIENT:    
 
           
 
  Signature       
 
 
  Please Print Name
 
   
 
     
 
   

5


 

RECEIPT
     ShoreTel, Inc. hereby acknowledges receipt of (check as applicable):
o   A check in the amount of $                     
 
o   The cancellation of indebtedness in the amount of $                     
given by                                           as consideration for Certificate No. -                       for                      shares of Common Stock of ShoreTel, Inc.
Dated:                                          
             
    SHORETEL, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Its:        
 
     
 
   

 


 

RECEIPT AND CONSENT
     The undersigned Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a photocopy of Certificate No. -                      for                                           shares of Common Stock of ShoreTel, Inc. (the “ Company ”)
     The undersigned further acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, is acting as escrow holder pursuant to the Restricted Shares Agreement that Participant has previously entered into with the Company. As escrow holder, the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, holds the original of the aforementioned certificate issued in the undersigned’s name. To facilitate any transfer of Shares to the Company pursuant to the Restricted Shares Agreement, Participant has executed the attached Assignment Separate from Certificate.
Dated:                                           , 20                     
Signature                                                                                    
Please Print Name                                                               

 


 

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT
SEPARATE FROM STOCK CERTIFICATE
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Restricted Share Agreement dated as of                      ,                      , [ COMPLETE AT THE TIME OF PURCHASE ] (the “ Agreement ”), the undersigned Participant hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                                ,                      shares of the Common Stock $0.001, par value per share, of ShoreTel, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).                      [ COMPLETE AT THE TIME OF PURCHASE ] delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO.
Dated:                                           , ___
         
 
  PARTICIPANT    
 
       
 
 
 
(Signature)
   
 
       
 
 
 
(Please Print Name)
   
Instructions to Participant : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this document is to enable the Company and/or its assignee(s) to acquire the shares upon exercise of its “Repurchase Right” set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional action by the Participant.

 


 

SHORETEL, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK BONUS AWARD
GRANT NUMBER:
     The terms defined in the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Stock Bonus Award (“Notice of Grant”).
             
 
  Name:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Address:        
 
     
 
   
You (“ Participant ”) have been granted an award of Shares, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the attached Stock Bonus Award Agreement to the Plan (available in hard copy by request), as follows:
             
 
  Number of Shares:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  Date of Grant:        
 
     
 
   
 
           
 
  First Vesting Date:   [                                                                                    ]    
 
           
    Expiration Date:   The date on which all the Shares granted hereunder become vested, with
earlier expiration upon the Termination Date
 
    [Vesting Schedule: The Shares will vest as follows: Subject to your continued service as an employee, director or consultant of the Company, on                                                       . ]
Participant understands that his or her employment or consulting relationship with the Company is for an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time (i.e., is “at-will”), and that nothing in this Notice of Grant, the Stock Bonus Agreement or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that relationship. Participant acknowledges that the vesting of the Stock Bonus Shares pursuant to this Notice of Grant is earned only by continuing service as an employee, director or consultant of the Company. Participant also understands that this Notice of Grant is subject to the terms and conditions of both the Stock Bonus Agreement and the Plan, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. Participant has read both the Stock Bonus Agreement and the Plan.
                 
PARTICIPANT   SHORETEL, INC.    
 
               
Signature:
      By:        
 
 
 
     
 
   
 
               
Print Name:
    Its:        
 
 
 
     
 
   

 


 

SHORETEL, INC.
STOCK BONUS AGREEMENT TO THE
SHORETEL, INC. 2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Bonus Agreement (the “ Agreement ”).
You have been granted a Stock Bonus Award (“Stock Bonus Award”) subject to the terms, restrictions and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Stock Bonus Award (“Notice of Grant”) and this Agreement.
1. Settlement . Stock Bonus Awards shall be settled in Shares and the Company’s transfer agent shall record ownership of such Shares in Participant’s name as soon as reasonably practicable.
2. Stockholder Rights . Participant shall have no right to dividends or to vote such Shares other than as provided under an applicable section of the Plan and applicable law.
3. Non-Transferable . Unvested Shares, and unvested Stock Bonus Awards, and any interest in either shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of by Participant or any person whose interest derives from Participant’s interest. “Unvested Shares” are Shares that have not yet vested pursuant to the terms of the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.
4. Termination . If Participant’s continuous employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall terminate for any reason, all Unvested Shares shall be forfeited to the Company forthwith, and all rights of Participant to such Unvested Shares shall immediately terminate. In case of any dispute as to whether Termination has occurred, the Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether such Termination has occurred and the effective date of such Termination.
5. Acknowledgement . The Company and Participant agree that the Stock Bonus Award is granted under and governed by the Notice of Grant, this Agreement and by the provisions of the Plan (incorporated herein by reference). Participant: (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Plan prospectus, (ii) represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accepts the Stock Bonus Award subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan, this Agreement and the Notice of Grant.
6. Tax Consequences . Participant acknowledges that there will be tax consequences upon vesting of the Stock Bonus Awards or disposition of the Shares, if any, received in connection therewith, and Participant should consult a tax adviser regarding Participant’s tax obligations prior to such vesting or disposition. The included amount will be treated as ordinary income by Participant and will be subject to withholding by the Company. Before any shares subject to this Agreement are issued, the Participant must provide funds to the Company equal to the amount of the Company’s tax withholding obligations(s). Information on possible arrangements can be obtained from the Company. Upon disposition of the Shares, any subsequent increase or decrease in value will be treated as short-term or long-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the Shares are held for more than one year from the date of settlement.
7. Compliance with Laws and Regulations . The issuance of Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.
8. Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject

 


 

to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement will be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.
9. Governing Law; Severability . The Plan and Notice of Grant are incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement is governed by Delaware law except for that body of law pertaining to conflict of laws. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.
10. No Rights as Employee, Director or Consultant . Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser s employment, for any reason, with or without cause.
     By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative on the Notice of Grant, Participant and the Company agree that this Stock Bonus Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan, the Notice of Grant and this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in Participant’s residence address.

 


 

SHORETEL, INC.
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD
(U.S. FORM)
GRANT NUMBER:
                    
     The terms defined in the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) shall have the same meanings in this Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Award (“ Notice of Grant ”).
                 
 
  Name:        
 
   
 
               
 
  Address:        
 
   
 
You (“ Participant ”) have been granted an award of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the attached Award Agreement (Restricted Stock Units) (hereinafter “RSU Agreement”) to the Plan (available in hard copy by request), as follows:
 
 
  Number of RSUs:                
                 
 
                   
 
  Date of Grant:                
                 
 
                   
 
  First Vesting Date:       [   ]    
                 
 
                   
    Expiration Date:       The date on which settlement of all RSUs granted hereunder occurs, with earlier expiration upon the Termination Date
 
    Vesting Schedule: The RSUs will vest as follows: [ Subject to your continued service as an employee, director or consultant of the Company,                                           . ]
Participant understands that his or her employment or consulting relationship with the Company is for an unspecified duration, can be terminated at any time (i.e., is “at-will”), and that nothing in this Notice of Grant, the Award Agreement (Restricted Stock Units) or the Plan changes the at-will nature of that relationship. Participant acknowledges that the vesting of the RSUs pursuant to this Notice of Grant is earned only by continuing service as an employee, director or consultant of the Company. Participant also understands that this Notice of Grant is subject to the terms and conditions of both the Award Agreement (Restricted Stock Units) and the Plan, both of which are incorporated herein by reference. Participant has read both the Award Agreement (Restricted Stock Units) and the Plan.
                     
PARTICIPANT       SHORETEL, INC.    
 
                   
Signature:
   
 
      By:    
 
   
 
                   
Print Name:
   
 
      Its:    
 
   

 


 

SHORETEL, INC.
AWARD AGREEMENT (RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS) TO THE
SHORETEL, INC. 2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
(U.S. FORM)
Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Company’s 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Award Agreement (Restricted Stock Units) (the “ Agreement ”).
You have been granted Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) subject to the terms, restrictions and conditions of the Plan, the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (“Notice of Grant”) and this Agreement.
1. Settlement . Settlement of RSUs shall be made within 30 days following the applicable date of vesting under the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant. Settlement of RSUs shall be in Shares.
2. No Stockholder Rights . Unless and until such time as Shares are issued in settlement of vested RSUs, Participant shall have no ownership of the Shares allocated to the RSUs and shall have no right dividends or to vote such Shares.
3. Dividend Equivalents . Dividends, if any (whether in cash or Shares), shall not be credited to Participant.
4. No Transfer . The RSUs and any interest therein shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise disposed of.
5. Termination . If Participant’s service Terminates for any reason, all unvested RSUs shall be forfeited to the Company forthwith, and all rights of Participant to such RSUs shall immediately terminate. In case of any dispute as to whether Termination has occurred, the Committee shall have sole discretion to determine whether such Termination has occurred and the effective date of such Termination.
6. Acknowledgement . The Company and Participant agree that the RSUs are granted under and governed by the Notice of Grant, this Agreement and by the provisions of the Plan (incorporated herein by reference). Participant: (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and the Plan prospectus, (ii) represents that Participant has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and (iii) hereby accepts the RSUs subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein and those set forth in the Plan and the Notice of Grant.
7. U.S. Tax Consequences . Participant acknowledges that there will be tax consequences upon settlement of the RSUs or disposition of the Shares, if any, received in connection therewith, and Participant should consult a tax adviser regarding Participant’s tax obligations prior to such settlement or disposition. Upon vesting of the RSU, Participant will include in income the fair market value of the Shares subject to the RSU. The included amount will be treated as ordinary income by Participant and will be subject to withholding by the Company when required by applicable law. Before any Shares subject to this Agreement are issued the Company shall withhold a number of Shares with a fair market value (determined on the date the Shares are issued) equal to the amount the Company is required to withhold for income and employment taxes. Upon disposition of the Shares, any subsequent increase or decrease in value will be treated as short-term or long-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the Shares are held for more than one year from the date of settlement. Further, a RSU is considered a deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code. Section 409A of the Code imposes special rules to the timing of making and effecting certain amendments of this RSU with respect to distribution of any deferred compensation. You should consult your personal tax advisor for more information on the actual and potential tax consequences of this RSU.
8. Compliance with Laws and Regulations . The issuance of Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations and

 

 

Exhibit 10.4
(SHORETEL LOGO)
2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 


 

SHORETEL, INC.
2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Adopted by the Board of Directors on February 2, 2007
      1. Establishment of Plan . ShoreTel, Inc. (the “ Company ”) proposes to grant options for purchase of the Company’s Common Stock to eligible employees of the Company and its Participating Corporations (as hereinafter defined) pursuant to this Employee Stock Purchase Plan (this “ Plan ”). For purposes of this Plan, “Parent” and “Subsidiary” shall have the same meanings as “parent corporation” and “subsidiary corporation” in Sections 424(e) and 424(f), respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and “Corporate Group” shall refer collectively to the Company and all its Parents and Subsidiaries. “Participating Corporations” are the Company and any Parents or Subsidiaries that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) designates from time to time as corporations that shall participate in this Plan. The Company intends this Plan to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code (including any amendments to or replacements of such Section), and this Plan shall be so construed. Any term not expressly defined in this Plan but defined for purposes of Section 423 of the Code shall have the same definition herein. A total of five million (5,000,000) shares of the Company’s Common Stock is reserved for issuance under this Plan. In addition, on each January 1 after the first Offering Date, the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be increased automatically by the number of shares equal to one percent (1%) of the total number of outstanding shares of the Company Common Stock on the immediately preceding December 31 ( rounded down to the nearest whole share ); provided, that the Board or the Committee may in its sole discretion reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year; and, provided further , that the aggregate number of shares issued over the term of this Plan shall not exceed fifty million (50,000,000) shares of Common Stock. The number of shares reserved for issuance under this Plan and the maximum number of shares that may be issued under this Plan shall be subject to adjustments effected in accordance with Section 14 of this Plan.
      2. Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to provide eligible employees of the Company and Participating Corporations with a means of acquiring an equity interest in the Company through payroll deductions, to enhance such employees’ sense of participation in the affairs of the Company and Participating Corporations, and to provide an incentive for continued employment.
      3. Administration . This Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or by the Board (either referred to herein as the “ Committee ”). Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the limitations of Section 423 of the Code or any successor provision in the Code, all questions of interpretation or application of this Plan shall be determined by the Committee and its decisions shall be final and binding upon all Participants. Members of the Committee shall receive no compensation for their services in connection with the administration of this Plan, other than standard fees as established from time to time by the Board for services rendered by Board members serving on Board committees. All expenses incurred in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Company.
      4. Eligibility . Any employee of the Company or the Participating Corporations is eligible to participate in an Offering Period (as hereinafter defined) under this Plan except the following:
          (a) employees who are not employed by the Company or a Participating Corporation at the beginning of such Offering Period or at such other time period as specified by the Committee;
          (b) employees who are customarily employed for twenty (20) hours or less per week;
          (c) employees who are customarily employed for five (5) months or less in a calendar year;

- 1 -


 

          (d) employees who, together with any other person whose stock would be attributed to such employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code, own stock or hold options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Participating Corporations or who, as a result of being granted an option under this Plan with respect to such Offering Period, would own stock or hold options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Participating Corporations;
          (e) employees who do not meet any other eligibility requirements that the Committee may choose to impose (within the limits permitted by the Code); and
          (f) individuals who provide services to the Company or any of its Participating Corporations as independent contractors who are reclassified as common law employees for any reason except for federal income and employment tax purposes.
      5. Offering Dates .
          (a) The offering periods of this Plan (each, an “ Offering Period ”) may be of up to twenty-four (24) months duration and shall commence and end at the times designated by the Committee during which payroll deductions of Participants are accumulated under this Plan.
          (b) The initial Offering Period shall commence on the date on which the Registration Statement covering the initial public offering of shares of the Company’s Common Stock is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Effective Date ”), and shall end with the Purchase Date that occurs on or prior to the February 14 or August 14 that first occurs six months or more after the Effective Date. Thereafter, a six-month Offering Period shall commence on each February 15 and August 15.
          (c) The first business day of each Offering Period is referred to as the “ Offering Date ,” however, for the initial Offering Period this shall be the Effective Date. The last business day of each Offering Period is referred to as the “ Purchase Date .” The Committee shall have the power to change these terms as provided in Section 25 below.
      6. Participation in this Plan .
          Eligible employees may become participants (a “ Participant ” or collectively, “ Participants ”) in an Offering Period under this Plan on the Offering Date by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company prior to such Offering Date, or such other time period as specified by the Committee, and timely satisfying any other eligibility requirements for participating in such Offering Period; provided, however , that all employees who satisfy the eligibility conditions (determined as of the Effective Date) will be automatically enrolled in the initial Offering Period (the “ Initial Enrollment ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) an eligible employee may elect to decrease the number of shares of Common Stock that such employee would otherwise be permitted to purchase pursuant to Section 7 below for the initial Offering Period under the Plan and/or purchase shares of Common Stock for the initial Offering Period through payroll deductions by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company within thirty (30) days after the filing of an effective registration statement pursuant to Form S-8 and (ii) the Committee may set a later time for filing the subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions for all eligible employees with respect to a given Offering Period. Once an employee becomes a participant in an Offering Period, then such employee will automatically participate in the Offering Period commencing immediately following the last day of such prior Offering Period unless the employee withdraws or is deemed to withdraw from this Plan or terminates further participation in the Offering Period as set forth in Section 11 below. Such participant is not required to file any additional subscription agreement in order to continue participation in this Plan.

- 2 -


 

      7. Grant of Option on Enrollment . Becoming a Participant with respect to an Offering Period will constitute the grant (as of the Offering Date) by the Company to such Participant of an option to purchase on the Purchase Date up to that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company determined by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount accumulated in such Participant’s payroll deduction account during such Offering Period and the denominator of which is the lower of (i) ninety percent (90%) of the fair market value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock on the Offering Date (but in no event less than the par value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock), or (ii) ninety percent (90%) of the fair market value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock on the Purchase Date (but in no event less than the par value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock) provided, however , that for the initial Offering Period the numerator shall be fifteen percent (15%) of the Participant’s compensation for such Offering Period and provided , further , that the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock subject to any option granted pursuant to this Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the maximum number of shares set by the Committee pursuant to Section 10(b) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date, or (y) the maximum number of shares which may be purchased pursuant to Section 10(a) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date. The fair market value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock shall be determined as provided in Section 8 below.
      8. Purchase Price . The purchase price per share at which a share of Common Stock will be sold in any Offering Period shall be ninety percent (90%) of the lesser of:
          (a) The fair market value on the Offering Date; or
          (b) The fair market value on the Purchase Date .
     The term “ fair market value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock determined as follows:
          (i) if such Common Stock is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or
          (ii) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; and
          (iii) with respect to the initial Offering Period, “fair market value” on the Offering Date shall be the price at which shares of Common Stock are offered to the public pursuant to the Registration Statement covering the initial public offering of shares of the Company’s Common Stock.
      9. Payment Of Purchase Price; Payroll Deduction Changes; Share Issuances .
          (a) The purchase price of the shares is accumulated by regular payroll deductions made during each Offering Period. The deductions are made as a percentage of the Participant’s compensation in one percent (1%) increments not less than one percent (1%), nor greater than fifteen percent (15%) or such higher or lower limit as may be set by the Committee for a particular Offering Period. Compensation shall mean all W-2 cash compensation categorized by the Company as base salary or regular hourly wages, bonuses, overtime pay, commissions, and shift premiums, provided , however , that for purposes of determining a Participant’s compensation, any election by such Participant to reduce his or her regular cash remuneration under Sections 125 or 401(k) of the Code shall be treated as if the Participant did not make such election. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first payday following the last Purchase Date (first payday following the effective date of filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a securities registration statement for the Plan with respect to the initial Offering Period) and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner altered or terminated as provided in this Plan.

- 3 -


 

          (b) A Participant may decrease the rate of payroll deductions during an Offering Period by filing with the Company a new authorization for payroll deductions, with the new rate to become effective for the next payroll period commencing after the Company’s receipt of the authorization and continuing for the remainder of the Offering Period unless changed as described below. Such change in the rate of payroll deductions may be made at any time during an Offering Period, but not more than one (1) decrease may be made effective during any Offering Period. A Participant may increase or decrease the rate of payroll deductions for any subsequent Offering Period by filing with the Company a new authorization for payroll deductions prior to the beginning of such Offering Period, or such other time period as specified by the Committee.
          (c) A Participant may reduce his or her payroll deduction percentage to zero during an Offering Period by filing with the Company a request for cessation of payroll deductions. Such reduction shall be effective beginning with the next payroll period after the Company’s receipt of the request and no further payroll deductions will be made for the duration of the Offering Period. Payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account prior to the effective date of the request shall be used to purchase shares of Common Stock of the Company in accordance with Section (e) below. A reduction of the payroll deduction percentage to zero shall be treated as such Participant’s withdrawal from such Offering Period, and the Plan, effective as of the day after the next Purchase Date following the filing date of such request with the Company.
          (d) All payroll deductions made for a Participant are credited to his or her account under this Plan and are deposited with the general funds of the Company. No interest accrues on the payroll deductions. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.
          (e) On each Purchase Date, so long as this Plan remains in effect and provided that the Participant has not submitted a signed and completed withdrawal form before that date which notifies the Company that the Participant wishes to withdraw from that Offering Period under this Plan and have all payroll deductions accumulated in the account maintained on behalf of the Participant as of that date returned to the Participant, the Company shall apply the funds then in the Participant’s account to the purchase of whole shares of Common Stock reserved under the option granted to such Participant with respect to the Offering Period to the extent that such option is exercisable on the Purchase Date. The purchase price per share shall be as specified in Section 8 of this Plan. Any amount remaining in a Participant’s account on a Purchase Date which is less than the amount necessary to purchase a full share of the Company’s Common Stock shall be carried forward, without interest, into the next Offering Period, as the case may be. In the event that this Plan has been oversubscribed, all funds not used to purchase shares on the Purchase Date shall be returned to the Participant, without interest. No Common Stock shall be purchased on a Purchase Date on behalf of any employee whose participation in this Plan has terminated prior to such Purchase Date.
          (f) As promptly as practicable after the Purchase Date, the Company shall issue shares for the Participant’s benefit representing the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option.
          (g) During a Participant’s lifetime, his or her option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her. The Participant will have no interest or voting right in shares covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised.
      10. Limitations on Shares to be Purchased .
          (a) No Participant shall be entitled to purchase stock under any Offering Period at a rate which, when aggregated with such Participant’s rights to purchase stock, that are also outstanding in the same calendar year(s) (whether under other Offering Periods or other employee stock purchase plans of the Corporate Group), exceeds $25,000 in fair market value, determined as of the Offering Date, (or such other limit as may be imposed by the Code) for each calendar year in which such Offering Period is in

- 4 -


 

effect (hereinafter the “Maximum Share Amount”). The Company shall automatically suspend the payroll deductions of any Participant as necessary to enforce such limit provided that when the Company automatically resumes such payroll deductions, the Company must apply the rate in effect immediately prior to such suspension.
          (b) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, set a lower maximum number of shares which may be purchased by any Participant during any Offering Period than that determined under Section 10(a) above, which shall then be the Maximum Share Amount for subsequent Offering Periods. If a new Maximum Share Amount is set, then all Participants must be notified of such Maximum Share Amount prior to the commencement of the next Offering Period for which it is to be effective. The Maximum Share Amount shall continue to apply with respect to all succeeding Offering Periods unless revised by the Committee as set forth above.
          (c) If the number of shares to be purchased on a Purchase Date by all Participants exceeds the number of shares then available for issuance under this Plan, then the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the remaining shares in as uniform a manner as shall be reasonably practicable and as the Committee shall determine to be equitable. In such event, the Company shall give written notice of such reduction of the number of shares to be purchased under a Participant’s option to each Participant affected.
          (d) Any payroll deductions accumulated in a Participant’s account which are not used to purchase stock due to the limitations in this Section 10, and not covered by Section 9(e), shall be returned to the Participant as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Offering Period, without interest.
      11. Withdrawal .
          (a) Each Participant may withdraw from an Offering Period under this Plan by signing and delivering to the Company a written notice to that effect on a form provided for such purpose by the Company. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of an Offering Period, or such other time period as specified by the Committee.
          (b) Upon withdrawal from this Plan, the accumulated payroll deductions shall be returned to the withdrawn Participant, without interest, and his or her interest in this Plan shall terminate. In the event a Participant voluntarily elects to withdraw from this Plan, he or she may not resume his or her participation in this Plan during the same Offering Period, but he or she may participate in any Offering Period under this Plan which commences on a date subsequent to such withdrawal by filing a new authorization for payroll deductions in the same manner as set forth in Section 6 above for initial participation in this Plan.
      12. Termination of Employment . Termination of a Participant’s employment for any reason, including retirement, death, disability, or the failure of a Participant to remain an eligible employee of the Company or of a Participating Corporation, immediately terminates his or her participation in this Plan. In such event, accumulated payroll deductions credited to the Participant’s account will be returned to him or her or, in the case of his or her death, to his or her legal representative, without interest. For purposes of this Section 12, an employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment or failed to remain in the continuous employ of the Company or of a Participating Corporation in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Company; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute.
      13. Return of Payroll Deductions . In the event a Participant’s interest in this Plan is terminated by withdrawal, termination of employment or otherwise, or in the event this Plan is terminated by the Board, the Company shall deliver to the Participant all accumulated payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a Participant in this Plan.

- 5 -


 

      14. Capital Changes . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee (in its sole discretion) to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock which may be delivered under the Plan, the purchase price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 1 and 10 shall be proportionately adjusted.
      15. Nonassignability . Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under this Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 22 below) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be void and without effect.
      16. Reports . Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in this Plan. Each Participant shall receive promptly after the end of each Offering Period a report of his or her account setting forth the total payroll deductions accumulated, the number of shares purchased, the per share price thereof and the remaining cash balance, if any, carried forward to the next Offering Period.
      17. Notice of Disposition . Each Participant shall notify the Company in writing if the Participant disposes of any of the shares purchased in any Offering Period pursuant to this Plan if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Offering Date or within one (1) year from the Purchase Date on which such shares were purchased (the “ Notice Period ”). The Company may, at any time during the Notice Period, place a legend or legends on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to this Plan requesting the Company’s transfer agent to notify the Company of any transfer of the shares. The obligation of the Participant to provide such notice shall continue notwithstanding the placement of any such legend on the certificates.
      18. No Rights to Continued Employment . Neither this Plan nor the grant of any option hereunder shall confer any right on any employee to remain in the employ of the Company or any Participating Corporation, or restrict the right of the Company or any Participating Corporation to terminate such employee’s employment.
      19. Equal Rights And Privileges . All eligible employees shall have equal rights and privileges with respect to this Plan so that this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code and the related regulations. Any provision of this Plan which is inconsistent with Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code shall, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Committee or the Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 423. This Section 19 shall take precedence over all other provisions in this Plan.
      20. Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with this Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.
      21. Term; Stockholder Approval . This Plan will become effective on the Effective Date. This Plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company, in any manner permitted by applicable corporate law, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. No purchase of shares that are subject to such stockholder approval before becoming available under this Plan shall occur prior to stockholder approval of such shares and the Board or Committee may delay any

- 6 -


 

Purchase Date and postpone the commencement of any Offering Period subsequent to such Purchase Date as deemed necessary or desirable to obtain such approval (provided that if a Purchase Date would occur more than twenty-four (24) months after commencement of the Offering Period to which it relates, then such Purchase Date shall not occur and instead such Offering Period shall terminate without the purchase of such shares and Participants in such Offering Period shall be refunded their contributions without interest). This Plan shall continue until the earlier to occur of (a) termination of this Plan by the Board (which termination may be effected by the Board at any time pursuant to Section 25 below), (b) issuance of all of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under this Plan, or (c) the tenth anniversary of the first Purchase Date under the Plan.
      22. Designation of Beneficiary .
          (a) A Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under this Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to the end of an Offering Period but prior to delivery to him of such shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under this Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to a Purchase Date.
          (b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under this Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company shall deliver such shares or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.
      23. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares; Limitation on Sale of Shares . Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
      24. Applicable Law . The Plan shall be governed by the substantive laws (excluding the conflict of laws rules) of the State of Delaware.
      25. Amendment or Termination . The Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Committee, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Purchase Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Committee in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 14). If an Offering Period is terminated prior to its previously-scheduled expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants’ accounts for such Offering Period, which have not been used to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock, shall be returned to those Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under local laws) as soon as administratively practicable. Further, the Committee will be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the administration of the Plan, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of the Company’s Common Stock for each Participant

- 7 -


 

properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s base salary or regular hourly wages, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Committee determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan. Such actions will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participants. However, no amendment shall be made without approval of the stockholders of the Company (obtained in accordance with Section 21 above) within twelve (12) months of the adoption of such amendment (or earlier if required by Section 21) if such amendment would: (a) increase the number of shares that may be issued under this Plan; or (b) change the designation of the employees (or class of employees) eligible for participation in this Plan.
      26. Corporate Transactions .
          (a) In the event of a Corporate Transaction (as defined below), each outstanding right to purchase Company Common Stock will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or a subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the purchase right, the Offering Period with respect to which such purchase right relates will be shortened by setting a new Purchase Date (the “ New Purchase Date ” and will end on the New Purchase Date. The New Purchase Date shall occur on or prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction.
          (b) “ Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or (ii) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

- 8 -

 

Exhibit 10.5
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
ShoreTel Executive Bonus Incentive Plan
The purpose of the ShoreTel Bonus Incentive Plan is to executives for driving the achievement of ShoreTel’s company objectives. The key drivers for the 2 nd half of FY06 are growth in revenue, operating profit and customer satisfaction.
Executives will have the opportunity to earn a cash bonus based on their individual and departmental performance and the achievement of company objectives.
Company Revenue Objectives
Company revenue performance, operating profit and customer satisfaction will determine the overall funding of the bonus plan. The bonus incentive plan funding will be computed based on the achievement of the targets presented in the table below. These targets have been established by our Executive Staff and approved by our Board of Directors.
                                                                 
Bonus Pool   50%   75%   90%   100%   110%   125%   150%   Weight
Revenue Targets
    ****     ****     ****     ****     ****     ****     ****     50 %
Profit Targets
    ****     ****     ****     ****     ****     ****     ****     25 %
Cust. Sat. Scores
    87       88       89       90       90.5       91       91.5       25 %
Eligibility
The bonus plan applies to executive management that are not currently on an incentive compensation plan. To participate in the plan, an executive must be employed on a regular basis and work a minimum of 20 hours per week. Interns, Hourly employees working on average under 20 hours weekly, and other temporary employees are not eligible for participation in this plan. Your employment must be in good standing at the time of payment to qualify for the bonus. If you have questions about your eligibility, you can direct them to HR.
Individual Target Levels & Performance
FY06 2 nd half bonus targets for eligible executives are set at 45% of base salary for the bonus period. Individual performance is based on employee performance against the goals set in their goals & objectives plans, coupled with overall departmental and company performance for the bonus period. The CEO will meet with his direct reports to discuss progress on their individual/departmental G&O’s and
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
    Guidelines

1


 

overall performance on a monthly basis. Using the table below as a rating guideline, the CEO will determine the individual performance rating achieved for his direct reports.
             
        Performance
        Result (as a
        multiple of
Performance       Individual
Rating Category   Description   Target)
Far Exceeds Expectations
  Made a very significant contribution to the organization’s goals and results. Contributions to departmental results are exceptional. Effectively plans and develops strategies that lead to the delivery of results. Takes risks, learns rapidly and puts learning into action. Superstar category.     1.5x  
 
           
Exceeds Expectations
  Accomplishments exceed target performance levels. Understands impact of work on areas outside of group. Contributions to departmental results are significant. Leadership qualities are apparent. A “can do” self-starter who continually seeks ways to improve.     1.25x  
 
           
Meets Expectations
  A competent performer and valued team player that meets the objectives and expectations of the position . Has the necessary abilities and motivation to effectively carry out the responsibilities of current position. Initiates change and may be seen as a leader. Manages responsibilities, effectively works with others, and readily shares knowledge and information.     1x  
 
           
Needs Improvement/Meets
Some Expectations
  Meets objectives and basic expectations but may require assistance to perform some tasks. Performance falls short of expectations in some areas in terms of quality and/ or quantity. May need to build functional and/or interpersonal skills to increase effectiveness.     0.25x  
 
           
Unsatisfactory
  Performance falls below expectations on one or more critical position competencies. Efforts do not always have a positive impact on the team or department. Significant immediate improvement in performance is required.     0  
The CEO will apply discretion in order to determine the result and are encouraged to distinguish the levels of performance among his executive team. Note that the maximum payout is one and half times the individual target amount.
Plan Payout
Based on company revenue and operating profit performance, the CEO will receive an allocation of funds for his executive team. The CEO will make bonus payment recommendations for each of his direct reports. The recommendations will be sent for review and approval by the external Compensation Committee.
Details of Bonus Determination
Actual bonus amounts will be based on achieving corporate, departmental and individual goals. The following example shows how individual plan payment is calculated.
         
 
  Position Title :   VP of Engineering
 
  Employee Status :   Full-Time
 
  FY06 Revenue & Profit:   **** & **** & 90 (100%)
 
  Individual Target %:   45%
 
  Annual Base Salary:   $150,000
 
  Performance Category:   Meets Expectations
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
    Guidelines

2


 

      Performance Rating:            1.0x
      Bonus Amt. = Co. Target x Actual Salary x Individual Target x Individual Performance Rating
                          = 100% x $75,000 x 45% x 1.0 = $33,750.00
Bonus Payout
The bonus payout (less applicable taxes and deductions) will be processed in July of 2006 and will be calculated using the salary earned during the period. Employment must be active at the time of payment.
Administration Procedures
The purpose of administration guidelines is to provide consistency of administration of the Incentive plan.
New Hires, Promotions and Transfers
An employee who is hired, promoted or transferred into a position, in which he/she is newly eligible to become a participant, will receive a pro-rated bonus based number of days worked during the 6-month period. New Hires must have been employed for at least 3 months prior to the end of the bonus period.
Employees promoted or transferred out of a bonus eligible position, a determination will be made of their bonus eligibility and the amount may be pro-rated based on the time of service in the eligible position during the respective six-month period (Q3/Q4).
Terminations, Leaves, and Disability
  Plan participants who voluntarily terminate their employment or are terminated by ShoreTel and are not regular employees at the end of the bonus period are not eligible to receive an incentive bonus payout.
 
  If the employee is on a paid leave, unpaid leave or disabled for less than three months during this period, participation in the plan is not affected and the award will be pro-rated.
 
  If the employee is on a paid leave, unpaid leave or disabled for more than three months during the period, the employee is not eligible for the plan during this period.
 
  If the plan participant is on a legally protected leave (e.g. Family Medical Leave or Military Leave), the participant’s eligibility for the plan participation may extend beyond the time above in accordance with the law governing the legally protected leave.
 
  In the case of a participant’s death, any such prorated bonus will be paid to the beneficiary as determined pursuant to the participant’s designation of beneficiary under the employee’s ShoreTel life insurance plan.
Performance Improvement Plan/Disciplinary Situations
  If, during the plan year, or anytime before the bonus has been paid to an executive and the CEO has determined that through a performance improvement plan, discipline or demotion of the executive is appropriate, the CEO may, in its sole discretion and in consultation with Human Resources, reduce or eliminate entirely the amount of bonus the manager would otherwise be eligible to receive.
Other Provisions
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
    Guidelines

3


 

  Participation in this plan is not an agreement (express or implied) between the plan participant and ShoreTel that the participant will be employed by ShoreTel for any specific period of time, nor is there any agreement for continuing or long-term employment. The plan participant and ShoreTel each have right to terminate the employment relationship at any time for any reason. This at-will employment relationship can only be modified by an agreement signed by the participant and CEO or HR Director.
 
  Any determination of performance, payment or other matter under this plan by the executive team is binding.
 
  This summary highlights the principle features of the incentive plan, but does not describe every situation that can occur. The Company retains the right to interpret, revise, modify or delete the plan at its sole discretion at any time.
Roles, Responsibilities, & Accountabilities
CEO
  Communicate organizational plans and priorities to your executive team.
 
  Work with your team to maximize their contribution to the Company’s revenue and strategic goals
 
  Work with your executive team to ensure that individual and departmental performance objectives are always relevant and attainable .
 
  Meet with your executive team to discuss and set departmental/individual objectives on a quarterly basis.
 
  Provide executive team with feedback regarding their overall performance on a monthly basis. There should be no performance surprises. Frequent feedback (both positive and regarding areas of development) is a best practice.
 
  Assess individual management performance over each bonus period.
 
  Review bonus recommendations with the external compensation committee.
 
  Advise executive team of their approved bonus reward.
Executives
  Develop 90 Day Plan G&O’s, working in concert with the CEO, to ensure that the objectives are relevant and attainable.
 
  Do your part to maximize the revenue growth in the company and drive success within your organization.
 
  Identify and request resources, including feedback, needed to succeed.
 
  Achieve personal and organizational performance objectives.
Human Resources
  Provide all with training and coaching regarding bonus process.
 
  Guide all employees through the process.
 
  Provide the necessary tools, training and support to all throughout the bonus process.
 
  Generate individual letters to advise employees of their bonus reward.
 
  Provide visible feedback and status information to the team regarding where we are vs. revenue targets.
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
    Guidelines

4

 

Exhibit 10.7
ShoreTel, Inc.
July 14, 2004
Mr. John W. Combs
Dear John:
     On behalf of the Board of Directors of ShoreTel, Inc. (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you employment with the Company on the terms set forth in this letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”).
     1.  Position . Commencing on July 19, 2004 (the “ Commencement Date ”), you will be employed by the Company full time as its President and Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”), and you will report to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). You will have overall operating responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Company. You will also be appointed to the Board during the term of your employment as CEO. Beginning on the Commencement Date, you will be expected to devote your full working time and attention to the business of the Company, and you will not render services to any other business without the prior approval of the Board or, directly or indirectly, engage or participate in any business that is competitive in any manner with the business of the Company. You will also be expected to comply with and be bound by the Company’s operating policies, procedures and practices that are from time to time in effect during the term of your employment. The Company acknowledges that you are currently on the board of directors of the following companies: Long Board Inc., Stratex Networks (STXN) and Infosonics (IFO). There is a possibility that over time Long Board Inc. could evolve into a competitor of the Company. You agree to resign your board seat with Long Board Inc., should the board of directors of the Company feel that a competitive conflict exists in the future.
     2.  Compensation and Benefits .
     (a)  Salary . Your initial starting base annual salary will be Two-Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($275,000). Starting in the quarter immediately following the Company’s achievement of two (2) consecutive quarters of cash flow positive operations, your base salary will be increased to Three-Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($325,000). Thereafter, your base salary will be reviewed annually by the compensation committee of the Board. Your base salary will be payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, with such payroll deductions and withholdings as are required by law.
     (b)  Bonus . You will be eligible to receive annual objective-based incentive bonuses based on criteria established by the Board. The first year of your employment with the Company your target incentive bonus will be equal to fifty-five percent (55%) of your then current annual base salary (the “ First Bonus ”). The criteria and objectives for the First Bonus will be

 


 

established by the Board, in consultation with you, within one hundred and twenty (120) days from your Commencement Date. The second year of your employment with the Company your target incentive bonus will be equal to sixty-five percent (65%) of your then current annual base salary (the “ Second Bonus ”). The third year of your employment with the Company your target incentive bonus will be equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of your then current annual base salary (the “ Third Bonus ”). The fourth year of your employment with the Company your target incentive bonus will be equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of your then current annual base salary (the “ Fourth Bonus ”). The criteria and objectives applicable to your Second, Third and Fourth Bonus will be established by the Board within thirty (30) days of the anniversary date of your employment with the Company for the preceding year of employment (for example, the criteria and objectives for the Second Bonus will be established within thirty (30) days following your first anniversary of employment with the Company). Your eligibility to receive the First, Second, Third and Fourth Bonus are conditioned on your satisfying the criteria and objectives as are established by the Board. The First, Second, Third and Fourth Bonuses are payable as soon as is administratively practicable following the anniversary date to which such bonus relates (for example, the Second Bonus would be paid following the second anniversary of the Commencement Date) and are subject to payroll deductions and withholdings as are required by law. Following the Fourth Bonus, your annual incentive bonus, if any, will be determined by the Board.
     (c)  Benefits . You will be eligible for normal vacation, health insurance, 401(k) and other benefits offered to Company’s previous CEO.
     (d)  Travel From Southern California and Company Provided Apartment . In connection with your duties as CEO, the Company will (i) reimburse you or pay on your behalf the cost of two (2) round trip business class airline tickets per seven (7) day period to and from the Bay Area to your home in Southern California, as actually taken; and (ii) provide you with use of an apartment located near the Company’s headquarters during your service. In addition, your reasonable and customary travel expenses will be reimbursed by the Company in accordance with its reimbursement policies. You agree to work to minimize these expenses by purchasing air travel in advance, minimizing the use of rental cars, dining at reasonably priced restaurants, and the like. Should you and the Board determine that it is in the best interests of the Company that you relocate your primary residence from Southern California to Northern California, then the Company would reimburse you for your actual and reasonable direct moving expenses, grossed up to cover your state and federal personal income taxes on such reimbursed amount.
     (e)  Annual Physical . The Company will pay on your behalf the cost of one annual physical at Scripps Medical Center located in Southern California.
     3.  Stock Option . In connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will grant you, subject to approval by the Board, an option to purchase a number of shares of Company common stock equal to seven percent (7%) of the “fully diluted capitalization of the Company” (the “ Option ”), at an exercise price equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. For these purposes, the “fully diluted capitalization of the Company” will equal all outstanding shares of stock of the Company on an as-converted basis as of the Commencement Date, including options granted pursuant to Company equity incentive plans (including, without limitation, the

 


 

Company’s 1997 Stock Option Plan) and including the Option. The Option will vest over four (4) years as follows: 12.5% of the total number of shares subject to the Option will vest on the six (6) month anniversary of the Commencement Date and thereafter 2.0833% of the total number of shares subject to the Option will vest monthly thereafter, subject to your continued employment or service to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control during the first six (6) months of your employment with the Company, (i) the vesting applicable to your Option will accelerate as to twenty-five (25%) of the total shares subject to your Option or (ii) you will receive a Seven-Hundred and Fifty-Thousand Dollar ($750,000) cash payment, less applicable withholdings, whichever of the amounts in (i) or (ii) is of greater value. In determining which of the values in (i) and (ii) is greater, the value in (i) will be deemed to equal the difference between the consideration payable with respect to shares of Company Common Stock held by Company optionees in the Change in Control and the exercise price of your Option will be multiplied by the number of shares subject to your Option that would accelerate as a result of the Change in Control.
     4.  Employment and Termination . Your employment with the Company will be at-will and may be terminated by you or by the Company at any time for any reason as follows:
          (a) You may terminate your employment upon written notice to the Board for “Good Reason,” as defined below (an “ Involuntary Termination ”);
          (b) You may terminate your employment upon written notice to the Board at any time in your discretion without Good Reason (“ Voluntary Termination ”);
          (c) The Company may terminate your employment upon written notice to you at any time following a determination that there is “Cause,” as defined below, for such termination (“ Termination for Cause ”);
          (d) The Company may terminate your employment upon written notice to you at any time without Cause for such termination (“ Termination without Cause ”);
          (e) Your employment will automatically terminate upon your death or upon your disability as determined by the Board (“ Termination for Death or Disability ”); provided that “disability” shall mean your complete inability to perform your job responsibilities for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days or one hundred eighty (180) days in the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period.
     5.  Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
     (a) “Good Reason” means without your written consent (i) a change in your title of CEO or a material reduction in your duties or responsibilities that is inconsistent with your position, provided that a change in your title CEO following a Change in Control (as defined below) shall not constitute Good Reason so long as you retain substantially the same duties and responsibilities and are the general manager or chief executive of a division or subsidiary that constitutes substantially the business of the Company following the Change in Control, or (ii) a material reduction in your annual base salary or target bonus (other than in connection with a general decrease in the salary or target bonus of all executives of the Company).

 


 

     (b) “Cause” means your (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to you which specifically identifies the manner in the Company believes you have engaged in gross negligence or willful misconduct and you have been provided with a reasonable opportunity to cure any alleged gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of your duties; (ii) commission of any act of fraud, gross misconduct or dishonesty with respect to the Company; (iii) conviction of, or plea of guilty or “no contest” to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; (iv) material breach of any proprietary information and inventions agreement with the Company or any other unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) failure to follow the lawful directions of the Board after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board and a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure. For clarity, the Company’s failure to meet any targeted or projected operational metrics specified by the Board (e.g., revenue levels, profitability and the like) shall not in and of itself constitute a “failure to follow lawful directions of the Board” under the immediately preceding clause (v).
     (c) “Change in Control” means an Ownership Change Event (as defined below) or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively the “ Transaction ”) wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “ Transferee Corporation(s) ”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporations, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. For purposes of this subsection (c), an “ Ownership Change Event ” means, with respect to the Company, any of the following: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
     6.  Separation Benefits . Upon termination of your employment with the Company for any reason, you will receive payment for all unpaid salary and vacation accrued as of the date of your termination of employment, and your benefits will be continued under the Company’s then existing benefit plans and policies for so long as provided under the terms of such plans and policies and as required by applicable law. Under certain circumstances, and in all events conditioned upon your (i) executing and not revoking a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company, its officers and directors and stockholders in a form acceptable to the Company; and (ii) your continued adherence to any confidentiality and assignment of inventions agreement between you and the Company you will also be entitled to receive severance benefits as set forth below, but you will not be entitled to any other compensation (except as may otherwise be

 


 

expressly provided for pursuant to this Agreement), award or damages with respect to your employment or termination.
          (a) In the event of your Voluntary Termination or Termination for Cause, you will not be entitled to any cash severance benefits or additional vesting of any Company equity awards, including Company stock options.
          (b) In the event of your Termination without Cause or your Involuntary Termination, you will be entitled to (i) monthly continuation of your then-current base salary for a period of twelve (12) months (but no bonus payment), (ii) monthly reimbursement of COBRA premium payments (provided you timely elect COBRA continuation coverage), for a period of twelve (12) months and (iii) twelve (12) months’ accelerated vesting of your Option, all as measured from the date of such termination. The benefits provided for in this subsection (b) shall only be applicable in respect of any Termination without Cause or any Involuntary Termination that occurs after the first sixty (60) day period following the Commencement Date.
          (c) In the event of your Involuntary Termination or Termination without Cause within six (6) months following a Change in Control, provided such Change in Control does not occur during the first six (6) months of your employment with the Company, in addition to the payment under Section 6(b) above (but excluding the acceleration provided for in 6(b)(iii)), you will be entitled to accelerated vesting of one hundred percent (100%) of the then-unvested shares subject to your Option. In all events, even if your Involuntary Termination or Termination without Cause does not occur within such six (6) month period following a Change in Control, you will nonetheless be entitled to accelerated vesting of one hundred percent (100%) of the then-unvested shares subject to your Option effective at the end of such six (6) month period following a Change in Control if you have remained employed with the Company or its successor during that six (6) month period.
     7.  Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement . On or prior to the Commencement Date, you will sign the Company’s standard form of Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement, a copy of which is attached to this letter. Nothing in this Agreement alters the terms and conditions of that Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement.
     8.  Arbitration . The parties agree that any dispute regarding the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement shall be decided by confidential, final and binding arbitration conducted by Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services (“ JAMS ”) under the then existing JAMS rules rather than by litigation in court, trial by jury, administrative proceeding or in any other forum.
     9.  Miscellaneous .
          (a)  Absence of Conflicts . You represent that your performance of your duties under this Agreement will not breach any other agreement as to which you are a party.
          (b)  Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including the attached exhibits, if any, represents the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter of your employment by the Company.

 


 

          (c)  Successors . This Agreement is binding on and may be enforced by the Company and its successors and assigns and is binding on and may be enforced by you and your heirs and legal representatives. Any successor to Company or substantially all of its business (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) will in advance assume in writing and be bound by all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.
          (d)  Notices . Notices hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or two days after mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Mailed notices to you will be addressed to you at the home address which you have most recently communicated to Company in writing. Notices to Company will be addressed to its Chairman of the Board at Company’s corporate headquarters.
          (e)  Waiver . No provision of this Agreement will be modified or waived except in writing signed by you and an officer of Company duly authorized by the Board. No waiver by either party of any breach of this agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other breach of this Agreement.
          (f)  Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to conflict of laws provisions.
     10.  Acceptance . This offer will remain open until 5:00 p.m., Pacific Standard Time, on July 14, 2004. If you decide to accept our offer, and I hope you will, please sign the enclosed copy of this letter in the space indicated and return it to me. Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the attached documents, if any. Should you have anything else that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to call me.

 


 

     We look forward to the opportunity to welcome you to the Company.
     
 
  Best regards,
 
   
 
  /s/ Seth Neiman
 
   
 
  On Behalf of
 
  ShoreTel, Inc.
Accepted:
July 31, 2004
     
/s/ John W. Combs
   
 
   
John W. Combs
   
Cc:   Board of Directors, ShoreTel, Inc.
Daniel A. Dorosin, Esq.

 

 

Exhibit 10.8
March 10, 2003
John Finegan
Dear John,
     On behalf of Shoreline Communications, Inc., I am pleased to extend this offer to you for the position of Chief Financial Officer, reporting directly to me. This letter embodies the terms of our offer of employment to you.
     Your compensation will include an annual base salary of $200,000, paid twice monthly. You will also be eligible for an annual bonus based upon achievement of key business objectives established mutually between you and I, amount to be determined and documented at a later date. You will be eligible for the following employee benefits: Medical, dental, vision and life insurance, 401(k), flexible spending, paid time off and holidays. The details of these employee benefits will be explained during your first week of employment. You should also note that Shoreline Communications might modify benefits from time to time, as it deems necessary. All benefits commence as of the first day of employment with the submission of the appropriate enrollment forms and documentation.
     In addition, upon the commencement of your employment and subject to approval by the Board of Directors, pursuant to the company’s 1997 Stock Option Plan, we will grant you a stock option to purchase a number of shares equal to 1% of the outstanding capital stock on the date of grant. Such options shall be subject to the company’s standard vesting (25% vested after one year, one forty-eighth per month thereafter, 100% vested in four years). In the event of a change of control via merger or acquisition, coupled with an involuntary without cause (cause is defined as job-related grounds for dismissal based on a failure to perform job duties satisfactorily, disruption of the employer’s operation, or other legitimate business reason) or constructive termination (constructive termination is defined as experiencing a 30% reduction in base annual salary or relocation of over 50 miles from the current workplace location) within 12 months of such change of control, 100% of the then unvested options or shares will immediately vest.
     As a Shoreline Communications employee, you will be expected to abide by company rules and regulations. You will be specifically required to sign and comply with a Proprietary Information and Non-disclosure Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at Shoreline Communications and non-disclosure of proprietary information.
     This offer is subject to your submission of an I-9 form and satisfactory documentation respecting your identification and right to work in the United States no later than three (3) days after your employment begins.

 


 

     Shoreline Communications is an “At Will” employer and therefore, as an employee, you may terminate employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever without notice to Shoreline Communications. Similarly, Shoreline Communications may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice. Furthermore, this mutual termination of employment arrangement supersedes all other prior written and oral communication with you and can only be modified by written agreement signed by you and Shoreline Communications.
     In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and Shoreline Communications agree that all such disputes, including but not limited to, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, shall be settled by arbitration held in Santa Clara County, California, under the Arbitration Rules set forth in the California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280, et seq. , including Section 1283.05, (the “Rules”), and pursuant to California law. A copy of the Rules is available for your review prior to signing this Agreement.
     John, we believe Shoreline Communications has a promising future, which requires talented, dedicated and motivated people like you to make it successful. I am delighted you are interested in joining Shoreline Communications and I am personally looking forward to your contributions as a member of our executive team. Please give us a call if you have any questions.
Sincerely,
/s/ Thomas T. van Overbeek
Thomas T. van Overbeek
President and CEO
Position Accepted
             
/s/ John Finegan
 
      3/10/03
 
   
Signature
      Date    
         
Anticipated Start Date: TBD
       
 
 
 
   Initial
Please sign and return one copy of this offer letter in the envelope provided. Thank you.

2

 

Exhibit 10.9
September 8, 2005
Joseph Vitalone
Dear Joe,
     On behalf of ShoreTel, Inc., I am pleased to extend this offer, in which you will serve as the Company’s Vice President of Sales. This letter embodies the terms of our offer of employment to you.
     Your compensation will include an annual base salary of $200,000, paid twice monthly. You will be eligible for an annual incentive bonus, which will be based upon achievement of key objectives established mutually between you and me. For the fiscal 2006 period, the bonus will be based on revenue achievement: $50,000 for reaching $70M, $100,000 for reaching $75M and $200,000 for reaching $80M. You will be a participant in the executive management bonus program and receive the higher of the following: revenue bonus detailed above or the incentive under the executive bonus program. Your bonus calculation will be credited at the greater of the following: 90% or actual results during your first quarter with the organization. In addition, you will be eligible for all employee benefits including Medical, Dental, Vision and Life insurance, AD&D, LTD, 401(k), Flexible Spending Accounts, Paid Time Off and Company Holidays. You should also note that ShoreTel might modify benefits from time to time, as it deems necessary. All benefits commence on the first day of employment with the submission of the appropriate enrollment forms and documentation.
     To help offset the loss in bonus from your former employer, you will receive an additional $5K incentive payment on your first day of employment and another $5K payment at your six month anniversary.
     In addition, upon the commencement of your employment and subject to approval by the Board of Directors, pursuant to the company’s 1997 Stock Option Plan, we will grant you a stock option to purchase 2,6550,000 shares of the outstanding capital stock at the date of grant subject to the company’s standard vesting (25% vested after one year, one forty-eighth per month thereafter, 100% vested in four years). In the event of a change of control via merger or acquisition, coupled with an involuntary without cause (cause is defined as job-related grounds for dismissal based on a failure to perform job duties satisfactorily, disruption of the employer’s operation , or other legitimate business reason) or constructive termination (constructive termination is defined as experiencing a reduction in base annual salary and management bonus potential) within 12 months of such change of control, 50% of the then unvested options or shares will immediately vest.
     Given the requirement of the position to travel extensively throughout North America, you will not be required to relocate from Texas.
     As a ShoreTel employee, you will be expected to abide by company rules and regulations. You will be specifically required to sign and comply with a Proprietary Information and Non-disclosure Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent

 


 

rights to any invention made during your employment at ShoreTel and non-disclosure of proprietary information.
     This offer is subject to your submission of an I-9 form and satisfactory documentation respecting your identification and right to work in the United States no later than three (3) days after your employment begins.
     ShoreTel is an “At Will” employer and therefore, as an employee, you may terminate employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever without notice to ShoreTel, Inc. Similarly, ShoreTel may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice. Furthermore, this mutual termination of employment arrangement supersedes all other prior written and oral communication with you and can only be modified by written agreement signed by you and ShoreTel, Inc.
     In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and ShoreTel agree that all such disputes, including but not limited to, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, shall be settled by arbitration held in Santa Clara County, California, under the Arbitration Rules set forth in the California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280, et seq ., including Section 1283.05, (the “Rules”), and pursuant to California law. A copy of the Rules is available for your review prior to signing this Agreement.
     Joe, I believe ShoreTel has a promising future, which requires talented, dedicated and motivated people like you to make it successful. I am delighted that you will be joining the ShoreTel team and look forward to working with you again.
Looking forward to working with you!
/s/ John W. Combs
John W. Combs
President and CEO
Position Accepted
             
/s/ Joe Vitalone
 
      9/14/05
 
   
Signature
      Date    
         
Anticipated Employment Start Date: October 3, 2005
  /s/ JV
 
   
 
  Initial    
Please sign and return one copy of this offer letter in the envelope provided. Thank you.

2

 

Exhibit 10.10
April 13, 2005
Walter Weisner
Dear Walter,
     On behalf of ShoreTel, Inc., I am pleased to extend this offer, in which you will serve as the Company’s Vice President of Global Support Services. This letter embodies the terms of our offer of employment to you.
     Your compensation will include an annual base salary of $225,000, paid twice monthly. You will be eligible for an annual incentive bonus, which will be based upon achievement of key objectives established mutually between you and me. The bonus plan will be approved by the Board of Directors once the company has achieved two quarters of cash positive flow. I would estimate that the bonus amount would be in the range of 25% to 35% of your annual salary. In addition, you will be eligible for all employee benefits including Medical, Dental, Vision and Life insurance, AD&D, LTD, 401(k), Flexible Spending Accounts, Paid Time Off and Company Holidays. The details of these employee benefits will be explained during your first week of employment. You should also note that ShoreTel might modify benefits from time to time, as it deems necessary. All benefits commence on the first day of employment with the submission of the appropriate enrollment forms and documentation.
     In addition, upon the commencement of your employment and subject to approval by the Board of Directors, pursuant to the company’s 1997 Stock Option Plan, we will grant you a stock option to purchase 1,500,000 shares of the outstanding capital stock at the date of grant subject to the company’s standard vesting (25% vested after one year, one forty-eighth per month thereafter, 100% vested in four years). In the event of a change of control via merger or acquisition, coupled with an involuntary without cause (cause is defined as job-related grounds for dismissal based on a failure to perform job duties satisfactorily, disruption of the employer’s operation , or other legitimate business reason) or constructive termination (constructive termination is defined as experiencing a reduction in base annual salary and management bonus potential) within 24 months of such change of control, 50% of the then unvested options or shares will immediately vest.
     The company will reimburse reasonable expenses for traveling from your home in Southern California to Sunnyvale including; lodging, air fare, car and meal expenses. You will use your best efforts to minimize these costs.
     As a ShoreTel employee, you will be expected to abide by company rules and regulations. You will be specifically required to sign and comply with a Proprietary Information and Non-disclosure Agreement which requires, among other provisions, the assignment of patent rights to any invention made during your employment at ShoreTel and non-disclosure of proprietary information.

 


 

     This offer is subject to your submission of an I-9 form and satisfactory documentation respecting your identification and right to work in the United States no later than three (3) days after your employment begins.
     ShoreTel is an At Will” employer and therefore, as an employee, you may terminate employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever without notice to ShoreTel, Inc. Similarly, ShoreTel may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause or advance notice. Furthermore, this mutual termination of employment arrangement supersedes all other prior written and oral communication with you and can only be modified by written agreement signed by you and ShoreTel, Inc.
     In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of our employment relationship, you and ShoreTel agree that all such disputes, including but not limited to, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, shall be settled by arbitration held in Santa Clara County, California, under the Arbitration Rules set forth in the California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280, et seq ., including Section 1283.05, (the “Rules”), and pursuant to California law. A copy of the Rules is available for your review prior to signing this Agreement.
     Walter, I believe ShoreTel has a promising future, which requires talented, dedicated and motivated people like you to make it successful. I am delighted that you will be joining the ShoreTel team and look forward to working with you again.
Sincerely,
John W. Combs
President and CEO
Position Accepted
             
/s/ Walter Weisner
 
      4-27-05
 
   
Signature
      Date    
         
Anticipated Employment Start Date: July 11,2005
 
 
Initial
   
Please sign and return one copy of this offer letter in the envelope provided. Thank you.

2

 

Exhibit 10.11
SHORETEL, INC.
CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT
     This Change of Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of August 5th, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between John W. Combs (the “Employee”) and ShoreTel, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”).
     WHEREAS, the Company and Employee entered into a Stock Option Agreement dated January 20, 2005 (the “Option Agreement”) whereby Employee may purchase up to 19,718,652 shares of Common Stock (the “Options”) for an aggregate purchase price of $591,559.56.
     WHEREAS, the Options are subject to a vesting schedule wherein 12.5% of the Options vest on the six (6) month anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Initial Vesting Date”) and 2.0833% of the total number of shares subject to the Option will vest each month thereafter, subject to your continued employment or service to the Company..
     WHEREAS, the Company may from time to time need to address the possibility of an acquisition transaction or change of control event. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that such events can be a distraction to the Employee and can cause the Employee to consider alternative employment opportunities. The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to ensure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of the Employee, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company, although no such Change of Control is now contemplated.
     WHEREAS, the Board believes it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to provide the Employee with an incentive to continue his employment and to motivate the Employee to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its shareholders.
     WHEREAS, the Board believes it is imperative to provide the Employee with certain benefits upon a Change of Control, which benefits are intended to provide the Employee with sufficient incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change of Control.
     WHEREAS, to accomplish the foregoing objectives, the Board has directed the Company, upon execution of this Agreement by Employee, to agree to the terms provided herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the Company and the Employee agree as follows:
     1.  Change of Control .
          (a) In the event of a Change in Control during the first six (6) months of your

 


 

employment with the Company, (i) the vesting applicable to your Option will accelerate as to twenty-five (25%) of the total shares subject to your Option or (ii) you will receive a Seven-Hundred and Fifty-Thousand Dollar($750,000) cash payment, less applicable withholdings, whichever of the amounts in (i) or (ii) is of great value. In determining which of the values in (i) and (ii) is greater, the value in (i) will be deemed to equal the difference between the consideration payable with respect to the shares of Company Common Stock held by Company optionees in the Change in Control and the exercise price of your Option will be multiplied by the number of shares subject to your Option that would accelerate as a result of the Change in Control.
          (b) In the event of your Involuntary Termination or Termination without Cause within six (6) months following a Change in Control, provide such Change in Control does not occur during the first six (6) months of your employment with the Company, you will be entitled to accelerated vesting of one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested shares subject to your Option. In all events, even if your Involuntary Termination or Termination without Cause does not occur within such six (6) month period following a Change in Control, you will nonetheless be entitled to accelerated vesting of one hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested shares subject to your Option effective at the end of such six (6) month period following a change in Control if you have remained employed with the Company or its successor during that six (6) month period.
     2. Definitions. As used in the Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
          (a) “Change of Control.” Means on Ownership Change Event (as defined below) or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively the “Transaction”) wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee Corporation(s)”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporations, as the case may be either directly or through one of more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. For purposes of this subsection (c), an “Ownership Change Event” means, with respect to the Company, any of the following: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
          (b) “Good Reason” means without your written consent (i) a change in your title of CEO or a material reduction in your duties or responsibilities that is inconsistent with your position, provided that a change in your title CEO following a Change in Control shall not constitute Good Reason so long as you retain substantially the same duties and responsibilities and

 


 

are the general manager or chief executive of a division or subsidiary that constitutes substantially the business of the Company following the Change in Control, or (ii) a material reduction in your annual base salary or target bonus (other than in connection with a general decrease in the salary or target bonus of all executives of the Company).
          (c) “Cause” means your (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to you which specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes you have engaged in gross negligence or willful misconduct and you have been provided with a reasonable opportunity to cure any alleged gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of your duties; (ii) commission of any act of fraud, gross misconduct or dishonesty with respect to the Company; (iii) conviction of, or plea of guilty or “no contest” to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; (iv) material break of any proprietary information and inventions agreement with the Company or any other unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) failure to follow the lawful directions of the Board after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board and a reasonable opportunity to cure such failure. For clarity, the Company’s failure to meet any targeted or projected operational metrics specified by the Board (e.g., revenue levels, profitability and the like) shall not in and of itself constitute a “failure to follow lawful directions of the Board” under the immediately preceding clause (v).
     3.  Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . The prevailing party, determined without regard to whether or not the action results in a final judgment, shall be entitled to collect from the other party its reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any action brought by either party in connection with the subject matter of this Agreement.
     4.  Successors .
          (a) Company’s Successors . Any Successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 4(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.
          (b) Employee’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributes, devisees and legatees.
     5. Notice . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case

 


 

of the Employee, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address which he most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.
     6.  Miscellaneous Provisions .
          (a) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Employee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Employee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision of the same condition or provision at another time.
          (b) Whole Agreement . No agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement have been made or entered into by either party with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          (c) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into and performed within California solely by residents of that state.
          (d) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.
          (e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
             
    SHORETEL, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John Finegan    
 
           
 
      John Finegan
Chief Financial Officer
   
 
           
    EMPLOYEE    
 
           
  /s/ John W. Combs    
         
    John W. Combs    

 

 

Exhibit 10.12
SHORELINE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT
     This Change of Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of May 7, 2003 (the “Effective Date”), by and between John Finegan (the “Employee”) and Shoreline Communications, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”).
     WHEREAS, the Company and Employee entered into a Stock Option Agreement dated May 7, 2003 (the “Option Agreement”) whereby Employee may purchase up to 2,610,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Options”) for an aggregate purchase price of $26,100.00.
     WHEREAS, the Options are subject to a vesting schedule wherein 1/4 th of the Options vest 12 months after your date of hire (the “Initial Vesting Date”) and 1/48 th of the Options vest each month thereafter.
     WHEREAS, the Company may from time to time need to address the possibility of an acquisition transaction or change of control event. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that such events can be a distraction to the Employee and can cause the Employee to consider alternative employment opportunities. The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to ensure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of the Employee, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company, although no such Change of Control is now contemplated.
     WHEREAS, the Board believes it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to provide the Employee with an incentive to continue his employment and to motivate the Employee to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its shareholders.
     WHEREAS, the Board believes it is imperative to provide the Employee with certain benefits upon a Change of Control, which benefits are intended to provide the Employee with sufficient incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change of Control.
     WHEREAS, to accomplish the foregoing objectives, the Board has directed the Company, upon execution of this Agreement by Employee, to agree to the terms provided herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the Company and the Employee agree as follows:
     1. Change of Control . Upon a Change of Control, as defined below, that occurs while employee is an employee of the Company, then a portion of the Options not yet vested pursuant to the Option Agreement, shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable as to that number of Options that would have vested if the Employee has remained continuously employed by the

 


 

Company for a period of 12 months following the Change of Control; provided, however, that if the Change of Control occurs within the first year of Employee’s employment with the Company, 25% of the Options shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable upon the consummation of the Change of Control.
     For example, if the Options vest as to 25% 12 months after the Vesting Commencement Date and 1/48 th of the Options vest each month thereafter and if the Change of Control occurs one year after the Vesting Commencement Date, 50% of the Options become exercisable on the consummation of the Change of Control – 25% of which is accelerated and the other 25% because it is the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date – and 1/48 th of the Options shall vest each month thereafter. However, if the Change of Control occurred six months after the Vesting Commencement Date, 25% of the Options shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable on the consummation of the Change of Control, an additional 25% of the Options shall become exercisable on the date that is one year after the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/48 th of the Options shall vest each month thereafter.
     2.  Limitation on Payments . In the event that the benefits provided for in this Agreement (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and (ii) but for this Section, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Employee’s benefits shall be payable either in full, or as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to excise tax under section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Employee on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and the Employee otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 2 shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants (the “Accountants”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Employee and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 2, the Accountants may make reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Section 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Employee shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section
     3.  Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . The prevailing party, determined without regard to whether or not the action results in a final judgment, shall be entitled to collect from the other party its reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any action brought by either party in connection with the subject matter of this Agreement.
     4.  Successors .
          (a) Company’s Successors . Any Successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same

 


 

manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 4(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.
          (b) Employee’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributes, devisees and legatees.
     5.  Notice . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of the Employee, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address which he most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.
     6.  Miscellaneous Provisions .
          (a) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Employee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Employee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision of the same condition or provision at another time.
          (b) Whole Agreement . No agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement have been made or entered into by either party with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          (c) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into and performed within California solely by residents of that state.
          (d) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.
          (e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
             
    SHORELINE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas Van Overbeek    
 
           
 
      Thomas Van Overbeek
President and Chief Executive Officer
   
 
           
    EMPLOYEE    
 
  /s/ John Finegan    
         
    John Finegan    

 

 

Exhibit 10.13
SHORELINE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT
     This Change of Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of August 1, 2001 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Edwin J. Basart (the “Employee”) and Shoreline Communications, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”).
     WHEREAS, the Company and Employee entered into a Stock Option Agreement dated August 1, 2001 (the “Option Agreement”) whereby Employee may purchase up to 825,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Options”) for an aggregate purchase price of $82,500.00.
     WHEREAS, the Options are subject to a vesting schedule wherein 1/48 th of the Options vest 1 month after the date of option grant (the “Initial Vesting Date”) and 1/48 th of the Options vest each month thereafter.
     WHEREAS, the Company may from time to time need to address the possibility of an acquisition transaction or change of control event. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that such events can be a distraction to the Employee and can cause the Employee to consider alternative employment opportunities. The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to ensure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of the Employee, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company, although no such Change of Control is now contemplated.
     WHEREAS, the Board believes it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to provide the Employee with an incentive to continue his employment and to motivate the Employee to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its shareholders.
     WHEREAS, the Board believes it is imperative to provide the Employee with certain benefits upon a Change of Control, which benefits are intended to provide the Employee with sufficient incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change of Control.
     WHEREAS, to accomplish the foregoing objectives, the Board has directed the Company, upon execution of this Agreement by Employee, to agree to the terms provided herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, the Company and the Employee agree as follows:
     1.  Change of Control . Upon a Change of Control, as defined below, that occurs while employee is an employee of the Company, then a portion of the Options not yet vested pursuant to the Option Agreement, shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable as to that number of Options that would have vested if the Employee has remained continuously employed by the

 


 

Company for a period of 12 months following the Change of Control; provided, however, that if the Change of Control occurs within the first year of Employee’s employment with the Company, 25% of the Options shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable upon the consummation of the Change of Control.
     For example, if the Options vest as to 25% 12 months after the Vesting Commencement Date and 1/48 th of the Options vest each month thereafter and if the Change of Control occurs one year after the Vesting Commencement Date, 50% of the Options become exercisable on the consummation of the Change of Control – 25% of which is accelerated and the other 25% because it is the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date – and 1/48 th of the Options shall vest each month thereafter. However, if the Change of Control occurred six months after the Vesting Commencement Date, 25% of the Options shall immediately accelerate and become exercisable on the consummation of the Change of Control, an additional 25% of the Options shall become exercisable on the date that is one year after the Vesting Commencement Date, and 1/48 th of the Options shall vest each month thereafter.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such vesting acceleration would cause a contemplated Change of Control that was intended to be accounted for as a “pooling of interests” transaction to become ineligible for such accounting treatment under generally accepted accounting principles, as determined by the Company’s independent public accountants prior to the Change of Control, Employee’s Options shall not have their vesting so accelerated. For the purposes of the foregoing, a Change of Control shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:
          (a) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities other than in a private financing transaction approved by the Board;
          (b) the direct or indirect sale or exchange by the shareholders of the Company or all or substantially all of the stock of the Company;
          (c) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party and in which the shareholders of the Company before such merger or consolidation do not retain, directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the beneficial interest in the voting stock of the Company after such transaction; or
          (d) an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.
     2.  Limitation on Payments . In the event that the benefits provided for in this Agreement (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and (ii) but for this Section, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Employee’s benefits shall be payable either in full, or as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such benefits being subject to excise tax under section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking

2


 

into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Employee on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and the Employee otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 2 shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants (the “Accountants”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Employee and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 2, the Accountants may make reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Section 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Employee shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 2.
     3.  Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . The prevailing party, determined without regard to whether or not the action results in a final judgment, shall be entitled to collect from the other party its reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any action brought by either party in connection with the subject matter of this Agreement.
     4.  Successors .
          (a) Company’s Successors . Any Successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 4(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.
          (b) Employee’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributes, devisees and legatees.
     5.  Notice . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of the Employee, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address which he most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.

3


 

     6.  Miscellaneous Provisions .
          (a) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Employee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Employee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision of the same condition or provision at another time.
          (b) Whole Agreement . No agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement have been made or entered into by either party with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          (c) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements entered into and performed within California solely by residents of that state.
          (d) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.
          (e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
             
    SHORELINE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ John R. Fazio    
 
           
 
           John R. Fazio    
 
           President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
    EMPLOYEE    
 
  /s/ Edwin J. Basart    
         
    Edwin J. Basart    

4

 

Exhibit 10.14
ShoreTel, Inc.
960 Stewart Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94085
July 19, 2004
Mr. Thomas van Overbeek
Re:   Terms of Employment Separation and Releases of Claims
Dear Tom:
     This letter confirms the agreement (this “ Agreement’ ) between you and ShoreTel, Inc. (the “ Company ” or “ ShoreTel ”) concerning your separation of employment with the Company.
     1.  Amendment of Company Options . It is acknowledged and agreed that the Company has previously granted you stock options under the Company’s 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase an aggregate of 13,596,299 shares of the Company’s common stock, which, as of the date hereof, 6,776,938 are vested (the “ Company Options ”). You will continue to vest in your Company Options pursuant to their current vesting schedule so long as you continue to serve as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary as may be provided for in any written agreement between you and the Company (including, without limitation, any option agreement, stock purchase agreement, employment offer (including that certain offer of employment from the Company dated December 12, 2001) or employment agreement), by this Agreement, your Company Options are hereby expressly amended to preclude forever any accelerated vesting and exercisability (including any accelerated lapse of the Company’s repurchase right) in the event of (i) your termination of employment without cause, (ii) your termination of employment for good reason (e.g., a constructive termination or otherwise), (iii) a change of control of the Company, or (iv) upon the occurrence of a corporate transaction that results in a change of control of the Company (the “ Old Acceleration Benefit ”). In lieu of the Old Acceleration Benefit and effective as of the Effective Date (as defined below): all of your unvested Company Options will fully vest and become exercisable (or the Company’s repurchase right shall fully lapse) if, within the six (6) month period starting on July 19, 2004 and ending on January 19, 2005, either (i) the Company closes a change of control as defined in the Plan (a “ Change of Control ”), or (ii) upon the occurrence of a corporate transaction that results in a Change of Control of the Company (the “ New Acceleration Benefit ”). In the event the Company does not undergo a Change of Control or a corporate transaction does not occur that results in a Change of Control of the Company during such six (6) month period, the New Acceleration Benefit shall lapse and be of no force

 


 

and effect, and your Company Options (or shares exercised in connection with your Company Options that remain subject to the Company’s repurchase right), shall continue to vest in accordance with their current vesting schedule (without the Old Acceleration Benefit) so long as you continue to serve on the Board.
     2.  COBRA Continuation Coverage . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to continue your health care coverage as an active employee under its group health plan so long as you continue to serve on the Board. In the even the Company is unable to continue such coverage (for instance, due to such coverage being available only to employees of the Company), the Company will reimburse you for your and your wife’s applicable COBRA premium (provided you timely elect COBRA continuation coverage) until the earlier of: (i) the date you no longer serve as a member of the Board, (ii) the date you no longer are eligible to receive continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA, or (iii) the date you become covered under another employer’s group health plan.
     3.  Repayment of Promissory Note . Pursuant to the terms of a promissory note entered into between you and the Company dated June 20, 2002 (and as amended thereafter in March 2003) (the “ Note ”) you agree to repay the outstanding principle and accrued interest pursuant to the terms of the Note.
     4.  Resignation Date; Board of Directors .
          (a) As of July 19, 2004, you will deemed to have voluntarily resigned your employment with the Company without further action on your part (“ Resignation Date ”), and your employment with the Company will end on such date.
          (b) Effective as of the Resignation Date the Company will take such corporate actions as are necessary to create a new sixth board seat on the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ At-Large Seat ”), which seat will be (i) elected by the holders of a majority of all of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock and Preferred Stock voting together as a single class; and (ii) filled by a nominee selected by both (A) at least 2 out of the 3 directors elected by the holders of Preferred Stock and (B) the Company’s “CEO-director,” all under the terms of the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders’ Voting Agreement, as amended. Effective as of the Resignation Date, it is understood that you will be appointed by the Board to fill the newly created At-Large Seat on the Board to serve until your successor may be nominated and elected.
     5.  Waiver of Claims . In consideration for the Company’s payments and promises set forth in the Agreement, you agree to release and waive any and all claims you may have against the Company and its owners, agents, officers, shareholders, employees, directors, attorneys, subscribers, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors and assigns (collectively “ Releasees ”), whether known or not known, including, without limitation, claims under any employment laws, including, but not limited to, claims of unlawful discharge, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, violation of public policy, defamation, physical injury, emotional distress, claims for additional compensation or benefits arising out of your employment or separation of employment, claims under Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act, as amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act and any other laws and/or

2


 

regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination, including, without limitation, claims based on age or under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act or Older Workers Benefit Protection Act and/or claims based upon disability or under the Americans with Disabilities Act. By signing below, you expressly waive any benefits of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, which provides as follows:
“A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.”
     You and the Company agree that the waiver and release set forth in this section five (5) shall be and remain in effect as to the matters released. The waiver and release do not extend to any obligations of the Company created under this Agreement.
     6.  Return of Company Property . You hereby represent and warrant to the Company that you have returned all real or intangible property or data of the Company of any type whatsoever that has been in his possession or control.
     7.  Proprietary Information . You hereby acknowledge that you are bound by the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement dated [insert date] (the “ Employee Invention Agreement ”) and that as a result of your employment with the Company you had access to the Company’s Proprietary Information (as defined in the Employee Invention Agreement), that you will hold all Proprietary Information in strictest confidence and that you will not make use of such Proprietary Information on behalf of anyone. You further confirm that you have delivered to the Company all documents and data of any nature containing or pertaining to such Proprietary Information and that you have not taken with you any such documents or data or any reproduction thereof.
     8.  Legal and Equitable Remedies . The parties have the right to enforce this Agreement and/or Release and any of the provisions by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the parties may have at law or in equity for breach of this Agreement.
     9.  Attorneys’ Fees . If any action is brought to enforce the terms of this Agreement and/or Release, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover his or its reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses from the other party, in addition to any other relief to which the prevailing party may be entitled.
     10.  No Admission of Liability . This Agreement and Release are not and shall not be construed or contended by you to be an admission or evidence of any wrongdoing or liability on the part of Releasees, their representatives, heirs, executors, attorneys, agents, partners, officers, shareholders, directors, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, divisions, successors or assigns. This Agreement and Release shall be afforded the maximum protection allowable under California Evidence Code Section 1152 and/or any other state or Federal provisions of similar effect.

3


 

     11.  Review of Separation Agreement and Effective Date of Release . The Company hereby advises you to consult with your own attorney concerning the terms of this Release. You understand that you may take up to twenty-one (2l) days to consider this Release and, by signing below, affirm that you were advised to consult with an attorney prior to signing this agreement. You also understand you may revoke this agreement within seven (7) days of signing this document. This Release will be effective (the Effective Date ”) on the 8 th day after you sign it.
     12.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior negotiations and agreements, whether written or oral other than your Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement dated 02/24/02 , the Note and documents evidencing your Company Options (including the Plan) and shares purchased with respect to your Company Options. You acknowledge that neither the Company nor its agents or attorneys have made any promise, representation or warranty whatsoever, either express or implied, written or oral, which is not contained in this Agreement for the purpose of inducing you to execute the Agreement, and you acknowledge that you have executed this Agreement in reliance only upon such promises, representations and warranties as are contained herein.
     13.  Modification . It is expressly agreed that this Agreement may not be altered, amended, modified, or otherwise changed in any respect except by another written agreement that specifically refers to this Agreement, executed by authorized representatives of each of the parties.
     14.  Effective Date of Agreement . This Agreement will be effective on the Effective Date.
     If you agree to abide by the terms outlined in this Agreement, please sign the attached copy and return it to me.
         
  Sincerely,
 
 
  By:   /s/ Seth Neiman    
    Seth Neiman   
    Board Member   
 
I have read, understand and agree to the terms set forth above:
     
/s/ Thomas van Overbeek
 
Thomas van Overbeek
  Date: Aug 9, 2004 

4

 

Exhibit 10.15
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Sublease
OAKMEAD WEST BUILDINGS PROJECT
BUILDING G
960 STEWART DRIVE
FIRST FLOOR
* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Between
APPLIED MATERIALS, INC.
(Sublandlord)
and
SHORELINE TELEWORKS
(Subtenant)

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page(s)  
SCHEDULE     1  
   
 
       
1.  
SUBLEASE AGREEMENT
    4  
   
 
       
2.  
RENT
    5  
   
 
       
3.  
CONSTRUCTION OF INTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS AND POSSESSION
    12  
   
 
       
4.  
SERVICES AND UTILITIES
    13  
   
 
       
5.  
ALTERATIONS
    13  
   
 
       
6.  
USE OF PREMISES
    16  
   
 
       
7.  
GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS AND BUILDING RULES
    17  
   
 
       
8.  
REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE
    17  
   
 
       
9.  
WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE
    19  
   
 
       
10.  
FIRE AND OTHER CASUALTY
    21  
   
 
       
11.  
EMINENT DOMAIN
    22  
   
 
       
12.  
RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD AND SUBLANDLORD
    22  
   
 
       
13.  
SUBTENANT’S DEFAULT
    24  
   
 
       
14.  
SUBLANDLORD REMEDIES
    24  
   
 
       
15.  
SURRENDER
    26  
   
 
       
16.  
HOLDOVER
    27  
   
 
       
17.  
SUBORDINATION TO GROUND LEASES AND MORTGAGES
    27  
   
 
       
18.  
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE
    28  
   
 
       
19.  
CONVEYANCE BY SUBLANDLORD OR LANDLORD
    30  
   
 
       
20.  
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
    30  
   
 
       
21.  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    31  
   
 
       
22.  
LEASE DEPOSIT
    31  

-i-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
             
        Page(s)  
23.  
FORCE MAJEURE
    32  
   
 
       
24.  
NOTICES
    32  
   
 
       
25.  
QUIET POSSESSION
    32  
   
 
       
26.  
REAL ESTATE BROKERS
    33  
   
 
       
27.  
MISCELLANEOUS
    33  
   
 
       
28.  
UNRELATED BUSINESS INCOME
    35  
   
 
       
29.  
HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
    35  
   
 
       
30.  
EXCULPATION
    37  
   
 
       
31.  
EXTENSION OPTION
    37  
   
 
       
32.  
RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER
    38  
EXHIBITS
     
EXHIBIT A
  DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT AND PREMISES/BUILDINGS
 
   
EXHIBIT B
  RULES AND REGULATIONS
 
   
EXHIBIT C
  WORK LETTER AGREEMENT
 
   
EXHIBIT D
  MORTGAGES CURRENTLY AFFECTING THE PROJECT
 
   
EXHIBIT E
  SHELL UPGRADES
 
   
EXHIBIT F
  LETTER OF CREDIT
 
   
EXHIBIT G
  LIST OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND QUANTITIES USED BY TENANT

-ii-


 

SUBLEASE
     THIS SUBLEASE (the “ Sublease ”) is made as of October _, 1998 (dated for reference purposes only and referred to herein as the “Effective Date”) between Applied Materials, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the “ Sublandlord ”) and Shoreline Teleworks , a California corporation (“Subtenant”). The term “ Project ” means the seven (7) buildings (“ Buildings ”) and other improvements commonly known as the “Oakmead West Buildings Project” located on the land (the “ Land ”) in Sunnyvale, California, described on EXHIBIT A-1 .
     Sublandlord is lessee of the Project pursuant to the Lease dated September 9, 1997 (“Master Lease”) between Sublandlord as Tenant and CarrAmerica Realty Corporation as Landlord.
     The following schedule (the “ Schedule ”) is an integral part of this Sublease. Terms defined in this Schedule shall have the same meaning throughout the Sublease.
SCHEDULE
  1.   Subtenant: Shoreline Teleworks.
 
  2.   Premises: The “Premises” means and includes the portions of the first floor of Building G (the “ Building ”), 960 Stewart Drive, Sunnyvale, California, designated Area A, Area B, and Area C on EXHIBIT A-2 attached hereto, occupied by Tenant at any time during the Term of this Sublease, together with (1) a nonexclusive right, in common with other tenants of the Building, to use the Building Common Areas, and (2) a nonexclusive right, in common with other tenants of the Project, to use the Project Common Areas subject to the Master Lease.
 
  3.   Rentable Square Footage of the Premises: 31,891 sq. ft.
 
  4.   Subtenant’s Proportionate Share: The Percentage listed below for Landlord’s Operating Costs and Taxes and Sublandlord’s Operating Costs allocated to the Building, plus the Percentage listed below for Landlord’s Operating Costs and Taxes but not allocated to specific Buildings by Landlord.
                 
    Proportionate Share   Proportionate Share
    for Building   for Project
Area A
    34.49 %     5.16 %
Area A + Area B
    39.20 %     5.87 %
Area A + Area B + Area C
    50 %     7.49 %
 
 
*    This percentage (7.49%) represents the ratio of the square footage of the Premises to the aggregate square footage of all Buildings in the Project. As the aggregate square footage of all Buildings subject to the Master Lease declines,

1


 

      this percentage may be adjusted to a percentage equal to the ratio of the square footage of the Premises to the aggregate square footage of the Buildings then subject to the Master Lease, but the revised percentage would apply only against the Landlord Operating Costs allocated to all Buildings then subject to the Master Lease but not to any one Building.
 
  5.   Lease Deposit: $42,900.00 due upon execution of this Sublease, representing advance payment of the first month’s rent (“Advance Rent Deposit”), plus a security deposit in the form of an irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of $300,000.00 (subject to subsequent reduction as provided in Section 22).
 
  6.   Permitted Use: Office; storage and shipping of equipment and parts; assembly (using parts manufactured elsewhere), repair and testing of machinery and equipment; research, testing and demonstration laboratory; and ancillary uses permitted under applicable laws.
 
  7.   Subtenant’s Real Estate Broker for this Lease: Cornish & Carey Commercial Real Estate
 
  8.   Sublandlord’s Real Estate Broker for this Lease: Wayne Mascia Associates
 
  9.   Tenant Improvements: To be provided by Sublandlord. See Work letter.
 
  10.   Commencement Date: Area A             Approximately February 1, 1999
                                        Area B            Approximately February 1, 2000
                                        Area C            Approximately October 1, 2000; See Paragraph 1.A.
  11.   Term: Commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring May 31, 2004
 
  12.   Guarantor: None
 
  13.   Base Rent:
                 
    Monthly/   Monthly*
Months   Square Foot   Base Rent
  1-12
  $ 1.95     $ 42,900.00  
13-21
  $ 2.00     $ 50,000.00 *
22-24
  $ 2.00     $ 63,782.00 *
25-36
  $ 2.05     $ 65,376.55  
37-48
  $ 2.10     $ 66,971.10  
49-60
  $ 2.15     $ 68,565.65  
61-64
  $ 2.20     $ 70,160.20  
 
 
*    Monthly Base Rent as shown assumes that the Commencement Date for Area B and for Area C is the first day of the thirteen (13th) month and twenty-second (22) month, respectively

2


 

  14.   Master Lease:                      Lease dated September 9, 1997 between Applied Materials, Inc. as Tenant
                                              and CarrAmerica Realty Corporation as Landlord
 
  15.   Landlord or Master
 
      Landlord:                             CarrAmerica Realty Corporation

3


 

      1. SUBLEASE AGREEMENT . On the terms stated in this Sublease, Sublandlord leases the Premises to Subtenant, and Subtenant leases the Premises from Sublandlord, for the Term beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date unless sooner terminated pursuant to this Sublease.
           A. Commencement Date . The Commencement Date shall be the date established pursuant to this section, and the Sublease shall expire on the date set forth in the Schedule.
                (1)  The Commencement Date for Area A shall be the earliest occurring of the following:
                    (i) The date of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, as such term is defined in the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as EXHIBIT C (“Work Letter Agreement”); or
                    (ii) The date Subtenant commences occupancy of Area A.
                (2)  The Commencement Date for Area B shall be the first day of the thirteenth (13th) month of the Term.
                (3)  The Commencement Date for Area C shall be the first day of the twenty-second (22nd) month of the Term.
           B. Subtenant Delays . If the Commencement Date for Area A has not occurred on or before February 1, 1999 due to Subtenant Delays, the Commencement Date shall be the date on which the Commencement Date would have occurred but for Subtenant Delays. Subtenant agrees that if Sublandlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Subtenant by February 1, 1999 (the anticipated Commencement Date of the Sublease term), this Sublease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Sublandlord be liable to Subtenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, but in such event the obligation to pay Rent shall be suspended from the anticipated Commencement Date until the actual Commencement Date except to the extent such delay is due to Subtenant Delays. Subtenant Delays shall include (i) those defined as Subtenant Delays in the Work Letter Agreement, and (ii) interference with Sublandlord’s work caused by Subtenant or Subtenants employees or contractors. If the Commencement Date has not occurred on or before April 1, 1999 (“First Termination Date”), Subtenant may terminate this Sublease by written notice to Sublandlord on or before April 15, 1999; provided, however, that the First Termination Date shall be extended by a period of time equal to any delays due to the Subtenant Delays or due to causes beyond the reasonable control of Sublandlord (“ force majeure ”) such as rain, flooding, fire or other casualty, labor disputes, civil disturbance, war, war-like operations, invasions, rebellion, hostilities, sabotage, governmental regulations or control, inability to obtain materials, services or governmental permits despite diligent efforts to do so, or acts of God. If the Commencement Date has not occurred by August 1, 1999 (“Final Delivery Date”), through no fault of the terminating party, either party may terminate this Sublease by written notice to the other on or before August 15, 1999. In either event, Sublandlord shall return the Advance Rent Deposit and the Security Deposit within ten (10) business days.

4


 

           C. Early Occupancy . During the period beginning thirty (30) days prior to the Initial Commencement Date (the “ Early Occupancy Period ”), provided that Subtenant’s occupancy does not interfere with or cause delays to Sublandlord’s construction obligations, Subtenant shall be permitted to enter such Area for the sole purpose of installation of its equipment cabling, telecommunications, furniture systems, and other installations necessary for the conduct of Subtenant’s business. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Subtenant’s occupancy of such Area during the Early Occupancy Period shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Sublease (including Subtenant’s obligations regarding indemnity and insurance), provided, however, that Subtenant’s obligation to pay Rent with respect to such Area during the Early Occupancy Period shall be waived. In any event, Subtenant shall be responsible for any utility charges incurred by Landlord or Sublandlord in connection with Subtenant’s use of any Area during the Early Occupancy Period.
      2.  RENT .
           A. Types of Rent . Subtenant shall pay the following Rent in the form of a check (or via wire transfer) to Sublandlord pursuant to instructions to be given by Sublandlord to Subtenant prior to the Commencement Date.
                (1)  Base Rent in monthly installments in advance, the first monthly installment due on or prior to the first day of the second (2nd) month following the Commencement Date (the Advance Rent Deposit shall be applied against the first month’s Base Rent), and thereafter on or before the first day of each month of the Term in the amount set forth on the Schedule.
                (2)  Operating Cost Share Rent in an amount equal to the sum of (i) Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of the Operating Costs for the applicable fiscal year of the Sublease charged to Sublandlord by Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease (“Landlord’s Operating Costs”), and (ii) Sublandlord’s Operating Costs, as defined in Section 2.3, fairly allocable to the Premises and Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of Sublandlord’s Operating Costs allocated to the Building but not any one Premises in the Building; Operating Cost Share Rent shall be due monthly in advance in an estimated amount, commencing with the Commencement Date, and thereafter on or before the first day of each month of the Term. Definitions of Operating Costs and Subtenant’s Proportionate Share, and the method for billing and payment of Operating Cost Share Rent are set forth in Sections 2B, 2C and 2D.
                (3)  Tax Share Rent in an amount equal to the Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of the Taxes applicable to the Building for the applicable fiscal year of this Sublease, paid semi-annually as set forth in Section 2.B(1) below. A definition of Taxes and the method for billing and payment of Tax Share Rent are set forth in Sections 2B, 2C and 2D.
                (4)  Additional Rent in the amount of all costs, expenses, liabilities, and amounts which Subtenant is required to pay under this Sublease, excluding Base Rent, Operating Cost Share Rent, and Tax Share Rent, but including any interest for late payment of any item of Rent.

5


 

                (5)  Rent as used in this Sublease means Base Rent, Operating Cost Share Rent, Tax Share Rent, and Additional Rent. Subtenant’s agreement to pay Rent is an independent covenant, with no right of setoff, deduction or counterclaim of any kind.
           B. Payment of Operating Cost Share Rent and Tax Share Rent .
                (1)  (a) Payment of Estimated Operating Cost Share Rent and Tax Share Rent . Pursuant to the Master Lease, Landlord shall estimate the Landlord Operating Costs and Taxes of the Project by April 1 of each fiscal year, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter. Landlord may revise these estimates whenever it obtains more accurate information, such as an increase in utility or maintenance costs for the Project Common Areas; provided in no event shall the estimate be revised more than once in any calendar year. Within ten (10) days after receiving the original or revised estimate from Sublandlord, Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of this estimate, multiplied by the number of months that have elapsed in the applicable fiscal year to the date of such payment including the current month, minus payments previously made by Subtenant for the months elapsed. On the first day of each month thereafter, Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of this estimate, until a new estimate becomes applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s estimate excludes the portion of the Taxes payable semi-annually to the County of Santa Clara pursuant to property tax bills for the Project (the “Property Tax Bills”). With respect to Taxes payable in connection with Property Tax Bills, Sublandlord shall deliver copies of such bills to Subtenant at least thirty (30) days prior to the Delinquency Date set forth therein, and Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Delinquency Date, Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount payable thereunder. Any interest or penalties payable by Sublandlord as a result of Subtenant’s failure to timely pay such Taxes to Sublandlord shall be deemed Additional Rent payable by Subtenant hereunder.
                    (b) ( Payment of Estimated Sublandlord Operating Cost . Sublandlord shall estimate the Sublandlord’s Operating Cost of the Building and the Premises prior to the Commencement Date and thereafter by April 1 of each fiscal year, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter. Sublandlord may revise these estimates whenever it obtains more accurate information, such as an increase in utility or maintenance costs for the Building Common Areas; provided that in no event shall the estimate be revised more than once in any calendar year. Within ten (10) days after receiving the original or revised estimate from Sublandlord, Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of this estimate, multiplied by the number of months that have elapsed in the applicable fiscal year to the date of such payment including the current month, minus payments previously made by Subtenant for the months elapsed. On the first day of each month thereafter, Subtenant shall pay Sublandlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of this estimate, until a new estimate becomes applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord’s estimate excludes the portion of the Taxes payable semi-annually to the County of Santa Clara pursuant to property tax bills for the Building, if the Tenant Improvements for the Building are billed separately (the “Building Property Tax Bills”). With respect to Taxes payable in connection with Building Property Tax Bills, Sublandlord shall deliver copies of such bills to Subtenant at least thirty (30) days prior to the Delinquency Date set forth therein, and Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Delinquency Date, Subtenant’s Proportionate

6


 

Share of the amount payable thereunder. Any interest or penalties payable by Sublandlord as a result of Subtenant’s failure to timely pay such Taxes to Sublandlord shall be deemed Additional Rent payable by Subtenant hereunder.
                (2)  Correction of Operating Cost Share Rent . Sublandlord shall deliver to Subtenant a report for the previous fiscal year (the “ Operating Cost Report ”) promptly after receipt from Landlord of landlord’s Operating Cost Report, which pursuant to the Master Lease shall be April 1 of each year, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, setting forth (a) the actual Sublandlord Operating Costs incurred and Landlord Operating Costs charged to Sublandlord, (b) the amount of Operating Cost Share Rent due from Subtenant, and (c) the amount of Operating Cost Share Rent paid by Subtenant. Within thirty (30) days after such delivery, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the amount due minus the amount paid. If the amount paid exceeds the amount due, Sublandlord shall apply the excess to Subtenant’s payments of Operating Cost Share Rent next coming due.
           C. Definitions .
                (1)  Included Operating Costs . “ Landlord Operating Costs ” means any expenses, costs and disbursements of any kind other than Taxes, paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, maintenance, operation, insurance, repair and other related activities in connection with any part of the Project and of the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus used in connection therewith, including the cost of providing those services required to be furnished by Landlord under the Master Lease and a reasonable management fee. “ Sublandlord Operating Costs ” means any expenses, costs and disbursements of any kind other than Taxes, paid or incurred by Sublandlord in connection with the management, maintenance, operation, insurance, repair and other related activities in connection with any part of the Building and of the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus used in connection therewith, including the cost of providing those services required to be furnished by Sublandlord under this Sublease and a reasonable management fee. “Operating Costs” shall mean “Landlord Operating Costs” or “Sublandlord Operating Costs”, as the case may be. Operating Costs shall also include the costs of any capital improvements which are intended to reduce Operating Costs or improve safety, and those made to keep the Project or the Building in compliance with governmental requirements promulgated after the Effective Date, or to replace existing capital improvements, facilities and equipment within the Building or the Project Common Areas, such as the resurfacing of the parking areas (collectively, “ Included Capital Items ”); provided, that the costs of any Included Capital Item shall be amortized by Landlord or Sublandlord, as the case may be, together with an amount equal to interest at ten percent (10%) per annum, over the estimated useful life of such item and only amortized costs are included in Operating Costs, unless the cost of the Included Capital Item is less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in which case it shall be expensed in the year in which it was incurred.
     The term Landlord Operating Costs shall include (i) all Operating Costs fairly allocable to the Building, including all Operating Costs paid with respect to the maintenance, repair, replacement and use of the Building, and (ii) a proportionate share (based on the gross rentable area of the Building as a percentage of the gross rentable area of all of the Buildings in the Project) of all Landlord Operating Costs which relate to the Project in general and are not fairly

7


 

allocable to any one Building in the Project. The term Sublandlord Operating Costs shall include (i) all Operating Costs fairly allocable to the Premises, including all Operating Costs paid with respect to the maintenance, repair, replacement and use of the Premises, and (ii) a proportionate share (based on the gross rentable area of the Premises as a percentage of the gross rentable area of the Building) of all Sublandlord Operating Costs which relate to the Building in general and are not fairly allocable to any one premises in the Building.
     If the Project is not fully occupied during any portion of any fiscal year, Landlord may adjust (an “ Equitable Adjustment ”) Operating Costs to equal what would have been incurred by Landlord had the Project been fully occupied. This Equitable Adjustment shall apply only to Operating Costs which are variable and therefore increase as occupancy of the Project increases. Landlord may incorporate the Equitable Adjustment in its estimates of Operating Costs.
     If Landlord does not furnish any particular service whose cost would have constituted a Landlord Operating Cost to a tenant other than Subtenant who has undertaken to perform such service itself, Landlord Operating Costs shall be increased by the amount which Landlord would have incurred if it had furnished the service to such tenant.
           (2) Excluded Operating Costs . Operating Costs shall not include:
  (a)   costs of alterations of tenant premises;
 
  (b)   costs of capital improvements other than Included Capital Items;
 
  (c)   interest and principal payments on mortgages or any other debt costs, or rental payments on any ground lease of the Project;
 
  (d)   real estate brokers’ leasing commissions;
 
  (e)   legal fees, space planner fees and advertising expenses incurred with regard to leasing the Project or Building or portions thereof;
 
  (f)   any cost or expenditure for which Landlord or Sublandlord may be reimbursed by others (e.g., insurance proceeds, warranties, or tort claims);
 
  (g)   the cost of any service furnished to any tenant of the Project which Landlord does not make available to Subtenant or service to a tenant of the Building which Sublandlord does not make available to Subtenant;
 
  (h)   depreciation, amortization or expense reserves (except costs of Included Capital Items as provided in Section 2.C(1));

8


 

  (i)   franchise or income taxes imposed upon Landlord or Sublandlord;
 
  (j)   costs of correcting defects in construction of the Building (as opposed to the cost of normal repair, maintenance and replacement expected with the construction materials and equipment installed in the Building in light of their specifications);
 
  (k)   legal and auditing fees which are for the benefit of Landlord or Sublandlord such as collecting delinquent rents, preparing tax returns and other financial statements;
 
  (l)   the wages of any employee for services not related directly to the management, maintenance, operation and repair of the Building;
 
  (m)   fines, penalties and interest;
 
  (n)   any property management fee charged by Landlord in excess of one and one/tenths percent (1.1%) of the aggregate monthly Base Rent allocated to the Building which is then being paid by Sublandlord as Tenant under the Master Lease or a management fee charged by Sublandlord in excess of three percent (3%) of the Sublandlord Operating Costs and Taxes (excluding Landlord Operating Costs and Taxes) allocated to the Premises;
 
  (o)   any costs incurred in connection with the repair and maintenance of the roof membrane on all of the Buildings in excess of $35,000 per year; provided that (i) the $35,000 cap (“Cap”) shall be increased by four percent (4%) each year (i.e., $35,000 in the first year, $36,400 in the second year, $37,856 in the third year, $39,370 in the fourth year, $40,945 in the fifth year, $42,583 in the sixth, etc.);
 
  (p)   any costs incurred in connection with the replacement of the roof membrane of any of the Buildings;
 
  (q)   any costs incurred in connection with the Pre-existing Contamination (as defined in Section 30) or other contamination originating from a source either not located on the Project or which is caused by other tenants within the Project; and
 
  (r)   any costs incurred in connection with the repair of the structural parts of the Buildings, which structural parts

9


 

      include only the foundation and subflooring of the Buildings and the structural condition of the roof (except as provided in subsection (o) above), and the exterior walls of the Buildings (but excluding the interior surfaces of exterior walls and exterior and interior of all windows (including repairing, resealing or replacing thereof), doors, ceiling and plateglass all of which shall be maintained, repaired and/or replaced by Subtenant pursuant to Section 8).
                (3)  Taxes . “ Taxes ” means any and all taxes, assessments and charges of any kind, general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, levied against the Project, which Landlord or Sublandlord shall pay or become obligated to pay in connection with the ownership, leasing, renting, management, use, occupancy, control or operation of the Project or of the personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, systems and apparatus used in connection therewith. Taxes shall include real estate taxes, personal property taxes, sewer rents, water rents, special or general assessments, transit taxes, ad valorem taxes, and any tax levied on the rents hereunder or the interest of Landlord or Sublandlord under this Lease (the “ Rent Tax ). Taxes shall also include all fees and other costs and expenses paid by Landlord or Sublandlord in seeking a refund or reduction of any Taxes, whether or not the Landlord or Sublandlord is ultimately successful; provided that the amount paid by Landlord or Sublandlord in any calendar year shall not exceed the greater of (i) $5,000, or (ii) thirty five percent (35%) of the annual savings achieved during that taxable year as a result of such refund or reassessment. Taxes shall also include any assessments or fees paid to any business park owners association, or similar entity, which are imposed against the Project pursuant to any Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions (“ CC&R’s ”) recorded against the Land and any installments of principal and interest required to pay annual debt service for any existing or future general or special assessments for public improvements, services or benefits, and any increases resulting from reassessments imposed in connection with any change in ownership or new construction.
     For any year, the amount to be included in Taxes (a) from taxes or assessments payable in installments, shall be the amount of the installments (with any interest) due and payable during such year, and (b) from all other Taxes, at Landlord’s or Sublandlord’s election, as the case may be, shall be the amount accrued, assessed, or otherwise imposed for such year or the amount due and payable in such year. Any refund or other adjustment to any Taxes by the taxing authority shall apply during the year in which the adjustment is made. Taxes shall not include any net income (except Rent Tax), capital, stock, succession, transfer, franchise, gift, estate or inheritance tax, except to the extent that such tax shall be imposed in lieu of any portion of Taxes.
                (4)  Lease Year . “ Lease Year ” means each consecutive twelve-month period beginning on the Commencement Date, prorated for partial years.
                (5)  Fiscal Year . “ Fiscal Year ” means the calendar year, except that the first fiscal year and the last fiscal year of the Term may be a partial calendar year.

10


 

                (6)  Project Common Areas ” means the areas and facilities within the Project, exclusive of the Buildings and their interiors, provided and designated by Landlord for the general use of the tenants of the Project, including plazas, benches, landscape areas, parking areas, sidewalks, service areas, and trash disposal facilities, subject to the reasonable rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by Landlord.
                (7)  Building Common Areas ” means all of the Building outside each tenant’s individual premises, provided and designated for the general use of tenants of the Building, including the Building entrance; common lobby; elevators; bathrooms; utility and equipment rooms; fire sprinkler alarm; reception area; plumbing, water, and sewage lines; lobby skylight; Building signage; electrical facilities and equipment; HVAC systems; Building mechanical, life safety and automatic sprinkler systems; and all other appliances and equipment servicing the Building (but not individual premises).
           D. Computation of Base Rent and Rent Adjustments .
                (1)  Prorations . If this Sublease begins on a day other than the first day of a month, the Base Rent, Operating Cost Share Rent and Tax Share Rent shall be prorated for such partial month based on the actual number of days in such month. If this Sublease begins on a day other than the first day, or ends on a day other than the last day, of the fiscal year, Operating Cost Share Rent and Tax Share Rent shall be prorated for the applicable fiscal year.
                (2)  Default Interest . Any sum due from Subtenant to Sublandlord not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due until paid at the lesser of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law.
                (3)  Rent Adjustments . The square footage of the Building and the Premises set forth in the Schedule is conclusively deemed to be the actual square footage thereof, without regard to any subsequent remeasurement of the Building or the Premises. If any Operating Cost paid in one fiscal year relates to more than one fiscal year, Landlord or Sublandlord, as the case may be, may proportionately allocate such Operating Cost among the related fiscal years.
                (4) Books and Records . Pursuant to the Master Lease, Landlord shall maintain books and records reflecting the Operating Costs and Taxes in accordance with sound accounting and management practices. Sublandlord shall maintain books and records reflecting the Operating Costs and Taxes charged to and paid by Sublandlord. Subtenant and its certified public accountant shall have the right to inspect Sublandlord’s books and records regarding such matters at Sublandlord’s offices in Santa Clara, California during the ninety (90) days following the delivery of the Operating Cost Report. Sublandlord may, at its sole discretion, exercise any right Sublandlord may have to inspect Landlord’s books and records under the Master Lease. Subtenant shall use good faith, reasonable efforts and due diligence to keep confidential the results of any such inspection of which Subtenant is informed. Unless Subtenant sends to Sublandlord any written exception to either such report within thirty (30) days prior to expiration of said ninety (90) day period, such report shall be deemed final and accepted by Subtenant. Subtenant shall pay the amount shown on both reports in the manner prescribed in this Sublease, whether or not Subtenant takes any such written exception, without any prejudice to such

11


 

exception. If Subtenant makes a timely exception, Sublandlord, on behalf of Subtenant, shall exercise its right, with Landlord, to choose an independent certified public accountant or another firm with at least five (5) years of experience in auditing the books and records of commercial office projects to issue a final and conclusive resolution of Subtenant’s exception. Subtenant shall pay the cost of such certification unless Landlord is required to pay such cost pursuant to the Master Lease.
                (5)  Miscellaneous . So long as Subtenant is in default of any obligation under this Sublease, Subtenant shall not be entitled to any refund of any amount from Sublandlord. If this Sublease is terminated for any reason prior to the annual determination of Operating Cost Share Rent or Tax Share Rent, either party shall pay the full amount due to the other within fifteen (15) days after Sublandlord’s notice to Subtenant of the amount when it is determined. Sublandlord may commingle any payments made with respect to Operating Cost Share Rent or Tax Share Rent, without payment of interest.
      3.  CONSTRUCTION OF INTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS AND POSSESSION.
           A. Building Shell . As of the date hereof, Subtenant has received and approved final drawings, plans and specifications (the “ Shell Final Plans ”) for the Building and the improvements described in 3.A.(1) below (the “Shell Upgrade Plans”).
                (1)  The “ Building Shell ” shall mean the Building structure, exterior walls, glass, floor slab, utilities (phone, gas, electric, plumbing, fire, and water) to the Building, and roof, and shall include the parking lot, landscaping and the base for the street monument sign. Landlord is responsible for bringing phone, electrical, gas and plumbing service to the Building (i.e., stubbed but not distributed) and for installing the main fire sprinkler trunks (i.e., installed but not distributed or “dropped”). The Building Shell does not include any elevators, stairs, HVAC, roof screens or thermal insulation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord has installed all elevators, and Sublandlord has installed the improvements listed on EXHIBIT E (the “Shell Upgrades”).
                (2)  Sublandlord represents that:
                    (i) The Building Shell (including the related landscaping and hard scape), elevator, and the Shell Upgrades have been constructed in accordance the Shell Final Plans and Shell Upgrade Plans delivered to and approved by Subtenant.
                    (ii) The Building Shell and elevator and Shell Upgrades have been designed and constructed in accordance with applicable Building codes and laws, including the Americans With Disabilities Act (“ADA”) as interpreted by the applicable governmental authority which issues the building permit.
                    (iii) The Building Shell and elevator and Shell Upgrades have been constructed in a good and workmanlike manner, and of materials in accordance with specifications delivered to and approved by Subtenant.
                    (iv) To the best of Sublandlord’s actual knowledge, the Building and its in-place operating systems are in good working order and condition.

12


 

     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Sublandlord’s warranties herein with respect to the Building Shell and elevator are not warranties independent from Landlord’s warranties under the Master Lease, and Sublandlord’s sole obligation under this section, and Subtenant’s sole remedy for breach of such warranties, shall be that Sublandlord shall diligently pursue its remedies against Landlord for breach of its warranties under the Master Lease.
           B. Construction of Interior Improvements . Except for Sublandlord’s obligation to install the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Work Letter Agreement, Sublandlord is leasing the Premises to Subtenant “as is,” without any obligation to alter, remodel, improve, or decorate any part of the Premises or Project. Sublandlord shall cause the Tenant Improvements to be completed in accordance with the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in the Work Letter Agreement.
           C. Subtenant’s Possession/Condition of Premises and Project . Sublandlord shall deliver the Premises on the Commencement Date broom-clean and free of debris or construction materials. Subtenant’s taking possession of any portion of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that the Premises were in good order, repair and condition, subject only to those “punch list items” noted in writing to Sublandlord within the thirty (30) day period immediately following the date on which Subtenant takes possession of such portion of the Premises.
      4.  SERVICES AND UTILITIES . As of the Commencement Date (and, if applicable, during the Early Occupancy Period), Subtenant shall promptly pay, as the same become due, all charges for water, gas, electricity, telephone, sewer service, waste pick-up and any other utilities, materials and services furnished directly to or used by Subtenant on or about the Premises during the Term, including without limitation, (i) meter, use and/or connection fees, hook-up fees, or standby fees (excluding any connection fees or hook-up fees which relate to making the existing electrical, gas, and water service available to the Premises as of the Commencement Date), and (ii) penalties for discontinued interrupted service. If any utility service is not separately metered to the Premises, then Subtenant shall pay Subtenant’s Proportionate Share of the cost of such utility service with all others served by the service not separately metered. However, if Sublandlord or Landlord reasonably determine that Subtenant is using a disproportionate amount of any utility service not separately metered, then Landlord or Sublandlord at its election may (i) periodically charge Subtenant, as Additional Rent, a sum equal to Landlord’s or Sublandlord’s reasonable estimate of the cost of Subtenant’s excess use of such utility service, or (ii) install, at Subtenant’s expense, a separate meter to measure the utility service supplied to the Premises. Any interruption or cessation of utilities resulting from any causes, including any entry for repairs pursuant to this Sublease, and any renovation, redecoration or rehabilitation of any area of the Project shall not render Sublandlord or Landlord liable for damages to either person or property or for interruption or loss to Subtenant’s business, nor be construed as an eviction of Subtenant, nor work an abatement of any portion of Rent, nor relieve Subtenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof; provided, however, in the event that an interruption of the Project or Building services causes the Premises to be untenantable for a period of at least ten (10) consecutive business days, monthly Rent shall be abated proportionately.

13


 

      5.  ALTERATIONS .
           A. Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s Consent and Conditions . Subtenant shall not make any improvements or alterations to the Premises other than the Initial Tenant Improvements (defined in Paragraph 5.E below) (the “ Work ”) without in each instance submitting plans and specifications for the Work to Landlord and Sublandlord and obtaining Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless (a) the cost thereof is less than $50,000 per occurrence, (b) such Work does not impact the base structural components or systems of the Building, (c) such Work will not impact any other tenant’s premises, and (d) such Work is not visible from outside the Building. Provided that Sublandlord receives all necessary information and plans from Subtenant, Sublandlord agrees to respond to Subtenant’s request for Sublandlord’s prior written consent to such alterations within seven (7) business days in the case of Work costing between $50,000 and $100,000, and within ten (10) business days for Work costing over $100,000. For purposes of the $50,000 and $100,000 thresholds, Subtenant may exclude costs associated with performing alterations which are solely cosmetic in nature, such as recarpeting and repainting the Premises. However, even if Sublandlord’s or Landlord’s prior written consent is not required, Subtenant shall provide Sublandlord and Landlord with prior written notice at least seven (7) days in advance of commencing the Work so that Sublandlord and Landlord may post and record a notice of nonresponsibility or other notices deemed appropriate before the commencement of such Work. Subtenant shall pay Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s actual out-of-pocket costs incurred for reviewing of all of the plans and all other items submitted by Subtenant. Landlord and/or Sublandlord will be deemed to be acting reasonably in withholding its consent for any Work which (a) impacts the base structural components or systems of the Building, and (b) impacts any other tenant’s premises.
     Subtenant shall pay for the cost of all Work, including the cost of any and all approvals, permits, fees and other charges which may be required as a condition of performing such Work. Upon completion all Work shall become the property of Landlord, except for Subtenant’s trade fixtures and for items which Landlord requires Subtenant to remove at Subtenant’s cost at the termination of the Sublease pursuant to Section 5E.
     The following requirements shall apply to all Work:
                (1)  Prior to commencement, Subtenant shall furnish to Sublandlord and Landlord building permits, certificates of insurance satisfactory to Landlord and Sublandlord, and, at Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s reasonable request, security for payment of all costs.
                (2)  Subtenant shall perform all Work so as to maintain peace and harmony among other contractors serving the Project and shall avoid interference with other work to be performed or services to be rendered in the Project.
                (3)  The Work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, meeting the standard for construction and quality of materials in the Building, and shall comply with all insurance requirements and all applicable governmental laws, ordinances and regulations (“ Governmental Requirements ”).

14


 

                (4)  Subtenant shall perform all Work so as to minimize or prevent disruption to other tenants of the Building or of the Project, and Subtenant shall comply with all reasonable requests of Landlord or Sublandlord in response to complaints from other tenants.
                (5)  Subtenant shall perform all Work in compliance with any “Policies, Rules and Procedures for Construction Projects” which may be in effect at the time the Work is performed.
                (6)  Subtenant shall permit Landlord and Sublandlord to observe all Work.
                (7)  Upon completion, Subtenant shall furnish Landlord and Sublandlord with contractor’s affidavits and full and final statutory waivers of liens covering all labor and materials, as-built plans and specifications, and all other close-out documentation related to the Work, including any other information required under any “Policies, Rules and Procedures for Construction Projects” which may be in effect at such time.
           B. Damage to Systems . If any part of the mechanical, electrical or other systems in the Premises (e.g., HVAC, life safety or automatic fire extinguisher/sprinkler system) shall be damaged during the performance of the Work, Subtenant shall promptly notify Sublandlord, and Sublandlord, or Landlord at its election, shall repair such damage at Subtenant’s expense. Landlord and Sublandlord may also at any reasonable time make any repairs or alterations which Landlord or Sublandlord deems necessary for the safety or protection of the Project or the Building, or which Landlord or Sublandlord is required to make by any court or pursuant to any Governmental Requirement. The cost of any repairs made by Landlord or Sublandlord on account of Subtenant’s default, or on account of the mis-use or neglect by Subtenant or its invitees, contractors or agents anywhere in the Project, shall become Additional Rent payable by Subtenant on demand.
           C. No Liens . Subtenant has no authority to cause or permit any lien or encumbrance of any kind to affect Landlord’s or Sublandlord’s interests in the Project; any such lien or encumbrance shall attach to Subtenant’s interest only. If any mechanic’s lien shall be filed or claim of lien made for work or materials furnished to Subtenant, then Subtenant shall at its expense within ten (10) days thereafter either discharge or contest the lien or claim. If Subtenant contests the lien or claim, then Subtenant shall (i) within such ten (10) day period, provide Landlord or Sublandlord adequate security for the lien or claim, (ii) contest the lien or claim in good faith by appropriate proceedings that operate to stay its enforcement, and (iii) pay promptly any final adverse judgment entered in any such proceeding. If Subtenant does not comply with these requirements, Landlord or Sublandlord may discharge the lien or claim, and the amount paid, as well as attorney’s fees and other expenses incurred by Landlord or Sublandlord, as the case may be, shall become Additional Rent payable by Subtenant on demand.
      D.  Ownership of Improvements . All Work as defined in this Section 5, hardware, equipment, machinery and all other improvements and all fixtures except trade fixtures, constructed in the Premises by either Landlord, Sublandlord or Subtenant, (i) shall become Landlord’s property upon installation without compensation to Subtenant, unless Landlord consents otherwise in writing, and (ii) shall at Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s option

15


 

(which shall be stated at the time Landlord and Sublandlord consent to such Work) either (a) be surrendered to Landlord with the Premises at the termination of the Sublease or of Subtenant’s right to possession, or (b) be removed in accordance with Subsection 5E below (unless Landlord and Sublandlord at the time each gives its consent to the performance of such construction expressly waives in writing the right to require such removal). In the event that this Sublease is terminated prior to the scheduled expiration date due to a default by Subtenant, Sublandlord shall have the right to remove all Tenant Improvements and Work at Subtenant’s expense.
           E. Removal Upon Termination . Upon the termination of this Sublease or Subtenant’s right of possession, Subtenant shall remove from the Premises its trade fixtures, furniture, moveable equipment and other personal property, any improvements which Landlord or Sublandlord elects shall be removed by Subtenant pursuant to Section 5D, and any improvements to any portion of the Building or Project other than the Premises. If Subtenant does not timely remove such property, then Subtenant shall be conclusively presumed to have, at Sublandlord’s election (i) conveyed such property to Sublandlord without compensation or (ii) abandoned such property, and Sublandlord may dispose of or store any part thereof in any manner at Subtenant’s sole cost, without waiving Sublandlord’s right to claim from Subtenant all expenses arising out of Subtenant’s failure to remove the property, and without liability to Subtenant or any other person. Neither Landlord nor Sublandlord shall have any duty to be a bailee of any such personal property. If Sublandlord elects abandonment, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord, upon demand, any expenses incurred for disposition. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant shall have no obligation to remove the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in accordance with the Work Letter (“Initial Tenant Improvements”).
      6.  USE OF PREMISES .
           A. Limitation on Use . Subtenant shall use the Premises only for the Permitted Use stated in the Schedule. Subtenant shall not allow any use of the Premises which will negatively affect the cost of coverage of Landlord’s or Sublandlord’s insurance on the Project, unless Subtenant pays any additional premiums as a result of such use. Subtenant shall not allow any inflammable or explosive liquids or materials to be kept on the Premises, other than those materials reasonably required for Subtenant’s Permitted Use under this Lease; provided that such materials are handled in strict accordance with all applicable Governmental Requirements. Subtenant shall not allow any use of the Premises which would cause the value or utility of any part of the Premises to diminish or would interfere with any other tenant or with the operation of the Project by Landlord or Sublandlord. Subtenant shall not permit any nuisance or waste upon the Premises, or allow any offensive noise or odor in or around the Premises. At the end of each business day, or more frequently if necessary, Subtenant shall deposit all garbage and other trash (excluding any inflammable, explosive and/or hazardous materials) in trash bins or containers approved by Sublandlord in locations designated by Sublandlord from time to time. If any governmental authority shall deem the Premises to be a “place of public accommodation” under the Americans with Disabilities Act or any other comparable law as a result of Subtenant’s peculiar use, Subtenant shall either modify its use to cause such authority to rescind its designation or be responsible for any alterations, structural or otherwise, required to be made to the Building under such laws.

16


 

           B. Signs . Subtenant shall not place on any portion of the Premises any sign, placard, lettering, banner, displays or other advertising or communicative material which is visible from the exterior of the Building without the prior written approval of Landlord and Sublandlord. Sublandlord hereby agrees that Subtenant shall have the right to place its standard name and logo sign on a Sublandlord or Landlord-installed Building monument in front of the Building and, subject to Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s reasonable approval, to place its name on a Building Directory, if any. Any approved signs shall strictly conform to all Governmental Requirements, any CC&R’s recorded against the Project, and any sign criteria which may be established by Landlord or Sublandlord and in effect at the time, and shall be installed (and removed upon the Termination Date) at Subtenant’s expense. Subtenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain such signs in good condition and repair, including the repair of any damage caused to the Building and/or Project upon the removal of such signs).
           C. Parking . Subtenant shall have the right to park in the Project’s parking facilities subject to the Master Lease in a number not to exceed the ratio of the rentable square footage of the Premises then subject to this Sublease to the rentable square footage of the facilities provided to Sublandlord under the Master Lease, upon terms and conditions as may from time to time be established by Landlord or Sublandlord. Subtenant agrees not to overburden the parking facilities (i.e., use more than its prorata share of the unallocated parking stalls available) and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and Sublandlord and other tenants in the Project in the use of the parking facilities. Under the Master Lease, Landlord has reserved the right in its discretion to determine whether the parking facilities are becoming crowded and to allocate and assign parking spaces among Subtenant and the other tenants in the Project. Neither Landlord nor Sublandlord shall be liable to Subtenant, nor shall this Sublease be affected, if any parking is impaired by moratorium, initiative, referendum, law, ordinance, regulation or order passed, issued or made by any governmental or quasi-governmental body.
           D. Prohibition Against Use of Roof and Structure of Building . Subtenant shall be prohibited from using any all or any portion of the roof of the Building or any portion of the structure of the Building during the Term of this Sublease for any purposes (including without limitation for the installation, maintenance and repair of a satellite dish and/or other telecommunications equipment), without the prior written consent of Landlord and Sublandlord, which consent Landlord and Sublandlord may withhold in their reasonable discretion. Subtenant shall be solely responsible for repairing any damage to the roof and or Building caused by Subtenant’s installation, operation or removal of any equipment. Upon the termination of this Sublease for any reason, Subtenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove any equipment from the Building and repair any damage cause to the roof or Building during such removal.
      7.  GOVERNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS AND BUILDING RULES . Subtenant shall comply with all Governmental Requirements applying to its use of the Premises. Subtenant shall also comply with all reasonable rules for the Project which may be established and amended from time to time by Landlord or Sublandlord. The present rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord are contained in EXHIBIT B . Failure by another tenant to comply with the rules or failure by Landlord or Sublandlord to enforce them shall not relieve Subtenant of its obligation to comply with the rules or make Landlord or Sublandlord responsible to Subtenant in any way. Sublandlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause Landlord to apply the rules and regulations uniformly with respect to Subtenant and tenants in the Project. In the event of

17


 

alterations and repairs performed by Subtenant, Subtenant shall comply with the provisions of Section 5 of this Sublease and any applicable “Policies, Rules and Regulations for Construction Projects” which may be established by Landlord and in effect at the time.
      8.  REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE .
           A. Landlord’s Obligations . Pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease, Landlord is obligated to keep in good order, condition and repair (i) the structural parts of the Building, which structural parts include only the foundation and subflooring of the Building and the structural condition of the roof (including the roof membrane), and the exterior walls of the Building (but excluding the interior surfaces of exterior walls and exterior and interior of all windows, doors, ceiling and plateglass which shall be maintained and repaired by Subtenant), (ii) the Building elevator, and (iii) the Project Common Areas, including all utilities and related utility lines and pipes outside of the Building (“Landlord’s Maintenance Obligations”), and the costs incurred by Landlord to perform the foregoing obligations with respect to the Building to the extent they are deemed “Operating Costs” (as defined in Section 2C) shall be passed through to Subtenant, except that any damage to any of the foregoing caused by the negligence or willful acts or omissions of Subtenant or of Subtenant’s agents, employees or invitees, or by reason of the failure of Subtenant to perform or comply with any terms of this Sublease, or caused by Subtenant or Subtenant’s agents, employees or contractors during the performance of any work may be repaired by Sublandlord, solely at Subtenant’s expense, or at Sublandlord’s election, such repairs shall be made by Subtenant, at Subtenant’s expense, with contractors approved by Landlord and Sublandlord. As between Sublandlord and Subtenant, Sublandlord shall be responsible for performance of Landlord’s Maintenance Obligations if Landlord fails to do so and shall be entitled to charge Subtenant the cost of such work on the terms and conditions of this Sublease. At Sublandlord’s election, except in case of roof repairs, which shall be commenced within five (5) days after notice to Sublandlord, or emergency repairs, Sublandlord may first demand in writing that Landlord perform any work required to be done by Landlord with respect to Landlord’s Maintenance Obligations, and use reasonable efforts to obtain Landlord performance. Subtenant agrees to exercise reasonable efforts to give Landlord and Sublandlord prompt notification of the need for any repairs or maintenance; provided that such notification shall not affect Landlord’s obligation to perform periodic inspections of the Project during the Lease Term. Subtenant waives the provisions of Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and any similar or successor law regarding Subtenant’s right to make repairs and deduct the expenses of such repairs from the Rent due under this Sublease.
           B. Sublandlord’s Obligations . Sublandlord shall keep the Building Common Area, other than any portion maintained by Landlord in good order, condition and repair. Sublandlord shall also be responsible for all pest control within the Building and for trash removal from the Building. Sublandlord shall obtain HVAC systems preventive maintenance contracts with bimonthly or monthly service in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, subject to the reasonable prior written approval of Landlord, and which shall provide for and include replacement of filters, oiling and lubricating of machinery, parts replacement, adjustment of drive belts, oil changes and other preventive maintenance, including annual maintenance of duct work, interior unit drains and caulking at sheet metal, and recaulking of jacks and vents on an annual basis. The costs incurred by Sublandlord to perform the foregoing obligations to the extent they are deemed “Operating Costs” (as defined in Section 2C) shall be passed through to

18


 

Subtenant and any other tenants in the Building, except that any damage to any of the foregoing caused by the negligence or willful acts or omissions of Subtenant or of Subtenant’s agents, employees or invitees, or by reason of the failure of Subtenant to perform or comply with any terms of this Sublease, or caused by Subtenant or Subtenant’s agents, employees or contractors during the performance of any work shall be repaired by Sublandlord solely at Subtenant’s expense, or at Sublandlord’s election, such repairs shall be made by Subtenant, at Subtenant’s expense, with contractors approved by Sublandlord. Subtenant agrees to exercise reasonable efforts to give Sublandlord prompt notification of the need for any repairs or maintenance; provided that such notification shall not affect Sublandlord’s obligation to perform periodic inspections of the Building during the Lease Term. Subtenant waives the provisions of Section 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and any similar or successor law regarding Subtenant’s right to make repairs and deduct the expenses of such repairs from the Rent due under this Sublease.
           C. Subtenant’s Obligations . Subtenant shall at all times and at its own expense clean, keep and maintain in good order, condition and repair every part of the Premises (including Subtenant’s trade fixtures and personal property) which is not within Sublandlord’s Maintenance Obligation pursuant to Section 8B. Subtenant’s repair and maintenance obligations shall include, without limitation, all plumbing and sewage facilities within the Premises, fixtures, interior walls and ceiling, demising walls, floors, windows (including repairing, resealing, cleaning and replacing, as necessary), doors, entrances, showcases skylights installed by Subtenant, all electrical facilities and equipment, including lighting fixtures, lamps, fans and any exhaust equipment and systems, electrical motors and all other appliances and equipment of every kind and nature located in, upon or about the Premises. Landlord or Sublandlord may also perform any maintenance or repairs, at Subtenant’s expense, to the extent Subtenant fails to perform such maintenance or repairs as required herein.
      9.  WAIVER OF CLAIMS; INDEMNIFICATION; INSURANCE .
           A. Waiver of Claims . To the extent permitted by law, Subtenant waives any claims it may have against Sublandlord or their officers, directors, employees or agents for business interruption or damage to property sustained by Subtenant as the result of any act or omission of Sublandlord, its agents, employees or invitees. To the extent permitted by law, Sublandlord waives any claims it may have against Subtenant or its officers, directors, employees or agents for loss of rents or damage to property sustained by Sublandlord as the result of any act or omission of Subtenant, its agents, employees or invitees.
           B. Indemnification . Subtenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sublandlord and Landlord and their officers, directors, employees and agents against any claim by any third party for injury to any person or damage to or loss of any property occurring in the Project or Building and arising from the use of the Premises or from any other act or omission or negligence of Subtenant, its employees, agents or invitees, or Subtenant’s breach of its obligations under this Sublease. Subtenant’s obligations under this section shall survive the termination of this Sublease.
     Sublandlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Subtenant and its officers, directors, employees and agents against any claim by any third party for injury to any person or

19


 

damage to or loss of any property occurring in the Premises caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of Sublandlord or any of Sublandlord’s employees or agents, or Sublandlord’s breach of its obligations under this Sublease. Sublandlord’s obligations under this section shall survive the termination of this Sublease.
           C. Subtenant’s Insurance . Subtenant shall maintain insurance as follows, with such other terms, coverages and insurers, as Landlord or Sublandlord shall reasonably require from time to time:
                (1)  Commercial general liability insurance, with (a) contractual liability including the indemnification provisions contained in this Sublease, (b) a severability of interest endorsement, (c) limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence and not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate for bodily injury, sickness or death, and property damage.
                (2)  Property Insurance against “All Risks” of physical loss covering the replacement cost of all improvements, fixtures and personal property. Subtenant waives all rights of subrogation, and Subtenant’s property insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of Landlord and Sublandlord.
                (3)  Workers’ compensation or similar insurance in form and amounts required by law, and Employer’s Liability with not less than the following limits:
         
Each Accident
  $ 1,000,000  
Disease—Policy Limit
  $ 1,000,000  
Disease—Each Employee
  $ 1,000,000  
     Such insurance shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision in favor of Landlord and Sublandlord and their agents.
     Subtenant’s insurance shall be primary and not contributory to that carried by Sublandlord, or Landlord, its agents, or mortgagee, if any. Sublandlord, Landlord, Landlord’s building manager or agent, mortgagee and ground lessor shall be named as additional insureds as respects to insurance required of the Subtenant in Sections 9C(1) and 9C(2) (for Tenant Improvements). The company or companies writing any insurance which Subtenant is required to maintain under this Sublease, as well as the form of such insurance, shall at all times be subject to Landlord’s written approval. Such insurance companies shall have a A.M. Best rating of A VI or better.
                (4)  Subtenant shall cause any general contractor of Subtenant performing Work on the Premises to maintain insurance as follows, with such other terms, coverages and insurers, as Landlord shall reasonably require from time to time:
                    (a) Commercial General Liability Insurance, including contractor’s liability coverage, contractual liability coverage, completed operations coverage, broad form property damage endorsement, and contractor’s protective liability coverage, to afford protection with limits, for each occurrence, of not less than One Million Dollars

20


 

($1,000,000) with respect to personal injury, death or property damage. Such policy or policies shall also cover any Work which is performed by subcontractors hired by the general contractor.
                    (b) Workers’ compensation or similar insurance in form and amounts required by law, and Employer’s Liability with not less than the following limits:
         
Each Accident
  $ 1,000,000  
Disease—Policy Limit
  $ 1,000,000  
Disease—Each Employee
  $ 1,000,000  
     Such insurance shall contain a waiver of subrogation provision in favor of Sublandlord, Landlord and their agents.
     Subtenant’s contractor’s insurance shall be primary and not contributory to that carried by Subtenant, Sublandlord, or Landlord, its agents or mortgagees. Subtenant, Sublandlord and Landlord, and if any, Landlord’s building manager or agent, mortgagee or ground lessor shall be named as additional insured on Subtenant’s contractor’s insurance policies.
           D. Insurance Certificates . Subtenant shall deliver to Landlord and Sublandlord certificates evidencing all insurance required to be maintained by Subtenant by the earlier of (a) Subtenant’s entry of the Building pursuant to Paragraph 1C, or (b) five (5) days prior to the Commencement Date, and thereafter five (5) days prior to each renewal date for such policies. Each certificate will provide for thirty (30) days prior written notice of cancellation to Landlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant.
           E. Landlord’s Insurance . Pursuant to the Master Lease, Landlord shall maintain “All-Risk” property insurance at full replacement cost, including loss of rents for twelve (12) months (including taxes and insurance), on the Building, and commercial general liability insurance policies of not less that Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) covering the common areas of the Project, each with such terms, coverages and conditions as are normally carried by reasonably prudent owners of properties similar to the Project, including coverage for personal injury, property damage and contractual liability endorsement. With respect to property insurance, Sublandlord and Subtenant mutually waive all rights of subrogation, and the respective “All-Risk” coverage property insurance policies carried by Sublandlord, Landlord and Subtenant shall contain enforceable waiver of subrogation endorsements.
10. FIRE AND OTHER CASUALTY .
           A. Termination . If a fire or other casualty causes substantial damage to the Building, pursuant to the terms of the Master Lease, Landlord shall engage a registered architect to certify within one (1) month of the casualty to both Landlord and Sublandlord the amount of time needed to restore the Building to tenantability, using standard working methods without the payment of overtime and other premiums. Sublandlord shall deliver a copy of such notice to Subtenant upon receipt. If the time needed exceeds twelve (12) months from the beginning of the restoration, or two (2) months therefrom if the restoration would begin during the last twelve (12) months of the Sublease, then either Sublandlord or Subtenant may terminate this Sublease by notice to the other party within ten (10) days after the notifying party’s receipt of the architect’s certificate. If sufficient insurance proceeds will not be available to Landlord to cover

21


 

the cost of any restoration to the Building or the Premises, because (i) the casualty was not required to be insured against by the Master Lease and was not actually insured, or (ii) of insolvency or financial condition of Landlord’s insurance carrier, Landlord may terminate the Master Lease and this Sublease by written notice to Sublandlord. Any termination pursuant to this Section 10A shall be effective thirty (30) days from the date of such termination notice and Rent shall be paid by Subtenant to that date, with an abatement for any portion of the space which has been untenantable after the casualty.
           B. Restoration . If a casualty causes damage to the Building but this Sublease is not terminated for any reason, then subject to the rights of any mortgagees or ground lessors, pursuant to the Master Lease, Landlord shall obtain the applicable insurance proceeds and diligently restore the Building subject to current Governmental Requirements. Landlord’s obligation, should it elect or be obligated to repair or rebuild, shall be limited to the Building Shell, and Subtenant shall, at Subtenant’s expense, replace or fully repair its damaged improvements (including any Tenant Improvements constructed within the Premises), personal property and fixtures. Rent shall be abated on a per diem basis during the restoration for any portion of the Premises which is untenantable. Subtenant shall not be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord or Sublandlord for loss of the use of the Premises, damage to Subtenant’s personal property and trade fixtures or any inconvenience occasioned by such damage, repair or restoration. Subtenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1932, Subdivision 2, and Section 1933, Subdivision 4, of the California Civil Code, and the provisions of any similar law hereinafter enacted.
      11.  EMINENT DOMAIN . If a part of the Premises is taken by eminent domain or deed in lieu thereof which is so substantial that the Premises cannot reasonably be used by Subtenant for the operation of its business, then either party may terminate this Sublease effective as of the date of the taking. Rent shall abate from the date of the taking in proportion to any part of the Premises taken. If there is a temporary taking of a part of the Premises which is so substantial that the Premises cannot reasonably be used by Subtenant for the operation of its business, then Rent shall abate from the date of the taking in proportion to any part of the Premises taken. The entire award for a taking of any kind shall be paid to Landlord or Sublandlord, and Subtenant shall have no right to share in the award, except (i) for the portion of any award based on the value of the Tenant Improvements financed by Subtenant in excess of the Tenant Improvement Allowance; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord or Sublandlord any interest in or require Subtenant to assign to Landlord or Sublandlord any separate award made to Subtenant for the taking of Subtenant’s personal property and trade fixtures, or its relocation costs, and (ii) in the event of a temporary taking in which there was no Rent abatement under this Sublease, then Subtenant shall be entitled to any portion of the award which was intended to compensate Sublandlord for lost rent during the period of the temporary taking. All obligations accrued to the date of the taking shall be performed by each party.
      12.  RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD AND SUBLANDLORD . Landlord and Sublandlord may exercise at any time any of the following rights respecting the operation of the Project or the Building without liability to Subtenant of any kind:

22


 

           A. Name . To change the name of all or any of the Buildings or the Project; provided, however, that so long as Subtenant occupies fifty percent (50%) or more of the Building, then Sublandlord may not change, and will not consent to a change of, the name of such Building without Subtenant’s prior consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
           B. Signs . To install, modify and/or maintain necessary and appropriate signs on the exterior and in the interior of the Building or on the Project, and to approve prior to installation, any of Subtenant’s signs in the Premises visible from the exterior of the Building.
           C. Window Treatments . To approve, at its discretion, prior to installation, any shades, blinds, ventilators or window treatments of any kind, as well as any lighting within the Premises that may be visible from the exterior of the Building.
           D. Keys . To retain and use passkeys to enter the Premises or any door within the Premises in accordance with Section 12E. Subtenant shall not alter or add any lock or bolt.
           E. Access . To have access to the Premises with twenty-four hour prior notice and in accordance with Subtenant’s reasonable security program procedures (except in the case of an emergency in which case Landlord and Sublandlord shall have the right to immediate access) to inspect the Premises, and to perform its obligations, or make repairs, alterations, additions or improvements, as permitted by the Master Lease or this Sublease.
           F. Preparation for Reoccupancy . To decorate, remodel, repair, alter or otherwise prepare the Premises for reoccupancy at any time after Subtenant abandons the Premises, without relieving Subtenant of any obligation to pay Rent.
           G. Heavy Articles . To approve the weight, size, placement and time and manner of movement within the Building of any safe, central filing system or other heavy article of Subtenant’s property. Subtenant shall move its property entirely at its own risk.
           H. Show Premises . To show the Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders, mortgagees, investors, or rating agencies at any reasonable time, or prospective tenants during the last twelve (12) months of the Term; provided that Landlord or Sublandlord, as the case may be, gives prior notice to Subtenant and does not materially interfere with Subtenant’s use of the Premises.
           I. Use of Lockbox . To designate a lockbox collection agent for collections of amounts due Sublandlord. In that case, the date of payment of Rent or other sums shall be the date of the agent’s receipt of such payment or the date of actual collection if payment is made in the form of a negotiable instrument thereafter dishonored upon presentment. However, Sublandlord may reject any payment for all purposes as of the date of receipt or actual collection by mailing to Subtenant within 21 days after such receipt or collection a check equal to the amount sent by Subtenant.
           J. Repairs and Alterations . To make repairs or alterations to the Project and in doing so transport any required material through the Premises, to close entrances, doors, corridors, elevator and other facilities in the Building or the Project, to open any ceiling in the

23


 

Premises, or to temporarily suspend services or use of common areas in the Building. Without limiting the foregoing, Sublandlord shall have the right to access the Premises for the installation and/or alteration of the conduit connections among the Buildings within the Project. Landlord or Sublandlord, as the case may be, may perform any such repairs or alterations during ordinary business hours, except that Subtenant may require any work in the Premises to be done after business hours if Subtenant pays Landlord or Sublandlord, as the case may be, for overtime and any other additional expenses incurred. Landlord may do or permit any work on any nearby building, land, street, alley or way.
           K. Sublandlord’s Agents . If Subtenant is in default under this Sublease, possession of Subtenant’s funds or negotiation of Subtenant’s negotiable instrument by any of Sublandlord’ s agents shall not waive any breach by Subtenant or any remedies of Sublandlord under this Sublease.
           L. CC&R’s . Landlord may at any time promulgate and record a set of CC&R’s which will govern the access, parking, design, signage and other rights of the tenants in the Project, so long as such CC&R’s do not impose any new payment obligation on Subtenant (i.e., a dues requirement) or require Subtenant to modify any of the then existing improvements.
      13.  SUBTENANT’S DEFAULT . Any of the following shall constitute a default by Subtenant:
           A. Rent Default . Subtenant fails to pay any Rent within five (5) days after notice that such payment was not paid when due, provided that Subtenant acknowledges that such notice shall be in lieu of and not in addition to any notice required to be given by Sublandlord to commence an unlawful detainer action (or similar eviction proceeding) under the then applicable law;
           B. Assignment/Sublease or Hazardous Substances Default . Subtenant defaults in its obligations under Section 18 Assignment and Sublease or Section 29 Hazardous Substances;
           C. Other Performance Default . Subtenant fails to perform any other obligation to Sublandlord under this Sublease or commits any act, or fails to perform any act, which commission or failure would constitute or cause a breach of the Master Lease, and this failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord or Sublandlord, except that if Subtenant begins to cure its failure within the thirty (30) day period but cannot reasonably complete its cure within such period, then, so long as Subtenant continues to diligently attempt to cure its failure, the thirty (30) day period shall be extended to one hundred twenty (120) days, or such lesser period as is reasonably necessary to complete the cure;
           D. Credit Default . One of the following credit defaults occurs:
                (1)  Subtenant commences any proceeding under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debts, or seeks appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for the Subtenant or for any substantial part of its property, or any such proceeding is commenced against Subtenant and either remains

24


 

undismissed for a period of sixty (60) days or results in the entry of an order for relief against Subtenant which is not fully stayed within seven (7) days after entry;
                (2)  Subtenant becomes insolvent or bankrupt, does not generally pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
                (3)  Any third party obtains a levy or attachment under process of law against Subtenant’s leasehold interest; and
           E. Abandonment Default . Subtenant abandons the Premises.
      14.  SUBLANDLORD REMEDIES . Upon a default, Sublandlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by law or otherwise provided in this Sublease, to which Sublandlord may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:
           A. Sublandlord may continue this Sublease in full force and effect, and this Sublease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Sublandlord does not terminate this Sublease, and Sublandlord shall have the right to collect Rent when due.
           B. Sublandlord may enter the Premises or any part thereof and release them or any part thereof to third parties for Subtenant’s account for any period, whether shorter or longer than the remaining Term. Subtenant shall be liable immediately to Sublandlord for all costs Sublandlord incurs in reletting the Premises or any part thereof, including, without limitation, broker’s commissions, expenses of cleaning and redecorating the Premises required by the reletting and like costs. Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord the Rent and other sums due under this Sublease on the date the Rent is due, less the rent and other sums received by Sublandlord from any releasing. No act by Sublandlord other than giving written notice to Subtenant shall terminate this Sublease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver on Sublandlord’s initiative to protect Sublandlord’s interest under this Sublease shall not constitute a termination of Subtenant’s right to possession.
           C. Sublandlord may terminate this Sublease by giving Subtenant written notice of termination, in which event this Sublease shall terminate on the date for termination set forth in such notice. Subtenant shall immediately vacate the Premises and deliver possession to Sublandlord, and Sublandlord may repossess the Premises and may, at Subtenant’s sole cost, remove any of Subtenant’s signs and any of its other property, without relinquishing its right to receive Rent or any other right against Subtenant. On termination, Sublandlord has the right to recover from Subtenant as damages:
                (1)  The worth at the time of award of unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at the time of termination; plus
                (2)  The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Subtenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

25


 

                (3)  The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Subtenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus
                (4)  Any other amount necessary to compensate Sublandlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Subtenant’s failure to perform Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease, or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom, including, without limitation, any costs or expenses incurred by Sublandlord: (i) in retaking possession of the Premises; (ii) in maintaining, repairing, preserving, restoring, replacing, cleaning, altering or rehabilitating the Premises or any portion thereof, including such acts for reletting to a new tenant or tenants; (iii) for leasing commissions; or (iv) for any other costs necessary or appropriate to relet the Premises; plus
                (5)  At Sublandlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by the laws of the State of California.
     The “ worth at the time of award ” of the amounts referred to in Sections 14C(1) and 14C(2) is computed by allowing interest at the maximum rate permitted by law on the unpaid rent and other sums due and payable from the termination date through the date of award. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Section 14C(3) is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Subtenant waives redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179, or under any other present or future law, in the event Subtenant is evicted or Landlord takes possession of the Premises by reason of any default of Subtenant hereunder.
           D. Sublandlord’s Remedies Cumulative . All of Sublandlord’s remedies under this Sublease shall be in addition to all other remedies Sublandlord may have at law or in equity. Waiver by Sublandlord of any breach of any obligation by Subtenant shall be effective only if it is in writing, and shall not be deemed a waiver of any other breach, or any subsequent breach of the same obligation. Sublandlord’s acceptance of payment by Subtenant shall not constitute a waiver of any breach by Subtenant, and if the acceptance occurs after Sublandlord’s notice to Subtenant, or termination of the Sublease or of Subtenant’s right to possession, the acceptance shall not affect such notice or termination. Acceptance of payment by Sublandlord after commencement of a legal proceeding or final judgment shall not affect such proceeding or judgment. Sublandlord may advance such monies and take such other actions for Subtenant’s account as reasonably may be required to cure or mitigate any default by Subtenant. Subtenant shall immediately reimburse Sublandlord for any such advance, and such sums shall bear interest at the default interest rate until paid.
           E. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . EACH PARTY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY THE OTHER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SUBLEASE. EACH PARTY SHALL BRING ANY ACTION AGAINST THE OTHER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SUBLEASE IN A FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN CALIFORNIA, CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO HAVE ANY PROCEEDING

26


 

TRANSFERRED FROM SUCH COURTS ON THE GROUND OF IMPROPER VENUE OR INCONVENIENT FORUM.
           F. Litigation Costs . If either party commences litigation to enforce or interpret any provision of this Sublease, the prevailing party shall recover from the non-prevailing party its reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs.
      15.  SURRENDER . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease for any reason, Subtenant shall surrender the Premises to Sublandlord in its condition existing as of the Commencement Date (including Building standard Tenant Improvements even if not completed as of the Commencement Date), normal wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty excepted, with all interior walls repaired and repainted if marked or damaged, all carpets shampooed and cleaned, all broken, marred or nonconforming acoustical ceiling tiles replaced, all windows washed, the plumbing and electrical systems and lighting in good order and repair, including replacement of any burned out or broken light bulb or ballasts, and all floors cleaned and waxed, all to the reasonable satisfaction of Sublandlord. Subtenant shall remove from the Premises all Subtenant’s personal property and all of Subtenant’s alterations required to be removed pursuant to Sections 5D and 5E (but not the Initial Tenant Improvements), and restore the Premises to its condition prior to their installation. If Subtenant fails to remove any alterations and/or Subtenant’s personal property, and such failure continues after the termination of this Sublease, Landlord or Sublandlord may retain or dispose of such property and all rights of Subtenant with respect to it shall cease, or Sublandlord may place all or any portion of such property in public storage for Subtenant’s account. Subtenant shall be liable to Sublandlord for costs of removal of any such alterations and Subtenant’s personal property and storage and transportation costs of same, and the cost of repairing and restoring the Premises, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of expenditure by Sublandlord. If the Premises are not so surrendered at the termination of this Sublease, Subtenant shall indemnify Sublandlord against all loss or liability, including attorneys’ fees and costs, resulting from delay by Subtenant in so surrendering the Premises.
      16.  HOLDOVER . Subtenant shall have no right to holdover possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Sublease without Sublandlord’s prior written consent which Sublandlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion. If, however, Subtenant retains possession of any part of the Premises after the Term, Subtenant shall become a month-to-month tenant for the entire Premises upon all of the terms of this Sublease as might be applicable to such month-to-month tenancy, except that Subtenant shall pay all of Base Rent at one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the rate in effect immediately prior to such holdover, plus Operating Cost Share Rent and Tax Share Rent, computed on a monthly basis for each full or partial month Subtenant remains in possession. Subtenant shall also pay Sublandlord all of Sublandlord’s direct and consequential damages resulting from Subtenant’s holdover. No acceptance of Rent or other payments by Sublandlord under these holdover provisions shall operate as a waiver of Sublandlord’s right to regain possession or any other of Landlord’s remedies.

27


 

      17.  SUBORDINATION TO GROUND LEASES AND MORTGAGES .
           A. Subordination . Landlord and Sublandlord shall have the right to cause this Sublease to be subordinate to any future ground lease or mortgage respecting the Project, and any amendments to such ground lease or mortgage, at the election of the ground lessor or mortgagee as the case may be. Subtenant shall execute and deliver, within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand by Sublandlord or Landlord and in the form requested by Landlord or Sublandlord, provided that such form is reasonably acceptable to Subtenant, any additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Sublease with respect to any such mortgage or deed of trust.
           B. Termination of Ground Lease or Foreclosure of Mortgage . If any ground lease is terminated or mortgage foreclosed or deed in lieu of foreclosure given and the ground lessor, mortgagee, or purchaser at a foreclosure sale shall thereby become the owner of the Project, the ground lessor or mortgagee or purchaser shall be liable as Landlord only during the time such ground lessor or mortgagee or purchaser is the owner of the Project.
           C. Security Deposit . Any ground lessor or mortgagee shall be responsible for the return of any security deposit by Subtenant only to the extent the security deposit, if any, is received by such ground lessor or mortgagee.
           D. Notice and Right to Cure . The Project is subject to any ground lease and mortgage identified with name and address of ground lessor or mortgagee in EXHIBIT D to this Sublease (as the same may be amended from time to time by written notice to Subtenant). Subtenant agrees to send by registered or certified mail to any ground lessor or mortgagee identified either in such Exhibit or in any later notice from Landlord to Subtenant a copy of any notice of default sent by Subtenant to Landlord or Sublandlord. If Landlord or Sublandlord fails to cure such default within the required time period under this Sublease, but ground lessor or mortgagee begins to cure within ten (10) days after such period and proceeds diligently to complete such cure, then ground lessor or mortgagee shall have such additional time as is necessary to complete such cure, including any time necessary to obtain possession if possession is necessary to cure, and Subtenant shall not begin to enforce its remedies so long as the cure is being diligently pursued.
           E. Definitions . As used in this Section 17, “mortgage” shall include “trust deed” and “deed of trust”, and “mortgagee” shall include “trustee”, “beneficiary and the mortgagee of any ground lessee, and “ground lessor,” “mortgagee,” and “purchaser at a foreclosure sale” shall include, in each case, all of its successors and assigns, however remote.
      18.  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE .
           A. In General . Subtenant shall not, without the prior consent of Landlord and Sublandlord in each case, (i) make or allow any assignment or transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any part of Subtenant’s interest in this Sublease, (ii) grant or allow any lien or encumbrance, by operation of law or otherwise, upon any part of Subtenant’s interest in this Sublease, (iii) sublet any part of the Premises, or (iv) permit anyone other than Subtenant and its employees to occupy any part of the Premises. Subtenant shall remain primarily liable for all of

28


 

its obligations under this Sublease, notwithstanding any assignment or transfer. No consent granted by Landlord and Sublandlord shall be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent assignment or transfer, lien or encumbrance, sublease or occupancy. Subtenant shall pay all of Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with any consent requested by Subtenant or in reviewing any proposed assignment or subletting. Any assignment or transfer, grant of lien or encumbrance, or sublease or occupancy without Landlord’s or Sublandlord’s prior written consent shall be void. If Subtenant shall assign this Sublease to any entity other than a “Subtenant Affiliate” (as defined in Section 18E), then Subtenant’s right to extend the Term of this Sublease (as set forth in Section 31) shall be extinguished thereby and will not be transferred to the assignee, all such rights being personal to the Subtenant named herein.
           B. Sublandlord’s Consent . Sublandlord will not unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed assignment or subletting. It shall be reasonable for Landlord or Sublandlord to withhold its consent to any assignment or sublease if (i) Subtenant is in default under this Sublease, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is a tenant in the Project or an affiliate of such a tenant or a party that Landlord has identified as a prospective tenant in the Project, (iii) the financial responsibility, nature of business, and character of the proposed assignee or subtenant are not all reasonably satisfactory to Landlord or Sublandlord, (iv) in the reasonable judgment of Landlord or Sublandlord the purpose for which the assignee or subtenant intends to use the Premises (or a portion thereof) is inconsistent with the character of the Project as a first class business park or would violate the terms of this Sublease or the Master Lease, or (v) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a government entity. The foregoing shall not exclude any other reasonable basis for Landlord or Sublandlord to withhold its consent.
           C. Procedure . Subtenant shall notify Landlord and Sublandlord of any proposed assignment or sub-sublease at least thirty (30) days prior to its proposed effective date. The notice shall include the name and address of the proposed assignee or sub-subtenant, its corporate affiliates in the case of a corporation and its partners in a case of a partnership, and sufficient information to permit Landlord and Sublandlord to determine the financial responsibility and character of the proposed assignee or sub-subtenant. As a condition to any effective assignment of this Sublease, the assignee shall execute and deliver in form satisfactory to Sublandlord prior to the effective date of the assignment, an assumption of all of the obligations of Subtenant under this Sublease. As a condition to any effective sub-sublease, sub-subtenant shall execute and deliver in form satisfactory to Sublandlord prior to the effective date of the sublease, an agreement to comply with all of Subtenant’s applicable obligations under this Sublease, and at Sublandlord’s option, an agreement (except for the economic obligations which sub-subtenant will undertake directly to Subtenant) to attorn to Sublandlord under the terms of the sublease in the event this Sublease terminates before the sub-sublease expires. Any proposed sublease shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 19D below.
           D. Excess Payments . If Subtenant shall assign this Sublease or sub-sublet any part of the Premises for consideration in excess of the pro-rata portion of Rent applicable to the space subject to the assignment or sub-sublet, then Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord as Additional Rent fifty percent (50%) of any such excess immediately upon receipt; provided that Subtenant shall be first entitled to recover the reasonable costs actually incurred by Subtenant in

29


 

connection with the sub-sublet for leasing commissions, interior improvements and attorneys’ fees.
           E. Recapture Rights .
                (1)  If at any time during the Term of this Sublease, Subtenant desires to sub-sublease all or a portion of the Premises (the “Proposed Sub-Sublease Space”), Subtenant shall notify Sublandlord of its intention (“Subtenant’s Notice”), including proposed terms and conditions for such sub-sublease if such Subtenant’s Notice is given pursuant to Section 18.E.3 of this Sublease.
                (2)  If such proposed sub-sublease is for substantially the balance of the term of this Sublease, Sublandlord shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Subtenant’s Notice to notify Subtenant in writing of Sublandlord’s election to terminate this Sublease with respect to the Proposed Sub-Sublease Space. If, however, Sublandlord fails to notify Subtenant of Sublandlord’s election to terminate this Sublease, Sublandlord shall be deemed to have waived its right to recapture the Proposed Sub-Sublease Space at such time and Subtenant shall have the right to lease the Proposed Sub-Sublease Space to the third party without further notice to Sublandlord. For purposes of this provision, for “substantially the balance of the term of this Sublease” shall mean that less than six (6) months remain of the term of the Sublease.
                (3)  If the Proposed Sub-sublease Space is not subject to “recapture” under 19.E.2, Sublandlord shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Subtenant’s Notice to notify Subtenant in writing of Sublandlord’s election to lease the Proposed Sub-Sublease Space on the terms stated in Subtenant’s Notice. If Sublandlord notifies Subtenant within such seven-day period of Sublandlord’s desire to lease the Proposed Sub-Sublease Space, Subtenant and Sublandlord shall enter into a lease on the proposed terms an conditions stated in Subtenant’s Notice. If, however, Sublandlord fails to notify Subtenant of Sublandlord’s election to lease the Proposed Sub-Sublease Space within such seven-day period or, if Subtenant and Sublandlord, through no fault of Subtenant, fail to execute a lease within thirty (30) days after the date of Sublandlord’s notice to Subtenant, Sublandlord shall be deemed to have waived its right to lease the Proposed Sub-Sublease Space at such time and Subtenant shall have the right to lease the Proposed Sub-Sublease Space to the third party on substantially the terms stated in Subtenant’s Notice without further notice to Sublandlord.
           F. Assignment to Affiliates . If no default on the part of Subtenant has occurred and is continuing, Subtenant may assign this Sublease or sublet any portion of the Premises to a parent or subsidiary of Subtenant, or to an entity into which Subtenant is merged or consolidated or to an entity to which substantially all of tenant’s assets are transferred (collectively, “Subtenant Affiliate”), without first obtaining Sublandlord’s written consent, if Subtenant notifies Sublandlord at least ten (10) business days prior to the proposed transaction, providing information satisfactory to Sublandlord in order to determine the net worth both of the successor entity and of Subtenant immediately prior to such assignment, and showing the net worth of the successor to be at least equal to the net worth of Subtenant.
      19.  CONVEYANCE BY SUBLANDLORD OR LANDLORD . If Landlord or Sublandlord shall at any time transfer its interest in the Project or this Sublease, Landlord or

30


 

Sublandlord, as the case may be, shall be released of any obligations occurring after such transfer, except the obligation to return to Subtenant any security deposit not delivered to its transferee, and Subtenant shall look solely to Landlord’s or Sublandlord’s successors, as the case may be, for performance of such obligations. This Sublease shall not be affected by any such transfer.
      20.  ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE . Each party shall, within ten (10) days of receiving a request from the other party, execute, acknowledge in recordable form, and deliver to the other party or its designee a certificate stating, subject to a specific statement of any applicable exceptions, that the Sublease as amended to date is in full force and effect, that the Subtenant is paying Rent and other charges on a current basis, and that to the best of the knowledge of the certifying party, the other party has committed no uncured defaults and has no offsets or claims. The certifying party may also be required to state the date of commencement of payment of Rent, the Commencement Date, the Termination Date, the Base Rent, the current Operating Cost Share Rent and Tax Share Rent estimates, the status of any improvements required to be completed by Sublandlord, and the amount of any security deposit. Failure to deliver such statement within the time required shall be conclusive evidence against the non-certifying party that this Sublease, with any amendments identified by the requesting party, is in full force and effect, that there are no uncured defaults by the requesting party, that not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance, that the non-certifying party has not paid any security deposit, and that the non-certifying party has no claims or offsets against the requesting party.
      21.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . Within ten (10) days after Sublandlord’s written request therefor, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord copies of Subtenant’s most recent publicly reported financial statements.
      22. LEASE DEPOSIT .
           A. Advance Rent Deposit . Subtenant shall deposit with Sublandlord on the date Subtenant executes and delivers this Sublease to Sublandlord the cash sum of Forty-Two Thousand Nine Hundred and No/100ths Dollars ($42,900.00) as the Advance Rent Deposit. The Advance Rent Deposit shall be applied by Sublandlord against the first month’s Base Rent payable hereunder.
           B. Security Deposit . Upon execution of this Sublease, Subtenant shall provide Sublandlord an irrevocable letter of credit, in the form of EXHIBIT F and otherwise approved by Sublandlord in the amount of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00), issued by a bank approved by Sublandlord, and with an expiry date of no earlier than February 28, 2002 (or the last day of the 37th month of the Term if that is later). If no monetary default by Subtenant occurs prior to February 1, 2002, Subtenant may substitute a letter of credit, satisfying the same conditions, in the amount of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) with an expiry date no later than the last day of the month following expiration of the Term, and upon delivery of the Substitute Letter of Credit, the initial letter of credit shall be returned. If subtenant exercises its option to extend the term, Subtenant shall replace the then letter of credit with a letter of credit in the amount of Seventy Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Two and 20/100ths Dollars ($70,162.20) plus the then monthly estimated total of Landlord Operating Costs and

31


 

Taxes and Sublandlord Operating Costs allocated to the Premises and satisfying the same conditions with an expiry date no earlier than the last day of the month following expiration of the extended term. The letter of credit shall provide for partial draws and shall require only a written statement from Sublandlord that it is being drawn upon in connection with this Sublease. The letter of credit or any proceeds realized by draw thereon shall be security for Subtenant’s faithful performance of Subtenant’s obligations hereunder. If Subtenant fails to pay Rent or other charges due hereunder, or otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Sublease, Sublandlord may draw upon the letter of credit, at Sublandlord’s election, in the amount of such default, and if Subtenant fails to accept delivery of the Premises or fails to commence to pay Rent on the Commencement Date for the Premises, Sublandlord may draw upon the letter of credit to the full extent thereof, Sublandlord shall hold any amount realized by draw upon the letter of credit as a security deposit (the “deposit ). Sublandlord may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said deposit for the payment of any rent or other charge in default or for the payment of any other sum to which Sublandlord may become obligated by reason of Subtenant’s default, or to compensate Sublandlord for any loss or damage which Sublandlord may suffer thereby. If Sublandlord so uses or applies all or any portion of said deposit, Subtenant shall within ten (10) days after written demand therefor deposit cash with Sublandlord in an amount sufficient to restore said deposit to the full amount hereinabove stated and Subtenant’s failure to do so shall be a breach of this Sublease. Sublandlord shall not be required to keep said deposit separate from its general accounts. If Subtenant performs all of Subtenant’s obligations hereunder, said letter of credit, or if it has been drawn upon, such deposit or so much thereof as had not theretofore been applied by Sublandlord, shall be returned without payment of interest for its use, to Subtenant (or, at Sublandlord’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Subtenant’s interest hereunder) within ten (10) days after the expiration of the term hereof or ten (10) days after the date Subtenant has vacated the Premises, whichever is later.
      23.  FORCE MAJEURE . Neither Sublandlord or Subtenant shall be in default under this Sublease to the extent that party is unable to perform any of its obligations on account of any strike or labor problem, equipment, material, supplies or energy shortages (i.e., such items cannot be obtained at normal costs within a reasonable time because of limited availability), governmental pre-emption or prescription, national emergency, or any other cause of any kind beyond the reasonable control of the party required to act (provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any monetary obligation) (“ Force Majeure ”).
      24.  NOTICES . All notices, consents, approvals and similar communications to be given by one party to the other under this Sublease, shall be given in writing, mailed or personally delivered as follows:
           A. Sublandlord . To Sublandlord as follows:
Applied Materials, Inc.
Global Real Estate and Facilities
3050 Bowers Avenue, M/S 2753
Santa Clara, California 95054
Attention: Real Estate Manager

32


 

or to such other person at such other address as Sublandlord may designate by notice to Subtenant.
           B. Subtenant . To Subtenant as follows:
Shoreline Teleworks
960 Stewart Drive, 1st Floor
Sunnyvale, CA 94086
Attn:                     
or to such other person at such other address as Subtenant may designate by notice to Sublandlord.
Mailed notices shall be sent by United States certified or registered mail, or by a reputable national overnight courier service, postage prepaid. Mailed notices shall be deemed to have been given on the earlier of actual delivery or three (3) business days after posting in the United States mail in the case of registered or certified mail, and one business day in the case of overnight courier.
      25.  QUIET POSSESSION . So long as Subtenant shall perform all of its obligations under this Sublease, Subtenant shall enjoy peaceful and quiet possession of the Premises, subject to all of the terms of this Sublease.
      26.  REAL ESTATE BROKERS . Subtenant and Sublandlord each represent that it has not dealt with any real estate broker with respect to this Sublease except for the brokers listed in the Schedule, and no other broker is in any way entitled to any broker’s fee or other payment in connection with this Sublease. Subtenant and Sublandlord shall each indemnify and defend the other against any claims by any other broker or third party for any payment of any kind in connection with this Sublease whose claim is based upon the acts or agreements of the indemnifying party. Sublandlord shall pay the brokers identified in the Schedule a commission for this Sublease and for any extension thereof pursuant to Section 32 pursuant to a separate agreement to be entered into between Sublandlord and such brokers or among such brokers.
      27. MISCELLANEOUS .
           A. Successors and Assigns . Subject to the limits on Subtenant’s assignment contained in Section 18, the provisions of this Sublease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all successors and assigns of Sublandlord and Subtenant.
           B. Date Payments Are Due . Except for payments to be made by Subtenant under this Sublease which are due upon demand, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord any amount for which Sublandlord renders a statement of account within thirty (30) days of Subtenant’s receipt of Sublandlord’s statement.
           C. Meaning of “Sublandlord,” “Landlord”, “Re-Entry,” “including” and “Affiliate” . The term “Sublandlord” means only the owner of the Sublandlord’s interest in this Sublease from time to time. The term “Landlord” means only the owner of the Project and the lessor’s interest in the Master Lease from time to time. The words “re-entry” and “re-enter” are

33


 

not restricted to their technical legal meaning. The words “including and similar words shall mean “without limitation.” The word “affiliate” shall mean a person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the applicable entity. “Control” shall mean the power directly or indirectly, by contract or otherwise, to direct the management and policies of the applicable entity.
           D. Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of each provision of this Sublease.
           E. No Option . This document shall not be effective for any purpose until it has been executed and delivered by both parties.
           F. Severability . The unenforceability of any provision of this Sublease shall not affect any other provision.
           G. Governing Law . This Sublease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the state in which the Project is located, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws.
           H. No Oral Modification . No modification of this Sublease shall be effective unless it is a written modification signed by both parties.
           I. Sublandlord’s Right to Cure . If Sublandlord breaches any of its obligations under this Sublease, Subtenant shall notify Sublandlord in writing and shall take no action respecting such breach so long as Sublandlord promptly begins to cure the breach and diligently pursues such cure to its completion. Sublandlord may cure any default by Subtenant; any expenses incurred shall become Additional Rent due from Subtenant on demand by Sublandlord.
           J. Captions . The captions used in this Sublease shall have no effect on the construction of this Sublease.
           K. Authority . Sublandlord and Subtenant each represents to the other that it has full power and authority to execute and perform this Sublease.
           L. Sublandlord’s Enforcement of Remedies . Sublandlord may enforce any of its remedies under this Sublease either in its own name or through an agent.
           M. Entire Agreement . This Sublease, together with all Appendices, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties. No representations or agreements of any kind have been made by either party which are not contained in this Sublease.
           N. Sublandlord’s Title . Landlord’s title and Sublandlord’s interest under the Master Lease shall always be paramount to the interest of Subtenant, and nothing in this Sublease shall empower Subtenant to do anything which might in any way impair Landlord’s title or Sublandlord’s interest under the Master Lease.

34


 

           O. Light and Air Rights . Neither Landlord nor Sublandlord has granted by this Sublease any rights to light and air in connection with Project.
           P. Singular and Plural . Wherever appropriate in this Sublease, a singular term shall be construed to mean the plural where necessary, and a plural term the singular. For example, if at any time two parties shall constitute Sublandlord or Subtenant, then the relevant term shall refer to both parties together.
           Q. Exclusivity . Sublandlord does not grant to Subtenant in this Sublease any exclusive right except the right to occupy its Premises.
           R. No Construction Against Drafting Party . The rule of construction that ambiguities are resolved against the drafting party shall not apply to this Sublease.
           S. Survival . All obligations of Sublandlord and Subtenant under this Sublease shall survive the termination of this Sublease.
           T. Rent Not Based on Income . No Rent or other payment in respect of the Premises shall be based in any way upon net income or profits from the Premises. Subtenant may not enter into or permit any sublease or license or other agreement in connection with the Premises which provides for a rental or other payment based on net income or profit.
           U. Building Manager and Service Providers . Sublandlord may perform any of its obligations under this Sublease through its employees or third parties hired by the Sublandlord.
           V. Late Charge and Interest on Late Payments . Without limiting the provisions of Section 13A, if Subtenant fails to pay any installment of Rent or other charge to be paid by Subtenant pursuant to this Sublease within five (5) business days after the same became due and payable (collectively referred to herein as a “Late Payment”), then Subtenant shall pay a late charge equal to the greater of five percent (5%) of the amount of such Late Payment or $250 (“Late Charge”). In addition, interest shall be paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord on any Late Payments of Rent from the date due until paid at the rate provided in Section 2D(2) (“Late Interest”). Such Late Charge and Late Interest shall constitute Additional Rent due and payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord upon the date of payment of the Late Payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant shall not be liable for any Late Charge or Late Interest for the first Late Payment during any calendar year so long as Sublandlord receives such Late Payment within five (5) days of Subtenant’s receipt of Sublandlord’s written notice for the same. If Sublandlord does not receive Subtenant’s Late Payment within such five (5) day period, then Subtenant shall also be liable for the Late Charge and Late Interest as described above.
      28.  UNRELATED BUSINESS INCOME . If Landlord is advised by its counsel at any time that any part of the payments by Subtenant to Landlord under this Sublease may be characterized as unrelated business income under the United States Internal Revenue Code and its regulations, then Subtenant shall enter into any amendment proposed by Landlord to avoid such income, so long as the amendment does not require Subtenant to make more payments or accept fewer services from Landlord, than this Sublease provides.

35


 

      29.  HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES .
           A. Subtenant’s Environmental Indemnity . Subtenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substances to be brought upon, stored, or used in, on or under the Project other than such quantities of Hazardous Substances as are customary and reasonably necessary for the conduct of the Permitted Uses listed in the Schedule to this Sublease, and which are listed in the Hazardous Materials Inventory Sheets (collectively, the “HMIS”) to be attached hereto as EXHIBIT G after approval by Landlord and Sublandlord, unless Landlord and Sublandlord have consented in writing to the storage or use of such Hazardous Substances, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Sublandlord. Subtenant shall also provide Landlord and Sublandlord with copies of all documents or information provided to or documents, information or permits received from applicable governmental agencies to the extent they relate to the use, transportation, disposal or storage of Hazardous Substances at the Premises, including any HMIS’s, Material Safety Data Sheets, discharge permits, Hazardous Materials Management Plans and transportation manifests. Subtenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substances to be produced, discharged or disposed of in, on or under the Project. Any handling, transportation, storage, treatment, disposal or use of any Hazardous Substances in or about the Project by Subtenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees shall strictly comply with all applicable Governmental Requirements. Subtenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and Sublandlord harmless from and against any liabilities, claims, damages, penalties, fines, attorneys’ fees and court costs, remediation costs, investigation costs and any other expenses which result from or arise out of the use, storage, treatment, transportation, release, or disposal of any Hazardous Substances on or about the Project by Subtenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. Sublandlord shall notify Subtenant in writing promptly upon receipt of notice of any claim to which the indemnification set forth herein may apply. Sublandlord shall reasonably cooperate with Subtenant in the course of Subtenant’s defense and indemnification as provided hereunder. Subtenant shall have the right to settle any claim to which this paragraph may apply, subject to Sublandlord’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
           B. Hazardous Substances ” means any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste which are or become regulated by any local government authority, the state in which the Project is located or the United States government, including those substances described in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., any other applicable federal, state or local law, and the regulations adopted under these laws.
           C. Pre-existing Contamination . Subtenant hereby acknowledges that Sublandlord has informed Subtenant that certain chlorinated volatile organic compounds are present in the groundwater under the Land as of the date of this Sublease (“Pre-Existing Contamination ). Subtenant hereby covenants for the benefit of Landlord and Sublandlord that it will not use or store any chlorinated volatile organic compounds on the Premises or within the Project.
     Subtenant agrees and acknowledges that: (i) neither Sublandlord nor any of Sublandlord’s representatives have made any representations or warranties about the environmental condition of the Land or the accuracy or completeness of any environmental

36


 

reports made available to Subtenant regarding the Land; (ii) it has had ample time and access to the Land, to review the environmental condition of the Land and to conduct any tests which Subtenant may deem desirable in connection with this Sublease; (iii) it is sophisticated, knowledgeable and experienced in the analysis of environmental matters and that Subtenant has entered into this Sublease with the intention of making and relying upon its own (or its experts’) investigation of the environmental condition of the Land; and (iv) Subtenant is not relying upon any representations or warranties purportedly made by Sublandlord or anyone acting or claiming to act on Landlord’s behalf concerning the Land.
           D. Sublandlord’s Environmental Indemnity . Subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth below and except to the extent such contamination was caused, exacerbated, or contributed to by Subtenant, or Subtenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees, Sublandlord shall indemnify Subtenant from and against any liability, claims, damages, penalties, fines, attorneys’ fees and costs, remediation costs, investigation costs and other expenses arising from any use, storage, treatment, transportation, release or disposal of Hazardous Substances on or about the Project by Sublandlord, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “Sublandlord’s contractors” excludes Landlord under the Master Lease. Sublandlord’s liability under the foregoing indemnity (i) is personal to Subtenant and may not be assigned to or relied upon by any third party without Sublandlord’s prior written consent, which may be withheld in Sublandlord’s sole and absolute discretion, (ii) is limited to Subtenant’s actual, out of pocket costs incurred in complying with any applicable state or federal agencies relating to the remediation, removal, disposal or monitoring (“Compliance Order”), and to reasonable consultants fees and costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against a proposed Compliance Order, so long as Sublandlord may select the attorney to defend Subtenant and have sole authority to make all settlement and other decisions in regard to the proceedings, including the decision whether to challenge the Compliance Order (and any related order or action) by appeal or court challenge, and (iii) specifically excludes any claims, costs, damages or losses for personal injury, property damage, punitive damages, damage to business, lost profits or consequential damages incurred by Subtenant or any third party.
      30.  EXCULPATION . Landlord shall have no personal liability under this Sublease. Sublandlord shall have no personal liability under this Sublease; its liability shall be limited to its equity interest in the Master Lease, and shall not extend to any other property or assets of the Sublandlord. In no event shall any officer, director, employee, agent, shareholder, partner, member or beneficiary of Landlord or Sublandlord be personally liable for any of Landlord s or Sublandlord’s obligations hereunder. The foregoing limitation shall not limit Sublandlord’s liability pursuant to the indemnity obligation under Sections 9B and 29D (collectively the “Indemnity Obligations”).
      31.  EXTENSION OPTION . Subject to Subsection B below, Subtenant may at its option extend the Term of this Lease for one period of approximately three (3) years and four (4) months, expiring September 30, 2007. Such period is called the “ Renewal Term ”. The Renewal Term shall be upon the same terms contained in this Sublease, except that (i) Sublandlord shall have no obligation to provide Subtenant with any Tenant Improvement Allowances in connection with the Renewal Term, (ii) the Base Rent during the Renewal Term shall be as set forth below, and (iii) any reference in the Sublease to the “Term” of the Sublease shall be

37


 

deemed to include any Renewal Term and apply thereto, unless it is expressly provided otherwise. Subtenant shall have no additional extension options.
           A. The Base Rent through and including the eight (8) month of the Renewal Term (the seventy second (72nd) month of the Term as extended) shall be Seventy Thousand One Hundred Sixteen and 20/100ths Dollars ($70,116.20) (calculated at $2.20 per square foot per month). The Base Rent commencing with the seventy third (73rd) month shall be $2.25 per square foot per month, and shall be increased by $0.05 per square foot per month on each anniversary of the Commencement Date during the Renewal Term.
           B. To exercise the option, Subtenant must deliver a binding notice to Sublandlord not sooner than eight (8) months nor later than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the initial Term of this Sublease. If Subtenant fails to timely give its notice of exercise, Subtenant will be deemed to have waived its option to extend.
           C. Subtenant’s option to extend this Sublease is subject to the conditions that: (i) on the date that Subtenant delivers its binding notice exercising an option to extend, Subtenant is not in default under this Sublease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure periods, and (ii) Subtenant shall not have assigned the Sublease to any party.
      32.  RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER . If upon expiration or earlier termination (of the initial term or renewal term, if extended) of any sublease for the second (2nd) floor of the Building, Sublandlord desires to sublease any space in the second floor (the “Proposed Sublease Space”), Sublandlord shall notify Subtenant in writing of the proposed terms and conditions for such sub-sublease (“Sublandlord’s Notice”). Subtenant shall have seven (7) days after receipt of Sublandlord’s Notice to notify Sublandlord in writing of Sublandlord’s election to lease the Proposed Sublease Space on the terms stated in Sublandlord’s Notice. If Subtenant notifies Sublandlord within such seven-day period of Subtenant’s desire to lease the Proposed Sublease Space, Subtenant and Sublandlord shall enter into a lease on the proposed terms an conditions stated in Sublandlord’s Notice. If, however, Subtenant fails to notify Sublandlord of Subtenant’s election to lease the Proposed Sublease Space within such seven-day period or, if Sublandlord and Subtenant, through no fault of Sublandlord, fail to execute a lease within thirty (30) days after the date of Subtenant’s notice to Sublandlord, Subtenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to lease the Proposed Sublease Space at such time and Sublandlord shall have the right to lease the Proposed Sublease Space to any third party on substantially the terms stated in Sublandlord’s Notice without further notice to Subtenant.

38


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Sublease.
SUBLANDLORD:
                     
APPLIED MATERIALS, INC.,            
a Delaware corporation            
 
                   
By:   /s/ Thomas M. Rohrs       /s/ Joseph R. Brunson    
                 
Print Name: Thomas Rohrs       Joseph R. Brunson    
Print Title:           Senior Vice President, CFO    
 
                   
SUBTENANT:                
 
                   
SHORELINE TELEWORKS,            
a California corporation            
 
                   
By:   /s/ John Fazio            
                 
Print Name: John Fazio            
Print Title: President & CEO            

39


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE
     THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is dated and effective as of November 6, 2003, between Applied Materials, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (“ Sublandlord ”) and Shoreline Communications, Inc. , a California corporation (“ Subtenant ”).
RECITALS
     A. Sublandlord and Subtenant (then known as Shoreline Teleworks, Inc.) entered into that certain Sublease dated October ___, 1998 (the “ Sublease ”) for the first floor of Building G, 960 Stewart Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “ Premises ”) as described in the Sublease.
     B. Sublandlord and Subtenant desire to amend the Sublease as set forth herein.
      NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Sublandlord and Subtenant agree to amend the Sublease as set forth herein.
     1.  Amendment to Section 1 of the Schedule . The name of the Subtenant is Shoreline Communications, Inc.
     2.  Amendment to Section 11 of the Schedule . Section 11 of the Schedule shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:
  11.   Term: Commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring September 30, 2007.
     3.  Amendment to Section 13 of the Schedule . Section 13 of the Schedule is hereby deleted and replaced with the following to read in its entirety as follows:
      Base Rent:
                 
Months   Monthly/Square Foot   Monthly Base Rent
2/1/1999 - 1/31/2000
  $ 1.95     $ 42,900.00  
2/1/2000 - 10/31/2000
  $ 2.00     $ 50,000.00  
11/1/2000 - 1/31/2001
  $ 2.00     $ 63,782.00  
2/1/2001 - 1/31/2/2002
  $ 2.05     $ 65,376.55  
2/1/2002 - 1/31//2003
  $ 2.10     $ 66,971.10  
2/1/2003 - 4/30/2003
  $ 2.15     $ 68,566.65  
5/1/2003 - 5/14/2003
  $ 2.15     $ 30,965.58 *
5/15/2003 - 5/14/2004
  $ 1.10     $ 35,080.10  
5/15/2044 - 5/14/2005
  $ 1.13     $ 36,036.83  
5/15/2005 - 5/14/2006
  $ 1.16     $ 36,993.56  
5/15/2006 - 5/14/2007
  $ 1.19     $ 37,950.29  
5/15/2007 - 9/30/2007
  $ 1.22     $ 38,907.02  
 
*   Monthly Base Rent prorated for partial month of May 1 through May 14

1


 

Base Rent previously paid for the period May 15, 2003 through September 30, 2003 in excess of the amounts stated above shall be credited against installments of Base Rent as they become due, commencing with the Base Rent due October 1, 2003.
     4.  Deletion of Section 31 of the Sublease . Section 31 “Extension Option” of the Sublease is hereby deleted in its entirety.
     5.  Affirmation . As amended herein, the Sublease is and remains in full force and effect.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.
             
“Sublandlord”   “Subtenant”
 
           
APPLIED MATERIALS, INC., a Delaware corporation   SHORELINE COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a California corporation
     
 
           
By:
  /s/ Carter Lake   By:  /s/ John Finegan  
 
           
 
           
Print Name: Carter Lake   Print Name: John Finegan
 
           
Its: Senior Director   Its: CFO
  Global Real Estate & Facilities
       
 
           
Date: November 7, 2003   Date:    
 
           
 
           
 
      By:    
 
           
 
      Print Name:   
 
           
 
      Its:    
 
           
 
      Date:    
 
           

2


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE CONSENT AND AGREEMENT
     This FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE CONSENT AND AGREEMENT (“ Amendment ”), dated for reference purposes only as of ___, 2003, is made by and among CARRAMERICA REALTY CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation (“ Landlord ”), APPLIED MATERIALS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), and SHORELINE COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a California corporation, as successor in interest to Shoreline Teleworks, a California corporation (“ Subtenant ”).
RECITALS :
     A. Landlord and Tenant have heretofore entered into a Lease, dated September 9, 1997 (hereinafter the “ Master Lease ”) for premises (hereinafter the “ Premises ”) in Buildings A through G comprising the project commonly known as the Oakmead West Buildings Project, located in Sunnyvale, California.
     B. On or about. November 5, 1998, Tenant and Subtenant entered into a Sublease (the “ Sublease ”), pursuant to which Tenant subleases portions of Building G, consisting of approximately 31,891 square feet (the “ Subleased Premises ”). On or about November 5, 1998, Landlord consented to the Sublease pursuant to a certain Sublease Consent and Agreement (the “ Original Sublease Consent ”).
     C. Tenant and Subtenant desire to extend the term of the Sublease from May 31, 2004 to September 30, 2007, and to adjust the Base Rent due under the Sublease, pursuant to the proposed First Amendment to Sublease Agreement dates November 6, 2003 between Tenant and Subtenant (the “ First Amendment to Sublease ”) a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .
     D. Landlord is wiling to consent to the First Amendment to Sublease upon the terms and conditions set forth below.
AGREEMENT :
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the covenants, promises and undertakings set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Landlord’ Consent . Landlord hereby consents to the First Amendment to Sublease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A . The Sublease shall not be further amended or modified without the prior written consent of Landlord. This consent is granted only upon the terms and conditions of this Amendment, and Tenant and Subtenant hereby agree to each of such terms and conditions. From and after the effective date of this Amendment, all references to the “ Sublease ” in the Original Sublease Consent shall be deemed to refer to the Sublease, as amended by the First Amendment to Sublease.
     2.  Conditions to Landlord’s Consent . Landlord’s consent to the First Amendment to Sublease is expressly conditioned on Tenant’s reimbursement of Landlord for all of Landlord’s attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with this Amendment (collectively, “ Transfer-Related Costs ”). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the Transfer-Related Costs incurred by Landlord within ten (10) days following Tenant’s receipt of an invoice.
     3.  Representations of Tenant and Subtenant .

1


 

          3.1 Tenant and Subtenant represent and warrant to Landlord that a true copy of the First Amendment to Sublease, and all exhibits, addendum, amendments, modifications and supplements thereto, is attached hereto as Exhibit A .
          3.2 Tenant and Subtenant represent and warrant to Landlord that, except as set forth in the First Amendment to Sublease, Subtenant is not paying to Tenant any rent, additional rent or other consideration whatsoever in connection with the First Amendment to Sublease (including, but not limited to, payments for Tenant’s assets, trade fixtures, equipment and/or other equity ownership of Tenant.)
          3.3 Tenant and Subtenant represent and warrant that Landlord will not be liable for any brokerage commission or finder’s fee in connection with the consummation of the First Amendment to Sublease of this Amendment. Tenant and Subtenant, jointly and severally, shall protect, indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims for any such commissions, fees or costs, and for all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with such claims, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs.
     4.  Miscellaneous .
          4.1 Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the defined meanings ascribed to them in the Original Sublease Consent.
          4.2 Except as modified by this Amendment. all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Original Sublease Consent shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.
          4.3 To the extent the terms of the Original Sublease Consent and this Amendment are inconsistent, the terms of this Amendment shall control.
          4.4 The submission of this Amendment to Tenant for examination or execution does not create an option or constitute an offer to Tenant to amend the Original Sublease Consent on the terms and editions contained herein, and Landlord’s consent hereunder shall not be effective until Landlord has received a copy of this Amendment, fully executed with original signatures of Tenant and Subtenant thereon. By executing and delivering this Amendment, the person or parsons signing on behalf of Tenant and Subtenant represent and warrant that they have the requisite authority to bind their respective party.
          4.5 This Amendment contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. It is understood that there are no oral agreements between the parties affecting the Original Sublease Consent as hereby amended, and this Amendment supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, representations, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties and their respective agents with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none shall be used to interpret or construe the Original Sublease Comment as amended hereby.
[signatures on following page]

2


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment on the dates set forth under their respective signatures below.
             
LANDLORD   TENANT
 
           
CARRAMERICA REALTY CORPORATION, a
Maryland corporation
  APPLIED MATERIALS, INC., a Delaware corporation
 
           
By: 
/s/   Christopher Peatrass   By:   /s/   Carter Lake
 
           
 
           
Name: Christopher Peatrass   Name: Carter Lake
 
           
Title: Managing Director   Title: Senior Director
          Global Real Estate & Facilities
 
           
Date: 12/6/03   Date:11/13/03
 
           
SUBTENANT        
 
           
SHORELINE COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a California corporation        
 
           
By:
  /s/  John Finegan        
 
           
 
           
Name:
  John Finegan        
 
           
 
           
Title:
  CFO        
 
           
 
           
Date:
  11/12/03        
 
           

3


 

EXHIBIT A
FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE AGREEMENT
See Attached


 

Applied Materials Rent Reconciliation
                                     
    Rent paid   New rent   Monthly Diff   Cum Diff    
May-03
  $ 68,565.65     $ 35,080.10     $ 16,742.78     $ 16,742.78     @50%
Jun-03
  $ 68,565.65     $ 35,080.10     $ 33,485.55     $ 50,228.33      
Jul-03
  $ 68,565.65     $ 35,080.10     $ 33,485.55     $ 83,713.88      
Aug-03
  $ 68,565.65     $ 35,080.10     $ 33,485.55     $ 117,199.43      
Sep-03
  $ 68,565.65     $ 35,080.10     $ 33,485.55     $ 150,684.98      
Oct-03
  $ 0.00     $ 35,080.10     -$ 35,080.10     $ 115,604.88      
Nov-03
  $ 0.00     $ 35,080.10     -$ 35,080.10     $ 80,524.78      
Dec-03
  $ 0.00     $ 35,080.10     -$ 35,080.10     $ 45,444.68      
Jan-04
  $ 0.00     $ 35,080.10     -$ 35,080.10     $ 10,364.58      
Feb-04
  $ 24,715.53     $ 35,080.10     -$ 10,364.58     $ 0.00      
Mar-04
  $ 35,080.10     $ 35,080.10     $ 0.00     $ 0.00      

2


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE
     THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE (this “ Second Amendment ”) is dated and effective as of September 12, 2005, between Applied Materials, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (“ Sublandlord ”) and Shortel, Inc. (formerly known as Shorline Communications, Inc.), a California corporation (“ Subtenant ”).
RECITALS
     A. Sublandlord and Subtenant (then known as Shoreline Teleworks, Inc.) entered into that certain Sublease dated October ___, 1998, as amended by the First Amendment To Sublease dated as of November 6, 2003 (together, the “ Sublease ”) for the first floor of Building G, 960 Stewart Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “ Premises ”) as described in the Sublease. Capitalized terms not defined in this Second Amendment shall have the meanings given in the Sublease.
     B. Sublandlord and Subtenant desire to amend the Sublease to add the second floor of the Building to the Premises, on terms and conditions set forth herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Sublandlord and Subtenant agree to amend the Sublease as set forth herein.
      1.  Amendment to Section 1 of the Schedule . The name of the Subtenant is Shoretel, Inc.
      2.  Amendment to Sections 2, 3, and 4 of the Schedule . Sections 2, 3 and 4 of the Schedule shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:
     2. Premises: The “Premises” means and includes the portions of the first floor of Building G (the “Building”), 960 Stewart Drive, Sunnyvale, California, designated Area A, Area B, and Area C on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto, occupied by Tenant at any time during the Term of this Sublease, together with (1) a nonexclusive right, in common with other tenants of the Building, to use the Building Common Areas, and (2) a nonexclusive right, in common with other tenants of the Project, to use the Project Common Areas subject to the Master Lease. Commencing October 1, 2005, the “Premises” means and includes the first floor and second floor of the Building, together with a nonexclusive right, in common with other tenants of the Project, to use the Project Common Areas subject to the Master Lease.
         
3.
  Rentable Square Footage of the Premises:   31,891 sq. ft.
 
  Commencing October 1, 2005   63,781 sq. ft.
     4. Subtenant’s Proportionate Share: The Percentage listed below for Landlord’s Operating Costs and Taxes and Sublandlord’s Operating Costs allocated to the Building, plus the Percentage listed below for Landlord’s Operating Costs and Taxes but not allocated to specific Buildings by Landlord.

1


 

                 
    Proportionate Share   Proportionate Share
    for Building   for Project*
Area A
    34.49 %     5.16 %
Area A + Area B
    39.20 %     5.87 %
Area A + Area B + Area C
    50 %     7.49 %
Second Floor
    50 %***     14.28 %**, ***
 
*   This percentage (7.49%) represents the ratio of the square footage of the Premises to the aggregate square footage of all Buildings in the Project. As the aggregate square footage of all Buildings subject to the Master Lease declines, this percentage may be adjusted to a percentage equal to the ratio of the square footage of the Premises to the aggregate square footage of the Buildings then subject to the Master Lease, but the revised percentage would apply only against the Landlord Operating Costs allocated to all Buildings then subject to the Master Lease but not to any one Building.
 
**   As of October 1, 2005, representing Proportionate Share of Buildings in the Project remaining subject to the Master Lease. Commencing October 6, 2005, 29.40% of a reduced square footage subject to the Master Lease.
 
***   Second Floor monthly rent is a gross rent and Sublandlord is responsible for Building Operating Costs and Landlord’s Operating Costs and Taxes allocated to the Second Floor of the Building. Thus, the square footage of the second floor is not included in the Proportionate Share calculations.
      3.  Amendment to Section 10 of the Schedule . Section 10 of the Schedule shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:
         
10. Commencement Date:
  Area A   Approximately February 1, 1999
 
  Area B   Approximately February 1, 2000
 
  Area C   Approximately October 1, 2000
 
  Second Floor   Approximately October 1, 2005
 
  See Paragraph 1.A.    
      4.  Amendment to Section 13 of the Schedule . Section 13 of the Schedule is hereby deleted and replaced with the following to read in its entirety as follows:

2


 

Base Rent:
             
Months   Monthly/Square Foot   Monthly Base Rent  
2/1/1999 – 1/31/2000
  $1.95   $ 42,900.00  
2/1/2000 – 10/31/2000
  $2.00   $ 50,000.00  
11/1/2000 – 1/31/2001
  $2.00   $ 63,782.00  
2/1/2001 – 1/31/2/2002
  $2.05   $ 65,376.55  
2/1/2002 – 1/31//2003
  $2.10   $ 66,971.10  
2/1/2003 – 4/30/2003
  $2.15   $ 68,566.65  
5/1/2003 – 5/14/2003
  $2.15   $ 30,965.58 *
5/15/2003 – 5/14/2004
  $1.10   $ 35,080.10  
5/15/2004 – 5/14/2005
  $1.13   $ 36,036.83  
5/15/2005 – 9/30/2005
  $1.16   $ 36,993.56  
10/1/2005 – 5/14/2006
  $1.16 Areas A-C   $ 36,993.56  
 
  $0.26 Second Floor   $ 8,291.66  
 
         
 
      $ 45,285.22  
5/14/2006 – 9/30/2006
  $1.19 Areas A-C   $ 37,950.29  
 
  $0.26 Second Floor   $ 8,291.66  
 
         
 
      $ 46,241.95  
10/1/2006-5/14/2007
  $1.19 Areas A-C   $ 37,950.29  
 
  $0.52 Second Floor   $ 16,583.32  
 
         
 
      $ 54,533.61  
5/15/2007 – 9/30/2007
  $1.22 Areas A-C   $ 38,907.02  
 
  $0.52 Second Floor   $ 16,583.32  
 
         
 
    $ 55,490.34  
Base Rent previously paid for the period May 15, 2003 through September 30, 2003 in excess of the amounts stated above shall be credited against installments of Base Rent as they become due, commencing with the Base Rent due October 1, 2003.
      5.  Amendment to Paragraph 1.A . Paragraph 1.A of the Sublease is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:
     A. Commencement Date. The Commencement Date shall be the date established pursuant to this section and the Sublease shall expire on the date set forth in the Schedule.
               1. The Commencement Date for Area A shall be the earliest occurring of the following:
                         (i) The date of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, as such term is defined in the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as EXHIBIT C (“Work Letter Agreement”) or;
                         (ii) The date Subtenant commences occupancy of Area A.

3


 

     2. The Commencement Date for Area B shall be the first day of the thirteenth (13th) month of the Term.
     3. The Commencement Date for Area C shall be the first day of the twenty-first (21st) month of the Term.
     4. The Commencement Date for the Second Floor shall be October 1, 2005.
      6.  Amendment to Paragraph 3.B of the Sublease . Paragraph 3.B of the Sublease is amended to read in its entirety as follows
     B. Construction of Interior Improvements . Except for Sublandlord’s obligation to install the Tenant Improvements in the first floor in accordance with the Work Letter Agreement, Sublandlord is leasing the Premises to Subtenant “as is,” without any obligation to alter, remodel, improve, or decorate any part of the Premises or Project. Sublandlord shall cause the Tenant Improvements to be completed in accordance with the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in the Work Letter Agreement. Sublandlord shall deliver the second floor professionally clean with all Building mechanical, electrical, plumbing, life safety, lighting, windows and doors and roofing systems in good operating condition.
      7.  Utilities . Sublandlord and Subtenant shall transfer the utilities accounts for the Building to Subtenant’s name after execution of a consent to this Amendment by Landlord and prior to Subtenant’s entry into to the second floor pursuant to paragraph 9 below or Subtenant’s occupancy of the second floor.
      8.  Affirmation . As amended herein, the Sublease is and remains in full force and effect.
      9.  Early Occupancy . Upon execution of this Second Amendment and consent to this Second Amendment by Master Landlord (the “Early Occupancy Period”), provided that Subtenant’s activities do not interfere with or cause delays to Sublandlord’s obligations, Subtenant shall be permitted to enter the second floor for the purpose of installation of its equipment, cabling, telecommunications, furniture systems, and other installations necessary for the conduct of Subtenant’s business. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Subtenant’s occupancy of the second floor during the Early Occupancy Period shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Sublease (including Subtenant s obligations regarding indemnity and insurance), provided however, that Subtenant’s obligation to pay Rent with respect to the second floor during the Early Occupancy Period shall be waived. In any event, Subtenant shall be responsible for any utility charges incurred by Landlord or Sublandlord in connection with Subtenant’s use of the second floor during the Early Occupancy Period.

4


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.
             
“Sublandlord”   “Subtenant”
 
           
APPLIED MATERIALS, INC., a Delaware corporation   SHORETEL, INC., a California corporation
 
           
By:
  /S/ Jim Barnhart   By:   /s/ John Finegan
 
           
 
           
Print Name:
  Jim Barnhart   Print Name:   John Finegan
 
           
 
           
Its:
  Managing Director   Its:   CFO
 
           
 
           
Date:
  September 26, 2005   Date:   9/13/05
 
           
 
           
 
      By:    
 
           
 
           
 
      Print Name:    
 
           
 
           
 
      Its:    
 
           
 
           
 
      Date:    
 
           

5

 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
Exhibit 10.16
CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
ODM Product Development and Purchase Agreement
Between
Giant Electronics
And
ShoreTel
     This ODM product development and purchase agreement (“ Agreement ”) is entered into between Giant Electronic Ltd., a Hong Kong company, with its principal place of business at 7/F., Elite Industrial Building, 135-137 Hoi Bun Road, Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong (“Giant”), and ShoreTel, Inc. (“ ShoreTel ”), a California corporation with its principal place of business at 960 Stewart Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94085, USA. This Agreement shall be effective as of May 1, 2003 (“ Effective Date ”). Giant and ShoreTel are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” or collectively as “ the Parties ”.
RECITALS
      WHEREAS , Giant is a manufacturer of electronics and data communications equipment, and in conjunction Elite Communication, Inc, (“ECI”) a U.S. company that contracts design work for Giant, is developing Voice Over IP (VoIP) endpoint products and associated software that are designed to be used and deployed with ShoreTel IP based communication products being developed for certain markets, and
      WHEREAS , ShoreTel is a developer of IP based voice communications systems for enterprise customers. ShoreTel is developing the ShoreTel line of IP based communications systems and software, and
      WHEREAS , ShoreTel and Giant desire to develop a joint relationship that will allow them to apply resources to develop tested, interoperable IP telephony products with ShoreTel specific, and
      WHEREAS , ShoreTel agrees to ODM several models of IP telephones (the “Product”) from Giant during the term of the agreement, where ShoreTel will purchase directly from Giant and sell such Product to channels and distribution as established by ShoreTel.
      NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and conditions contained herein, the parties hereto mutually agree as follows:
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. TERM OF THE AGREEMENT
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
     This Agreement shall become effective on the date first written above and shall continue for an initial term of three (3) years, after which it shall automatically renew for three (3) successive one (1) year periods unless either party notifies the other in writing at least sixty (60) days prior to the next annual anniversary of its intention not to renew. ShoreTel and Giant entered into a Design and Manufacturing Agreement on May 1, 2003 (the “DMA”). The DMA was intended to set forth the major terms and conditions for this Agreement; hence the terms and conditions of this Agreement supersede those of the DMA.
2. ODM SUPPLY ACTIVITIES
     The purpose of the ODM supply activities is to define the terms for ShoreTel to procure the Product from Giant. The ODM Supply Activities are described in greater detail in Exhibit A – ODM Supply Activities, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
3. PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND INTEROPERABILITY
     In consideration of the specific activities associated with the development of the Product for ShoreTel, a non-recurring expense fee (“NRE”) of **** shall be paid by ShoreTel to Giant. This fee shall be due and payable as set forth in Exhibit B. Giant, at its election, may delegate some or all of the development to ECI.
     The product development activities and are described in greater detail in Exhibit B – Product Development and Interoperability Activities, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
4.
      4.1 LICENSE GRANTS
     ShoreTel grants Giant a royalty free, non-transferable, non-exclusive license to the ShoreTel, client software (in object code format only) and documentation solely for the purpose of developing products that are interoperable with ShoreTel telephony products. Such License is granted only during the period and under the terms of this agreement
     Giant grants to ShoreTel a non-exclusive, non-transferable, royalty-free, world wide license to use Giant technology (and any ECI technology licensed by Giant) associated with IP telephony, solely for the purpose of assuring that Giant IP telephony products properly operate with ShoreTel products.
     This license is granted only during the period and under the terms of this agreement.
     Giant grants to ShoreTel associated right to load firmware as mutually developed, verified and released for end user installations to the phones via the Shoreware server.
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
     This includes maintenance and diagnostic utilities that reside and execute on a processor other than the phones.
      4.2 COPYRIGHT NOTICES
     Each party shall ensure that all copies of its software or collateral material in its possession or control incorporates copyright and other proprietary notices in the manner that such party incorporate such notices, or in any manner reasonably requested by the other party.
      4.3 TECHNICAL SUPPORT
     The parties agree that customer technical support programs to support end users and resellers will be developed by ShoreTel. Giant agrees to provide, upon request, reasonable technical assistance and information to ShoreTel. For those problems not easily isolated, Giant and ShoreTel agree to cooperate in troubleshooting through identification of root cause. The Parties agree to develop and document an escalation process to ensure effective hand-off of Product problems to Giant. Giant warrants that the software will perform to specifications detailed on Exhibit B and agrees to perform necessary bug fixes in a timely manner. In the event a model of the Product is manufacturing discontinued, Giant will provide support for the product for subsequent period of three (3) years.
5. PUBLICITY
     Except as may be required by law, neither party shall, without the other party’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld:
  (a)   Make any news release, public announcement, denial or confirmation of this agreement or its subject matter; or
 
  (b)   In any manner advertise or public the fact that they have contracted hereunder.
6. CONFIDENTIALITY
     During the course of this Agreement, each party may disclose to the other certain proprietary or confidential information, which shall be received in confidence and not revealed to third parties or applied to users other than recipient’s performance of its obligations hereunder. A mutual nondisclosure agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit C was previously executed. The term of this previously executed nondisclosure agreement is hereby extended to be co-terminous with this Agreement.
7. TERMINATION
7.1 Termination for Convenience. Either party may terminate this Agreement, at will, at any time, with or without cause, by written notice to the other given not less than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the effective date of such notice. In no event
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
shall either party be liable for compensatory damages as a result of termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Subsection.
7.1.1 Obligations upon termination to continue supply of Products. In the event that Giant exercises a termination of this agreement for convenience, Giant shall guarantee availability of Product for a period of 6 months beyond date of termination and will continue to perform all support and maintenance obligations hereunder for 15 month beyond date of termination.
7.2 Termination of Cause. Either party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement for cause if the other party:
  (a)   Fails to perform any material term or condition of this Agreement, and does not remedy the failure with thirty (45) days after receipt of written notice of such default given by the non-defaulting party; or
 
  (b)   Becomes insolvent, files or has filed against it a petition under applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws which is not dismissed within ninety (90) days, proposes any dissolution, composition or financial reorganization with creditors, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or if a receiver, trustee, custodial or similar agent is appointed or takes possession with respect to any property or business of the defaulting party.
7.3 Obligations upon Termination or Expiration. The termination or expiration of this Agreement shall in no way relieve either party from its obligations to pay the other party any sums accrued hereunder prior to such termination or expiration or from its obligations with regard to Confidential Information or other such provisions of this Agreement that by their nature are intended to survive beyond such termination. Additionally, each party agrees to promptly return any property of the other party within 30 days after termination.
7.4 Manufacturing Rights. In the event that Giant terminates for convenience or ShoreTel terminates for cause, Giant shall grant ShoreTel a paid up license to manufacture Product and shall transfer to ShoreTel within 10 days its intellectual property of the Product along with latest artwork for the PWB and all other information required to manufacture the product.
8. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNITY
With the exception of the required feature implementation in ShoreTel products of **** and ****,
8.1 Giant shall defend, indemnify and hold ShoreTel harmless from any claim that Giant products, or any part thereof, furnished to ShoreTel under this Agreement, infringe any existing patent, trademark or copyright, or misappropriate a trade secret of any third party, provided that Giant (i) is notified promptly in writing of such claim by ShoreTel,
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
and (ii) ShoreTel provides reasonable assistance to Giant in the defense of such suit or proceeding.
8.2 Giant shall have the sole control over the defense and/or any settlement of any such claim and shall pay costs and damages finally awarded against ShoreTel.
8.3 In the event Giant products, or any part thereof, are in Giant’s opinion likely to become, or do become the subject of a claim, or are held in any suit or proceeding to constitute an infringement of any patent, copyright, or other proprietary right or any third party, or become the subject of an injunction prohibiting the use thereof, or any settlement requires the use of Giant products to be discontinued, Giant shall at its own option and expense either (i) procure for ShoreTel and customers of ShoreTel the right to continue using said Giant products, (ii) replace the same with non-infringing Giant products with equivalent or better capacity and performance, or (iii) modify the Giant products so they become non-infringing.
8.4 the obligation of indemnification does not apply to any claim, or portion thereof, arising from (i) the use of Giant products, or any part thereof, furnished under this Agreement used in combination with products not supplied by Giant or not specified by Giant, (ii) alteration or modification of any Giant product supplied hereunder, (iii) Giant’s compliance with ShoreTel’s designs, specifications or instructions, or (iv) the use of other than the then current unaltered release of the software product available from Giant; to the extent that the infringement would not have occurred in the absence of such combination modification, compliance with specifications, or use of other than the current release.
9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
EXCEPT FOR INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER AS THEY APPLY TO THIRD PARTY DAMAGES, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOST PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE PERFORMANCE OR BREACH HEREOF, EVEN IF THE BREACHING PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF.
10. DISPUTE RESOLUTION
10.1 Informal Dispute Resolution. The parties shall first use best efforts to resolve any disputes informally. If they are unable to resolve a dispute informally, the party raising the dispute shall submit a written request for escalation to the other party.
10.2 Arbitration. Any dispute arising under or relating to this Agreement, which is not resolved in accordance with Section 10.1, shall be resolved solely by binding arbitration in the state of California pursuant to this section. THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT EITHER MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY. The parties hereby agree to conduct such proceedings in confidence without admission to
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
such proceedings by any persons who are not parties to such dispute. Publicity regarding the dispute shall be released only pursuant to joint agreement of the parties.
10.3 Selection of Arbitrator. The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time of the request for arbitration, before three (3) neutral arbitrators who have not had any business, employment, or other relationship with Giant or ShoreTel. One arbitrator shall be selected by Giant and the other by ShoreTel, and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the two arbitrators so selected. In the event the two arbitrators cannot agree upon the third arbitrator within fourteen (14) days of both being selected, the parties shall request that the American Arbitration Association appoint such arbitrator, provided that such arbitrator shall have five (5) or more years’ experience in arbitrating hardware and software disputes.
10.4 Procedure. The parties to said dispute shall provide such information, testimony, and evidence as requested or permitted by the arbitrators. The arbitrators shall apply the law chosen by the parties to govern this Agreement, including the applicable statute of limitations for any claims raised. The decision of two or more of the arbitrators shall be final and may be entered as a judgment and enforced in any court having proper jurisdiction. The arbitrators’ decision shall be in writing, and shall include a statement of reasons. The arbitrators shall not be permitted to award punitive or indirect damages.
10.5 Costs. The parties shall bear their own costs and expenses of preparing testimony and presenting witnesses and evidence, including attorneys’ fees and costs. The costs of the American Arbitration Association and the arbitrators shall be borne by the parties to the proceedings equally.
10.6 Injunctive Relief. Nothing in this section shall prevent either party from seeking injunctive or other equitable relief in either the state or federal courts, and both parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts for any such claim for relief.
11. GENERAL
11.1 Relationship of the Parties. The parties shall at all times during the term of this Agreement act as, and shall represent themselves to be, independent contractors, and not as an agent or employee of the other Party. Unless specified to the contrary in this agreement, Giant acknowledges that for the purposes of this agreement that it assumes all liabilities and obligations of ECI.
11.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended as the complete, final and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the parties and supersedes any and all other agreements between them relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be modified except on a writing executed by both parties.
11.3 Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party for any alleged loss or damages resulting from acts of the other Party, acts of civil or military authority, governmental priorities, earthquake, fire, flood, epidemic, quarantine, energy crisis,
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
strike, labor trouble, war, riot, accident, shortage, delay in transportation, or any other causes beyond the reasonable control of the Party whose performance is delayed.
11.4 Notices. Notices shall be given in writing to the address stated immediately below, or to such other address as shall be given by either Party to the other in writing. Any notice involving non-performance, termination, or renewal shall be sent by recognized overnight courier or by certified mail, return receipt requested. All other notices may additionally be sent by fax or email with a confirmation of receipt. All notices shall be deemed to have been given and received on the earlier of actual delivery (except that faxes and emails sent on a non-business day will be deemed received on the next business day) or three (3) days from the date of postmark.
     
To Giant:   To ShoreTel:
Giant Electronics Ltd
  ShoreTel
7/F Elite Industrial Bldg.
  960 Stewart Drive
135-137 Hoi Bun Road
  Sunnyvale, CA 94085
Kwun Tong, Kowloon, Hong Kong
  Attn: John Finegan
 
   
Attn: CPCHAN
  Email: jfineclan@shoretel.com
Email: cp.chan.giant@elitecorp.com
  Fax: 408.331.3650
Fax: 852-23436224
  Telephone: 408.331.3409
Telephone: 852-27973363
   
11.5 Waiver. A waiver of any default hereunder or of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other default or of any other term or condition, but shall apply solely to the instance to which such waiver is directed. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the exercise of any right or remedy provided in this Agreement shall be without prejudice to the right to exercise any other right or remedy provided by law or equity.
11.6 Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, a modified provision shall be substituted which carries out as nearly as possible the original intent of the parties, and the validity, legality and enforceability of any other remaining provision shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
11.7 Assignment. This Agreement shall not be assigned by either Party without the prior written consent of the other and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
11.8 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND ALL DISPUTES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, EXCEPT ITS CONFLICT OF LAW RULES. With the exception of the Dispute Resolution provision above, the Superior Court of Santa Clara County and/or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California shall have non-exclusive jurisdiction and venue over all controversies in connection herewith.
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
11.9 Attorney’s Fees. In any action to enforce, or arising out of, this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to be awarded all court cost and reasonable legal fees incurred.
11.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had signed the same document. All counterparts will be construed together and will constitute one agreement. A facsimile copy or photocopy of this Agreement, including the signature pages hereto, shall be deemed to be an original.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives on the date(s) set forth below.
                     
Giant
          ShoreTel    
 
Signature
  /s/ Max Loong
 
      Signature   /s/ John Finegan
 
   
                     
Printed
  Max Loong
 
      Printed   John Finegan
 
   
                     
Title
          Title        
 
 
 
         
 
   
                     
Date
          Date        
 
 
 
         
 
   
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
Giant and ShoreTel ODM Product Development and Purchase Agreement
Exhibit A – ODM Supply Activities
             
ITEM   DESCRIPTION   TERMS
A.1   Forecast   On a monthly basis, ShoreTel will provide to Giant a 12 month rolling unit forecast for the products. The Forecast is to be used for planning purposes and is in itself non- binding.
 
           
A.2   Exclusivity   The Product as released for ShoreTel will be specific and exclusive to ShoreTel. Giant will sell the Product only to ShoreTel. Software mutually developed under this agreement will be utilized only in ShoreTel specific products. Such software shall be issued directly to ShoreTel for their control and distribution with the product(s).
 
           
A.3   Payment Terms   Giant shall invoice ShoreTel with each shipment. All payments are due upon receipt of Product at ShoreTel’s U.S. warehouse. Additionally, ShoreTel shall issue a stand-by letter of credit in an amount to approximate two months worth of purchase orders.
 
           
A.4   Purchase Orders   Shall be submitted in writing or fax to Giant and shall include:
 
          1. Identification of products ordered, including model and color
 
          2. Quantity to be purchased
 
          3. Price of products ordered
 
          4. Delivery dates
 
          5. Shipping and labeling requirements
 
           
A.5   Order Lead Time   Orders are to be placed **** prior to requested delivery date.
 
           
A.6   Rush Orders   ShoreTel may place orders requesting less than standard lead time, or immediate delivery. Giant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to fill such rush orders. The parties shall negotiate in good faith the additional cost incurred. Buyer is responsible for any air freight costs for such rush orders.
 
           
A.7   Product Warranties   To ShoreTel and its customers, Giant warrants the products shall be new and unused, and shall perform in accordance with the applicable specifications and quality standards as set forth in this agreement and shall be free from defect in materiel and workmanship for a period of fifteen (15) months from the date of shipment by Giant (the “Warranty Period”). During the warranty period, Giant shall repair or replace (at it’s option), and return or deliver to locations designated by ShoreTel within 21 working days, any defective product, providing the defective product is returned to Giant by ShoreTel.
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
             
ITEM   DESCRIPTION   TERMS
A.8   Pricing   For the period commencing with the effective date of this agreement, and extending to December 31, 2004, the following pricing applies. Parties agree to work together to reduce costs after this date. Pricing is based on aggregate target annual volumes of 40,000 each for S1&2 and 20,000 for S6, though first year volumes are estimated to total 25,000 phones. The parties may agree to add models to this agreement as mutually agreed. In subsequent periods the parties may re-negotiate volume pricing schedules.
 
           
 
          ****
 
           
        All pricing is FOB Hong Kong. Title and risk of loss for the Products shall pass to ShoreTel upon delivery by Giant to the common carrier at the FOB Point. The parties may agree to add models to this agreement as they are mutually developed.
 
           
A.9   Minimum Shipment
Quantities
  1,000 units of combined models per shipment
 
           
A.10   Rescheduling and Mix Changes   ShoreTel may reschedule orders once and for up to **** past original requested ship date provided that such reschedule request is made at least **** prior to original ship date. Color mix and combined S2 and S6 unit mix may be changed up to **** prior to scheduled ship date.
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
Giant and ShoreTel ODM Product Development and Purchase Agreement
Exhibit B – Product Development and
Interoperability Activities
DEVELOPMENT OF IP PHONES
WHEREAS , ShoreTel’s communication products require highly interoperable IP phones that provide reliable and specific telephony features on IP networks using the ShoreTel products, and
WHEREAS , Giant, in conjunction with it’s affiliate ECI, is prepared to develop, manufacture and sell IP telephones that will interoperate with ShoreTel products, and
WHEREAS , the IP telephones will comply with an agreed upon specifications which are set forth below
1. DEVELOPMENT PROCESS & MILESTONES
Three models of IP phones, designated below as S1, S2, and S6, will initially be developed. Each party will maintain and track issues associated with development and interoperability and will disclose the tracking and resolution of the issues to the other party.
The parties agree to assign management level focal point contacts in Engineering, Marketing, Quality Assurance, and customer support who will track and resolve issues and report to management the on going status on development and interoperability. The parties agree to conduct periodic progress reviews with the goal of achieving the milestones below.
         
ITEM   MILESTONE   DATE(S)
1
  ShoreTel integration with engineering samples   December 22, 2003
2
  ShoreTel Alpha test release   February 16, 2004
3
  Beta Release   March 17, 2004
4
  GA and Launch   April 30, 2004
2. Requirements for ShoreTel IP Phone Family, version 1.0: Reference document revision 1q dated March 16, 2004
3. Software Interface Requirements for ShoreTel IP Phone Family, version Final: reference Attachment A “Shoreline IP Phone Product Requirements, revision 1 final dated May 5,2004
Revisions
0.1 14 March 2003. First issue.
0.2 24 March 2003. Changes:
    Added an additional outgoing media stream for conferencing.
 
    Configuration changes do not require rebooting.
 
    Added display requirements.
 
    Added LED interface.
 
    Added key down/up interface.
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
1.0 27 March 2003. Changes:
    Clarified use of MAC wildcarding in Identification Endpoint section, removing Endpoint ID section.
 
    Removed 16-bit linear as a required codec
 
    S1 phone does not have wideband microphone/speaker
 
    Changed packetization intervals from 5 to 10 ms
 
    Removed use of wav files for rings and tones
 
    Added local time display
 
    Added local interface requirements
4. Quality Specifications
MIL-105E level II, AQL critical 0, major 0.65, minor 2.5 as per Giant’s usual standard
5. NRE
NRE includes SW and HW development, system testing, compliance testing (UL/FCC/CE) and to-be-established MTBF rates and Field quality targets such that DOA does not exceed **** and reject rate for all other reasons does not exceed ****. The total NRE shall be ****. Five sample units of each model phone are included in the NRE. Further, 25 units of each model for use in ShoreTel software testing, 18 units of each model for use in ShoreTel alpha testing and 100 units each of the S1&2 and 50 units of the S6 for use in ShoreTel beta testing will be available for sale to ShoreTel at the same price as for the first production units.
Payment terms for NRE: **** upfront, **** upon engineering sample acceptance, **** upon compliance testing completion. Balance **** to be amortized into the unit cost at an amount of **** per unit until the NRE is fully paid; however all NRE shall be fully paid within 12 months of first production shipment.
6. THIRD PARTY LICENSE FEES
The Product will require licenses to use certain third party technology. Giant & ECI are responsible for procuring such licenses from third party suppliers (e.g. Broadcom, Windriver). In conjunction with these licenses, ShoreTel shall pay a total of **** to Giant with **** paid upfront and the balance upon 1st production shipment of phones.
7. TOOLING
A total of **** will be paid by ShoreTel to Giant for all tooling associated with the Product. Payment terms for such are **** when Giant commits funds to build or have built the tooling and the remainder when first production units are shipped. Upon completion of payments ShoreTel will own all such tooling. Such tooling shall initially be located at Giant facilities but may be moved if ShoreTel so elects.
8. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
The general Intellectual Property (“I.P.”) Philosophy is:
 
*   ShoreTel shall own the I.P. for the Industrial Design provided to ECI, and licenses ECI to use such for the S1, S2 and S6 IP phones.
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
 
*   ECI owns the I.P. for all other parts of the S1, S2 and S6 IP phones, including the ****, **** and **** and assigns Giant the right to use and further license such I.P.
ShoreTel I.P., detail:
ShoreTel will provide all, or part, of the requirement documents identified in the SOW to ECI for the development of the S1, S2 and S6 IP phones.
All of the industrial design and related documentation, including CAD/CAM files mentioned below, will be the intellectual property of ShoreTel. ECI/Giant is permitted use of all of the ShoreTel I.P. to design and manufacture the S1, S2 and S6 IP phones for ShoreTel under the contract developed for such activity. ShoreTel also provides ECI/Giant with the rights to share the listed information with sub-contractors for the S1, S2 and S6 IP phone development only. This sharing does not license ECI/Giant or those sub-contractors to use the information for any other activity, and does not allow for sharing with other parties for any reason, without the written consent of ShoreTel. ECI/Giant will ensure that the sub-contractors not share this information outside the scope of the S1, S2 and S6 IP phone development. Sub-contractors are required to return or destroy all copies of this information upon completion of the project.
ECI I.P., detail:
ECI will provide to ShoreTel artwork and CAD/CAM files on the physical design for all **** and **** of the S1, S2 and S6 IP phones.
The PWB layout/artwork is ECI’s I.P.
ECI owns the I.P. concerning the ****.
ECI owns the I.P. developed for the ****.
All ECI I.P. is licensed for use by Giant and Giant has rights to further license to ShoreTel.
ShoreTel will have royalty free rights to the above intellectual property item supplied by ECI, after completion of payment of NRE (See above for terms).
In the event that Giant decides not to manufacture the S1, S2 and S6 IP phones per the requirements of the contract or is unable to meet agreed upon product or quality specifications, Giant will transfer I.P. ownership of the products to ShoreTel and provide the latest artwork for the PWB and all other information required to manufacture the product.
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Submittal for review
GIANT AND SHORETEL CONFIDENTIAL
Giant and ShoreTel ODM Product Development and Purchase Agreement
Exhibit C – Mutual Non-Disclosure and Other Agreements
A Mutual Non-disclosure Agreement was previously signed that covers disclosures that will be made pursuant to this agreement on May, 2003.
End Exhibit C
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED
Giant/ShoreTel ODM Agreement
Addendum issues for Manufacturing Rights :
To further define ‘material term or condition’ in termination for cause section 7.2a, add:
  1.   Failure to deliver (ex-factory) at least **** of monthly orders within one month (or within two months for any shipment Giant elects to ship via air)of originally confirmed delivery date This provision shall not apply, however, if
  a.   the delivery failure is the result of an industry wide component shortage and Giant had adequately placed and managed purchase orders for such components.
 
  b.   the delivery failure is caused fully or partially by Shoretel.
 
  c.   Shoretel is in default on payment of Product.
 
  d.   The delivery failure is for the first production shipment of a new product.
As clarification, the confirmed delivery date for an order relates to the confirmation date on the initial placement of a ShoreTel order and not the confirmation date for any pull-ins or other accelerated requests.
  2.   Failure to produce product consistent with the sample product approved by ShoreTel and failure to meet initial product quality requirements of less than **** non-functional units (dead on arrival) and less than **** units with a manufacturing defect over any consecutive 3-month period without a mutually agreed upon corrective action plan. This provision shall not apply, however, if
  a.   The defect is caused by an IC / CPU problem (e.g. Broadcom chip set, flash memory etc.) that was not caused by assembly or was not detectable when product was shipped.
 
  b.   The defect is caused by changes to other ShoreTel’s products or system software.
 
  c.   If, for business reasons, Shoretel instructs Giant to ship products with the known defect.
Escrow:
Giant agrees to place or allow Elite Communications to place IP (as already defined in the agreement, but which shall not include manufacturing or test processes) in escrow. Giant and ShoreTel shall enter into an Escrow Agreement with a mutually agreeable third party agent and
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 


 

Giant shall make deposits to escrow within 90 days of completion of any product development. Such deposits shall include all design documentation, code (excluding IC software source code for which, in the event of an escrow release condition Giant licenses ShoreTel the right to use such IC software source code), drawings and other design materials. Giant agrees to update the escrow deposit with any engineering changes. Upon the execution of this agreement, all current products that have been designed by Giant shall be deposited into escrow. The parties agree that the escrowed materials shall be released to ShoreTel if ShoreTel terminates the ODM for cause as set forth in section 7. The parties also agree that upon termination any ShoreTel owned test equipment and manufacturing tools at Giant will be promptly returned to ShoreTel.
Add:
ShoreTel agrees to pay Giant a royalty of ****of the then current price for each phone manufactured by another manufacturer if ShoreTel receives IP from escrow as a result of termination for cause.
             
/s/ Max Loong
 
      /s/ John Finegan
 
   
 
           
Max Loong
 
      John Finegan, CFO
 
   
 
*****   Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted and confidential treatment has been requested for these omitted portions pursuant to an application for confidential treatment sent to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

 

Exhibit 10.17
Jabil Circuit
MANUFACTURING SERVICES AGREEMENT
Between
JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.
And
SHORETEL

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
           
      Page (s)  
 
1. Definitions
    1  
 
 
       
 
1.1 “Additional Services” means services such as, design for manufacturability, manufacturing design test support, computer assisted design for manufacturability, test development services, volume production and advanced packaging technologies all as specified and approved by Company and agreed to by Jabil
    1  
 
 
       
 
1.2 “Affiliate” means with respect to a Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person or an officer, director or 10% or more shareholder of the specified Person
    1  
 
 
       
 
1.3 “Build Schedule” means a manufacturing schedule provided to Jabil by Company in writing which specifies the Product to be manufactured, including the quantity of each Product, its description and part number, shipping instructions and requested delivery date
    1  
 
 
       
 
1.4 “Build Schedule Forecast” means the monthly forecast provided to Jabil by Company, in writing, of quantity requirements of each Product that Company anticipates requiring during the next twelve (12) month period
    2  
 
 
       
 
1.5 “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means those efforts that would be deemed both commercially practicable and reasonably financially prudent after having taken into account all relevant commercial considerations
    2  
 
 
       
 
1.6 “Company Intellectual Property” shall mean any discoveries, inventions, technical information, procedures, manufacturing or other processes, software, firmware, technology or know how, or other intellectual property rights created, owned, developed or reduced to practice by or for Company
    2  
 
 
       
 
1.7 “Components Supplied by Company” means those components or materials that Company provides, directly or indirectly, to Jabil to be incorporated into the Product
    2  
 
 
       
 
1.8 “EDI” shall mean electronic data interchange
    2  
 
 
       
 
1.9 “Effective Date” shall mean the date upon which the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall become effective by and between the Parties
    2  
 
 
       
 
1.10 “Fee and Price Schedule” shall mean the prices and fees set forth Schedule I
    2  
 
 
       
 
1.11 “FOB” shall mean the shipper must at its own expense and risk transport the goods to the place of destination
    2  
 
 
       
 
1.12 “including” shall be defined to have the meaning “including, without limitation.”
    2  

-i-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page (s)  
 
1.13 “in writing” shall mean written documents, EDI with phone confirmation, verified faxes and successfully transmitted e-mails
    2  
 
       
1.14 “Jabil Circuit, Inc.” and “Jabil” shall be defined to include any Jabil Subsidiary
    2  
 
       
1.15 “Jabil Created Intellectual Property” means any discoveries, inventions, technical information, procedures, manufacturing or other processes, software, firmware, technology, know-how or other intellectual property rights created, developed or reduced to practice by or for Jabil in (i) preparing any Product provided pursuant to this Agreement, or (ii) which is otherwise embodied within the Manufacturing Services or any other work provided pursuant to this Agreement
    2  
 
       
1.16 “Jabil Existing Intellectual Property” means any discoveries, inventions, technical information, procedures, manufacturing or other processes, software, firmware, technology, know-how or other intellectual property rights owned or developed by Jabil outside of this Agreement or known by Jabil prior to the execution of this Agreement that are used by Jabil in creating any Product, the Manufacturing Services or other work performed under this Agreement but such Jabil Existing Intellectual Property shall not mean any Company Intellectual Property provided by Company to Jabil
    2  
 
       
1.17 “Jabil Intellectual Property” shall mean both Jabil Created Intellectual Property and Jabil Existing Intellectual Property, collectively
    3  
 
       
1.18 “Jabil Manufacturing Process” means Jabil’s process employed to manufacture, test, configure and assemble Product manufactured for Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
    3  
 
       
1.19 “Lead-time” means the mutually agreed upon minimum amount of time in advance of shipment that Jabil must receive a Build Schedule in order to deliver Product by the requested delivery date
    3  
 
       
1.20 “Loaned Equipment” means capital equipment (including tools) which is loaned to Jabil by or on behalf of Company to be used by Jabil to perform the Manufacturing Services and includes all equipment, tools and fixtures purchased specifically for Company, by Jabil, to perform the Manufacturing Services and that are paid for in full by Company
    3  
 
       
1.21 “Manufacturing Services” means the services performed by Jabil hereunder which shall include but not be limited to manufacturing, testing, configuring, assembling, packaging and/or shipping of the Product, including any Additional Services, all in accordance with the Specifications
    3  

-ii-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page (s)  
 
1.22 “NRE Costs” shall consist of expenses incurred by Jabil under this Agreement, including design engineering services, testing, fixturing and tooling and other out-of-pocket costs
    3  
 
       
1.23 “Packaging and Shipping Specifications” shall mean packaging and shipping specifications set forth in Schedule 1 and otherwise supplied and/or approved by Company
    3  
 
       
1.24 “Person” means any corporation, business entity, natural person, firm, joint venture, limited or general partnership, limited liability entity, limited liability partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government, or any department or agency of any government
    3  
 
       
1.25 “Product(s)” means the product(s) manufactured and assembled by Jabil on behalf of Company under this Agreement as identified in Schedule 1 (or any subsequent Schedule 1 prepared for any product to be manufactured hereunder) including any updates, renewals, modifications or amendments thereto
    3  
 
       
1.26 “Proprietary Information and Technology” means software, firmware, hardware, technology and know-how and other proprietary information or intellectual property embodied therein that is known, owned or licensed by and proprietary to either Party and not generally available to the public, including plans, analyses, trade secrets, patent rights, copyrights, trademarks, inventions, fees and pricing information, operating procedures, procedure manuals, processes, methods, computer applications, programs and designs, and any processed or collected data
    3  
 
       
1.27 “Specifications” means the technical specifications for manufacturing set forth in Schedule 1 and otherwise supplied and/or approved by Company
    4  
 
       
1.28 “SOW” shall mean the statement of work for each Product set forth in any Schedule 1 as amended in writing from time to time upon mutual agreement of the Parties
    4  
 
       
1.29 “Subsidiary(ies)” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability entity, trust, association or other business entity of which a Party or one or more of its Subsidiaries, owns or controls more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors, managers, partners, trustees or similar parties
    4  
 
       
1.30 “Suppliers Designated by Company” shall mean suppliers designated, specified and/or approved by Company
    4  
 
       
1.31 “Test Procedures” shall mean testing specifications, standards, procedures and parameters set forth in Schedule 1 and otherwise supplied and/or approved by Company
    4  

-iii-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page (s)  
1.32 “Unique Components” means those non-standard components or materials procured exclusively for incorporation into the Product
    4  
 
       
2. List of Schedules
    4  
 
       
3. Build Schedule Forecasts
    4  
 
       
4. Manufacturing Services
    4  
 
       
4.1 Testing
    5  
 
       
4.2 Packaging and Shipping
    5  
 
       
4.3 Items to be Supplied by Company
    5  
 
       
4.4 Items to be Supplied by Jabil
    5  
 
       
4.5 Company Inspection
    5  
 
       
4.6 Materials Procurement
    5  
 
       
4.7 Product Evaluation and Acceptance
    5  
 
       
5. Warranty & RMA Procedure
    6  
 
       
5.1 Repair or Replacement of Defective Product
    6  
 
       
5.2 Limitation of Warranty
    6  
 
       
5.3 ECO Upgrade
    7  
 
       
6. Limitation of Damages
    7  
 
       
7. Delivery, Risk of Loss and Payment Terms
    7  
 
       
7.1 Payment
    8  
 
       
7.2 Taxes
    8  
 
       
8. Import and Export
    8  
 
       
9. Design Services
    8  
 
       
10. Change Orders, Rescheduling and Cancellation
    8  
 
       
10.1 Changes to Manufacturing Services, Packaging and Shipping Specifications and Test Procedures
    8  
 
       
10.2 Production Increases
    9  
 
       
10.3 Product Configuration Changes and Engineering Changes
    9  
 
       
10.4 Treatment of Obsolete/End-of-Life Material
    9  
 
       
10.5 Rescheduled Delivery and Cancellation of Orders
    10  
 
       
10.6 Termination Charges
    11  
 
       
10.7 Duty to Mitigate Costs
    12  

-iv-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page (s)  
 
11. Term
    12  
 
       
12. Termination
    12  
 
       
12.1 Termination for Convenience
    12  
 
       
12.2 Termination for Cause
    12  
 
       
12.3 Termination for Bankruptcy/Insolvency
    12  
 
       
12.4 Termination Consequences
    13  
 
       
13. Confidentiality
    13  
 
       
13.1 Confidentiality Obligations
    13  
 
       
13.2 Employees, Agents and Representatives
    13  
 
       
13.3 Term and Enforcement
    14  
 
       
13.4 Return of Proprietary Information and Technology
    14  
 
       
14. Intellectual Property Rights: Assignment
    14  
 
       
14.1 Jabil Existing Intellectual Property
    14  
 
       
14.2 Jabil Created Intellectual Property
    14  
 
       
14.3 Company Intellectual Property
    14  
 
       
15. Manufacturing Rights
    15  
 
       
16. Indemnification
    15  
 
       
17. Relationship of Parties
    15  
 
       
18. Insurance
    15  
 
       
19. Publicity
    16  
 
       
20. Force Majeure
    16  
 
       
21. Miscellaneous
    16  
 
       
21.1 Notices
    16  
 
       
21.2 Attorneys’ Fees and Costs
    17  
 
       
21.3 Amendment
    17  
 
       
21.4 Partial Invalidity
    17  
 
       
21.5 Monies
    17  
 
       
21.6 Entire Agreement
    17  
 
       
21.7 Binding Effect
    18  
 
       
21.8 Waiver
    18  

-v-


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page (s)  
 
21.9 Captions
    18  
 
       
21.10 Construction
    18  
 
       
21.11 Section References
    18  
 
       
21.12 Business Day
    18  
 
       
21.13 Dispute Resolution
    18  
 
       
21.14 Other Documents
    19  
 
       
21.15 Counterparts
    19  
 
       
21.16 Governing Law and Jurisdiction
    20  
 
       
21.17
    20  

-vi-


 

CONFIDENTIAL
MANUFACTURING SERVICES AGREEMENT
     This Manufacturing Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between Jabil Circuit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Jabil”), having offices at 10560 Dr. M.L. King Jr. Street, North St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, on behalf of Jabil and its Subsidiaries, and ShoreTel, Inc,, a California corporation (“Company”), having its principal place of business at 960 Stewart Dr, Sunnyvale, CA 94086. Jabil and Company are referred to herein as “Party” or “Parties”.
RECITALS
     A. Jabil is in the business of designing, developing, manufacturing, testing, configuring, assembling, packaging and shipping electronic assemblies and systems.
     B. Company is in the business of designing, developing, distributing, marketing and selling products containing electronic assemblies and systems.
     C. Whereas, the Parties desire that Jabil manufacture, test, configure, assemble, package and/or ship certain electronic assemblies and systems pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
TERMS
1. Definitions . In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the capitalized terms set forth below shall have the following meaning:
      1.1 Additional Services ” means services such as, design for manufacturability, manufacturing design test support, computer assisted design for manufacturability, test development services, volume production and advanced packaging technologies all as specified and approved by Company and agreed to by Jabil.
      1.2 Affiliate ” means with respect to a Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person or an officer, director or 10% or more shareholder of the specified Person. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “control” of a Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, or direct or indirect ownership (beneficially or of record) of, or direct or indirect power to vote, 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of capital stock of such Person (or in the case of a Person that is not a corporation, 5% or more of any class of equity interest).
      1.3 Build Schedule ” means a manufacturing schedule provided to Jabil by Company in writing which specifies the Product to be manufactured, including the quantity of each Product, its description and part number, shipping instructions and requested delivery date.

1


 

      1.4 Build Schedule Forecast ” means the monthly forecast provided to Jabil by Company, in writing, of quantity requirements of each Product that Company anticipates requiring during the next twelve (12) month period.
      1.5 Commercially Reasonable Efforts ” means those efforts that would be deemed both commercially practicable and reasonably financially prudent after having taken into account all relevant commercial considerations. “Relevant commercial considerations” shall be deemed to include, without limitation, (1) all pertinent facts and circumstances; (2) financial costs; (3) resource availability and impact; (4) probability of success; and (5) other commercial practicalities.
      1.6 Company Intellectual Property ” shall mean any discoveries, inventions, technical information, procedures, manufacturing or other processes, software, firmware, technology or know how, or other intellectual property rights created, owned, developed or reduced to practice by or for Company.
      1.7 Components Supplied by Company ” means those components or materials that Company provides, directly or indirectly, to Jabil to be incorporated into the Product.
      1.8 EDI ” shall mean electronic data interchange.
      1.9 Effective Date ” shall mean the date upon which the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall become effective by and between the Parties. The Parties have agreed that the Effective Date of this Agreement shall be the 28 th day of October, 2005.
      1.10 Fee and Price Schedule ” shall mean the prices and fees set forth Schedule I.
      1.11 FOB ” shall mean the shipper must at its own expense and risk transport the goods to the place of destination.
      1.12 including ” shall be defined to have the meaning “including, without limitation.”
      1.13 in writing ” shall mean written documents, EDI with phone confirmation, verified faxes and successfully transmitted e-mails.
      1.14 Jabil Circuit, Inc. ” and “Jabil” shall be defined to include any Jabil Subsidiary.
      1.15 Jabil Created Intellectual Property ” means any discoveries, inventions, technical information, procedures, manufacturing or other processes, software, firmware, technology, know-how or other intellectual property rights created, developed or reduced to practice by or for Jabil in (i) preparing any Product provided pursuant to this Agreement, or (ii) which is otherwise embodied within the Manufacturing Services or any other work provided pursuant to this Agreement.
      1.16 Jabil Existing Intellectual Property ” means any discoveries, inventions, technical information, procedures, manufacturing or other processes, software, firmware, technology, know-how or other intellectual property rights owned or developed by Jabil outside of this Agreement or known by Jabil prior to the execution of this Agreement that are used by

2


 

Jabil in creating any Product, the Manufacturing Services or other work performed under this Agreement but such Jabil Existing Intellectual Property shall not mean any Company Intellectual Property provided by Company to Jabil.
      1.17 Jabil Intellectual Property ” shall mean both Jabil Created Intellectual Property and Jabil Existing Intellectual Property, collectively.
      1.18 Jabil Manufacturing Process ” means Jabil’s process employed to manufacture, test, configure and assemble Product manufactured for Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
      1.19 Lead-time ” means the mutually agreed upon minimum amount of time in advance of shipment that Jabil must receive a Build Schedule in order to deliver Product by the requested delivery date.
      1.20 Loaned Equipment ” means capital equipment (including tools) which is loaned to Jabil by or on behalf of Company to be used by Jabil to perform the Manufacturing Services and includes all equipment, tools and fixtures purchased specifically for Company, by Jabil, to perform the Manufacturing Services and that are paid for in full by Company.
      1.21 Manufacturing Services ” means the services performed by Jabil hereunder which shall include but not be limited to manufacturing, testing, configuring, assembling, packaging and/or shipping of the Product, including any Additional Services, all in accordance with the Specifications.
      1.22 NRE Costs ” shall consist of expenses incurred by Jabil under this Agreement, including design engineering services, testing, fixturing and tooling and other out-of-pocket costs.
      1.23 Packaging and Shipping Specifications ” shall mean packaging and shipping specifications set forth in Schedule 1 and otherwise supplied and/or approved by Company.
      1.24 Person ” means any corporation, business entity, natural person, firm, joint venture, limited or general partnership, limited liability entity, limited liability partnership, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government, or any department or agency of any government.
      1.25 Product(s) ” means the product(s) manufactured and assembled by Jabil on behalf of Company under this Agreement as identified in Schedule 1 (or any subsequent Schedule 1 prepared for any product to be manufactured hereunder) including any updates, renewals, modifications or amendments thereto.
      1.26 Proprietary Information and Technology ” means software, firmware, hardware, technology and know-how and other proprietary information or intellectual property embodied therein that is known, owned or licensed by and proprietary to either Party and not generally available to the public, including plans, analyses, trade secrets, patent rights, copyrights, trademarks, inventions, fees and pricing information, operating procedures, procedure manuals, processes, methods, computer applications, programs and designs, and any

3


 

processed or collected data. The failure to label any of the foregoing as “confidential or proprietary shall not mean it is not Proprietary Information and Technology.
      1.27 Specifications ” means the technical specifications for manufacturing set forth in Schedule 1 and otherwise supplied and/or approved by Company. Specifications may be amended from time to time by amendments in the form of written engineering change orders agreed to by the Parties. Such Specifications are Proprietary Information and Technology of Company.
      1.28 SOW ” shall mean the statement of work for each Product set forth in any Schedule 1 as amended in writing from time to time upon mutual agreement of the Parties.
      1.29 Subsidiary(ies) ” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability entity, trust, association or other business entity of which a Party or one or more of its Subsidiaries, owns or controls more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors, managers, partners, trustees or similar parties.
      1.30 Suppliers Designated by Company ” shall mean suppliers designated, specified and/or approved by Company.
      1.31 Test Procedures ” shall mean testing specifications, standards, procedures and parameters set forth in Schedule 1 and otherwise supplied and/or approved by Company.
      1.32 Unique Components ” means those non-standard components or materials procured exclusively for incorporation into the Product.
2. List of Schedules . This Agreement includes the following Schedules for each Product to be manufactured hereunder, which are hereby incorporated herein and made a part of this Agreement:
Schedule 1 — Statement of Work
Schedule 2 — Manufacturing Services Letter Agreement
3. Build Schedule Forecasts . Within ten (10) business days following the execution of this Agreement, Company shall provide Jabil with a Build Schedule Forecast. The Build Schedule Forecast shall be updated by Company, in writing, on at least a monthly basis. Any rescheduling or cancellation of the orders set forth in a Build Schedule Forecast shall be subject to the terms set forth in Section 10.5.
4. Manufacturing Services . Jabil will manufacture, the Product in accordance with the Specifications and any applicable Build Schedules. Jabil will reply to each proposed Build Schedule that is submitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement by notifying Company of its acceptance or rejection within five (5) business days of receipt of any proposed Build Schedule. In the event of Jabil’s rejection of a proposed Build Schedule, Jabil’s notice of rejection will specify the basis for such rejection. When requested by Company, and subject to appropriate fee and cost adjustments, Jabil will provide Additional Services for existing or future Product manufactured by Jabil. Company shall be solely responsible for the sufficiency and adequacy of the Specifications and shall hold Jabil harmless for any claim arising there from

4


 

      4.1 Testing . Jabil will test the Product in accordance with the Test Procedures.
      4.2 Packaging and Shipping . Jabil will, package and ship the Product in accordance with Packaging and Shipping Specifications. Company shall be solely responsible for the sufficiency and adequacy of the Packaging and Shipping Specifications and shall hold Jabil harmless for any claim arising therefrom.
      4.3 Items to be Supplied by Company . Company shall supply to Jabil, according to the terms and conditions specified herein, Company Proprietary Information and Technology and, if applicable, the Loaned Equipment, Components Supplied by Company and Unique Components necessary for Jabil to perform the Manufacturing Services. Company will also provide to Jabil all Specifications, Test Procedures, Packaging and Shipping Specifications, Product design drawings, approved vendor listings, material component descriptions (including approved substitutions), manufacturing process requirements, and any other specifications necessary for Jabil to perform the Manufacturing Services. Company shall be solely responsible for delay in delivery, defects and enforcement of warranties related to the Loaned Equipment, Components Supplied by Company and Unique Components and shall hold Jabil harmless for any claim arising therefrom.
      4.4 Items to be Supplied by Jabil . Jabil will employ the Jabil Manufacturing Process, any required manufacturing technology, manufacturing capacity, labor, transportation logistics, systems and facilities necessary for Jabil to perform the Manufacturing Services according to the terms and conditions specified herein.
      4.5 Company Inspection . Company shall have the right upon reasonable advance notice, during normal business hours and at its expense to inspect, review, monitor and oversee the Manufacturing Services, provided that such inspection shall not disrupt Jabil’s normal business operations. Company shall cause each of its employees, agents and representatives who have access to Jabil’s facilities, to maintain, preserve and protect all Proprietary Information and Technology of Jabil and the confidential or proprietary information and technology of Jabil’s other customers.
      4.6 Materials Procurement . Jabil will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to procure components, per Company’s approved vendor list, necessary to fulfill mutually agreed upon Build Schedules. Company shall be responsible for the performance of suppliers and quality of the components. Jabil shall be responsible for the day-to-day supervision and management of the performance of suppliers; however, this shall not be deemed to create a warranty by Jabil with respect to materials under this Agreement.
      4.7 Product Evaluation and Acceptance . Company shall evaluate the first article of Product to determine if it conforms, in all material respects to the Specifications. This evaluation period and acceptance of the first article of Product shall be separate and apart from the acceptance of Products once general delivery for distribution has begun, and Shoretel’s acceptance of the first article of Product shall not waive the warranty set forth in Section 5 below on subsequent Products delivered hereunder. Company shall give Jabil written notice of the rejection of the first article of Product, and any other subsequently delivered Product, within ten (10) business days following Company’s receipt of such Product ( Acceptance Period ”). Such

5


 

written notice of rejection of the first article or any other Product for failure to materially conform to the Specifications shall include a detailed and complete description of Company’s basis for asserting that the Product does not materially conform to the Specifications (“Specification Notice”). If Company fails to provide such Specification Notice to Jabil within the Acceptance Period, such Product shall be deemed accepted by Company. If Jabil disputes the basis for rejection set forth in a Specification Notice, it shall provide written notice of the same to Company within ten (10) business days following receipt of the Specification Notice ( Notice of Disputed Defect ). Any such dispute shall be resolved by the Parties in accordance with the provisions of Section 21.13. Any specified times for delivery of such Products set forth herein shall be tolled during the dispute resolution procedure set forth above. If Jabil does not dispute the basis for rejection set forth in a Specification Notice Jabil shall follow its standard RMA procedure as set forth in Section 5.2 herein. The acceptance procedures set forth in this Section 4.7 shall apply to any redelivered Product.
5. Warranty & RMA Procedure .
      Jabil Warranty . Jabil warrants (i) that it will manufacture the Product in accordance with Jabil Workmanship Standards (IPC-A-610 Class 2), and (ii) that at the time of manufacture, the Product will conform to the Specifications. The above warranty shall remain in effect for a period of thirteen (13) months from the date any Product is initially delivered to Company or to Company’s designated carrier (“Warranty Period ). This warranty is extended to, and may only be enforced by, Company.
      5.1 Repair or Replacement of Defective Product . In accordance with Jabil’s standard return material authorization process and procedure (“RMA”), Jabil will either repair or replace, in its sole discretion, any Product that contains a defect caused by a breach of the warranty set forth in this Section 5 provided that the Product is received within thirty (30) days following the end of any applicable Warranty Period (“RMA Product”). If Company desires to return a Product based on a claim of breach of the warranty set forth in this Section 5, Company shall request an RMA number from Jabil. Company shall then consign the alleged defective Product, FOB Jabil’s designated . repair facility, and specify the Jabil assigned RMA number. Jabil will analyze any such RMA Product and, if a breach of warranty is found (“Defect”), then Jabil will repair or replace the RMA Product within twenty (20) business days of receipt by Jabil of the RMA Product and all required associated documentation. In the event a Defect is found, Jabil will reimburse Company for the reasonable cost of transporting the RMA Product to Jabil’s designated repair facility and Jabil will deliver the repaired RMA Product or its replacement, FOB Company’s designated destination. If no such Defect is found, Company shall reimburse Jabil for all fees, costs and expenses incurred to analyze and, if requested by Company, Jabil will repair or replace the non-Defective RMA at a mutually agreed upon price and Company shall bear responsibility for all transportation costs to and from Jabil’s designated facility.
      5.2 Limitation of Warranty . THE REMEDY SET FORTH IN SECTION 5.2 SHALL CONSTITUTE COMPANY’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR A BREACH OF THE WARRANTY MADE BY JABIL HEREIN OR ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OF JABIL HEREUNDER. THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 5 IS IN LIEU OF, AND JABIL EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS, AND COMPANY EXPRESSLY WAIVES, ALL OTHER WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, OR

6


 

FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR INFRINGEMENT OR MISAPPROPRIATION OF ANY RIGHT, TITLE OR INTEREST OF COMPANY OR ANY THIRD PARTY. COMPANY UNDERSTANDS AND AGREES THAT IT SHALL HAVELIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ANY PRODUCT, FOR PRODUCT DESIGN LIABILITY, PRODUCT LIABILITY. DAMAGE TO PERSON OR PROPERTY AND/OR INFRINGEMENT OR MISAPPROPRIATION OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN STATEMENT OR REPRESENTATION BY JABIL, ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES SHALL CONSTITUTE OR CREATE A WARRANTY OR EXPAND THE SCOPE OF ANY WARRANTY HEREUNDER.
JABIL’S WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY PRODUCT JABIL DETERMINES TO HAVE BEEN SUBJECTED TO TESTING FOR OTHER THAN SPECIFIED ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OR TO OPERATING AND/OR ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS IN EXCESS OF THE MAXIMUM VALUES ESTABLISHED IN APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS, OR TO HAVE BEEN THE SUBJECT OF MISHANDLING, ACCIDENT, MISUSE, NEGLECT, IMPROPER TESTING, IMPROPER OR UNAUTHORIZED REPAIR, ALTERATION, DAMAGE, ASSEMBLY. PROCESSING OR ANY OTHER INAPPROPRIATE OR UNAUTHORIZED ACTION OR INACTION THAT ALTERS PHYSICAL OR ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES. THIS WARRANTY SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY DEFECT IN THE PRODUCT ARISING FROM ANY DRAWING, DESIGN, SPECIFICATION, PROCESS, TESTING OR OTHER PROCEDURE, ADJUSTMENT OR MODIFICATION SUPPLIED AND/OR APPROVED BY COMPANY
      5.3 ECO Upgrade . RMAs for engineering change order (ECO) upgrades will also be subject to the RMA process. Jabil will analyze the ECO and provide a per unit upgrade cost and expected completion and delivery date.
6. Limitation of Damages
EXCEPT WITH REGARD TO ANY INDEMNITIES SET FORTH HEREIN, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER PARTY OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY UNDER ANY CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE CLAIM OR THEORY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES, LOSS OF GOODWILL OR BUSINESS PROFITS, LOST REVENUE, WORK STOPPAGE, DATA LOSS, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR FOR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES, LOSS, OR EXEMPLARY OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHETHER SUCH PARTY WAS INFORMED OR WAS AWARE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS OR DAMAGE. THE FOREGOING SHALL NOT EXCLUDE OR LIMIT EITHER PARTY’S LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY RESULTING FROM ITS NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH LIABILITY CANNOT BY LAW BE LIMITED OR EXCLUDED.
7. Delivery, Risk of Loss and Payment Terms . For purposes of this Agreement delivery shall be FOB Jabil’s facility and deemed to have occurred, and all risk of loss shall be transferred to Company, when Product (or any other items) are tendered to the carrier approved by Company. The Fee and Price Schedule will be reviewed by the Parties on a quarterly basis and

7


 

will be revised consistent with increases or decreases in materials, components, equipment and other costs and expenses applicable to the manufacture of the Product. Jabil will provide Company with costed bills of material for Product in conjunction with quarterly review. .
      7.1 Payment . Company shall pay Jabil all monies when due, including all NRE Costs associated with this Agreement. Payment of all invoices shall be net thirty (30) days from date of invoice. Payment to Jabil shall be in U.S. dollars and in immediately available funds. Any equipment, tooling, component, material or other goods or property, which is purchased by Jabil in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement, shall become the property of Company once Jabil is reimbursed for all NRE Costs. Jabil shall invoice Company for actual outstanding NRE Costs and other monies due at monthly intervals (or such other intervals as deemed appropriate) during the term of this Agreement and upon cancellation, termination or expiration of this Agreement. Jabil agrees to request advance written approval from Company should resource requirements, and thereby NRE Costs, increase materially relative to estimated NRE Costs initially agreed by the Parties. Upon such request, Jabil shall provide to Company reasonably detailed supporting documentation and/or descriptions of the NRE Costs for which Jabil seeks reimbursement.
      7.2 Taxes . Company shall be responsible for all federal, foreign, state and local sales, use, excise and other taxes (except taxes based on Jabil’s income), all delivery, shipping, and transportation charges and all foreign agent or brokerage fees, document fees, custom charges and duties.
8. Import and Export . Company shall be responsible for obtaining any required import or export licenses necessary for Jabil to ship Product, including certificates of origin, manufacturer’s affidavits, and U.S. Federal Communications Commission’s identifier, if applicable and any other licenses required under US or foreign law. Company agrees that it shall not export, re-export, resell or transfer, or otherwise require Jabil to ship or deliver any Product, assembly, component or any technical data or software which violate any export controls or limitations imposed by the United States or any other governmental authority, or to any country for which an export license or other governmental approval is required at the time of export without first obtaining all necessary licenses and approvals and paying all duties and fees. Company shall provide Jabil with all licenses, certifications, approvals and authorizations in order to permit Jabil to comply with all import and export laws, rules and regulations for the shipment and delivery of the Product. Company shall also be responsible for complying with any legislation or regulations governing the importation of the Product into the country of destination and for payment of any duties thereon.
9. Design Services . In the event that the Parties agree that Jabil will provide design services for Company, the terms and conditions of such services shall be set forth in a mutually agreed upon design services agreement prior to the commencement of any design services.
10. Change Orders, Rescheduling and Cancellation .
      10.1 Changes to Manufacturing Services, Packaging and Shipping Specifications and Test Procedures . Company may, in writing, request a change to the Manufacturing Services, Packaging and Shipping Specifications and Test Procedures at any time. Jabil will

8


 

analyze the requested change and provide Company with an assessment of the effect that the requested change will have on cost, manufacturing, scheduling, delivery and implementation. Company will be responsible for all costs associated with any accepted changes. Any such change shall be documented in a written change order and shall become effective only upon mutual written agreement of both Parties to the terms and conditions of such change order, including changes in time required for performance, cost and applicable delivery schedules.
      10.2 Production Increases . Company may, in writing, request increases in production volume of Product for an outstanding Build Schedule at any time. Jabil will analyze the request and determine if it can meet the requested increase within the required Lead-time. If Jabil can satisfy the requested increase it will provide Company with a new Build Schedule setting forth the expected delivery date of the changed order. If Jabil is unable to satisfy or comply with Company’s requested increase in production volume within the requested time frame for delivery, Jabil will provide the reasons preventing Jabil from satisfying the requested increase within five (5) business days after receipt of Company’s request. Any such change shall be documented in writing and shall become effective only upon mutual written agreement of both Parties to the terms and conditions of such change, including changes in time required for performance, cost and applicable delivery schedules. Any such change shall be documented in a written change order and shall become effective only upon mutual written agreement of both Parties to the terms and conditions of such change order, including changes in time required for performance, cost and applicable delivery schedules.
      10.3 Product Configuration Changes and Engineering Changes . Company may request configuration or engineering changes to Product in writing at any time. Jabil will analyze the request and determine if it can meet the requested changes within the required Lead-time. If Jabil can satisfy the requested change it will provide Company within five (5) business days after receipt of the configuration or engineering request notice, a notice of acceptance of the requested changes along with any additional costs and expected changes to delivery schedules. If Jabil is unable to satisfy or comply with Company’s requested changes within the requested time frame for delivery, Jabil will provide the reasons preventing Jabil from satisfying the requested increase within five (5) business days after receipt of Company’s request. Any such change shall be documented in writing and shall become effective only upon mutual written agreement of both Parties of the terms and conditions of such change, including changes in time required for performance, cost and applicable delivery schedules.
      10.4 Treatment of Obsolete/End-of-Life Material . Upon receiving notice from Company that any Product, component or assembly has become obsolete or has reached end-of-life Jabil will, within a reasonable period after receiving such notice, provide Company with an analysis of Company’s liability to Jabil for components and materials acquired or scheduled to be acquired to manufacture such Product. Company’s liability shall include the price of finished Product and Jabil’s costs (including cancellation fees and charges), plus applicable margin, of work in progress, safety stock components and materials and components and materials on hand or on order within applicable Lead-times. Jabil will use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to assist Company in minimizing Company’s liability by taking the following steps:
  §   As soon as is commercially practical reduce or cancel component and material orders to the extent contractually permitted.

9


 

  §   Return all components and materials to the extent contractually permitted.
 
  §   Make all Commercially Reasonable Efforts to sell components and materials to third parties.
 
  §   Assist Company to determine whether current work in progress should be completed, scrapped or shipped “as is”.
      10.5 Rescheduled Delivery and Cancellation of Orders . Company may request Jabil to reschedule the delivery date for Product(s) and cancel pending orders in accordance with this Section 10.5. The charges to Company for deferring or accelerating delivery of an order (rescheduled) or cancellation of an order are outlined below:
         
Days Prior to   Reschedule   Cancellation
Delivery Date   Terms   Liability
0-30 Days
  Company may not reschedule an order within 30 days of the delivery date without payment in full for the order.   Company may not cancel an order to be delivered within 30 days of the applicable delivery date without payment to Jabil in full for the order.
 
       
31-60 Days from original delivery date
  Company may reschedule the delivery of up to 25% of an order without additional liability provided that such rescheduled order is rescheduled to be delivered within 30 days of the original delivery date.   Company will charged Jabil’s incurred costs plus margin for any order cancelled more than 30 and up to 60 days from the applicable delivery date.
 
       
61-90 days from original delivery date
  Company may reschedule delivery of up to 35% of an order without additional liability provided that such rescheduled order is rescheduled to be delivered within 60 days of the original delivery date.   Company will be charged Jabil’s incurred costs plus margin for any order cancelled more than 60 and up to 90 days from the applicable delivery date.
 
       
90 days and beyond from original delivery date
  Company may reschedule 50% of an order without additional liability provided that such rescheduled order is rescheduled to be delivered within 90 days of the original delivery date.   Company will be charged Jabil’s incurred costs plus margin for any order cancelled more than 90 days prior to the applicable delivery date.

10


 

Company shall be responsible for all inventory costs resulting from a reschedule or cancellation, including any work in process or finished goods affected by the reschedule or cancellation. Jabil will provide a list of material in excess of demand (“Excess Materials List”) caused by all reschedules and cancellations on the 15° day of each month. Company shall provide a purchase order for this material within five business days of the receipt of the Excess Materials List. The Parties will work together to promptly resolve any disputed items identified by Company. Reschedules in excess of the maximum deferred quantity or period (set forth above) will be considered cancellations and subject to applicable cancellation charges set forth below in Section 10.7. Once a Purchase Order is received from Company, Jabil will place the material in a Company owned consignment location within Jabil’s factory. Jabil will purchase this material back from Company at the current value as it is consumed to fulfill Company’s demand. Reschedules in excess of the maximum deferred quantity or period (set forth above) will be considered cancellations and subject to applicable cancellation charges. Reschedules and cancellations may result in revised product pricing. In addition to the charges and costs set forth above, Company shall also be liable for the depreciation (determined in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) for the period of time any piece of equipment is idle as a result of the reschedule or cancellation for up to six months from the date of termination or cancellation.
      10.6 Termination Charges . Upon termination, expiration or cancellation of this Agreement for any reason, Jabil shall submit to Company Jabil’s invoices for termination/cancellation charges within (a) 60 days from the effective date of such termination, expiration or cancellation for materials and component costs; plus applicable margin (except in the event of termination due to Jabil’s default) and (b) 60 days after the end of the 6 month period following termination, expiration or cancellation for the depreciation expense on idle equipment to the extent it is not used for other purposes and except in the event of termination due to Jabil’s default; Jabil’s invoice for such charges shall be based upon costs incurred by Jabil up to the date of termination, expiration or cancellation (“Termination Effective Date”) and shall also include the following: (i) reasonable costs accrued after the Termination Effective Date but resulting from such termination, expiration or cancellation; (ii) applicable margin except in the case of default by Jabil and (iii) the depreciation expense, except in the event of termination due to Jabil’s default hereunder, on all equipment used to manufacture Product that remains idle due to such termination, expiration or cancellation for up to six months from the date of the Termination Effective Date in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Jabil will provide to Company all information reasonably necessary to confirm the costs, expenses, applicable margin and depreciation expenses on idle equipment sustained by Jabil due to termination, expiration or cancellation and Company shall have the right to review such submittal. To the extent that Jabil cannot mitigate its costs as set forth in Section 10.7 below, upon cancellation, expiration or termination for any mason, Company’s obligation shall be to pay the charges claimed by Jabil as follows:
           10.6.1 The applicable price for the Product of which Jabil has completed manufacture prior to the Termination Effective Date pursuant to an issued Build Schedule for which payment has not been made;
           10.6.2 Reimbursements for material acquisition costs, components, subassemblies and work-in-process at the time of Termination Effective Date which were

11


 

purchased or ordered pursuant to issued Build Schedules or Build Schedule Forecasts; plus applicable margin (except in the event of termination due to Jabil’s default hereunder);
           10.6.3 Jabil’s reasonable cancellation costs incurred for components, materials and subcontracted items that Jabil had on order on behalf of Company on the Termination Effective Date pursuant to issued Build Schedules or Build Schedule Forecasts; plus applicable margin (except in the event of termination due to Jabil’s default hereunder);
           10.6.4 Except in the event of termination due to Jabil’s default hereunder, depreciation on equipment idle up to six months after the Termination Effective Date; and
           10.6.5 Jabil’s cost of equipment or tooling purchased by Jabil specifically for the manufacture, test, design, or packaging of Product and any other services rendered or costs incurred by Jabil under this Agreement. All goods for which Company shall have paid 100% of Jabil’s incurred cost or more shall be held by Jabil for Company’s account and Company may arrange for its acquisition of them on AS-1S, WHERE-IS basis when fully paid by Company.
      10.7 Duty to Mitigate Costs . Both Parties shall, in good faith, undertake Commercially Reasonable Efforts to mitigate the costs of termination, expiration or cancellation. Jabil shall make Commercially Reasonable Efforts to cancel all applicable component and material purchase orders and reduce component inventory through return for credit programs or allocate such components and materials for alternate Company programs if applicable, or other customer orders provided the same can be used within thirty (30) days of the termination date.
11. Term . The term of this Agreement shall. begin on the Effective Date and shall end upon final payment to Jabil of all monies due to Jabil under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.6, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 11, 12.4, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 19 and 21 herein shall survive the expiration, cancellation or termination of this Agreement.
12. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated as follows:
      12.1 Termination for Convenience . This Agreement may be terminated at any time upon the mutual written consent of the Parties or upon the date for termination set forth in a written notice given by one Party to the other not less than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to such date.
      12.2 Termination for Cause . Either Party may terminate this Agreement based on the material breach by the other Party of the terms of this Agreement, provided that the Party alleged to be in material breach receives written notice setting forth the nature of the breach at least thirty (30) days prior to the intended termination date. During such time the Party in material breach may cure the alleged breach and if such breach is cured within such thirty (30) day period, no termination will occur and this Agreement will continue in accordance with its terms. If such breach shall not have been cured, termination shall occur upon the termination date set forth in such notice.
      12.3 Termination for Bankruptcy/Insolvency . Upon the happening of any of the following events with respect to a Party, this Agreement may be terminated immediately:

12


 

           12.3.1 The appointment of a receiver or custodian to take possession of any or all of the assets of a Party, or should a Party make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or should there be an attachment, execution, or other judicial seizure of all or a substantial portion of a Party’s assets, and such attachment, execution or seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.
           12.3.2 A Party becomes a debtor, either voluntarily or involuntarily, under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other similar law and, in the case of an involuntary proceeding, such proceeding is not dismissed within thirty (30) days of the date of filing.
           12.3.3 The dissolution or termination of the existence of a Party whether voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise.
      12.4 Termination Consequences . If this Agreement is terminated for any reason, Company shall not be excused from performing its obligations under this Agreement with respect to payment for all monies due Jabil hereunder including fees, costs and expenses incurred by Jabil up to and including the Termination Effective Date except as noted in Section 10, above. Likewise, Jabil shall not be excused from performing its obligations under this Agreement with respect to the timely delivery of Product under open orders accepted by Jabil that can be completed by the said date in accordance with this Agreement.
13. Confidentiality .
      13.1 Confidentiality Obligations . In order to protect both Parties’ Proprietary Information and Technology the Parties agree that each Party shall use the same degree of care, but no less than a reasonable degree of care, as such Party uses with respect to its own similar information to protect the Proprietary Information and Technology of the other Party and to prevent any use of Proprietary Information and Technology other than for the purposes of this Agreement. Jabil also specifically agrees not to reveal or disclose Company’s Proprietary Information and Technology to another customer (or its agent) of Jabil’s. This Section 13 imposes no obligation upon a Party with respect to Proprietary Information and Technology which (a) was known to such Party before receipt from the disclosing Party; (b) is or becomes publicly available through no fault of the receiving Party; (c) is rightfully received by the receiving Party from a third party without a duty of confidentiality; (d) is disclosed by the disclosing Party to a third party without imposing a duty of confidentiality on the third party; (c) is independently developed by the receiving Party without a breach of this Agreement except to the extent developed by Jabil for Company; or (f) is disclosed by the receiving Party with the disclosing Party’s prior written approval. If a Party is required by a government body or court of law to disclose Proprietary Information and Technology, this Agreement or any portion hereof, then such Party agrees to give the other Party reasonable advance notice so that the other Party may seek a protective order or otherwise contest the disclosure.
      13.2 Employees, Agents and Representatives . Each Party represents and warrants to the other that it has adopted policies and procedures with respect to the receipt and disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, such as the Proprietary Information and Technology with its employees, agents and representatives. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that it will cause each of its employees, agents and representatives to maintain and protect the confidentiality of the other Party’s Proprietary Information and Technology.

13


 

      13.3 Term and Enforcement . The confidentiality obligation set forth in this Agreement shall be observed during the term of the Agreement and for a period of three (3) years following the termination of this Agreement. Each Party acknowledges that a breach of any of the terms of this Section 13 may cause the non-breaching Party irreparable damage, for which the award of damages would not be adequate compensation. Consequently, the non-breaching Party may institute an action to enjoin the breaching Party from any and all acts in violation of those provisions, which remedy shall be cumulative and not exclusive, and shall be in addition to any other relief to which the non-breaching Party may be entitled at law or in equity. Such remedy shall not be subject to the arbitration provisions set forth in Section 21.13.
      13.4 Return of Proprietary Information and Technology . Upon the termination, cancellation or expiration of this Agreement all Proprietary Information and Technology shall, upon written request, be returned to the respective Party, or at the respective Party’s discretion, destroyed by the receiving Party.
14. Intellectual Property Rights: Assignment .
      14.1 Jabil Existing Intellectual Property . Jabil shall retain all right, title and ownership to any Jabil Existing Intellectual Property that is incorporated into any Product that is prepared as part of the Manufacturing Services or as part of any other work provided pursuant to this Agreement or any other related agreement executed by the Parties.
Upon full payment of all monies due and owing under this Agreement and all other monies due and owing to Jabil pursuant to any other related agreement executed by the Parties, Jabil will grant to Company a worldwide, non-exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty free right and license to the Jabil Existing Intellectual Property only insofar as is required for Company to use, sell or distribute the Product provided as part of the Manufacturing Services performed by Jabil pursuant to this Agreement; provided however, that no license to manufacturing processes and/or manufacturing process improvements shall be granted hereunder.
      14.2 Jabil Created Intellectual Property . Jabil shall initially retain all right, title and ownership to any Jabil Created Intellectual Property that is incorporated into any Product that is prepared as part of the Manufacturing Services or into any other work provided pursuant to this Agreement or any other related agreement executed by the Parties.
Upon full payment of all monies due and owing under this Agreement and all other monies due and owing to Jabil pursuant to any other related agreement executed by the Parties, however, Jabil will assign to Company all right, title and interest in and to the Jabil Created Intellectual Property. Company hereby grants to Jabil a worldwide, non-exclusive, fully paid-up, royalty-free right and license in and to the Jabil Created Intellectual Property but in no event shall such license permit Jabil to use the Jabil created intellectual property that is unique to the product to make, have made, use, sell or distribute or a materially similar product for a period of two year after termination, cancellation and/or expiration of this agreement.
      14.3 Company Intellectual Property . Jabil shall not use Company’s Intellectual Property to manufacture, have manufactured or enable others to manufacture or have manufactured any iterations of the Product manufactured by Jabil hereunder for Company once this Agreement

14


 

is terminated, cancelled or once it has expired. All Proprietary Information and Technology of Company shall remain the property of Company and it shall retain all right, title and interest in and to the Company Intellectual Property and Jabil shall not be licensed to utilize such except to the extent necessary to manufacture Products hereunder during the term(s) hereof and not thereafter.
15. Manufacturing Rights . In consideration of the transfer by Jabil of the rights to the Jabil Intellectual Property, Company grants Jabil exclusive manufacturing rights for one hundred percent (100%) of Company’s products that contain any Jabil Intellectual Property and/or any Company product containing a “derivative” of the Jabil Intellectual Property. For the purposes of this Agreement, a derivative is defined as “a design that is based in full or in part on the Jabil Intellectual Property”. These manufacturing rights shall remain exclusive for the life of any Company product unless the Parties mutually agree that the term of manufacturing exclusivity shall be for a shorter period as specifically set forth in any other related agreement executed by the Parties. In the event that manufacturing is subsequently transferred to a third party, Company and Jabil shall mutually agree upon the terms and conditions of, and shall use Commercially Reasonable Efforts to facilitate, such transfer. In such event, Company shall, at a minimum, be liable for all monies due Jabil as set forth herein and any other monies due Jabil as set forth in any other related agreement executed by the Parties.
16. Indemnification . Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Jabil and its employees, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors and assigns harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, arising from any third party claims asserted against Jabil and its employees, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, successors and assigns, that are based on the following: (a) Specifications, Company Proprietary Information and Technology, any Product, or any information, technology and processes supplied and/or required by Company ; and (b) that any item in subsection (a) infringes or violates any patent, copyright or other intellectual property right of a third party, and (c) design supplied by Company or any item in subsection (a) has caused damages of any kind. Jabil may employ counsel, at its own expense to assist Jabil with respect to any such claims, provided that if such counsel is necessary because of a conflict of interest with Company or its counsel or because Company does not assume control of the defense of a claim for which Company is obligated to indemnify Jabil hereunder, Company shall bear such expense. Company shall not enter into any settlement that affects Jabil’s rights or interests without Jabil’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Jabil will provide such assistance and cooperation as is reasonably requested by Company or its counsel in connection with such indemnified claims.
17. Relationship of Parties . Jabil shall perform its obligations hereunder as an independent contractor. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to imply a partnership or joint venture relationship between the Parties. The Parties shall not be entitled to create any obligations on behalf of the other Party, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement. The Parties will not enter into any contracts with third parties in the name of the other Party without the prior written consent of the other Party.
18. Insurance . Each Party will keep its business and properties insured at all times against such risks for which insurance is usually maintained by reasonably prudent Persons engaged in a similar business (including insurance for hazards and insurance against liability on account of

15


 

damage to Persons or property and insurance under all applicable worker’s compensation laws). The insurance maintained shall be in such monies and with such limits and deductibles usually car r ied by Persons engaged in the same or a similar business.
19. Publicity . Without the consent of the other Party, neither Party shall refer to this Agreement in any publicity or advertising or disclose to any third party any of the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Party will be prevented from, at any time, furnishing any information to any governmental or regulatory authority, including the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other foreign stock exchange regulatory authority, that it is by law, regulation, rule or other legal process obligated to disclose, so long as the other Party is given advance written notice of such disclosure pursuant to Section 13.1. A Party may disclose the existence of this Agreement and its terms to its attorneys and accountants, suppliers, customers and others only to the extent necessary to perform its obligations and enforce its rights hereunder.
20. Force Majeure . Neither Party will be liable for any delay in performing, or for failing to perform, its obligations under this Agreement (other than the payment of money) resulting from any cause beyond its reasonable control including, acts of God; blackouts; power failures; inclement weather; fire; explosions; floods; hurricanes; typhoons; tornadoes; earthquakes; epidemics; strikes; work stoppages; labor, component or material shortages; slow-downs; industrial disputes; sabotage; accidents; destruction of production facilities; riots or civil disturbances; acts of government or governmental agencies, including changes in law or regulations that materially and adversely impact the Party, and U.S. Government priority orders or contracts; provided that the Party affected by such event promptly notifies (in no event more than ten (10) business days of discovery of the event) the other Party of the event. If the delays caused by the force majeure conditions are not cured within sixty (60) days of the force majeure event, then either Party may immediately terminate this Agreement. Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 20 shall not affect Company’s obligation to pay Jabil, as set forth herein.
21. Miscellaneous .
      21.1 Notices . All notices, demands and other communications made hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given either by personal delivery, by nationally recognized overnight courier (with charges prepaid), by facsimile or EDI (with telephone confirmation) addressed to the respective Parties at the following addresses:
         
 
  Notice to Jabil :   Jabil Circuit, Inc.
 
      10560 Dr. M.L. King Jr. Street North
 
      St. Petersburg, FL 33716
 
      Facsimile: (  )                     
 
      Attn:                                          
 
       
 
  with a copy to :   Jabil Circuit, Inc.
 
       
 
      10560 Dr. M.L. King Jr. Street North
 
      St. Petersburg, FL 33716
 
      Facsimile: (727) 803-3352
 
      Attn: General Counsel

16


 

         
 
  Notice to Company   Shoretel
 
      960 Stewart Drive
 
      Sunnyvale, CA 94085
 
      Attn: John Finegan
 
       
 
  with a copy to :   Shoretel
 
       
 
      960 Stewart Drive
 
      Sunnyvale, CA 94085
 
      Attn: John Finegan
      21.2 Attorneys’ Fees and Costs . In the event that attorneys’ fees or other costs are incurred to enforce payment or performance of any obligation, agreement or covenant between the Parties or to establish damages for the breach of any obligation, agreement or covenant under this Agreement, or to obtain any other appropriate relief under this Agreement, whether by way of prosecution or defense, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover from the other Party its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, including any appellate fees and the costs, fees and expenses incurred to enforce or collect such judgment or award and any other relief granted.
      21.3 Amendment . No course of dealing between the Parties hereto shall be effective to amend, modify, or change any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be amended, modified, or changed in any respect except by an agreement in writing signed by the Party against whom such change is to be enforced. The Parties may, subject to the provisions of this Section 21.3, from time to time, enter into supplemental written agreements for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or changing in any manner the rights and obligations of the Parties under this Agreement or any Schedule hereto. Any such supplemental written agreement executed by the Parties shall be binding upon the Parties.
      21.4 Partial Invalidity . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a way as to be effective and valid under applicable law. If a provision is prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, it shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
      21.5 Monies . All references to monies in this Agreement shall be deemed to mean lawful monies of the United States of America.
      21.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Schedules and any addenda attached hereto or referenced herein, constitute the complete and exclusive statement of the agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and replace and supersede all prior agreements and negotiations by and between the Parties. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that no agreements, representations, warranties or collateral promises or inducements have been made by any Party to this Agreement except as expressly set forth herein or in the Schedules and any addenda attached hereto or referenced herein, and that it has not relied upon any other agreement or document, or any verbal statement or act in executing this Agreement. These acknowledgments and agreements are contractual and not mere recitals. In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and any Schedule and any addenda attached hereto or referenced herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail unless

17


 

expressly stipulated otherwise, in writing executed by the Parties. Pre-printed language on each Party’s forms, including purchase orders, shall not constitute part of this Agreement and shall be deemed unenforceable.
      21.7 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding on the Parties and their successors and assigns; provided, however, that neither Party shall assign, delegate or transfer, in whole or in part, this Agreement or any of its rights or obligations arising hereunder without the prior written consent of the other Party. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Jabil shall have the right to assign its rights to receive monies hereunder without the prior written consent of Company.
      21.8 Waiver . Waiver by either Party of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not be considered as or constitute a continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach of the same or any other provision of this Agreement.
      21.9 Captions . The captions contained in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience or reference and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any of its provisions.
      21.10 Construction . Since both Parties have engaged in the drafting of this Agreement, no presumption of construction against any Party shall apply.
      21.11 Section References . All references to Sections or Schedules shall be deemed to be references to Sections of this Agreement and Schedules attached to this Agreement, except to the extent that any such reference specifically refers to another document. All references to Sections shall be deemed to also refer to all subsections of such Sections, if any.
      21.12 Business Day . If any time period set forth in this Agreement expires upon a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. national, legal or bank holiday, such period shall be extended to and through the next succeeding business day.
      21.13 Dispute Resolution
           21.13.1 The Parties shall use good faith efforts to resolve disputes, within twenty (20) business days of notice of such dispute. Such efforts shall include escalation of such dispute to the corporate officer level of each Party.
           21.13.2 If the Parties cannot resolve any such dispute within said twenty (20) business day period, the matter shall be submitted to arbitration for resolution. Arbitration will be initiated by filing a demand at the Tampa, Florida regional office of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).
           21.13.3 Disputes will be heard and determined by a panel of three arbitrators. Each Party will appoint one arbitrator to serve on the panel. A neutral arbitrator will be appointed by the AAA. All arbitrators must have significant experience in resolving disputes involving electronic manufacturing and design services.

18


 

           21.13.4 Within fifteen (15) business days following the selection of the arbitrator, the Parties shall present their claims to the arbitrator for determination. Within ten (10) business days of the presentation of the claims of the Parties to the arbitrator, the arbitrator shall issue a written opinion. To the extent the matters in dispute are provided for in whole or in part in this Agreement, the arbitrator shall be bound to follow such provisions to the extent applicable. In the absence of fraud, gross misconduct or an error in law appearing on the face of the determination, order or award issued by the arbitrator, the written decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the Parties. The prevailing Party in the arbitration proceeding shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses including travel-related expenses.
      21.14 Other Documents . The Parties shall take all such actions and execute all such documents that may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, whether or not specifically provided for in this Agreement.
      21.15 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and delivered in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which, taken together, shall be deemed to be one agreement.
REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

19


 

      21.16 Governing Law and Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the interpretation of its terms shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without application of conflicts of law principles. The provisions of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement.
      21.17
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.
             
SHORETEL   JABIL CIRCUIT, INC.
 
           
By:
  /s/ John Finegan   By:   /s/ Jace Dees
 
           
 
  Signature       Signature
 
           
Name:
  John Finegan   Name:   Jace Dees
 
  CFO, ShoreTel       VP Business Development
 
           
Date:
  10/28/05   Date:   10/28/05
 
           

20


 

SCHEDULE 1
TO MANUFACTURING SERVICES AGREEMENT
BETWEEN JABIL AND COMPANY
STATEMENT OF WORK
§   Product Description:
 
§   Specifications:
 
§   NRE Costs:
 
§   Components and Materials Requirements:
 
§   Test Procedures:
 
§   Packaging and Shipping Specifications:
 
§   Suppliers Designated by Company:

21


 

SCHEDULE 2
TO MANUFACTURING SERVICES AGREEMENT
BETWEEN JABIL AND COMPANY
MANUFACTURING SERVICES LETTER AGREEMENT

22

 

Exhibit 23.2

       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated October 14, 2006 relating to the consolidated financial statements of ShoreTel, Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/DELOITTE& TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California
February 11, 2007